HANDBOOK OF

Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

HANDBOOK OF

Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis
Edited by

LEO M.L. NOLLET FIDEL TOLDRÁ

Boca Raton London New York

CRC Press is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business

CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group 6000 Broken Sound Parkway NW, Suite 300 Boca Raton, FL 33487-2742 © 2010 by Taylor and Francis Group, LLC CRC Press is an imprint of Taylor & Francis Group, an Informa business No claim to original U.S. Government works Printed in the United States of America on acid-free paper 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 International Standard Book Number: 978-1-4200-4633-5 (Hardback) This book contains information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reasonable efforts have been made to publish reliable data and information, but the author and publisher cannot assume responsibility for the validity of all materials or the consequences of their use. The authors and publishers have attempted to trace the copyright holders of all material reproduced in this publication and apologize to copyright holders if permission to publish in this form has not been obtained. If any copyright material has not been acknowledged please write and let us know so we may rectify in any future reprint. Except as permitted under U.S. Copyright Law, no part of this book may be reprinted, reproduced, transmitted, or utilized in any form by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying, microfilming, and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without written permission from the publishers. For permission to photocopy or use material electronically from this work, please access www.copyright.com (http:// www.copyright.com/) or contact the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc. (CCC), 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, 978-750-8400. CCC is a not-for-profit organization that provides licenses and registration for a variety of users. For organizations that have been granted a photocopy license by the CCC, a separate system of payment has been arranged. Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Handbook of seafood and seafood products analysis / editors, Leo M.L. Nollet, Fidel Toldrá. p. cm. Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 978-1-4200-4633-5 (hardcover : alk. paper) 1. Seafood--Analysis--Handbooks, manuals, etc. I. Nollet, Leo M. L., 1948- II. Toldrá, Fidel. III. Title. TX385.H36 2010 641.3’92--dc22 Visit the Taylor & Francis Web site at http://www.taylorandfrancis.com and the CRC Press Web site at http://www.crcpress.com 2009034833

Contents
Preface ..................................................................................................................................ix Editors ..................................................................................................................................xi Contributors ...................................................................................................................... xiii

PART I: CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 1 Introduction—Importance of Analysis in Seafood and Seafood Products,
Variability and Basic Concepts.....................................................................................3
JÖRG OEHLENSCHLÄGER

2 Peptides and Proteins .................................................................................................11
TURID RUSTAD

3 Proteomics ..................................................................................................................21
HÓLMFRÍÐUR SVEINSDÓTTIR, ÁGÚSTA GUÐMUNDSDÓTTIR, AND ODDUR VILHELMSSON

4 Seafood Genomics ......................................................................................................43
ASTRID BÖHNE, DELPHINE GALIANA-ARNOUX, CHRISTINA SCHULTHEIS, FRÉDÉRIC BRUNET, AND JEAN-NICOLAS VOLFF

5 Nucleotides and Nucleosides ......................................................................................57
M. CONCEPCIÓN ARISTOY, LETICIA MORA, ALEIDA S. HERNÁNDEZ-CÁZARES, AND FIDEL TOLDRÁ

6 Lipid Compounds.......................................................................................................69
SANTIAGO P. AUBOURG

7 Lipid Oxidation ..........................................................................................................87
TURID RUSTAD

8 Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ...........................................................................97
GUÐRÚN ÓLAFSDÓTTIR AND RÓSA JÓNSDÓTTIR

v

vi ◾

Contents

PART II: PROCESSING CONTROL 9 Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ...............................................................121
HEIDI NILSEN, KARSTEN HEIA, AND MARGRETHE ESAIASSEN

10 Microstructure .........................................................................................................139
ISABEL HERNANDO, EMPAR LLORCA, ANA PUIG, AND MARÍA-ANGELES LLUCH

11 Chemical Sensors .....................................................................................................153
CORRADO DI NATALE

12 Physical Sensors and Techniques .............................................................................169
RUTH DE LOS REYES CÁNOVAS, PEDRO JOSÉ FITO SUÑER, ANA ANDRÉS GRAU, AND PEDRO FITO-MAUPOEY

13 Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration...................................................189
YESIM OZOGUL

14 Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ............................215
ICIAR MARTÍNEZ, INGER BEATE STANDAL, MARIT AURSAND, YUMIKO YAMASHITA, AND MICHIAKI YAMASHITA

15 Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood .................................................................233
VINCENT VARLET, THIERRY SEROT, AND CAROLE PROST

PART III: NUTRITIONAL QUALITY 16 Composition and Calories ........................................................................................257
EVA FALCH, INGRID OVERREIN, CHRISTEL SOLBERG, AND RASA SLIZYTE

17 Essential Amino Acids ..............................................................................................287
M. CONCEPCIÓN ARISTOY AND FIDEL TOLDRÁ

18 Antioxidants .............................................................................................................309
NICK KALOGEROPOULOS AND ANTONIA CHIOU

19 Vitamins ...................................................................................................................327
YOUNG-NAM KIM

20 Minerals and Trace Elements ...................................................................................351
JÖRG OEHLENSCHLÄGER

21 Analysis of n-3 and n-6 Fatty Acids ..........................................................................377
VITTORIO M. MORETTI AND FABIO CAPRINO

PART IV: SENSORY QUALITY 22 Quality Assessment of Fish and Fishery Products by Color Measurement ..............395
REINHARD SCHUBRING

23 Instrumental Texture ...............................................................................................425
ISABEL SÁNCHEZ-ALONSO, MARTA BARROSO, AND MERCEDES CARECHE

Contents ◾

vii

24 Aroma .......................................................................................................................439
JOHN STEPHEN ELMORE

25 Quality Index Methods ............................................................................................463
GRETHE HYLDIG, EMILÍA MARTINSDÓTTIR, KOLBRÚN SVEINSDÓTTIR, RIAN SCHELVIS, AND ALLAN BREMNER

26 Sensory Descriptors ..................................................................................................481
GRETHE HYLDIG

27 Sensory Aspects of Heat-Treated Seafood.................................................................499
GRETHE HYLDIG

PART V: SAFETY 28 Assessment of Seafood Spoilage and the Microorganisms Involved.........................515
ROBERT E. LEVIN

29 Detection of Fish Spoilage........................................................................................537
GEORGE-JOHN E. NYCHAS AND E.H. DROSINOS

30 Detection of the Principal Foodborne Pathogens in Seafoods and
Seafood-Related Environments ................................................................................557
DAVID RODRÍGUEZ-LÁZARO AND MARTA HERNANDEZ

31 Parasites....................................................................................................................579
JUAN ANTONIO BALBUENA AND JUAN ANTONIO RAGA

32 Techniques of Diagnosis of Fish and Shellfish Virus and Viral Diseases .................603
CARLOS PEREIRA DOPAZO AND ISABEL BANDÍN

33 Marine Toxins ..........................................................................................................649
CARA EMPEY CAMPORA AND YOSHITSUGI HOKAMA

34 Detection of Adulterations: Addition of Foreign Proteins .......................................675
VÉRONIQUE VERREZ-BAGNIS

35 Detection of Adulterations: Identification of Seafood Species .................................687
ANTONIO PUYET AND JOSÉ M. BAUTISTA

36 Veterinary Drugs ......................................................................................................713
ANTON KAUFMANN

37 Differentiation of Fresh and Frozen–Thawed Fish ...................................................735
MUSLEH UDDIN

38 Spectrochemical Methods for the Determination of Metals in
Seafood .....................................................................................................................751
JOSEPH SNEDDON AND CHAD A. THIBODEAUX

39 Food Irradiation and Its Detection ..........................................................................773
YIU CHUNG WONG, DELLA WAI MEI SIN, AND WAI YIN YAO

viii ◾

Contents

40 Analysis of Dioxins in Seafood and Seafood Products .............................................797
LUISA RAMOS BORDAJANDI, BELÉN GÓMARA, AND MARÍA JOSÉ GONZÁLEZ

41 Environmental Contaminants: Persistent Organic Pollutants .................................817
MONIA PERUGINI

42 Biogenic Amines in Seafood Products......................................................................833
CLAUDIA RUIZ-CAPILLAS AND FRANCISCO JIMÉNEZ-COLMENERO

43 Residues of Food Contact Materials .........................................................................851
EMMA L. BRADLEY AND LAURENCE CASTLE

44 Detection of GM Ingredients in Fish Feed ...............................................................871
KATHY MESSENS, NICOLAS GRYSON, KRIS AUDENAERT, AND MIA EECKHOUT

Index .................................................................................................................................889

Preface
There are several seafood and seafood products, which represent some of the most important foods in almost all types of societies, including those in developed and developing countries. The intensive production of fish and shellfish has raised some concerns related to the nutritional and sensory qualities of cultured fish in comparison to their wild-catch counterparts. In addition, there are several processing and preservation technologies, from traditional drying or curing to high-pressure processing, and different methods of storage. This increase of variability in products attending the consumers’ demands necessitates the use of adequate analytical methodologies as presented in this book. These analyses will be focused on the chemistry and biochemistry of postmortem seafood; the technological, nutritional, and sensory qualities; as well as the safety aspects related to processing and preservation. This book contains 44 chapters. Part I—Chemistry and Biochemistry (Chapters 1 through 8)—focuses on the analysis of the main chemical and biochemical compounds of seafood. Chapter 1 provides a general introduction to the topics covered in this book. Part II—Processing Control (Chapters 9 through 15)—describes the analysis of technological quality and the use of some nondestructive techniques. Various methods to differentiate between farmed and wild seafood, to check freshness, and to evaluate smoke flavoring are discussed in these chapters. Part III—Nutritional Quality (Chapters 16 through 21)—deals with the analysis of nutrients in muscle foods such as essential amino acids, omega fatty acids, antioxidants, vitamins, minerals, and trace elements. Part IV—Sensory Quality (Chapters 22 through 27)—covers the sensory quality and the main analytical tools to determine the color texture, the flavor and off-flavor, etc. Sensory descriptors and sensory aspects of heat-treated seafood are also discussed. Finally, Part V—Safety (Chapters 28 through 44)—is concerned with safety, especially related to analytical tools, for the detection of pathogens, parasites, viruses, marine toxins, antibiotics, adulterations, and chemical toxic compounds from the environment generated during processing, or intentionally added, that can be found in either cultured or wild-catch seafood. The last chapter also deals with the analysis of genetically modified ingredients in fish feed. This book provides an overview of the analytical tools available for the analysis of seafood, either cultured fish or their wild-catch counterparts, and its derived products. It also provides an extensive description of techniques and methodologies for quality assurance, and describes analytical methodologies for safety control. In summary, this handbook deals with the main types of analytical techniques available worldwide, and the methodologies for the analysis of seafood and seafood products.
ix

x

Preface

We would like to thank all the contributors for their excellent work. Their hard work and dedication have resulted in this comprehensive and prized handbook. We wish them all the very best in their academic and/or scientific careers. Leo M.L. Nollet Fidel Toldrá

Editors
Dr. Leo M.L. Nollet is the editor and associate editor of several books. He edited for Marcel Dekker, New York—now CRC Press of Taylor & Francis Group—the first and second editions of Food Analysis by HPLC and the Handbook of Food Analysis. The Handbook of Food Analysis is a three-volume book. He also edited the third edition of the Handbook of Water Analysis, Chromatographic Analysis of the Environment (CRC Press) and the second edition of the Handbook of Water Analysis (CRC Press) in 2007. He coedited two books with F. Toldrá that were published in 2006: Advanced Technologies for Meat Processing (CRC Press) and Advances in Food Diagnostics (Blackwell Publishing). He also coedited Radionuclide Concentrations in Foods and the Environment with M. Pöschl in 2006 (CRC Press). Nollet has coedited several books with Y.H. Hui and other colleagues: the Handbook of Food Product Manufacturing (Wiley, 2007); the Handbook of Food Science, Technology and Engineering (CRC Press, 2005); and Food Biochemistry and Food Processing (Blackwell Publishing, 2005). Finally, he also edited the Handbook of Meat, Poultry and Seafood Quality (Blackwell Publishing, 2007). He has worked on the following five books on analysis methodologies with F. Toldrá for foods of animal origin, all to be published by CRC Press: Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis Handbook of Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Handbook of Dairy Foods Analysis Handbook of Analysis of Edible Animal By-Products Handbook of Analysis of Active Compounds in Functional Foods He has worked with Professor H. Rathore on the Handbook of Pesticides: Methods of Pesticides Residues Analysis, which was published by CRC Press in 2009. Dr. Fidel Toldrá is a research professor in the Department of Food Science at the Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos (CSIC) and serves as the European editor of Trends in Food Science & Technology, the editor-in-chief of Current Nutrition & Food Science, and as a member of the Flavorings and Enzymes Panel at the European Food Safety Authority. In recent years, he has served as an editor or associate editor of several books. He was the editor of Research Advances in the Quality of Meat and Meat Products (Research Signpost, 2002) and the associate editor of the Handbook of Food and Beverage Fermentation Technology and the Handbook of Food Science,
xi

xii

Editors

Technology and Engineering published in 2004 and 2006, respectively, by CRC Press. He coedited two books with L. Nollet that were published in 2006: Advanced Technologies for Meat Processing (CRC Press) and Advances in Food Diagnostics (Blackwell Publishing). Both he and Nollet are also associate editors of the Handbook of Food Product Manufacturing published by John Wiley & Sons in 2007. Professor Toldrá has edited Safety of Meat and Processed Meat (Springer, 2009) and has also authored Dry-Cured Meat Products (Food & Nutrition Press—now Wiley-Blackwell, 2002). He has worked on the following five books on analysis methodologies with L. Nollet for foods of animal origin, all to be published by CRC Press: Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis Handbook of Processed Meats and Poultry Analysis Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Handbook of Dairy Foods Analysis Handbook of Analysis of Edible Animal By-Products Handbook of Analysis of Active Compounds in Functional Foods Toldrá was awarded the 2002 International Prize for Meat Science and Technology by the International Meat Secretariat. He was elected as a fellow of the International Academy of Food Science & Technology in 2008 and as a fellow of the Institute of Food Technologists in 2009.

Contributors
M. Concepción Aristoy Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot, Valencia, Spain Santiago P. Aubourg Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Vigo, Spain Kris Audenaert Department of Plant Production Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent, Belgium Marit Aursand SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture Trondheim, Norway Juan Antonio Balbuena Cavanilles Institute of Biodiversity and Evolutionary Biology University of Valencia Valencia, Spain Isabel Bandín Departamento de Microbiología y Parasitología Instituto de Acuicultura Universidad de Santiago de Compostela Santiago de Compostela, Spain Marta Barroso Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain José M. Bautista Faculty of Veterinary Sciences Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology IV Universidad Complutense de Madrid Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Astrid Böhne Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Luisa Ramos Bordajandi Instrumental Analysis and Environmental Chemistry Department General Organic Chemistry Institute Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain

xiii

xiv

Contributors

Emma L. Bradley Food and Environment Research Agency York, United Kingdom Allan Bremner Allan Bremner and Associates Mount Coolum, Queensland, Australia Frédéric Brunet Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Cara Empey Campora Department of Pathology John A. Burns School of Medicine University of Hawaii Honolulu, Hawaii Fabio Caprino Dipartimento de Scienze e Technologie Veterinari per la Sicurezza Alimentare Università degli Studi di Milano Milan, Italy Mercedes Careche Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain Laurence Castle Food and Environment Research Agency York, United Kingdom Antonia Chiou Department of Science of Dietetics-Nutrition Harokopio University Athens, Greece Ruth De los Reyes Cánovas Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia, Spain

Corrado Di Natale Department of Electronic Engineering University of Rome Tor Vergata Rome, Italy Carlos Pereira Dopazo Departamento de Microbiología y Parasitología Instituto de Acuicultura Universidad de Santiago de Compostela Santiago de Compostela, Spain E.H. Drosinos Laboratory of Food Quality Control and Hygiene Department of Food Science & Technology Agricultural University of Athens Athens, Greece Mia Eeckhout Department of Food Science and Technology Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent University Association Ghent, Belgium John Stephen Elmore Department of Food Biosciences University of Reading Reading, United Kingdom Margrethe Esaiassen Nofima Marked Tromsø, Norway Eva Falch Mills DA Trondheim, Norway Pedro Fito-Maupoey Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia, Spain

Contributors

xv

Delphine Galiana-Arnoux Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Belén Gómara Instrumental Analysis and Environmental Chemistry Department General Organic Chemistry Institute Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain María José González Instrumental Analysis and Environmental Chemistry Department General Organic Chemistry Institute Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain Ana Andrés Grau Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia, Spain Nicolas Gryson Department of Food Science and Technology Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent University Association Ghent, Belgium Ágústa Guðmundsdóttir Department of Food Science and Nutrition School of Health Sciences Science Institute University of Iceland Reykjavik, Iceland Karsten Heia Nofima Marine Tromsø, Norway

Marta Hernandez Molecular Biology and Microbiology Laboratory Instituto Tecnologico Agrario de Castilla y León Valladolid, Spain Aleida S. Hernández-Cázares Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot, Valencia, Spain Isabel Hernando Department of Food Technology Universidad Polite ′cnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain Yoshitsugi Hokama Department of Pathology John A. Burns School of Medicine University of Hawaii Honolulu, Hawaii Grethe Hyldig Aquatic Process and Product Technology National Institute of Aquatic Resources (DTU Aqua) Technical University of Denmark Kongens Lyngby, Denmark Francisco Jiménez-Colmenero Department of Meat and Fish Science and Technology Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Rósa Jónsdóttir Matís Icelandic Food Research Reykjavik, Iceland Nick Kalogeropoulos Department of Science of Dietetics-Nutrition Harokopio University Athens, Greece

xvi

Contributors

Anton Kaufmann Kantonales Labor Zurich Zurich, Switzerland Young-Nam Kim Department of Nutrition and Health Sciences Duksung Women’s University Seoul, South Korea Robert E. Levin Department of Food Science University of Massachusetts Amherst, Massachusetts Empar Llorca Departamento de Tecnología de Alimentos Universidad Politécnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain María-Angeles Lluch Department of Food Technology Universidad Politécnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain Iciar Martínez Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas (CSIC) Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Vigo, Spain Emilía Martinsdóttir Matís Iceland Food Research Reykjavík, Iceland Kathy Messens Department of Food Science and Technology Faculty of Biosciences and Landscape Architecture University College Ghent Ghent University Association Ghent, Belgium Leticia Mora Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot, Valencia, Spain

Vittorio M. Moretti Dipartimento de Scienze e Technologie Veterinari per la Sicurezza Alimentare Università degli Studi di Milano Milan, Italy Heidi Nilsen Nofima Marine Tromsø, Norway George-John E. Nychas Laboratory of Microbiology and Biotechnology of Foods Department of Food Science and Technology Agricultural University of Athens Athens, Greece Jörg Oehlenschläger Max Rubner-Institute Federal Research Centre for Nutrition and Food Hamburg, Germany Guðrún Ólafsdóttir Syni Laboratory Services and University of Iceland Reykjavik, Iceland Ingrid Overrein SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture and Department of Biotechnology Norwegian University of Science and Technology Trondheim, Norway Yesim Ozogul Department of Seafood Processing Technology Faculty of Fisheries Cukurova University Adana, Turkey Monia Perugini Department of Food Science University of Teramo Teramo, Italy

Contributors

xvii

Carole Prost Food Aroma Quality Group LBAI—ENITIAA Rue de la Géraudière Nantes, France Ana Puig Department of Food Technology Universidad Politécnica de Valencia Valencia, Spain Antonio Puyet Faculty of Veterinary Sciences Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology IV Universidad Complutense de Madrid Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Juan Antonio Raga Cavanilles Institute of Biodiversity and Evolutionary Biology University of Valencia Valencia, Spain David Rodríguez-Lázaro Food Safety and Technology Research Group Instituto Tecnologico Agrario de Castilla y León Valladolid, Spain Claudia Ruiz-Capillas Department of Meat and Fish Science and Technology Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Ciudad Universitaria Madrid, Spain Turid Rustad Department of Biotechnology Norwegian University of Science and Technology Trondheim, Norway

Isabel Sánchez-Alonso Instituto del Frío Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Madrid, Spain Rian Schelvis Wageningen IMARES Institute for Marine Resources & Ecosytem Studies IJmuiden, the Netherlands Reinhard Schubring Department of Safety and Quality of Milk and Fish Products Federal Research Institute for Nutrition and Food Max Rubner-Institut Hamburg, Germany Christina Schultheis Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon, France Thierry Serot Food Aroma Quality Group LBAI—ENITIAA Rue de la Géraudière Nantes, France Della Wai Mei Sin Analytical and Advisory Services Division Government Laboratory Hong Kong, People’s Republic of China Rasa Slizyte SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture Trondheim, Norway Joseph Sneddon Department of Chemistry McNeese State University Lake Charles, Louisiana

Iceland Chad A. Iceland Jean-Nicolas Volff Institut de Génomique Fonctionnelle de Lyon Ecole Normale Supérieure de Lyon University of Lyon Lyon. Thibodeaux Department of Chemistry McNeese State University Lake Charles. Valencia. France Yiu Chung Wong Analytical and Advisory Services Division Government Laboratory Hong Kong. France Véronique Verrez-Bagnis Ifremer Nantes. Japan Wai Yin Yao Analytical and Advisory Services Division Government Laboratory Hong Kong. France Oddur Vilhelmsson Department of Science University of Akureyri Akureyri. Spain Hólmfríður Sveinsdóttir Division of Biotechnology and Biomolecules Matís Iceland Food Research SauđárkrÓkur. Canada Vincent Varlet Food Aroma Quality Group LBAI—ENITIAA Rue de la Géraudière Nantes. Japan Yumiko Yamashita Food Biotechnology Section National Research Institute of Fisheries Science Yokohama. People’s Republic of China .xviii ◾ Contributors Christel Solberg Faculty of Biosciences and Aquaculture Bodø University College Bodø. Louisiana Fidel Toldrá Instituto de Agroquímica y Tecnología de Alimentos Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas Burjassot. Vancouver. Norway Inger Beate Standal SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture Trondheim. Norway Pedro José Fito Suñer Institute of Food Engineering for Development Polytechnic University of Valencia Valencia. People’s Republic of China Michiaki Yamashita Food Biotechnology Section National Research Institute of Fisheries Science Yokohama. Spain Musleh Uddin Corporate Quality Assurance Albion Fisheries Ltd. Iceland Kolbrún Sveinsdóttir Matís Iceland Food Research Reykjavik. British Columbia.

CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY I .

.

....................................................................... 9 References .............. pork.. 3 1.............................................................................................3 Special Problems with Aquatic Animals ............................................. 5 1.............8 Trends and Outlook ..... turkey.........4 Benefits and Risks ...... Variability and Basic Concepts Jörg Oehlenschläger Contents 1....... 7 1. 6 1...........1 World Catch and Harvest ..... goat............................................................... and duck) are represented by very few species..............................................................5 Sampling .......................................2 Variability of Aquatic Animals ................................. lamb......................................... 8 1..............................................................6 Analytical Methodologies...................................................................................................... 5 1.........10 1........................................................Chapter 1 Introduction—Importance of Analysis in Seafood and Seafood Products...........1 World Catch and Harvest Seafood has by far the greatest variety of all animal-based foods.............................. fishes and other aquatic animals show an abundant 3 ................................................ Whereas the species consumed as warm-blooded mammals (beef.............................................. geese.......................................................... 6 1......... and donkey) or poultry (hen....7 Analytical Problems ........

3 million tons). 1970: 4 million tons. 40% is consumed as wet fish without any further technological processing or preservation.8 million tons).9 million tons). about 20% is converted into deep frozen products.2%. The fish group alone is represented by 25. 91 million tons (64%) of the total supply. burden of pollutants. Chilean jack mackerel (1. Further. By major groupings. However. respectively. The most important primary product producing countries of marine and inland (freshwater) fisheries in 2005 were China (17. The total world seafood supply for 2007 amounted to 143 million tons. body composition. and sensory properties. and the captured fish. only a little proportion of this large number of about 5% is present in the world’s oceans in amounts huge enough to allow an economical use (catch and following processing).1 million tons). Indonesia (1.3% and 14. Vietnam (1. aquaculture is dramatically growing (1960: 2 million tons.4%. including plants) [1]. Russia (3.) of aquatic animals when captured by fishing techniques is—with few exceptions—completely unknown. and Thailand (1. in the case of captured seafood we have to accept what we find in the trawl despite modern advanced technology of sonar and echo sounders. The major aquaculture (excluding plants) producers (>1 million tons) in 2005 were China (32. 25% is converted into fishmeal and other nonfood products. Chub mackerel (2. whereof the major part are cyprinids like carp). Peru (9.4 million tons). Blue whiting (2.6 million tons).2% but second by value at 20. Aquatic plants that are popular in Southeast Asia are second in quantity at 23. 1990: 16 million tons. appearance. About 75% of the world’s total seafood supply is used for human consumption. Although the amount of captured fish is almost constant at a level around 90 million tons/ year since 1990 after a continuous growth for more than 40 years. Thailand (2. fish is the top group in aquaculture at 47.5 million tons).000 species.3 million tons).4 million tons. Indonesia (4.0 million tons). 1980: 7 million tons. Largehead hairtail (1.4 million tons). Atlantic herring (2. Japanese anchovy (1. Although land-based animals are today tailor made according to industry’s and consumer’s wishes in weight. Another difference compared with land-living animals is the fact that the quality (size.1 million tons). The world’s aquaculture provided 52 million tons (36%). only some of these 5% have the desired sensory properties and give a good or satisfying fillet yield that catching and processing them can be justified.4 million tons). and Norway (2.4%.000–35. nutritional status. and Yellowfin tuna (1.2 million tons).4 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis number of species and variability. The top 10 species being caught in huge amounts in 2005 were Anchoveta (10.4 million tons.1 million tons). They deteriorate at ambient temperature in a few days. India (3.6 million tons). 8% is transformed into cured products.8 million tons). etc. and another 8% into canned products. state of maturity. India (2.1 million tons). Most fish was caught in the Pacific Ocean (Northeast and Southeast) followed by Northeast Atlantic Ocean. Mollusks (bivalves and cephalopods) are the third most important group both by quantity and by value at 22. infestation with parasites. Skipjack tuna (2.3 million tons).7 million tons). The stagnation of captured fish is mainly due to fully exploited or partially overfished stocks. whereas crustaceans are fourth by quantity at 6. Alaska Pollock (2. . 2000: 40 million tons. the United States (4.1 million tons). Japan (4. fish and other seafood are highly perishable products when stored without chilling.2 million tons). and only correct storage of wet fish in melting ice or of certain products at chilled temperatures can prolong the shelf life up to weeks or months.4% by quantity.3 million tons). mostly Pangasius species). Chile (4. Further.4 million tons).

This means that each fish can be different and unique. Mackerel is a typical pelagic swarm fish occurring in big schools. and so on. and ground fish. This can lead to extreme problems not only in processing but also in analysis. When captured during the spawning season. After catch and harvest. some groups offer special problems to which a lot of attention has to be given: aquatic animals may contain parasites (e. and mollusks. Components like water. nematodes. a change in properties starts. flat fishes. and the spawned fish can exhibit fillet fat contents of down to 5%. and fatty fish species (>10% fat). 1. mineral. Predatory fish species such as sharks. since parallel with fat content. these are all very rough classifications.. other parameters such as organic pollutant concentrations vary. neurotoxic shellfish poisoning (NSP). Not only weight and length are varying with age but also other factors such as proximate composition. and . With all these variations in the raw seafood material before the analysis of any components. a certain degree of variability is found. bottom fish. and protein are not even distributed in the edible part and also trace element concentrations vary from head to tail or back to belly. The prespawning fish can have a fat content in fillet up to 35%. a careful consideration has to be made if the variation is important and if it is worth or essential knowing (leading to analysis of individuals) or if a more general impression about the target component is sufficient (pooled samples). Based on taxonomic criteria. and nutritive properties.g. which are very different from each other in appearance. the main difficulty in the analysis of fish and other seafood is that there is not only a big variation between groups of species and species but also within a given species. season. fishing area. which are at the end of the marine food web. and trace element content. composition. not only spoilage and freshness parameters are changing due to metabolic (autolytic) and microbiological processes but also the microbial flora is changing. which continues until a state of spoilage is reached.3 Special Problems with Aquatic Animals The main problem with aquatic animals is the fact that from the moment that they are caught or harvested. However. can accumulate mercury during their long life span to quantities that exceed legal limits. which are subject to variations based on state of maturity. fat. we arrange them in order according to their shape into round fish.2 Variability of Aquatic Animals The variability of aquatic animals can be described and explained in many different ways. crustaceans. decisions must be made where the results should be used and how detailed an analysis must be. Toxins from dinoflagellates can accumulate in bivalve mollusks. demersal fish. We can also group them according to their fat content into three groups: lean fish species (<1% fat). in one haul specimen of 5% fat and 35% fat are present. In addition. and so forth. we have different groups such as bony and cartilaginous fishes. leading to several diseases such as diarrhetic shellfi sh poisoning (DSP). medium fatty fish species (>1% to <10% fat). paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP). eellike fishes. or according to their occurrence in the ocean’s water column into pelagic fish. When concentrating on fish as the major group contributing to the world’s fish supply. cestodes) that can be harmful to humans when they enter live and intact into the human body. A drastic example illustrating the variability in fish is the Atlantic mackerel. Besides this more general aspect.Introduction ◾ 5 1. and before analyzing fish. pollution of water. Also within the fish body.

inshore waters. which means here the selection of an appropriate number and part of aquatic animals under well-defined conditions. When not eviscerated immediately after catch. On the other hand. Before starting the sampling procedure. the high amount of taurine. 1.6 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis amnesic shellfish poisoning (ASP). a tremendous amount of analytic work in seafood has to be done. the exceptional concentrations of essential elements such as selenium and iodine. E. and in fish.. seas with no or limited water exchange with world oceans such as Baltic Sea. there is an inherent microbial risk. we have sometimes a parasitical problem. The high amount of long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids of the n-3 series such as eicosapentanoic acid (20:5) and docosahexanoic acid (22:6). and sashimi). cadmium is accumulated to amounts that exceed any legal limits by far. Caspian Sea. the vitamins A. the well-balanced content of essential amino acids. and the good digestibility of fish protein due to low amounts of connective tissue are some examples of the many benefits seafood offers when consumed. Unfortunately. estuaries. a sampling plan has to be developed describing the numbers of samples to be taken. Considering the great variability of seafood described here. or Black Sea) can carry a high burden of environmental pollutants.4 Benefits and Risks Seafood is a rich source for a great number of nutritive and important components. we have the risk of viruses and microorganisms.g. the presence of antioxidants such as tocopherols. Mediterranean Sea. especially in their organs responsible for detoxification such as liver and kidney. Fish and other aquatic animals from areas that are polluted (rivers. sushi. we are confronted with toxins in mussels and fish.. 1. All of these parameters and substances have to be carefully analyzed and quantified to allow a risk benefit analysis. In the digestive glands of mollusks (hepatopancreas) such as cephalopods and mussels. leading to elevated cadmium concentrations also in this body compartment. Most errors and most erroneous results arising from analytical methods are based on poor or even wrong sampling plans and practices. leading to ciguatera or maitotoxin poisoning.5 Sampling Sampling. gravad products. In products that have not undergone thermal treatment and that are offered to the consumer as ready to eat (e. only few quantitative analytical data have entered these assessments. . Vibrio sp. cadmium from hepatopancreas penetrates into the edible part (mantle) during storage. and B12. with the consequence that recommendations are mostly restricted to a few factors being appropriately analyzed but not based on all factors. D. which can give reliable advice and guidance for wise and responsible seafood consumption. and the measures to be taken to avoid any contamination as well as the storage and transport conditions of the samples after sample preparation. is very often underestimated. persistent organic pollutants). cold smoked products. Aquatic animals from some areas of the world can carry viruses and microorganisms (e. and residues of pharmaceuticals and hormones used in aquaculture can be detected and more. we may find high amounts of inorganic toxic elements and organic pollutants (POP.g.) that are harmful to human health and must be destroyed or removed before marketing of the products. the body compartments to be dissected.

knives) or by protective clothes or gloves. To be also mentioned are the research project “Multisensor techniques for monitoring the quality of fish” (MUSTEC) from 1999 to 2002 and the research project SEQUID “A new method for measurement of the quality of seafood” from 2001 to 2003. it is recommended to store all samples (also solutions) in deep frozen conditions (<−18°C. The objective methods are chemical/biochemical methods. calibrations. and in big fish (tuna.6]. . After sampling is completed successfully. ammonia. 1. and only a few samples are taken from big individuals. In small specimens that are consumed totally. workshops. The chemical/biochemical methods are mostly traditional methods that were developed earlier than the physical (instrumental) methods and have been mostly applied as methods for freshness/spoilage determinations. trimethyl amine oxide. dimethyl amine. sand.14] that form a very rich source of information about seafood analysis. head end. In addition. shark). Another method that was developed recently is the two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2DE). While sampling is done. tail muscle) must be taken due to intrinsic variations in fillet parts and after homogenization subsamples can be taken. is necessary. Methods that are still in use are among others k-value. These projects brought the scientists together in conferences. it has to be made under strict hygienic conditions to avoid any microbial contamination. The first concerted action in this area was “Evaluation of fish freshness” from 1995 to 1997. the whole body may be sampled and analyzed (mussels. and practical work-ins and allowed on-site measurements. When sampling for later microbiological analyses. The main results of these projects have been published in books [2–4. When sampling is done onboard a vessel. or tail end of fillet). snails). physical methods.Introduction ◾ 7 The number of individuals should be big when a small specimen has to be analyzed. and comparative analyses with different instruments. two books shall be mentioned that have been published earlier but still contain a significant amount of basic knowledge about analytical methods for seafood quality determination [5. always the whole edible part (fillet. The analytical methods used for seafood analyses can be divided into objective methods and sensory methods. other species or mud. determination of thiobarbituric acid and formaldehyde. precaution must be taken not to contaminate the sample by instruments used during manipulation (scissors. analysis of trimethyl amine. preferably at −30°C) until analysis. smaller when medium-sized animals are the target. it is advisable to concentrate on a muscle part that is simple to identify and can be dissected without destroying the fish completely (examples are muscle below gill cover. and analysis of biogenic amines as histamine or cadaverine. and so forth. More chemical methods have been developed for differentiation between fresh and frozen/thawed products (see Chapter 48) and for species identification and authenticity (see Chapters 37 and 38). and total volatile basic nitrogen (TVB-N). and microbiological methods. and the second concerted action was “Fish quality labeling and monitoring” (FQLM) from 1998 to 2000. a careful selection of individuals that have not been mechanically damaged by the catching technique. which is based on ATP breakdown products. in medium-sized specimen. sprat.6 Analytical Methodologies The improvement and further development of analytical methods in the field of seafood research in Europe were initiated and brought forward by a number of research projects and concerted actions (CA) financed by the European Union within the research and technological development (RTD) framework programs 3 to 6.

which is usually not present in seafood industry. we have color measurement. The sensory methods can also be divided into two principal methodologies: methods based on outer inspection of the sample (without cooking) and methods based on assessing the cooked sample. puncture. however. not harmful for the operator. and compression tests. comparatively cheap. therefore.g.7 Analytical Problems Despite the great progress that has been made. image analysis. Sensory methods. are time consuming. Kramer test. therefore. . Frequently used microbiological methods are total viable count (TVC). polymerase chain reaction (PCR). near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR). and can be applied on many species and also on processed seafood products. are experienced in. RT Freshness grader. and high-resolution NMR (HR-NMR)).8 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Physical methods comprise microscopy. and time domain spectroscopy (TDR) [7]. Sensory methods are often considered to be subjective methods. of utmost importance to introduce the newly developed analytical methods into the industry for better product and raw material analysis and quality assurance. with the exception of sensory methods. 1. is still missing. there are still many problems left in the analysis of seafood and seafood-based products. with the same degree and quality of information obtained by sensory assessment. and objective results. a well-trained sensory panel in which the human senses are used as measuring instruments has been shown to give reliable. whereas the Torry sensory scheme and the flavor profile analysis are performed on cooked samples. pH measurement. cheap. and oscillatory measurements). and can be used after a short training period by nonscientific educated personnel.. UV and visible light spectroscopy. and have used since many years [9]. When using instrumental methods nowadays. reproducible. Further. The European seafood sector where the majority of enterprises are small and medium sized (SMEs) hesitate to apply new instrumentation and prefer to rely on the methods they know. An instrumental method that is fast. It is. Instrumental methods are fast. nuclear magnetic resonance (magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). However. tensile. Although many instrumental analytical methods have been developed and have been intensively tested and proven in research to be working sufficiently and reliably on seafood and seafood products. creep. texture and texture profile analysis (e. determination of specific spoilage organisms (SSO). The reasons are the relatively complex and difficult handling of the instruments and the need of being applied and maintained by educated personnel. low-field (LF) NMR. electronic noses and electronic tongues [14]. analysis of electrical resistance or conductivity by Torrymeter. many of them have not graduated from research to seafood industrial application. oligonucleotide probes. always a combination of several methods is necessary to give sufficient information equal to sensory assessment [8]. viscoelastic methods such as stress relaxation. differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). expensive. Two more systematic methods that involve some analytical methods are the hazard analysis critical control point (HACCP) and traceability. Intellectron Fischtester VI. and bacterial sensors. need trained personal. which are noninvasive and nondestructive techniques for the sample. Outer inspection is done by the European Union quality-grading scheme and by the quality index method (QIM). and are. among others. antibody techniques. and nonpolluting for the environment are. Warner–Bratzler test. Other methods that are rapid. The main problem is that there is no single method existing that can give sufficient information about the quality (freshness) of seafood. can be used by untrained personal.

sensory characteristics. More research and development of analytical methodology will be initiated by these new findings. robust. Th is is a large area where a significant amount of analytical input is needed. 1. allergens. This holds for all methods for species differentiation. Many exotic fish. the presence of parasites. There are many seafood products on our markets that have not been characterized by analytical methods at all. Recent findings show that seafood contains important functional proteins and peptides [13]. food additives. QIM will be digitalized and will work in combination with image analysis and electronic nose without sensory experts involved. Some methods that are well known such as k-value or TVB-N will disappear. own standards. This next generation of instruments will then also find its way into the fish industry and fish inspection. more cost efficient. and more environmental friendly. it is necessary that the schemes for the QIM as the quality method of the future are extended to all species on the market (about 100).8 Trends and Outlook In the future. and virus contamination in seafood. and mollusk species from tropical and subtropical countries enter our markets in large quantities or as single fish specimen and are not thoroughly investigated for their microbiological status including viruses. . justification of methods used. Although the lipids in seafood are analyzed very intensively. journals will in the near future no longer accept manuscripts in this field. This will shorten delays in seafood trade. bacterial pathogens. Almost all analytical methods for seafood analysis will be developed further to avoid time and chemicals and to minimize sample preparation and digestion steps. inorganic and organic residues. the protein and peptides are analyzed to a much lesser extent. In the area of sensory methods. their spoilage characteristics and shelf life. remarkably developments have occurred very recently [10–12]. however. Without a well-documented and traceable analytical quality assurance (reference materials. and have a wide range of applicability will be built. However. more research is needed to make them simpler to apply and to increase the speed of analysis. In this field. and contents of all the beneficial components. crustacean. proficiency tests. most chemical and biochemical analytical methods that use a huge amount of chemicals and manpower will be substituted by instrumental methods that are more reliable. The method of the future will analyze a well-homogenized sample without any other sample preparatory steps except homogenizing.Introduction ◾ 9 For some analytical methods. New methods are also urgently needed for the reduction of microbial risk. PCR-based methods will soon take the place of the traditional microbiological methods and will enable the checking of microbiologic status of samples in minutes or hours. pharmaceuticals. and for many methods of trace element and residue analysis. Analytical instruments that are simple to use. for almost all microbiological methods. and QIM schemes will also be developed for exotic species on our markets and for processed products. all progress in analytical methods and instrumentation needs an analyst who is responsible and follows the guidelines and advice for analytical quality assurance. sampling strategy) showing that the results obtained are accurate and correct. toxins such as ciguatera. The QIM will be further developed.

FAO Fisheries Technical Paper. 194p. (Eds. Jørgensen. Bekaert.). Technol. Connell. Anon. M. U. J. Cambridge.. Børresen.B. FAO Fisheries Department.. Rehbein. Rome. 396p. et al. J. and Heia. Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer—Labelling. M. 1990.. (Ed. SEQUID: A New Method for Measurement of the Quality of Seafood. et al. et al. 14. Verrez-Bagnis.). (Eds.. 5. et al. Børresen. Woodhead Publishing Limited. VCH.). Olafsdottir.). (Eds. 1998. 2003. U.10 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis References 1. T. Paris. et al. Thorkelsson. 134p. 10. Botta. Mild processing techniques and development of functional marine protein and peptide ingredients. Fishing News Books. 212p. E. 456p. and Olafsdottir. Dalgaard. J. Kent. 86. Jacobsen C. Sæbø. 2003. T. M.). 12. T. M. Monitoring and Traceability. J. Control of Fish Quality (3rd edn.J. P. (Eds. Lee. G. 11. 2006.. Luten. J.). J. Børresen. Farnham.. 567p. 7. Luten. Oehlenschläger. (Ed. 4.. J. Oehlenschläger.). Reducing microbial risk associated with shellfish in European countries. G. 216p. B.... (Eds. R. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer—Labelling.. 2006.K. and Oehlenschläger. Nunes...M. T. Bosch. Cambridge.. (Ed.. A..J.K. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer. 2008. Bacterial pathogens in seafood. 6. and Olafsdottir.. U. V.). Martinsdottir. Wageningen Academic Publishers. Wageningen Academic Publishers. 363p. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer. 2008. . G. H. Wageningen. State of world aquaculture 2006. Trends Food Sci. K. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer. Shaker Verlag GmbH.. and Oehlenschläger.).. G.. Careche. Seafood Research from Fish to Dish. A study of the attitudes of the European fish sector towards quality monitoring and labeling. Woodhead Publishing Limited. U. J. 2008. Aachen. 247p. Woodhead Publishing Limited.. Fishery Products—Quality. Wageningen. 2004. 500.. 2009. Wageningen Academic Publishers... Cambridge. K. J. in Improving Seafood Products for the Consumer. Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality. L. 8. 2.). 15.B. Pommepuy. 9. J. J.B.K. 227p. 57p. 180p..K. 3. FAO. G. U. Woodhead Publishing Limited. WileyBlackwell. Detecting virus contamination in seafood. R. Monitoring and Traceability. Luten.. Safety and Authenticity. Wageningen.. New York.. International Institute of Refrigeration. et al. (Eds. Multisensor for fish quality determination.. No. A. 2005. Oehlenschläger..R. 1995.. (Ed..-K. 2008. 477p. Børresen.. Olafsdottir. Knöchel.).. Surrey. 13. Luten. Barr. Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. Tejada. Cambridge.

..... and how these properties are influenced by food additives and other components.1 Introduction Protein analysis is highly important for the food industry.........................8 Protein Modifications...........................7 Peptide Characterization ........................................................... Both the content and the properties of the proteins are important for the value and the quality of the products [1]............16 2.............Chapter 2 Peptides and Proteins Turid Rustad Contents 2...............................17 References ....13 2... but it is also important to have methods to determine the type and the origin of the proteins present.. 12 2...............................2 Total Content of Proteins .1 Introduction .6 Electrophoresis-Based Methods ............................................................................................................................................................................. Both the amino acid composition and the digestibility of fish proteins are excellent....18 2..............................14 2... including the fish industry.................................................11 2............................. Fish are regarded as an excellent source of high-quality protein........... Both for quality control and food labeling it is therefore important to have methods to determine not only the total content of proteins in a raw material or a product..................................16 2..................................................................................................................................................3 Protein Solubility Classes ....................................................................16 2......................... For product and process development it is important to have methods to determine the properties of the proteins and how these change during processing and storage...5 Immunoassays ........................................................4 Analysis of Soluble Proteins ......... particularly the 11 ............. Fish provides about 14% of the world’s need for animal proteins and 4%–5% of the total protein requirement [2].................................................................................................

2.25 is usually used.2 Total Content of Proteins The total content of proteins is usually determined by the Kjeldahl or the Dumas method. and the amount of nitrogen is determined by titration [1]. The disadvantage is that the method requires use of hazardous and toxic chemicals. It is also possible to determine the nitrogen content using elemental analysis (C/N analyzers) [4]. Originally only sulfuric acid was used for digestion of the samples.43 to 5. The Dumas method is quicker and cheaper and easier to perform and is therefore now considered on equal terms with the Kjeldahl method [1]. and trapping of ammonia and titration steps. which has been used for more than 75 years. This method is used as a reference method by many national and international organizations. which is distilled and trapped in boric acid. Retaining the functional properties through preservation and processing operations is therefore of great importance. gelling. The Kjeldahl method determines the nitrogen content as ammonia. It is important that the methods to analyze food proteins are robust [1]. The Technicon AutoAnalyzer uses continuous flow analysis [1]. The method includes sample digestion. has been shown to be too high for animal proteins. fish proteins also have good functional properties such as water-holding capacity. nucleotides. The Kjel-Foss® instrument mechanizes the entire micro-Kjeldahl procedure while the Kjel-Tec® instrument uses a digestion block together with an apparatus for automated distillation and titration. The Kjeldahl method was first published in 1883 but has been extensively modified since then. values from 5. assuming a nitrogen content of 16% in the proteins. and textural properties. Tables of conversion factors are given in several papers such as [1. For animal proteins the value 6. amines. but other chemicals such as potassium sulfate and mercury oxide are also used. When the protein content is calculated based on determination of the nitrogen content. For products such as fish mince and surimi. This factor is the amount of nitrogen that contains 1 g of nitrogen.12 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis essential amino acids lysine and methionine.82 are given. and urea will also contribute to the calculated protein content. Many proteins have protein contents that deviate from this. both different types of raw materials and processed foods. It is also possible to determine the amount of ammonia by different colorimetric methods [1]. for instance collagen has a nitrogen content of 18%.56 [1]. which gives a factor of 5. and that other components in the food such as lipids and pigments should not interfere with the analysis. Mariotti and coworkers discuss conversion factors in their critical review and conclude that even if a factor of 6.25. The advantage of this method is that it gives accurate results for all types of samples. distillation. For fish.5]. The factor can be calculated from the amino acid composition of the proteins. and the amount of protein is calculated by multiplication with a Kjeldahl factor. it is difficult to start using other and more correct factors [5]. This means that it should be possible to use the method on different types of foods. . In addition to the high nutritional value. nitrogen from other nitrogen-containing compounds such as free amino acids. The method should also require minimal sample pretreatment to decrease analytical error and reduce costs. the water-holding capacity and the gelling properties which determine the textural attributes of the products are important quality parameters [3]. The ammonium sulfate is converted into ammonia. emulsification. During digestion the nitrogen in the sample is converted to ammonium sulfate. The Kjeldahl method has been automated and several instruments for automated analysis are available. neutralization.

nondestructive. Fish muscle proteins are more sensitive and less stable than proteins from mammals. changes in solubility can be used to measure changes in protein structure caused by denaturation during storage and processing. . the NO2 is reduced to N2 and measured with a thermal conductivity meter [1].Peptides and Proteins ◾ 13 The Dumas method was first published in 1831 and the first instruments used were not user friendly. The combustion method has been calibrated with the Kjeldahl method and this has led to approval of the method by Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC). The myofibrillar proteins. The volume of the supernatant was made up to 100 mL. and filled with pure oxygen. The sample is put in a furnace (950°C–1050°C). SO2. Today accurate combustion nitrogen analyzers are used. pH 7. and water are removed. purged free of atmospheric gas. 2. The methods for extraction are not standardized so the amount of proteins extracted will vary with the method used.3. Near infrared spectroscopy can also be used to determine protein content. determination of the amino acid profile. sarcoplasmic. The connective tissue proteins are often called the insoluble proteins and can be extracted using alkali or acid. Martinez-Alvarez and Gomez-Guillen [14] used a modification on the method of Stefansson and Hultin [15]. O2. The advantages of this method are that it is rapid. and LiCl for extraction of protein from fish muscle and concluded that LiCl was a better extractant of fish muscle proteins over a wider range of conditions than NaCl or KCl [16]. also called the salt-soluble proteins can be extracted in buffers with an ionic strength of >0. and calculation of the amount of different amino acids. The soluble protein was extracted in distilled water (low ionic strength). This was the salt-soluble fraction.86 M NaCl solution (high ionic strength). The sarcoplasmic proteins consist mainly of enzymes and can be extracted using water or buffers with low ionic strength such as for instance 50 mM phosphate buffer. The principle of quantitative amino acids is described in Owusu-Apenten [1]. the supernatant was decanted and the volume made up to 100 mL—this was the water-soluble fraction. Quantitative amino acid analysis is one of the most reliable methods for quantification of food proteins. and in 0. Hultmann and Rustad [11] used a modification of the method by Anderson and Ravesi [12] and Licciardello and coworkers [13]. based on differences in solubility [9. The homogenates of these solutions were stirred constantly for 30 min at 2°C. Kelleher and Hultin compared the use of NaCl. It can also be used to determine the properties of food proteins [8] and has been used to detect adulteration of beef with animal and plant proteins as well as classify tenderness of beef in two categories. myofibrillar. It is also described in Chapter 16. After centrifugation. American Oil Chemists’ Society (AOCS). The precipitate was homogenized in 80 mL phosphate buffer with 0. Two grams of minced muscle was homogenized at low temperature for 1 min in 50 mL of distilled water. but the instrumentation is expensive and the method requires calibration. and connective proteins. However. KCl. the CO2.5 M KCl and centrifuged as above. A few examples of methods to extract proteins from fish muscle are given here. This procedure involves hydrolyzation of the food sample using concentrated hydrochloric acid.3 Protein Solubility Classes Fish muscle proteins can be divided into three groups. then centrifuged (6000 g) for 30 min at 3°C. Four grams of muscle was homogenized for 20 s in 80 mL 50 mM phosphate buffer. After cooling of the gas mixture. and can be used online. It has been successfully used to determine protein and water content of salmon fillets [6] as well as of surimi [7].10]. and several other organizations [1]. It is easy to perform.

4 Analysis of Soluble Proteins There are many indirect colorimetric methods to determine protein content. some of these methods reduce the speed and simplicity of the method [19]. measuring concentrations between 1 and 10 mg/mL. the complexes react with the Folin-phenol reagent a mixture of phosphotungstic acid and phosphomolybdic acid in phenol. However. one of the simplest methods is to determine absorbance in the far UV range. but the method is simple and inexpensive.14 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Solubility of collagen can be determined by extraction in alkali or acid as described by Eckhoff and coworkers [17]. The purple complex is relatively stable and has an absorption maximum at 540–560 nm. The method is not very sensitive. A standard curve is needed. Light scattering because of large particles or aggregates can also lead to errors. which is a modification of the method described by Sato et al. by absorbance at 205 nm or from knowledge of amino acid composition [19]. The Biuret method is based on the formation of complexes between copper salts and peptide bonds under alkaline conditions. Reducing agents and sucrose as well as several common buffers interfere with the Lowry method.1 M NaOH and centrifuged. The extraction in NaOH was repeated five times and the supernatants were pooled for the analysis of alkali-soluble collagen content. The review also discusses many of the modifications that . Methods exist to correct for the influence of light scattering and nucleic acids/ nucleotides [19]. The reactions are highly pH dependent. In addition. 2. The Lowry method [20] is based on a Biuret-type reaction between protein and copper(II) ions under alkaline conditions. The protein concentration can then be calculated from the Lambert–Beer law: A = ε cl where A is the absorption at a given wavelength c is the molar protein concentration l is the path length for the light (cm) e is the molar absorption or extinction coefficient (M−1 cm−1) The molar absorptivity can be determined by dry weight estimation of a purified protein. However mg quantities of protein are generally required. This was the acid-soluble collagen. Measurement of UV absorption at 280 nm is a simple and popular method to determine protein concentration. The precipitate was stirred with 0. Peterson have reviewed the Lowry method [21] and listed interfering substances. Since all proteins absorb UV/visible light to varying degrees. and a few of them will be treated here. Absorption at 280 nm is mainly due to tryptophan and tyrosine residues with smaller contributions from phenylalanine and the sulfur-containing amino acids. Samples were homogenized in 0. the presence of nonprotein UV-absorbing groups such as nucleic acids and nucleotides which absorb strongly at 260 nm further complicate matters. [18]. After extraction. The sensitivity can be increased by measuring absorbance at 310 nm or by increasing the time for the Biuret reaction. The product becomes reduced to molybdenum/tungsten blue and can be measured at 750 nm.5 M acetic acid for 2 days at room temperature and centrifuged as above. the concentration of the soluble proteins can be analyzed with a wide variety of methods. giving upper tolerable limits for a long range of these as well as some methods for coping with the effect of these substances. the method therefore has protein-to-protein variations.

1). Th is method is faster to perform than the Lowry procedure (5 min development compared to 30–45 min). Use of bicinchonic acid (BCA) was introduced as an easier way to determine protein.Peptides and Proteins ◾ 15 have been suggested for the Lowry method. for lipids. However. The amount of collagen can be determined by analysis of the hydroxylysine content by the Neuman and Logan method as modified by Leach [23]. The method is compatible with a wide range of buffers/substances. chelators such as EDTA. and one of the most widely used is the Biorad method based on binding of Coomassie Brilliant Blue G (CBBG) [22]. and stable reagents and kits are available.000 10–300 20–140 1–20 1–50 100–300 . and denaturing agents such as urea and guanidine hydrochloride cause less interference. sensitivity. Table 2. this is often not possible or practical. and precision. it uses only one reagent instead of two as in the Lowry procedure [1]. an accurate determination requires that the amount of hydroxylysine residues per 100 residues in the collagen is known. However. reducing agents. The silver staining methods are 100 times more sensitive than the CBBG staining. Sensitivity is similar to the Lowry procedure. Hydroxylysine is an amino acid that is almost exclusively found in collagen. the disadvantages are interfering substances and time—compared to some of the dye-binding methods such as the Coomassie Blue methods. Silver binding is also being used as a method to analyze concentration of soluble proteins [19]. All the methods discussed above are highly protein dependent and this should be kept in mind when applying these methods for analysis of the protein content. This method is based on the color change taking place when CBBG binds to proteins under acidic conditions.000 1. However. as different amino acids and peptides give different colors in the Lowry method.000–10. small peptides and free amino acids. There are different dye-binding methods. buffer salts. Th is figure varies for different collagen types such as collagen from fish skins from different fish species [24]. The Lowry method determines both proteins. however. The Coomassie Brilliant Blue method is also used for visualizing proteins in electrophoretic gels. and acids and alkali cause interference. while methods such as Biuret and Biorad only determine peptide chains above a certain length. but detergents. Finally he compares the Lowry method with other methods to determine protein concentration and concludes that the advantages of the Lowry method are simplicity. the method is highly protein dependent (Table 2. The ability of proteins to bind silver has also been used as a very sensitive method to visualize proteins in gel electrophoresis. It would be best if the protein being analyzed could be used as the standard protein.1 Comparison of Useful Range for Methods to Determine Protein Concentration Method Kjeldahl Biuret Lowry Biorad (Coomassie Brilliant Blue) Biorad (Coomassie Brilliant Blue)—micro Bicinchonic acid Absorption at 280 nm Range (μg) 500–30.

dextrans.4. and combinations of these. The amount of secondary antibody bound is proportional to the amount of the specific protein in the sample. a second antibody is bound to the protein bound to the primary antibody. The secondary antibody is usually linked to peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase. One of the most commonly used methods is SDS-PAGE. Molecular weight can also be determined by electrophoresis.16 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 2.and medium-pressure chromatography. beads are made of open. while larger ones travel a shorter distance. cellulose. polyacrylamide. The denatured proteins are applied to the gel and an electric current is applied. SDS binds to proteins in a weight ratio of 1:1. porous glass. such as immunostimulating or antihypertensive . The proteins will migrate based on their size. causing the negatively charged proteins to migrate across the gel toward the anode. Dithiothreitol (DTT) or mercaptoethanol is often added to reduce disulfide bonds. Kav = (Ve − V0)/(Vt − V0). and Vt is the total volume of the column.7 Peptide Characterization Studying the composition and properties of peptides in seafood is often of interest. For low. The method is very sensitive but requires available antibodies.6 Electrophoresis-Based Methods The molecular weight of proteins and peptides is often of interest and this can be determined by several different methods. using gels of polyacrylamide and denaturing the samples by boiling in a solution of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS). By using standard proteins of known molecular weight. for instance after enzymatic hydrolysis of proteins or during processing and storage of seafood. or inorganic–organic composites are used as support media [1]. a standard curve can be made allowing determination of the molecular weight distribution in a protein mixture. These enzymes can convert a colorless substrate to a colored product which can then be detected. How a certain protein behaves in a gel filtration column can be described by the coefficient Kav which defines the proportion of pores that are accessible to that molecule. V0 is the void volume of the column. In native gel filtration chromatography. After washing. 2. smaller proteins will. It is then necessary to have the antibody of the protein that one seeks to quantify. smaller proteins will travel farther down the gel. while larger proteins can only enter the largest pores. spend more time inside the beads and the larger proteins will emerge from the column first. Many peptides are bioactive and have physiological properties. the proteins are separated based on their size and shape (Stokes’ radii). For high-pressure systems. A polyclonal or monoclonal antibody against the protein of interest is then bound to a film through the Fc region of the antibody. cross-linked three-dimensional polymer networks such as agarose. Bovine serum albumin (BSA) is then added to block nonspecific binding sites. The most commonly used system is that of Laemmli [25]. which gives one SDS molecule for every two amino acids. where Ve is the elution volume of the molecule. 2. on the average. this results in a charged complex where the charge is proportional to the molecular weight of the protein. Since SDS is charged. macroporous silica. As the protein solution moves down the column. a standard curve can be made in the same way as for gel chromatography and the weight of the unknown proteins determined. Small proteins can enter all the pores in the beads. By using markers of known molecular weight.5 Immunoassays The amount of a specific protein in a mixture can be determined by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA).

The reaction takes place under slightly alkaline conditions and is stopped by lowering the pH in the solution. this is spectrophotometric method determining the amount of the chromophore formed when TNBS reacts with primary amines. Several methods are used to determine protein oxidation. The amount of liberated protons can be determined by titration. and sensory properties of the muscle proteins.33] and reduction in SH-groups. One of these is the determination of free amino groups after reaction with trinitrobenzene-sulfonic acid (TNBS) [26]. Formation of dityrosine is also used to determine the degree of protein oxidation. Bauchart and coworkers [29] studied the peptides in rainbow trout using precipitation with perchloric acid followed by electrophoresis and MS-analysis in order to study proteolytic degradation. In addition to lipids and pigments. Studying the peptide fraction can give a lot of useful information as peptides may have several functions in the food. Oxidation of protein side chains can give rise to unfolding and conformational changes in protein and also to dimerization or aggregation [31]. The content of sulfhydryl groups can be determined using DTNB by the method of [34] with the modification of [35]. Mass spectroscopy can be used to determine the molecular mass of the peptides. Precipitation of the proteins makes it possible to study peptides which are found in lower concentrations using different chromatographic methods such as LC–MS or electrophoretic methods. Oxidation can occur at both the protein backbone and on the amino acid side chains. For determination of the amount of peptides below a certain chain length. selective precipitation using ethanol. Several methods to determine this value exist. viscosity. gelling and emulsification properties. emulsification. methanol. the most used are determination of formation of carbonyl groups [32. the term degree of hydrolysis describes the extent to which peptide bonds are broken by the enzymatic hydrolysis reaction. changes take place in the proteins and it is often of interest to quantify these changes. including gelation. nutritional. such as provide information about the enzymes that are active during storage. and formation of aggregates.Peptides and Proteins ◾ 17 properties.8 Protein Modifications During storage and processing of marine raw materials. The measurement shows the number of specific peptide bonds broken in hydrolysis as a percent of the total number of peptide bonds present in the intact protein. 2. solubility. In addition oxidation can be measured as loss of functional properties such as loss of solubility. and water-holding capacity. Another widely used method is the determination of free amino groups after titration with formaldehyde [27]. For characterization of mixtures of peptides. Formaldehyde reacts with unprotonated primary amine groups resulting in loss of protons. The amount of peptides soluble in different concentrations of ethanol was found to be dependent on the chain length as well as on the hydrophobicity of the peptides. muscle proteins are also vulnerable to oxidative attack during processing and storage of muscle foods [30]. and by using tandem mass spectroscopy detailed information of the structure of the peptides can be found. especially after enzymatic degradation/ hydrolysis. One much used definition of functional properties is this: Those physical and chemical properties that influence the behavior of proteins in food systems during . loss of water-holding capacity. However. these properties are not only dependent on the oxidation state of the proteins. or trichloroacetic acid can be used [28]. The peptides may also give valuable information about the quality of the food. Oxidative modification often leads to alterations in the functional. Changes in proteins during storage and processing will often result in changes in the functional properties of the proteins. and changes in these properties may be due to other factors. and can result in major physical changes in protein structure ranging from fragmentation of the backbone to oxidation of the side chains.

Time–temperature tolerance and physical-chemical quality tests for frozen Red Hake... Nondestructive determination of water and protein in surimi by near-infrared spectroscopy. 5. V. 10. 879–942.K. Hultmann. Value added products from underutilised fish species. Fennema. Marcel Dekker: New York. J. whippability). Food Chemistry. Methods to determine functional properties are often developed for a particular use in a specific food system resulting in a vast number of different methods. thickening. p. (2) properties related with the protein structure and rheological characteristics (viscosity.. Anderson. solubility. 1979. cooking. 13. Kirsten.K. T. E. Haard. and gelation). moisture and protein in salmon fillets by use of near-infrared diff use spectroscopy. 73: R91–R98. Owusu-Apenten.18 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis processing. Control of chemical composition and food quality attributes of cultured fish. 2. 1982. molecular flexibility/rigidity in response to external environment (pH. hydrophilicity. wettability). 35: 431–435. hydrophobicity. net charge. et al. M. The book edited by Hall [38] gives a good overview of methods to determine protein functionality. 1968.C. 25: 289–307. Venugopal. N. 25: 2025–2069..25 and Jones’ factors. in Food Chemistry. 1992. 2002.J. Functional properties can be divided in several groups. T. Journal of Food Science. temperature. hydrogen. Characteristics of edible muscle tissue. New York: Marcel Dekker. Analytical chemistry. and F. 5: 215–234. and biological values are sometimes included in the functional properties. F. Innovative uses of near-infrared spectroscopy in food processing. Isaksson. O. 7. 1995. J.. 11. and P. 69: 95–100. distribution. 463. Lanier.F. Mariotti.E. storage.J. Food Research International. Foegeding. Journal of Food Science & Nutrition. Methods for processing and utilization of low cost fishes: A critical appraisal. Journal of Food Quality. Iced storage of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)—Effects on endogenous enzymes and their impact on muscle proteins and texture. Food Protein Analysis: Quantitative Eff ects on Processing. structures (secondary. 51: 1173–1179. amino acid composition and sequence. 2008. 48: 177–184.. Converting nitrogen into protein—Beyond 6. and quaternary). References 1. and T. tertiary. 8. Nutritional. V. 2008. pp. Ravesi. shape. et al. Hultin. . and R.A. Food Chemistry... and E. Non-destructive determination of fat. 2004. Shahidi.P. 87: 31–41. and consumption [36]. Rustad. Ed. 3. 6. and H. Mirand. 1995. elasticity. Bock. Connelly. D. salt concentration). W. 9. aggregation. 32: 1–12. M. 2006. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. Journal of Fisheries Research Board Of Canada. It is usual to classify them according to mechanism of action into three main groups: (1) properties related with hydration (absorption of water/oil. Uddin. 1996. Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition. sulphur and sulphur alone in organic and inorganic materials. 12. Licciardello. 4. adhesiveness. It is therefore difficult to compare results from different laboratories. 96: 491–495. Venugopal.M.. Journal of Food Science & Technology. sensory. A description of the properties of the proteins important for functional properties was given by Damodaran [37]: The physicochemical properties that influence functional behavior of proteins in food include their size.L. et al. 1995. and (3) properties related with the protein surface (emulsifying and foaming activities. Tome. or interaction with other food constituents. formation of protein–lipid films.R. L. Automatic methods for the simultaneous determination of carbon. R.. Relation between protein extractability and free fatty acid production in cod muscle aged in ice.

2005. Nakai and H. Nature.M. 30. Technicla Biochemistry. 19. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry.O. Food Chemistry. 175. International Dairy Journal. 1970.. 1979. 55: 8118–8125. 100: 201–220. 1994.. CRC Critical Reviews Food Science & Nutrition. 74: 70–71. et al. H. and H. Bauchart. 227: 680–685. Myoglobin-induced lipid oxidation. et al... 22. J. R.. Damodaran. Davies. W. 17. Eds. E. 16. Leach. 1981. G.M. Yada. 29. 35..A. Peptides in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) muscle subjected to ice storage and cooking. Analysis: Quantitation and physical characterization. Kelleher. 50: 3887–3897. 1–24. Damodaran and A.P. J. Protein measurement with the Folin phenol reagent. 6: 1069–1077. U.K. Obtake.. Baron. Taylor. Effect of Cryoprotectants and a reducing reagent on the stability of actomyosin during ice storage. Eds. S. 31.: New York. Modler..K. 24. 1957. 32. 1996.. in Food Proteins and their applications. Biochemistry Journal. G.M. 1959. 1996. et al. 62: 197–200.. O. Comparative Biochemistry & Physiology.H. Ellman. et al. 1703: 93–109.. 1979. and D. and H. Laemmli. S. M. M. Notes on a modification of the Neuman & Logan method for the determination of the hydroxyproline. W. 5: 169–186.. Review of the Folin Phenol protein quantitation method of Lowry. p. 1996. and A. Stefansson. Peterson. Functional properties of food proteins: A review.J. 28.Peptides and Proteins ◾ 19 14. 56: 315–317. 38. 36.. Analytical Biochemitry. 1951. Methods for Testing Protein Functionality. VCH: New York. K. The oxidative environment and protein damage. 2006. U. in Dep. Biochimica Biophysica Acta.. Sompongse. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Food Safety. 21. 27(6): 1256–1262. A. Baron. Inc. 26. 82: 488–498. Lowry. 25. Formol titration: An evaluation of its various modifications. C.) and subsequent changes in solubility during storage on ice. Martinez-Alvarez. et al. S.P.J. in Food Proteins: Properties and Characterization. Food Chemistry. Collagen content in farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L. pp. 1976. Food Chemistry. 7: 219–280. G. A review. Food Proteins: An Overview.B. Adler-Nissen. Lithium chloride as a preferred extractant of fish muscle proteins. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Hall.H. C. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry..Y. 1991. et al. 20.. Sato. 94: 123–129. Tissue sulfhydryl groups. Mechanisms and factors for edible oil oxidation. Journal of Biological Chemistry.. Norges Tekniske høgskole: Trondheim. 72: 248–254..E. Effect of brine salting at different pHs on the functional properties of cod muscle proteins after subsequent dry salting. Archives in Biochemistry & Biophysics. 1997. Y. 15. Almås. Rosebrough.. On the solubility of cod muscle proteins in water. Itoh.W. 2007. 90B: 155–158. 82: 70–78. Isolation of types I and V collagen from carp muscle. Protein and lipid oxidation during frozen storage of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). Analytical Biochemistry. Blackie Academic and Professional: London.. K. 42: 2656–2664. Ed. and M. Rohm. 18. Comparison of ethanol and trichloracetic acid fractionation for measurement of proteolysis in Emmental cheese. Kinsella. Gomez-Guillen. S. O. 33. Determination of the degree of hydrolysis of food protein hydrolysates by trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid. Muskelcellehylsteret hos torsk: Ultrastruktur og biokjemi. K. p. 1998. Marcel Dekker. Hultin. Min. 193: 265–275.O. Farr and Randall. 2006. Choe. Andersen. Bradford. C. Eckhoff. et al. 23. Cleavage and structural proteins during assembly of the head of bacteriophage T4. Hultin.. 62: 73–79.D. 2002. 1996.C. and H.. Paraf. 37.. Journal of Food Science. 34. . 100: 1566–1572.A.L. A rapid and sensitive method for the determination of microgram quantities of protein utilizing the principle of protein-dye binding. Analyst. 1960. 265.L.. 1988. 1976. G. 27. Fisheries Science. 2007.

.

.3...................................................................2.. 28 3.....................................2 First-Dimension Electrophoresis .....2 Aquaculture and Antemortem Effects on Quality and Processability ......... 34 3.....................................................................................................................2 Basic 2DE Methods Overview .... 22 3............................35 21 .................2..........4 Second-Dimension Electrophoresis ......................................2......................................................................................3 Equilibration ...................................2 Proteome Analysis by 2DE ....................................... 22 3...........................................3...................................................................................2........35 References ....................2.....................................2...........1 Sample Matrix Considerations ......... 32 3.....3..................................2.........2 Quality Involution ...................... Ágústa Guðmundsdóttir............31 3.........................2..............3 Applications of 2DE in Seafood Analysis .........................................................2......2.............. 22 3................1......5 Staining ...........1...............................................4 Allergen Identification .................6 Analysis .....2.................................2....3 Protein Identification by Peptide Mass Fingerprinting .......................... 27 3................. 34 Acknowledgments .....3...............................3.................3 Species Authentication ...........1 Whole Larval Proteomes.........................1 Sample Extraction and Cleanup ...........3.......................................................... 24 3.....................2...............................2.25 3............................... 28 3........ 28 3..........1 Development ..........................2 Muscle Proteomes ....2.....................................2............. 24 3.....................3 The Degradome ................. 32 3......................2.........2..2.... and Oddur Vilhelmsson Contents 3...................... 27 3..................1............................................1 Introduction ...33 3..................................................................................................2..25 3........1 Protein Autolysis and Oxidation during Storage and Processing ...................................................................................................25 3.......................Chapter 3 Proteomics Hólmfríður Sveinsdóttir..................31 3.......................................................... 22 3...

giving valuable insight into the composition of the raw materials.1 Whole Larval Proteomes The production of good quality larvae is still a challenge in marine fish hatcheries. 3. gel-free methods.22 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3.1) remains the workhorse of most proteomics work. the cornerstone of most proteomics research. and after processing or storage.9–11 heart.19 intestine. or with the human immune system after consumption.4 hold great promise and are deserving of discussion in their own right. as well as with time and in response to environmental stimuli.12. along with some of the main improvements that have developed since. The method most commonly used was originally developed by Patrick O’Farrell and is described in his seminal and thorough 1975 paper5 and briefly outlined.13 skeletal muscle. It stands to reason. and mass accuracy. during. the “classic” process of two-dimensional (2D) gel polyacrylamide electrophoresis (2DE) followed by protein identification via peptide mass fingerprinting of trypsin digests (Figure 3.2 Proteome Analysis by 2DE 2DE. Like other vertebrates. growth depression. .1. In the following sections.6–8 liver. based on liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC–MS/MS).12 kidney. also known as proteomics. largely because of its high resolution.1 Sample Matrix Considerations Unlike the genome. then. the interactions of proteins with one another or with other food components. Proteome analysis allows us to examine the effects of environmental factors on larval global protein expression. simplicity. This chapter will therefore focus on 2DE. where the bulk of the food matrix is constructed from proteins. the proteome varies from tissue to tissue. is regulated and brought about by proteins. This is especially true of fish and meat.2.1 Introduction As with all living matter. Several environmental factors can interfere with the protein expression of larvae leading to poor larval quality like malformations. quality involution within the product before. Studies on whole larvae.12. fish possess a number of tissues amenable to 2DE-based proteome analysis. we present some issues and challenges related to sample matrices of particular interest to the seafood scientist. Proteomics. both on the cellular and tissue-wide levels.12 brain.2. in the following sections. for example. Furthermore. that proteome analysis.2 surface-enhanced laser desorption/ionization3 or protein arrays. and low survival rate. 3. of proteins on a 2D polyacrylamide slab gel. the construction of the food matrix. is a tool that can be of great value to the food scientist. or even thousands.14–18 gill. While high-throughput. foodstuffs are in large part made up of proteins.12 and rectal gland12 have been reported. succinctly defined as “the study of the entire proteome or a subset thereof”1 is currently a highly active field possessing a wide spectrum of analytical methods that continue to be developed at a brisk pace. is the simultaneous separation of hundreds. 3. Selection of tissues for protein extraction is therefore an important issue that needs to be considered before a seafood proteomic study is embarked upon.

peptides can be dissociated into smaller fragment and small partial sequences obtained by MS/MS. such as the gastrointestinal tract or the central nervous system.6. cytoskeletal .20 all important information for controlling factors influencing the aptitude to continue a normal development until adult stages. 85% of the of the selected protein spots.21.Proteomics ◾ 23 2D PAGE Trypsin digestion MS fingerprinting MS/MS sequencing Figure 3. yielding a peptide mass fingerprint. there are several drawbacks when working with the whole larval proteome. See text for further details.6. where the majority of the highly abundant proteins were identified as muscle proteins.22 Also.22 The advantage of working with whole larvae versus distinct tissues is the ease of keeping the sample handling to a minimum in order to avoid loss or modification of the proteins. but if needed. Nevertheless. Once a protein of interest has been identified. a protein extract (crude or fractionated) from the tissue of choice is subjected to 2D PAGE. allowing identification of ca. it is excised from the gel. Peptide mass mapping using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization-time of flight (MALDI-TOF) mass spectrometry was performed only on the cod larval proteins. posttranslational modifications and redistribution of specific proteins within cells.6.22 and zebrafish (Danio rerio). like the overwhelming presence of muscle and skin proteins. These proteins may mask subtle changes in proteins expressed in other tissues or systems.7 These studies provided protocols for the production of high-resolution 2D gels.1 An overview over the “classic approach” in proteomics.23 This is reflected in our studies on whole cod larval proteome. In many cases this is sufficient for identification purposes. subjected to degradation by trypsin (or other suitable protease) and the resulting peptides analyzed by mass spectrometry.22 Three of these publications have focused on the whole larval proteomes in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua)6. Only a few proteome analysis studies on fish larvae have been published. First. The axial musculature is the largest tissue in larval fishes as it constitutes approximately 40% of their body mass.7.

fish skeletal muscle is the main component. Various strategies have been presented for the removal of highly abundant proteins24 or enrichment of lowabundant proteins.30 preparative isoelectrofocusing31 or solubility in the presence of various detergents32 or chaotropes33 have been described. Removal of those proteins may increase detection of other proteins present at low concentrations. particularly in muscle tissue. as it will give rise to overloading artifacts in the gels.43 The 20S proteasome has been found to have a role in regulating the efficiency with which rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) deposit protein. allowing a larger sample of the remaining proteins to be analyzed. Proteomic analysis on lysosomes has been successfully performed in mammalian (human) systems. but for other applications low-abundance proteins. A myriad of methods suitable for subsequent 2DE exist for fractionating the proteome into defined subproteomes. is fractionation of the protein sample in order to weed out the high-abundance proteins. Swamping of low-abundance spots by highly abundant ones may not be a problem for applications relating specifically to structural proteins. are particularly abundant in the skeletal muscle proteome. and biochemistry.1. are of keen interest.25.44 It seems likely that the manner. such as those associated with individual organelles or cell compartments28 or by protein biochemical methods such as affi nity chromatography. Structural proteins.29.26 3. such as the ubiquitin–proteasome or the lysosome systems. An unfractionated 2DE map of the muscle proteome therefore tends to be dominated by comparatively few high-abundance protein spots.2. which include most regulatory proteins and many important metabolic enzymes.45. whereby proteins are targeted for destruction by the proteasome by covalent .46 An exploitable property of proteasome-mediated protein degradation is the phenomenon of polyubiquitination. it may also result in a loss of other proteins.3 The Degradome The degradome may be a subproteome of particular interest to the food scientist.1. then. For example. No amplification method analogous to PCR exists for proteins. function. and simply increasing the amount of sample is usually not an option. are suitable for rigorous investigation using proteomic methods. as many textural and other quality factors of muscle foods are related to proteolytic activity in the muscle tissue before. Fractionation methods for a variety of sample matrices have been reviewed recently. such as actin and tubulin. rendering analysis of low-abundance proteins difficult or impossible.2 Muscle Proteomes In most seafood products. In addition to having a hand in controlling autolysis determinants. lysosomes can be isolated and the lysosome subproteome queried to answer the question whether and to what extent lysosome composition varies among fish expected to yield flesh of different quality characteristics. protein turnover is a major regulatory engine of cellular structure. in which protein deposition is regulated.34–41 3.42. has profound implications for quality and processability of the fish flesh.24 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis proteins were prominent among the identified proteins. during and after processing. Protein turnover systems. Cellular protein turnover involves at least two major systems: the lysosomal system and the ubiquitin–proteasome system. preventing identification of holistic alterations in the analyzed proteomes.2. The fish muscle proteome is therefore likely to be of comparatively high interest to the seafood scientist. However.5 The remaining option.

which is most conveniently performed using commercial dry IPG gel strips.58 Thorough homogenization is essential to ensure complete and reproducible extraction of the proteome. such as that of the matrix metalloproteases.52–57 3. The map can be visualized and individual proteins quantified by radiolabeling or by using any of a host of protein dyes and stains. or fluorescent dyes. 0.3% (w/v) DTT [dithiothreitol]. Although a number of refinements have been made to 2DE since O’Farrell’s paper. the reader is referred to any of a number of excellent reviews and laboratory manuals. The tube gel is then transferred onto a polyacrylamide slab gel and the isoelectrically focused proteins are further separated according to their molecular mass by conventional sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE). 3.2) rather than the familiar banding pattern observed in one-dimensional (1D) SDS-PAGE.2 First-Dimension Electrophoresis The extracted proteins are first separated by IEF. Cleanup of samples using commercial 2D sample cleanup kits may be beneficial for some sample types.5% Pharmalyte ampholytes for the appropriate pH range) supplemented with a protease inhibitor cocktail to give good results for proteome extraction from whole Atlantic cod larvae6.22 and Arctic charr (Salvelinus alpinus) liver. In the following sections. For more detailed.. We have found direct extraction into the gel reswelling buffer (7 M urea. These strips consist of a dried IPG-containing polyacrylamide gel on a plastic backing.51 the procedure remains essentially as outlined earlier. Ready-made IPG strips are currently available in a variety of linear and .2.e.2 Basic 2DE Methods Overview O’Farrell’s original 2DE method first applies a process called isoelectric focusing (IEF). Gygi and coworkers have developed methods to study the ubiquitin–proteasome degradome in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae using multidimensional LC–MS/MS.43. 0.2 Some proteolysis systems. Activity of matrix metalloproteases is regulated via a complex network of specific proteases.48–50 Monitoring of the expression levels of these regulatory enzymes.2. where an electric field is applied to a tube gel on which the protein sample and carrier ampholytes have been deposited. and how they vary with environmental or dietary variables. This separates the proteins according to their molecular charge.1 Sample Extraction and Cleanup For most applications.2. may be more conveniently carried out using transcriptomic methods. which proteins are being degraded by the proteasome at a given time or under given conditions.47 By targeting these ubiquitin-labeled proteins. such as Coomassie blue. up-to-date protocols. a general protocol is outlined briefly with some notes of special relevance to the seafood scientist.2. may be less directly amenable to proteomic study. silver stains. 3. yielding a two-dimensional map (Figure 3. it is possible to observe the ubiquitin–proteasome “degradome.2. most notably the introduction of immobilized pH gradients (IPGs) for IEF. sample treatment prior to electrophoresis should be minimal in order to minimize in-sample proteolysis and other sources of experimental artifacts. 2 M thiourea.” i.Proteomics ◾ 25 binding to multiple copies of ubiquitin. 4% (w/v) CHAPS [3-(3-chloramidopropyl)dimethylamino-1-propanesulfonate].

000 Vh.. The proteins are separated according to their pI in the horizontal dimension and according to their mass in the vertical dimension. Before electrophoresis. extraction directly into the reswelling buffer is recommended. This method is thus suitable for most 2DE applications and has all but completely replaced the older and less reproducible method of IEF by carrier ampholytes in tube gels. Typically. although this will depend on the IPG gradient and the length of the strip. Narrow-range strips also allow for higher sample loads (since part of the sample will run off the gel) and thus may yield improved detection of low-abundance proteins.1. Broad-range linear strips (e. but for many applications narrow-range and/or sigmoidal IPG strips may be more appropriate as these will give a better resolution of proteins in the fairly crowded pI 4–7 range.26 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis MW (kDa) 60 42 30 22 17 4 5 pl 6 7 Figure 3. Optimal conditions for reswelling are normally provided by the IPG strip manufacturer. A recipe for a typical reswelling buffer is presented in Section 3. sigmoidal pH ranges. Application of a low voltage current may speed up the reswelling process.2. the starting voltage is about 150 V.g. The appropriate IEF protocol will depend not only on the sample and IPG strip.2 A 2DE protein map of whole Atlantic cod (G. but also on .500 V. the dried gel needs to be reswelled to its original volume. Isoelectrofocusing was by pH 4–7 IPG strip and the second dimension was in a 12% polyacrylamide slab gel. usually totaling about 10.2. morhua) larval proteins with pI between 4 and 7 and molecular mass about 10–100 kDa. If the protein sample is to be applied during the reswelling process. Reswelling is normally performed overnight at 4°C.000–30. pH 3–10) are commonly used for whole-proteome analysis of tissue samples. IEF is normally performed for several hours at high voltage and low current. which is then increased stepwise to about 3.

Optimal pore size depends on the size of the target proteins. thus reducing vertical streaking. 192 mM glycine. This is best performed using a dentist’s tool or other appropriate implement.60 the Laemmli method.2. trace amount of bromophenol blue.3) and cemented in place using a molten agarose solution. it is applied to the top edge of an SDS-PAGE slab gel (Figure 3. Care must be taken that the (+) end of the strip is on the same side of all slab gels.3 Orientation and placement of an isoelectrofocused IPG strip onto the top of the second-dimension gel.61 using glycine as the trailing ion and the same buffer (25 mM Tris. A second equilibration step in the presence of 2. This will alkylate thiol groups and prevent their reoxidation during electrophoresis. and that the strip is pressed gently onto the SDS gel. 6 M urea. Ready-made gels suitable for analytical 2DE are available commercially. the SDS–polypeptide complex that affords protein-size-based separation will form and the reducing agent will preserve the reduced state of the proteins. During the equilibration step.1% SDS) at both electrodes.2. The gel is run at a constant current of 25 mA until the bromophenol blue dye front has reached the bottom of the gel. A typical equilibrationbuffer recipe is as follows: 50 mM Tris–HCl at pH 8. 2% SDS. While some reviewers recommend alternative buffer systems. it needs to be equilibrated for 30–45 min in a buffer-containing SDS and a reducing agent such as DTT. 0.56 reviewed IEF for 2DE applications.59 3. 30% glycerol. remains the most popular one.2.8.Proteomics ◾ 27 the equipment used.5% iodoacetamide and without DTT (otherwise identical buffer) may be required for some applications. that the gel side of the IPG strip faces the notched side of the glass plate. 3. but for most applications gradient gels or gels of about 10% or 12% polyacrylamide are appropriate. avoiding trapping air bubbles.4 Second-Dimension Electrophoresis Once the gel strip has been equilibrated. Görg et al. 1% DTT. The manufacturer’s instructions should be followed. .2. A tracking dye for the second electrophoresis step is also normally added at this point. taking care to put the pressure on the IPG strip’s plastic backing rather than the gel itself. Figure 3.3 Equilibration Before the isoelectrofocused gel strip can be applied to the second-dimension slab gel.

There are. and therefore individual variation is a major concern and needs to be accounted for in any statistical treatment of the data.64 These difficulties arise from several sources of variation among individual gels.68 where peptides are suspended in a matrix of small. followed by incubation for 1 h in 17% ammonium sulfate/34% methanol/2% ortho-phosphoric acid. followed by staining for several days in 0. The most popular mass spectrometry method is MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry. PDQuest (BioRad). These multiple sources of variation has led some investigators63–65 to cast doubt on the suitability of univariate tests. digested with trypsin (or another suitable protease).2. the spot of interest is excised from the gel. and followed by destaining for several hours in water. many of which are more sensitive than colloidal Coomassie and thus may be more suitable for applications where the visualization of low-abundance proteins is important.3 Protein Identification by Peptide Mass Fingerprinting Identification of proteins on 2DE gels is most commonly achieved via mass spectrometry of trypsin digests. A typical staining procedure includes fi xing the gel for several hours in 50% ethanol/2% ortho-phosphoric acid. has improved by leaps and bounds in recent years. organic. These include radiolabeling. Multivariate analysis has been successfully used by several investigators in recent years.5 Staining Visualization of proteins spots is commonly achieved through staining with colloidal Coomassie Blue G-250 due to its low cost and ease of use. A great many alternative visualization methods are available.28 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3. followed by several 30 min washing steps in water. commercially available colloidal Coomassie staining kits that do not require fi xation or destaining. analysis of the 2DE gel image. or Progenesis (Nonlinear Dynamics). and individual protein quantification. .63 In particular. Patton published a detailed review of visualization techniques for proteomics.62 3. such as protein load variability due to varying IPG strip reswelling or protein transfer from strip to slab gel. Also. Briefly. Pooling samples may also be an option and this depends on the type of experiment.5-dihydroxybenzoic acid) followed by ionization by a laser at the excitation wavelength of the matrix molecules and acceleration of the ionized peptides in an electrostatic field into a flight tube where the time of flight of each peptide is measured and this gives its expected mass.65–67 3. remains the bottleneck of 2DE-based proteome analysis and still requires a substantial amount of subjective input by the investigator. gene expression in several tissues varies considerably among the individuals of the same species. such as in difference gel electrophoresis (DIGE). matching. UV-absorbing molecules (such as 2. including protein spot definition. such as the SYPRO or Cy series of dyes.1% Coomassie Blue G-250/17% ammonium sulfate/34% methanol/2% ortho-phosphoric acid. such as Student’s t-test. and staining with fluorescent dyes.2.2. such as with [35S] methionine. and the resulting peptide mixture is analyzed by mass spectrometry. such as ImageMaster (Amersham). however. spot matching between gels tends to be time-consuming and has proved difficult to automate.2.6 Analysis Although commercial 2DE image analysis software.2. commonly used to assess the significance of observed protein expression differences. Multiple staining with dyes fluorescing at different wavelengths offers the possibility of differential display allowing more than one proteome to be compared on the same gel.

2 2798.69 1659.61 1272.06 1575.org/tools) contains links to most of the available software for protein identification and several other tools.50 30 856. however. to obtain a tentative identity. The resulting spectrum of peptide masses (Figure 3. therefore.71 100 90 80  Intensity 1061. The ExPASy Tools web site (http://www.86 1028.0 1229. it is possible to take advantage of the available nucleotide sequences.4 2212.10 and Vilhelmsson et al. such as the National Centre for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) nonredundant protein sequences database.36 2564. How useful this method is will depend on the length and quality of the available nucleotide sequences. or transcript abundance). 2506. using the appropriate software. The solid markers indicate the peaks that were found to correspond to expected b-2 tubulin peptides.51 1040.56 1974. The open markers indicate mass peaks corresponding to trypsin self-digestion products and were.50 20 10 0 741. It is important to realize.1. which in many cases is more extensive than the protein sequences available.4) is then used for protein identification by searching against expected peptide masses calculated from data in protein sequence databases.9 were able to attain an identification rate of about 80% using a combination of search algorithms that included the open-access Mascot program69 and a licensed version of Protein Prospector MS-Fit70 by searching against both protein databases and a database containing all salmonid nucleotide sequences.54 70 1960. many with a web-based open-access interface.43 . that an identity obtained in this manner is less reliable than that obtained through protein sequences and should be regarded only as tentative in the absence of corroborating evidence (such as 2D immunoblots.63 1258.35 1621.4 A trypsin digest mass spectrometry fingerprint of an Atlantic cod larval protein spot. To circumvent this problem.07 1131.60 Peptides identified as those derived from Atlantic cod β-tubulin Trypsin autolysis peaks 1159. Martin et al. excluded from the analysis.98 1886. correlated activity measurements.70 1697.96 60 870.801616.90 1822.00 1196.6 Mass (m/z) 2108. As can be seen in Table 3.25 Figure 3.expasy. this problem is surprisingly acute for species of commercial importance. identified as b-2 tubulin. 100% agreement was observed between the two methods. Attaining a high identification rate is problematic in fish and seafood proteomics due to the relative paucity of available protein sequence data for these animals.8 1652. Several programs are available. In those cases where both the protein and nucleotide databases yielded results.54 50 40 1287. In their work on the rainbow trout liver proteome.Proteomics ◾ 29 842.

063 3.533 1.138 36. redfish and lumpfishes) 185. saithe.006 121. and pollock) Lophiiformes (anglerfishes.30 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 3.864 47.557 .845 999.407 84.158 20. and wolffish) Pleuronectiformes (flatfishes.007 911 303 18.585 1. tuna. turbot. etc. monkfish) Perciformes (perch-likes.845 10.208 2. incl.210 Chondrichthyes (Cartilagenous Fishes) Carcharhiniformes (ground sharks and dogfishes) Lamniformes (mackrel sharks) Rajiformes (skates and rays) 3.751 Crustacea (Crustaceans) Caridea (shrimps.871 32.203 467. etc.782.380 898.344 5. 2008 Protein Sequences Nucleotide Sequences Actinopterygii (Ray-Finned Fishes) Anguilliformes (eels and morays) Clupeiformes (herrings) Cypriniformes (carps) Siluriformes (catfishes) Salmoniformes (salmons and trout) Gadiformes (cod-likes.122 268 26.284 2.424 2. and plaice) Zeiformes (dories) Scorpaeniformes (scorpionfishes.798 81. incl. mackrel.762 726. incl.008 Mollusca (Mollusks) Bivalvia (mussels.287 8.656 2.442 237 2.933 3. sole. scallops.046. incl.353 287 170.592 735 179 585 768.896 3.) Gastropoda (incl. sea bass.489 130. cod.) Astacidea (lobsters and crayfishes) Brachyura (short-tailed crabs) 21.680 1.1 Families of Some Commercially Important Seafood Species and the Availability of Protein and Nucleotide Sequence Data as of March 27. halibut. incl.086 2. sea bream.626 138 16. haddock.237 2. whelks and abalone) Cephalopoda (squid and octopi) 32.381 45.245 2.

89 A brief discussion of a few emerging areas within fish and seafood proteomics is given as follows. clearly defined subproteomes and included such applications as the characterization of bovine caseins. and nucleus.. In MS/MS one or several peptides are separated from the mixture and dissociated into fragments that are then subjected to a second round of mass spectrometry. Until recently. and behavior of the fish. larva.23. In both these studies.95 resulting in different expression of proteins.88. Correlating this spectrum with the candidate peptides identified in the first round narrows down the number of candidates.85 wheat flour baking quality factors..1 Development Fishes go through different developmental stages (embryo.93 This is reflected in the variations of global protein expression and posttranslational modifications of the proteins that may cause alterations in protein function.78 Thiede et al.72 Today. and vastly superior protein spot identification techniques. if rather more time-consuming. reflect a response to biological perturbations or external stimuli9–11. and adult) during their life span that coincide with changes in the morphology.84 3.77 Damodaran et al.82 Lin et al. which. cytoskeleton. each peptide mass can potentially represent any of a large number of possible amino acid sequence combinations. way of obtaining protein identities is by direct sequence comparison. fish physiology.81 Gygi and Aebersold. enhances the specificity of the method even further.90–92 The morphological and physiological changes that occur during these developmental stages are characterized by differential cellular and organelle functions..79 Rappsilber et al. improved reproducibility and resolving power of electrophoretic separation techniques. by Yates. Recent studies on global protein expression during early developmental stages of zebrafish7 and Atlantic cod6 revealed that distinctive protein profiles characterize the developmental stages of these fishes even though abundant proteins are largely conserved during the experimental period.76 Nyman. posttranslational modifications. These variations may. the identified proteins consisted mainly of proteins located in the cytosol. as well as in aquaculture. several short stretches of amino acid sequence will be obtained for each peptide.3. for example. Early studies focused on relatively small. have gained considerable momentum.3 Applications of 2DE in Seafood Analysis The two-dimensional electrophoresis has been in use within food science for at least two decades. In the peptide mass fingerprinting discussed earlier. for example. or redistribution of specific proteins within cells. proteomic investigations on fish and seafood products. yielding a second layer of information. the higher the number of possible combinations.73–75 Mass spectrometry methods in proteomics have been reviewed. when combined with the peptide and fragment masses obtained. Proteome analyses in developing organisms have shown that many . and development. the method of choice is tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS). The larger the mass (and longer the sequence). Furthermore. 3.80 Mo and Karger.94 Proteome analysis provides valuable information on the variations that occur within the proteome of organisms.71. physiology.86 and soybean protein bodies. this was accomplished by N-terminal or internal (after proteolysis) sequencing by the Edman degradation of eluted or electroblotted protein spots..87 With the lower cost.20 To date few studies on fish development exist in which proteome analysis techniques have been applied.83 and Delahunty and Yates.Proteomics ◾ 31 A more direct.

In a recent study on the proteome of embryonic zebrafish. can be observed using 2DE or other proteomic methods. The success in the removal of yolk proteins by Link et al. These interfere with any proteomic application that intends to target the cells of the embryo proper.99. many of which are correlated with specific textural properties in seafood products. such as curing.108 3. developmental stage specific muscle protein isoforms have gained a special attention.1 Protein Autolysis and Oxidation during Storage and Processing The specifics of fish muscle protein autolysis during storage and processing still remain in large part to be elucidated. This fact further indicates the importance of the proteome approach to understand cellular mechanisms that underlie fish development. and production of surimi and conserves occur under conditions conducive to endogenous proteolysis.113 . several commercially important fish muscle processing techniques. in the common sole 2DE revealed two isoforms (larval and adult) of myosin light chain 2 and likewise in dorada larval and adult isoforms of troponin I were sequentially expressed during development.3.109.27 published a method to efficiently remove the yolk from large batches of embryos without losing cellular proteins.102 common sole (Solea solea).2 Quality Involution Degradation of proteins during chilled storage.101 These studies demonstrated that the muscle shows the usual sequential synthesis of protein isoforms in the course of development.27 is probably due to dechorionation prior to the deyolking of the embryos. By dechorionation.21. and pI of the protein present in a tissue.21.8.94. Studies on various proteins have shown that during fish development sequential synthesis of different isoforms appear successively. For example.8.88. where differences are expected to occur in the number. the embryos fall out of their chorions facilitating the removal of the yolk. be distinguished on 2DE gels. therefore. and their oxidation during frozen storage. fermentation. Proteomic techniques have thus been shown to be applicable for investigating cellular and molecular mechanisms involved in the morphological and physiological changes that occur during fish development.110 Problems of this kind.32 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis of the identified proteins have multiple isoforms96 that reflect either different gene products97 or posttranslationally modified forms of these proteins. Link et al. The major obstacle on the use of proteomics in embryonic fish has been the high proportion of yolk proteins. a large number of yolk proteins remained prominently present in the embryonic protein profiles.111 3. although degradation of myofibrillar proteins by calpains and cathepsins112. Thus. specific isoforms of myofibrillar proteins.98 Different isoforms generated by posttranslational modifications are largely overlooked by studies based on RNA expression.2. the embryos were deyolked to enrich the pool of embryonic proteins and to minimize ions and lipids found in the yolk prior to 2D gel analysis.3. It is also worth noting that protein isoforms other than proteolytic ones.99–107 The developmental changes in the composition of muscle protein isoforms have been tracked by proteome analysis in African catfish (Heterobranchus longifilis). are well suited for investigation using 2DE-based proteomics. molecular mass.99–107 In this context. are among persistent quality problems in the seafood industry and have deleterious effects on fish flesh texture. usually have different molecular weight or pI and can.7 Despite this undertaking. Furthermore.21 and dorada (Brycon moorei). whether they be encoded in structural genes or brought about by posttranslational modification.

Proteomics ◾ 33 and degradation of the extracellular matrix by the matrix metalloproteases and matrix serine proteases114.123 Both studies indicated that several proteins are differentially expressed in farmed versus wild cod. With the ever increasing resolving power of molecular techniques. such as those governing gaping tendency. such as proteomics. in turn. is thought to be responsible for a large fraction of cellular proteolysis.119. such as pathways involved in cellular protein degradation.126 in fish fed with the experimental diets. the effects on the proteasome are particularly noteworthy. Whatever may be the mechanism. Indeed. They found fish muscle proteins to be differentially carbonylated during frozen storage and were able to identify several carbonylated proteins using LC–MS/MS.117. 2D-immunoblots and LC–MS/MS to study changes in protein oxidation during frozen storage of rainbow trout.117 and. therefore raises the tantalizing prospect of managing quality characteristics of the fish flesh antemortem. the ubiquitin–proteasome pathway has been shown to be downregulated in response to starvation129 and have a role in regulating protein deposition efficiency.10. the proteome analysis identified a number of metabolic pathways sensitive to plant protein substitution in rainbow trout feed.125 and the liver proteome was analyzed9. are optimized. that these quality changes are species dependent116. affect the involution of quality characteristics in the fish product.128 In rainbow trout. 3.123 found these to comprise several members of the glycolytic and Krebs cycle pathways.121 used a 2DE approach to demonstrate different protein composition of surimi made from prerigor versus postrigor cod and found that 2DE could distinguish between the two. Olsson et al.112.111. furthermore. it is clear.2 Aquaculture and Antemortem Effects on Quality and Processability It is well known that an organism’s phenotype. We are aware of two recent studies where Atlantic cod muscle proteomes have been compared between farmed and wild fish. To achieve that goal.115 are thought to be among the main culprits. the interplay between these physiological parameters and environmental and dietary variables needs to be understood in detail. as opposed to wild fish catching. appear to display seasonal variations.1 . is determined by environmental as well as genetic factors. Furthermore. For example. In a recent study on the feasibility of substituting fish meal in rainbow trout diets with protein from plant sources. etc. 67.120 and have demonstrated the importance and complexity of proteolysis and oxidative changes in seafood proteins during storage and processing. in mammals.3.127. The diet was found to have a marked effect on product texture.44 The results led the authors to speculate that the difference in texture and postmortem amino acid-free pool development are affected by antemortem proteasome activity. differences that can affect postmortem biochemical processes in the product which. various quality characteristics of fillet and body were measured124.. Martinez et al.2. flesh softening during storage. and the amount and composition of free amino acids in the fish flesh. fatty acid breakdown. The practice of rearing fish in aquaculture. where individual physiological characteristics. In the context of this chapter. Huss noted in his review122 that product quality differences within the same fish species can depend on feeding and rearing conditions.15. Kjærsgård et al. The proteasome is a multisubunit enzyme complex that catalyzes proteolysis via the ATP-dependent ubiquitin–proteasome pathway which. including quality characteristics. and NADPH metabolism. this is fast becoming feasible.118 Several 2DE studies have been performed on postmortem changes in seafood flesh14–17.17 used 2DE.

147 at National Taiwan University. performed a 2DE on crude protein extracts from the tiger prawn.143 Lopez and coworkers. Martinez et al. proteomic methods have been recognized as a potential way of fish species identification. proteomics-based species identification methods are likely to develop rapidly and find commercial uses within this field.140. as different fish species have different market values. trossulus could be distinguished from the other two species on foot extract 2D gels by a difference in a tropomyosin spot. During the 1960s. possibly indicating freshness and tissue information in addition to species. demonstrating that it had arginine kinase . as well as being relevant from a public health standpoint. the presence of stress-factors or contamination levels at the place of breeding. The identity was further corroborated by cloning and sequencing the relevant cDNA. 1D electrophoretic techniques were developed to identify the raw flesh of various species. These authors. blotted the 2D gel onto a PVDF membrane. A final proof was obtained by purifying the protein.3 Species Authentication Processed fish products are increasingly common in the market and. this makes the issue of species authentication an area of increasing economic importance. and postmortem treatment. Piñeiro and coworkers have found that Cape hake (Merluccius capensis) and European hake (Merluccius merluccius) can be distinguished on 2D gels from other closely related species by the presence of a particular protein spot identified as corresponding to nucleoside diphosphate kinase. 2DE-based methods have been developed to distinguish various closely related species.138. For example. Proteome analysis can therefore potentially yield more information than genomic methods.3. Allergic reactions to seafood affect a significant part of the population.5% of young adults are allergic to shrimp. Mytilus galloprovincialis. but also their relative ratios in mixtures of several fish species and muscle types14 would become viable once a suitable number of markers have been identified.144 Martinez and Jakobsen Friis concluded that the identification of not only the species present. From early on.135–137 which was soon followed by methods to identify species in processed or cooked products. studying the cause of shrimp allergy in humans. about 0.34 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3.141 More recently.134 recently reviewed proteomic and other methods for species authentication in foodstuffs. including structural proteins such as tropomyosin.142.143 Indeed. and Mytilus trossulus.3. The allergen was identified as a protein with close similarity to arginine kinase. While DNA-based species identification130–132 and isotope distribution techniques for determining geographical origin133 are powerful tools in this area and likely to remain the methods of choice in the near term.4 Allergen Identification Allergenic potential is food safety issue of particular concern to the seafood producer. Penaeus monodon.146 Proteome analysis can be a valuable tool for the identification and the characterization of allergens as exemplified by the study of Yu et al.145 Seafood allergies are caused by an immunoglobulin E-mediated response to particular proteins. 3.139 These early efforts were reviewed in 1980. particularly for addressing questions on the health status of the fish in question. the proteome varies from tissue to tissue and with environmental conditions.18. the proteomes of even closely related fish species are be easily distinguishable by eye from one another on 2D gels1 indicating that diagnostic protein spots may be used to distinguish closely related species. and probed the membranes with serum from confirmed shrimp allergic patients. studying three species of European mussels: Mytilus edulis. such as the gadoids or several flat fishes. They found the difference to be due to a single T to D amino acid substitution. found that M. The allergens were then identified by MALDITOF MS of tryptic digests.14 Unlike the genome.

P. L. 4007–4021. Médale. Lin. Proteomics 7(13). References 1. White. P. 2006. Hew. D. T. M. 17–29. H. British Journal of Nutrition 92. Médale. Seow. Valkova. Proteome analysis of abundant proteins in two age groups of early Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) larvae.. 523–535. S. A proteomics approach to understanding protein ubiquitination.. Amsterdam. the rainbow trout. J.. Kaushik. W. Lee.. and Nagamune.. furthermore. and Kültz. Watt. pp. Houlihan. A. N. Cheng.. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology D 3.. Y. Martin. J. N.. B.Proteomics ◾ 35 activity and reacted to serum IgE from shrimp allergic patients and. Hui. and Houlihan. Blaney.. Expression of myofibrillar proteins and parvalbumin isoforms in white muscle of the developing turbot Scophthalmus maximus (Pisces. 12. M. 269–278. 2002. O. S. Lee. M. 243–250. Á. 9. 4. P. E. D. A. J.. M. Balesaria. P... D. Hogstrand. and Houlihan. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology D 1. F.. Sveinsdóttir. 11.. Dietary plant protein substitution affects hepatic metabolism in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss).. J. 2004. Vandewalle. M. in Food Biochemistry and Food Processing. Proteomic identification of processes and pathways characteristic of osmoregulatory tissues in spiny dogfish shark (Squalus acanthias).. and Glover. 2004. Proteome analysis of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) liver proteins during short term starvation.. P.. Q. K. M. H. H. Cash. Finley. O. O. P. T. M. D. T. and Houlihan. G.. Danio rerio. D. Proteomics 6.. Fish Physiology and Biochemistry 24. Schwartz. S. G. D. S... 71–80. and Secombes. P. and the AVS Research Fund. A.. 10. C. T.. A. 921–926. Eds. Vilhelmsson. Pleuronectiformes). 2003. 2003. and Houlihan. L. 401–421. and Huriaux. Biotechnology and Bioprocess Engineering 9. Cash. Marsischky. Thoreen.. 2000. and Gygi. M.. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 133. Martin. Protein microarrays and their applications. 2008.. Blackwell Publishing. S.. F.. A... Journal of Biological Chemistry 250. Paliyath.. 2006. P. 2275–2286.. and Gudmundsdóttir. Proteome analysis of the Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) cell line SHK-1 following recombinant IFN-gamma stimulation.. F.. Martin. Vilhelmsson. B. J. Nature Biotechnology 21.. K.. the University Research Fund of Eimskipafélag Íslands. and Simpson. 2006. 2007. 69–75. O. 5.-K... H... L.. F. C. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1651... 2001.. Proteomic sensitivity to dietary manipulations in rainbow trout.. Martin. Vilhelmsson. Tan. Collin. Poli.. H.. Tay. Mohanty.. F. 2. S. L. 1975. 3.. the University of Iceland Research Fund. Basic and Applied Myology 10. Peng. C.. Focant. 8. F. and Gong. F.. B. K. D. C.. Application of genomics and proteomics for study of the integrated response to zinc exposure in a non-model fish species. 259–270. C. Roelofs. D. B. D. S.. Elias.. Martin. induced skin reactions in sensitized shrimp allergic patients. High resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis of proteins. 6. Nollet. Kaushik. . 7. 3176–3188. S. T.. Proteomic analysis of protein profiles during early development of the zebrafish. 13. J. O’Farrell. Acknowledgments This work was supported by grants from the Icelandic Graduate Research Fund. S. Nip. S. C. 328–343.. B.. F. Z.. Vilhelmsson. S.. Proteomics: Methodology and application in fish processing.

. F. J. Ed. 30. Application of proteome analysis to seafood authentication.. 67–85.. and Jessen. M. 24. Proteome analysis identifies novel protein candidates involved in regeneration of the cerebellum of teleost fish. G. 29. 21–34. T. Ed. Martinez. K. 21. C. B. F. 17. Expression of myofibrillar proteins and parvalbumin isoforms during the development of a flatfish. Looze.. Guðmundsdóttir. Humana Press. Šližyté. M. 2006. 2000.. Corthals. J. 39–50. Link. 15. 28. 19. and Jakobsen Friis. Oda... B. 2003... 20. and Roberts. D. Proteomics of early zebrafish embryos. and Chait. Link. H... pp. Haraldsson. Nature Biotechnology 19.. 25. 2007. development. M. 32. Vandewalle.. U.. Twodimensional electrophoretic study of the water-soluble protein fraction in white muscle of gadoid fish species. L. 2003. C.. 53–66. 2002. Differential detergent fractionation of eukaryotic cells. 2006. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. and Heisenberg. C.36 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 14. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. 2003. 1999. 1254–1260. and Sveinsdóttir.. Neville. 18. M. A.. L. V.. 1980–1987. J. Locke. C. and Gallardo. T. 193–197.. K. V. 2006. 1–9. From genomics to proteomics. Haynes.. and Mann. 34... NJ. J. 2001. Klose. Wellbrock. A. 493–502. Identification of carbonylated protein in frozen rainbow trout (Oncrhynchus mykiss) fillets and development of protein oxidation during frozen storage. 2003. Huet. A. 33. Nature 422. Baron. H... J. M. NJ.. and Zupanc. 2004. H. 347–354. V. 1995. M. I. Tyers. Georgiou. J. G... Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 51. G.. Sotelo. Schevchenko. G. 677–696. and van den Boogaart. Affinity chromatography: A useful tool in proteomics studies. M. Multi-component immunoaffinity subtraction chromatography: An innovative step towards a comprehensive survey of the human plasma proteome... L. Totowa. 2963–2975. Gibson. J. Garfin. Kjærsgård. Traffic 1. Proteomics 3. Fractionated extraction of total tissue proteins from mouse and human for 2-D electrophoresis.... Anderson. R. M.. Y. Wu. and Howell. 425–440. Barker. N. M. and Daukšas. Osse. 504–510. Á... R. Martinez. G. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 46. Nagasu. Oliva. 3991–3997. 1998. I. K. C. N. Kjærsgård. R. Fish larvae... M. 81–90. Ahmed. Huang. Azarkan. B. Gradiflow as a prefractionation tool for two-dimensional electrophoresis. 26. Y. T. N. D. 379–382. pp. 2007. E. Rýnt í próteinmengi lirfa Atlantshafsþorsks (Gadus morhua). M. 2006. 23.. Totowa. 22. Proteomics 7. and Huriaux. D. G. pp. L. Enrichment analysis of phosphorylated proteins as a tool for probing the phosphoproteome. Piñeiro... G... S. Food Chemistry 102. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 135. Zupanc.. Link. Subcellular shotgun proteomics in plants: Looking beyond the usual suspects. S.. T. and Steiner. C. 31. E. W. P. Proteomic analysis of two functional states of the Golgi complex in mammary epithelial cells. and the aquatic environment. Journal of Chromatography B 815.. Humana Press. Thomas. E. Baeyens-Volant. K.. . Focant. and Rylatt. R. H. Ahmed. T.. 2005. 27... allometric growth. I. Ed... I. Su. Háskólaútgáfan.. E.. Quinn. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 54(25).. G. Nørrelykke. Proteomics 6. the common sole Solea solea: Comparison with the turbot Scophthalmus maximus. L. Strategies for revealing lower abundance proteins in two-dimensional protein maps. 9437–9446. J.. T.. Proteomics 3. S. H. and Jessen. 769–782. Reykjavík. Ramsby. 2007. BMC Developmental Biology 6. H. High resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis as a tool to differentiate wild from farmed cod (Gadus morhua) and to assess the protein composition of klipfish. G. S. R. Proteomics 2. Q. F. An approach to remove albumin for the proteomic analysis of low abundance biomarkers in human serum. A. T. 1999. Barros-Velázquez.. and Makowski. Proteomics 4. G. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Tools for Proteomics 849(1–2). 422–432.. and Rice....-P.... ICES Marine Science Symposia 201. V. in Vísindin heilla: afmælisrit til heiðurs Sigmundi Guðbjarnasyni 75 ára. 2003.. Talmadge. P. C. Yates. and Rice. G. 16.. P. C. and Vandenbussche. M.. 3985–3991. Pérez-Martín. M. Proteome analysis elucidating post-mortem changes in cod (Gadus morhua) muscle proteins. M. Gatlin. Pieper. J.

Strahler. Proteomics 19. L. G. W. and Gallardo. Weiss... 1998. Boguth. Trends in sample preparation for classical and second generation proteomics. 49–70. and Dunn. R. Blaney. 2002. 59. 47. 601. and Hildrum. S. 2195–2224.. A. T. Diabetes Metabolism Review 5. M. M. M. B. S. E. S.. J. Cell 79. Castagna.. W. Mass Spectrometry Reviews 22. 1989. Application of proteomics to understand the molecular mechanisms behind meat quality. 57. A. 48. 51. A. Veiseth. Electrophoresis 23. Pösö. Kidney International 43. 1026–1040. 55. J. Sweden. X. Calvo. T.. NJ.. A. and Houlihan. Proteomics 2. M. Subcellular proteomics. Bodzon-Kulakowska. Conrads. J.. R. Postel. Seiki. López-Ferrer. 2002. 181–184. Dobly. and Garin. E. 75–85.. Dylag. A. Altered regulation of matrix metalloproteinase-2 in aortic remodeling during aging. T.. Electrophoresis 9. A. P. A. J. A. The current state of two-dimensional elelctrophoresis with immobilized pH gradients. 3665–3685. 1999. A. and Silberring.. The ubiquitin pathway for the degradation of intracellular proteins. Towards a human repertoire of monocytic lysosomal proteins. F. Proteomics in Practice.. G... 38.. Journet. 46.. 1037–1053. A. Jarzebinska. T. Noga. Prefractionation techniques in proteome analysis: The mining tools of the third millennium. Proteolytic activation of the precursor of membrane type 1 matrix metalloproteinase by human plasmin.. K... 45. Postel. 36.. 2-D proteome Analysis Protocols. 27–56.. M. R. p.... Berkelman. E. M. 531–546. Ciechanover. 54. B.. J. W. 2000. p. A. Mechanism and regulation of protein degradation in liver. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A 137. Y. A. M. Amersham Biosciences. Wildgruber. 43. and Kido.. 2002.. and Weiss. Weinheim. 97–104. J. Chapel. I. Walker.. G. 39.. H. Journal of Chromatography B 849. Louwagie. and Krull. Hypertension 39. S. Martin... D. A possible cell surface activator.. Okumura. 2000. E.. M. Issaq. Millea. Kieffer. Coe.. 53. and Stetler-Stevenson. 3411–3419... Efficiency of conversion of ingested proteins into growth. The ubiquitin-proteasome proteolytic pathway. p. and Naven. K. P. Uppsala. Hollung.. Wiley-VCH. D. Harder. W. 122–124.. Cellular activation of the 72 kDa type IV procollagenase/TIMP-2 complex. Unsworth. C. A. 2003. Brown. unpublished results. and Somerlot. Luche. separation and profiling of proteins and peptides. 2-D Electrophoresis Using Immobilized pH Gradients. R. H.... T.. 13–21. Progress in Nucleic Acid Research and Molecular Biology 33. A. Antonioli. W.. Electrophoresis 21.. Proteomic analysis of human lysosomes: application to monocytic and breast cancer cells. P. A. Janini. 50. 2003. M. Link. 1993. 1994. 49.. and Lakatta.. M. Görg. 2nd edn. Mortimore. 56. J. Journal of Chromatography A 1153. B.. 42. Weser.. G... Piñeiro... 1988. 37. Cañas. Drabik. Electrophoresis 8. 2007. 865–873... 2004. Dreger. J. 40.. 2005. 41. G. and Lardeaux.. 44. The Protein Protocols Handbook.. Bierczynska-Krysik. Current two-dimensional electrophoresis technology for proteomics. Wang. Meat Science 77. Scheibe. 1987.. Günther. Roux. H.... Hanash.. 52.. Kleiner. Methods for samples preparation in proteomic research. E. NJ. 1–31. D. 19–56. Journet. C. and Garin.. . E. Sato.. J. Righetti. 1986. Totowa. S. S. Kieffer. A. Westermeier. R. K. O... J.. and Ciechanover. Görg.. 1176.. 2002. S. and Vilhelmsson. T. E. Electrophoresis 21. Görg. Elimination of point streaking on silver stained two-dimensional gels by addition of iodoacetamide to the equilibration buffer. P. Oncorhynchus mykiss. S. 318. 297–319... P. and Veenstra. Færgestad. Suder. D. A. and Gunther. Hershko. D. Obermaier... Subproteomics in analytical chemistry: Chromatographic fractionation techniques in the characterization of proteins and peptides. 163–170. FEBS Letters 402... Principles and Methods. A..Proteomics ◾ 37 35. E.. 235–258.. J. F. The current state of two-dimensional electrophoresis with immobilized pH gradients. A. 2004. Jia. A. I. E. M. J. S.. M. 2007. G. M. Electrophoresis 26.. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies 26.. Humana Press. 1997. Humana Press. and Boschetti. J.. Chapel. Totowa. 3048–3061. 2007. 58. 2002. and Stenstedt. Methods for fractionation. protein degradation assessed by 20S proteasome activity in rainbow trout. Görg.

2006. P. and Cottrell. Y. S. A. 69.. Rui. J.. 3–31. and Jessen.. Cleavage of structural proteins during the assembly of the head of bacteriophage T4. Humana Press... Evaluating peptide mass fingerprinting-based protein identification. 2003.. F. R. C. Mattow.. Wilm. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. Wang.. Griffin. T. C. P.. 77. M. 66. Statistical exploration of variation in quantitative two-dimensional gel electrophoresis data.. and Mann. Kamo. Link.. 1–19.. N-terminal amino acid sequencing of 2-DE spots.. .. Ed. J.. Rappsilber. 1999.. Link. 72. V. F. Z. R. Baker. 245–253. 461–466. Lacomis. 63. L. J. Nature 379(6564). I. Journal of Chromatography B 771... 67.. Femtomole sequencing of proteins from polyacrylamide gels by nano-electrospray mass spectrometry. Humana Press. Link.. 73. A. Proteomics and Bioinformatics 5. and Goto. P. A. Creasy. Yang. Schweigerer. and Rabin. M. Identification of proteins by matrix-assisted laser desorption/ ionization mass spectrometry using peptide and fragment ion masses.. W. NJ. S. S. 466–469. Schmid. 543–553.. Patton.. N. Y. Zhang.. Courchesne. pp. M.. 2871–2882. M. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. and Lilley. J. Erdjument-Bromage. 680–685. 79. Thiede. L. 2007. D.. Damodaran. Perkins. Proteomics 6(5). Analysing proteomic data. 71.. Detection technologies in proteome analysis. and Tsugita. 1999. Biomolecular Engineering 18.. 6658–6665. 1970.. 78. A. 487–511. and Rudemo. B. J.. 223–237. and Shen. Peptide mass fingerprinting. P.. Electrophoresis 20. Nyman. Yu.. 1998.. Nørrelykke. 1606–1618. A.. Totowa.. J. 2002. H. 1999. 2003.. A. F. Proteomic studies of macrophagederived foam cell from human U937 cell line using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis and tandem mass spectrometry. 65. T.. D. pp. Gustafson. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology 42. 1999. Hohenwarter. 80. 2003. A.. and Herbert. Barrett.. and Tempst.. Humana Press. Ed. Y. V. J. P. A. Y.. B. D. and Mann. D. 74. NJ. Application of partial least squared discriminant analysis to two-dimensional difference gel studies in expression proteomics. and Burlingame. R. Proteomics 4.. 2005. 2005. Experiences and perspectives of MALDI MS and MS/MS in proteomic research.. 75. A. 76. B. L. J. Totowa. 152–157. M. L.. Ceasar.. M. M. Changes in cod muscle proteins during frozen storage revealed by proteome analysis and multivariate data analysis. Methods 35. A. S. D. 237–247. R. Walsh. Podtelejnikov. R. Houthaeve. Shevchenko. R. Laemmli. K. Moniatte.. K.. M. Nielsen. Totowa. A. 3791–3799. A. The role of mass spectrometry in proteome studies... and Hamilton. E. A. R. J. 70. A. pp. pp. Huang. L. Global protein identification and quantification technology using two-dimensional liquid chromatography nanospray mass spectrometry. NJ. S.. Analytical Chemistry 71. Role of accurate measurement (+/− 10 ppm) in protein identification strategies employing MS or MS/MS and database searching. and Yang. C. NJ. Glasbey. 129–142. Fotsis.. Brophy. T.. V. P. 1999. Wood. D. Link. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. W. J. R. Karp. 1999. 2004. M. Breit. R.. J. in 2-D Proteome Analysis Protocols. and Patterson. H. L.. Y. Clauser. 81–90. Probability-based protein identification by searching sequence databases using mass spectrometry data. Analytical Chemistry 75. T.. L. H. Nagarajan. International Journal for Parasitology 35. 1996. Yates. Ed. Humana Press.. Characterizing proteins from 2-DE gels by internal sequence analysis of peptide fragments. Schmidt.... Totowa. P. 61. 3551–3567. 64. 221–227. Pappin.. U. Expert Review of Proteomics 3(1)..38 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 60.. Mass spectrometry and the age of the proteome. M. 2005. J.. 2006. Lui. J. G. M. Journal of Mass Spectrometry 33. M.. K. S. 62. A. Genomics. 467–472.. Wheelock. 2001. Chelius. Ed. Blomberg.. and Jungblut. International Journal of Mass Spectrometry 226... N. 68. Effects of post-electrophoretic analysis on variance in gel-based proteomics.. Nature 227. Kjærsgård. J. Casting and running vertical slab-gel electrophoresis for 2D-PAGE.. S. T. Krah... M. 782–789.. P. Proteomics 5.

Einarsdóttir. Guðmundsdóttir. R.. Mass spectrometry and proteomics. 59–77. G.. 101.. and Yates. Liewen... 1998. Use of emerging genomic and proteomic technologies in fish physiology. F. S.. Protein identification using 2D-LC-MS/MS. Two dimensional electrophoretic analysis of isolated soybean protein bodies and of the glycosylation of soybean proteins. 2002.. Morin. C. 287–301. P. 378–383. Development of organ systems in the northern anchovy Engraulis mordax and other teleosts. Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 4. 93. J. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1646. Electrophoresis 19. E. M. Delahunty.. Jensen. F. S. Proteome profile changes during mouse testis development.. M. and Björnsson. 86... Zeece. P.. 96... Guðmundsdóttir. L. L. 564–569. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 113. 127–135. Proteome and proteomics: New technologies. 1999. N. 666–675. G.. L.. Power.Proteomics ◾ 39 81.. G.. J.. B. and Reeck.. 95.. Myofibrillar proteins in white muscle of the developing catfish Heterobranchus longifilis (Siluriforms.. Journal of Experimental Biology 209. G. I. 83. 1986. B. Paz.. Huriaux. J. E. 2005. 100. K. 84. M. Baras. Thyroid and pituitary gland development from hatching through metamorphosis of a teleost flatfish. and Coward. D.. Isolation and characterization of cDNAs from Atlantic cod encoding two different forms of trypsinogen. High-resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis of bovine caseins.. 774–792. H. 1981. B. 1990. A. G. 2003. A. and new words. G. Collin. and Focant. Fish Physiology and Biochemistry 21. 296–300. E. Sweeney.. Proteomics as a tool for the investigation of seafood and other marine products. N. D. C. Analytical aspects of mass spectrometry and proteomics. 90. K. 2003.. 94. Evaluation of selected baking quality factors of hard red winter wheat flours by two-dimensional electrophoresis. E. Zeece. 47–60.. Wehling.. S. F. J. D. 193–196. 1996. and Gallardo.. L.. A. Y. new concepts. R. 2000. R. 92. Anatomy and Embryology 211. The physiology of digestion in fish larvae. Vázquez. M.. Regulation of troponin T expression during muscle development in sea bream Sparus auratus Linnaeus: The potential role of thyroid hormones. J. F. A. J.. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology D 1. 475–484. Modification-specific proteomics: Characterization of post-translational modifications by mass spectrometry. Huriaux. P.. American Zoologist 21. G.. D. and del Maso. 2004. and Anderson. M. and Bush. Aquatic Living Resources 15.. S. Anderson. L. Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 6. 1993. 82. Campinho. M. 1992. J. M. 4751–4767. 1989. B. B. and Karger. Journal of Fish Biology 62. 1091–1097. 33–41. C.. 2006. Large-scale protein identification using mass spectrometry. E. Methods 35. 1–10. 2003. 1853–1861. Lin. W. Tabb.. E.. C. 87. Huriaux. M. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 49. and Aebersold... Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 37... J. European Journal of Biochemistry 217. 1987. Boehlert. Parrington. 89. B. and Power... Parvalbumin isotypes in white muscle from three teleost fish: Characterization and their expression during development. B.. J. Skiftesvik. Silva. 248–255.. Cereal Chemistry 67. Óskarsson. Wehling.. Bjarnason. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 35. the Atlantic halibut. 2006. J. Dougherty.. 98. P. and Craik. Gygi. L. . 1570–1572.. M. 85. W. O. P.. 404–415. N. Piñeiro. Vandewalle. and Focant. Clariidae). and Focant. D. R.. and Watanabe.. O’Connell. Govoni. Environmental Biology of Fishes 16.. D. L. T. Vandewalle. Eakin. B. 2006. J. Melot.. Holt.. A. 489–494. 91.. R. Baras. R. Legendre. Mo. Á.. 429–446. Lei. and Yates. Journal of Proteome Research 2. M.. Vandewalle.. 99. R. 88. M. Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 8. Barros-Velázquez. 97. 2002. Changes in behaviour at onset of exogenous feeding in marine fish larvae. Figueras. Expression of myofibrillar proteins and parvalbumin isoforms in white muscle of dorada during development. and Partridge. Smáradóttir.

Roldán... Galloway.. 39–61. F. Temperature and the expression of seven muscle-specific protein genes during embryogenesis in the Atlantic cod Gadus morhua L. A. and Olsen. Eugene. 4th edn. Proteolytic activity of muscle in pre. Journal of Aquatic Food Product Technology 7. Post mortem release of fish white muscle a-actinin as a marker of disorganisation. 325–330.. J. 239–244.. and Ishihara. Journal of Experimental Biology 206. 109. 3187–3200. 107.. 2006. I. Arason. Fleurence. 115. M. Papa. 63–70. R. G.. V. A Guide for the Laboratory Use of Zebrafish (Danio rerio). K. Noël.. A.. C. and Kristbergsson. Changes in myofibrillar proteins during processing of salted cod (Gadus morhua) as determined by electrophoresis and differential scanning calorimetry. D. F. 240–242. M. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 125. Seasonal variations in physicochemical and textural properties of North Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) mince. Kjørsvik. J. O.. B.. Desmin degradation in postmortem fi sh muscle. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 83. T. A. 113. 105.. and Anderson. T. 114... N. Campinho. The Zebrafish Book. Journal of Fish Biology 55. 1998. Focant. Gelatinolytic activities in muscle of Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). R. G. Marine Biology 132. Martinez.... Bardal. E. and Power. Roura.. V. 1998.. J. 2002... Food Chemistry 77. and Benyamin... Ø. Muscle growth in yolk sac larvae of the Atlantic halibut as influenced by temperature in the egg and yolk sac stage. K. Kvam. 1999. F. Dahle. S. 112. spotted wolffish (Anarhichas minor) and Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). 1996. Kjørsvik. Journal of Experimental Biology 209. 2002. Morzel. I. J. W.40 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 102.. 119. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology B 96. 106. R. and Fleurence. FASEB Journal 5.. K. N. M.. and Kryvi. Ingólfsdóttir. Y. H... and Crupkin. Silva. Galloway. 2000. Vandewalle. Molecular. 1998. C. M. 110.. Verrez-Bagnis.. 547–557. S. S. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 48. E...and post-spawning hake (Merluccius hubbsi Marini) after frozen storage. 1991. 2000.. Chaplet. I. I. 2432–2441. 103. 26–43. and Fleurence.. M. 2007. Melot. S. J. Arendt. H. F.. M.. C. 116. Collin. A. B. I.. Lebensmittelwissenschaft und -Technologie 35. 117. Osatomi.. F. 1999.. Geirsdottir. G.. Proteolytic degradation of myofibrillar components by carp cathepsin L. Kjørsvik.. L. 221–227.. 2000. Effect of temperature on viability and axial muscle development in embryos and yolk sac larvae of the Northeast Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). and Fleurence. Electrophoretic study of myosin isoforms in white muscles of some teleost fishes. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 76. Ogata. J.. Hall. Neutral calcium-activated proteases from European sea bass (Dicentrachus labrax L. Heterobranchus longifilis and Chrysichthys auratus: Isolation. J. Ladrat... 1999. G. N. Matrix metalloproteases and their inhibitors in connective-tissue remodelling. L. 377–385. Journal of Food Science 64. Sweeney. Use of two-dimensional electrophoresis to evaluate proteolysis in salmon (Salmo salar) muscle as affected by a lactic fermentation. 1990.. and Johnston. Noël..) embryos incubated at different temperatures: Transient asymmetric expression of MyoD. Woessner. E. E.. P.. F.. V.. Journal of Fish Biology 54. M. and expression during development. K. Somite formation and expression of MyoD. and Kristbergsson. E. Bogason. Ofstad. 2145–2154. J.. myogenin and myosin in Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus L. T. 108.. C. Randøl. T. Westerfield. cellular and histological changes in skin from a larval to an adult phenotype during bony fish metamorphosis. T. Cole. Muscle parvalbumin isoforms of Clarias gariepinus. 118. characterization. 2003.. Verrez-Bagnis. S.) muscle: Polymorphism and biochemical studies.. M. 1031–1036... H. Chikou. and Huriaux. Galloway. 499–504. H... Aranishi. K. . and Olsen... Hara. V. Montecchia. S. Alvarez. 104. 83–95. H.. Nesse.. J. University of Ohio Press. S. Pérez-Borla. T. F.... Verrez-Bagnis. and Kryvi. 832–851. 2003.. Cell and Tissue Research 327. Thorarinsdottir. K.. Sautereau. Stefánsson.. 111. Lødemel. 267–284. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 72. Verrez-Bagnis.

G. Veliyulin. Martin.. Applied and Theoretical Electrophoresis 2. J... S. T... F. 226–229. S.. R. S. Requirements for the application of protein sodium dedecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and randomly amplified polymorphic DNA analyses to product speciation. Salvelinus namaycush.. S. I. D. 9–14. 2001. B. 121.. E.. R. D. Metabolic disorders in muscle of farmed Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). Kaushik. Piñeiro. J. 1223–1227. I.Proteomics ◾ 41 120.. R. B. F. an elements: Keys to a comprehensive understanding of fish populations? Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 58. S. Quality and Quality Changes in Fresh Fish. W. Trends in Food Science and Technology 10... 1999. 126. 10850–10855.. 1966. M... I. T. 135.. and Houlihan. The Netherlands. Mackie. F. B. F. J. 1199–1208. H. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science USA 94. 129..... . H. 761–771. increments. 125. Scappini. Akopian. A. Campana. De Francesco. 133. Two-dimensional electrophoretic analyses of cod (Gadus morhua L.. C.. Effect of the addition of CaCl 2 and MgCl2 during the washing procedure. 395–401. Otoliths. E. W. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 19. Sotelo. Fish species identification in seafood products. 2004. Two distinct proteolytic processes in the generation of a major histocompatibility complex class I-presented peptide. 128. and Cooper. Electrophoresis 22. Cowie. A. T.. A.. Challenges in the identification of species of canned fish. Singstad. Stein.. and van den Zwaag. alpinus. 1969. 130. Gallardo... Jakobsen Friis. Journal of the Association of Public Analysts 5.. Clark. and Poli. and Thorrold. M. Aursand. Pérez-Martín. pp. 134. Mecatti. Identification of fish species by a modified polyacrylamide disc electrophoresis technique. Erikson.. and Ofstad.. 2004.. G. P. C.. C. Rainbow trout liver proteome—Dietary manipulation and protein metabolism. and Clarke. water soluble fraction and surimi. M.. Friis. De Francesco. Aquaculture Research 38.. Goldberg. 1968. S.. C. and Poli. Cell 78.. 1997. L. 1992. A. 136. K. 1994.. R. Kaushik.. I. Martinez.. J... Jensen. Rock. 2002. 1599–1606. Trends in Food Science and Technology 14. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture 81. Veterinary Research Communications 28. I. L. C.. 122. Martinez. 132. Post mortem muscle protein degradation during ice-storage of Arctic (Pandalus borealis) and tropical (Penaeus japonicus and Penaeus monodon) shrimps: A comparative electrophoretic and immunological study.. J. 201–206. Ubiquitin-proteasome-dependent proteolysis in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss): Effect of food deprivation.. Lauritzen. Wageningen Academic Publishers. and Pérez-Martín. T. Blaney.. and Careche... I. 2001. Effect of total replacement of dietary fish meal by plant protein sources on early post mortem changes in the biochemical and physical parameters of rainbow trout. I. FAO.. C. Bowman. O. J. L. 2007. 2001. 1993.. Aquaculture 236. L. Gonzales-Sotelo. M. Martinez.. 1526–1533. Rey-Mendez. and Metges... Médale. S.. B. E. Hwang. Effect of long-term feeding with a plant protein mixture based diet on growth and body/fillet quality traits of large rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). Jakobsen Friis. Craiu. K.. and Goldberg. Identification of fish species by thin slab polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. 257–66. M.. F. P. Parisi. 127... S. E. M. Martinez. Souffrant. malma and S. H. T. S.) whole muscle proteins... Trends in Food Science and Technology 4. A. Huss.. Lupi. H. 413–429. D. M. Pflügers Archives European Journal of Physiology 445 (2). and Houlihan. fontinalis from the family Salmonidae. K. 30–38. Eds. 237–240. W. and Seppola. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 23. M. Mackie. Parisi. Gramm. 57–60. Tsuyuki. C. F.. Roberts.. Olsson. E. 137. Rome. Medina. M.. S.. U.. I. 1995. M... G. 83–87. G. 123. Dick... S.. L. Destructive and non-destructive analytical techniques for authentication and composition analyses of foodstuffs. R. M. M. M.. Médale. L. Pryde. in Progress in Research on Energy and Protein Metabolism. M. Vilhelmsson. and Rehbein. C. Uthe. Wageningen. Inhibitors of the proteasome block the degradation of most cell proteins and the generation of peptides presented on MHC class I molecules. C. Quinteiro. A.. 2003. 131. E. Solberg. 2003. Martin. 124.. 489–498. Rothstein. and Rock. Comparative electropherograms of Coregonis clupeoformis..

J.. J.. Marine Biotechnology 5. Journal of the Association of Public Analysts 8.-L... A. Raven. J. 142. and Reese. H. Some improvements in the polyacrylamide disc electrophoretic method of identifying species of cooked fish. Alvarez. U.. Connell. Walters. . Yu. and Vazquez. pen m 2. J... I. I. 143. 342–348. 609–611. and Abramson. Piñeiro.. J. 139. and eczema. J. Seafood allergy and allergens: A review. G. 1980. 141.K.. 1545–1552. C. Mackie. 140. 147. I. G. Fishing News Books Ltd. 144. J. 2002.-F. Prevalence of food allergies in young adults and their relationship to asthma. Woods. Ed.. Annals of Allergy Asthma and Immunology 88. L.. M.. in Advances in Fish Science and Technology..-J. nasal allergies. I. Proteomics 2. Analyst 97. 1999. J. I. C. 1980. 1658–1665. and Chow. and Mackie. M. Lin. Electrophoresis 22. J. 18–20. Mackie. Aberdeen.. Mackie. Ed. T. Proteomics and immunological analysis of a novel shrimp allergen. Lopez. 1972. Lehrer. 145. Barros-Velázquez. The use of electrophoresis of the water-soluble muscle proteins in the quantitative analysis of the species components of a fish mince mixture. Barros-Velázquez.. R.. The Journal of Immunology 170. M.. Piñeiro.. 2003. 2003.. Marina.42 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 138.. S. The use of two-dimensional electrophoresis for the identification of commercial flat fish species. L... and Gallardo. 445–453. Thien. E. J. B. Application of proteomics for fast identification of species-specific peptides from marine species.. Y. Sotelo. M. R. 2002.. Hume. Vázquez. Characterization and partial sequencing of species-specific sarcoplasmic polypeptides from commercial hake species by mass spectrometry following two-dimensional electrophoresis. 183–189. F. J. and Taylor. Zeitschrift für Lebensmitteluntersuchung und -forschung 208. 339–348.. J. Ayuso. Aberdeen.. K. and Gallardo.. in Advances in Fish Science and Technology. 2001... A.-P. B. Identification of species of heat-sterilized canned fish by polyacrylamide disc electrophoresis. C. Marina. Chiang. G.. 1972.. A review of some recent applications of electrophoresis and isoelectric focusing in the identification of species of fish in fish and fish products. Connell. A... M. U. 146.. Fishing News Books Ltd.. C.K...

............................................52 There the nets brought up beautiful specimens of fish: Some with azure fins and tails like gold............. all fish that would be of use to us.......................1 Introduction The development of high-throughput DNA sequencing methods has opened the era of genomics.................................................1 Introduction . which has revolutionized biology.......... The rise of * Equal contributors.....6 Concluding Remarks ........................ and biotechnology over the last decade.........................5 Genomics and Aquaculture ..3 Genomic Resources and Genome Projects for Aquatic Species .51 Acknowledgments .................................... as good as bonitos.............. and yellow-tinged gills.......................................................... medicine. Twenty Thousand Leagues under the Sea 4................................................* Frédéric Brunet............................................. 49 4.................* Christina Schultheis.............. but of exquisite flavour............................ some nearly destitute of scales..... and Jean-Nicolas Volff Contents 4.......................... others........................... Jules Verne...........45 4................ Fisheries.. 43 ................................Chapter 4 Seafood Genomics Astrid Böhne........................... with bony jaws.........................................................47 4.... and the Management of Biodiversity ........................4 Genomics........ 43 4............................................ the flesh of which is unrivalled.....2 Genetics and Genomics..............* Delphine Galiana-Arnoux............52 References .. 44 4........

Massive analysis of functional gene variability in many organisms has allowed to better understand the molecular basis of biodiversity and disease. which are reviewed in this chapter. and structure. This generates a genetic linkage map. In addition. which themselves constitute the genome. function. There are different but complementary ways to analyze genomes. and therefore of their linkage. usually dinucleotides or tetranucleotides). Traditionally. In the field of biotechnology. Gene regulatory and coding sequences are then predicted through bioinformatic analysis involving sequence prediction and database comparisons. as done for the human genome [6. genomics is principally used to identify molecular markers. and to contribute to the management of biodiversity. such as restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs. generally orthologous sequences [3]. and subsequently assembled in “contigs” in silico. In order to investigate gene content. for example. they are likely to be less neutral than other markers from the functional point of view. Genomics has important applications for fisheries and aquaculture [1]. with randomly sheared pieces of DNA massively cloned. Genetic markers must be polymorphic to allow the analysis of their segregation. One of them.2 Genetics and Genomics Genetics can be defined as the science of heredity and variation in organisms. comparative mapping provides important information on the structure and evolution of genomes in different species. genomes are sequenced using the “shotgun” strategy. Molecular markers are not only useful for genome mapping but also represent important tools in other domains. with the distance between markers being directly proportional to the frequency of recombination between them. called genetic mapping. consists in delineating intervals on the genome with genetic markers. Finally. that is. Heredity is based on genes. one nucleotide differences within otherwise identical. caused by sequence polymorphisms at restriction sites) [2]. but organelles (mitochondria and chloroplasts) have their own genome too. Random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) markers are amplified enzymatically by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using short arbitrary oligonucleotide primers. nuclear and organelle genomes can be sequenced to (almost) completion.7]. arrangement. polymorphic insertions of retrotransposable elements. sequenced. the latter being of wide use in genotyping and mapping experiments. DNA fragments are amplified enzymatically using primers matching both adaptor and restriction site. which have genomes with very diverse transposable elements [5]. Genetic loci and genes of interest can then be mapped relative to these markers. and evolution. SNP analysis can therefore uncover genes and residues that are targeted by evolution and lead to the identification of disease-associated genes. genes and alleles of zootechnical interest for the genetic improvement of economically important species. Amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP) markers combine the principle of RFLP with PCR: fragments cut with restriction enzymes are ligated with adaptors. Most genes are located in the nucleus. . in population genetics. Other important markers are single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). can also be used for mapping purposes. DNA markers with a polymorphic number of tandem repeats are called minisatellites (repeat units up to 25 bp in length) and microsatellites (shorter repeat units. increasingly used for phylogenetic reconstructions [4]. providing an estimation of their localization in the genome. Since SNPs can occur not only in noncoding but also in coding sequences.44 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis genomics has generated an impressive wave of novel information concerning genome structure. Such markers might be further developed in fish. The development of efficient methods in bioinformatics is a condition sine qua non for progresses in the field of genomics. Different types of DNA markers are used for mapping. which are carried by chromosomes. The science dealing with the analysis of genomes as a whole is called genomics. 4.

obtained through sequencing of complementary DNA (cDNA) libraries. [16]). Barcoding is based on a sequence of short standard parts of the genome. a 650 bp fragment of the 5′ end of the mitochondrial gene cytochrome c oxidase I is used as a global standard in fish and other animals (for review. useful in the case of regions rich in repetitive sequences posing problems to assembly after whole genome shotgun sequencing.. cloned in a bacterial vector and constituting a so-called genomic library. for SNP detection and phylogenetic reconstructions. a new revolution of large-scale sequencing is ushering in a second era of genomics. see Ref. Generally.fishbol. The overlapping between these clones and their relative arrangement in the genome can be determined through fingerprint analysis (e. Physical maps can also be constructed by analyzing the segregation of genomics markers (also called STSs for sequence-tagged sites) in randomly fragmented parts of the genome. or even better in combination with. which can be very useful to precisely determine the relative position of sequence contigs assembled “in silico” from whole genome shotgun sequencing data. The relative position of two contigs can also be estimated cytogenetically using double fluorescent in situ hybridization [8].g.org/). Of particular interest are expressed sequence tags (ESTs). Additional approaches are required to study gene expression (transcriptomics. This provides a physical map respecting the “real” base pair distance between genes and markers. A method called “DNA barcoding” should help to identify species and phylogenetic units. through the identification of common restriction fragments). Such an approach is.3 Genomic Resources and Genome Projects for Aquatic Species Genetic and genomic resources have been generated for many aquatic species of economical interest. hereby contributing to species conservation and management of global fish biodiversity (http://www. with novel methods allowing very rapid and much cheaper sequencing of large amounts of DNA [11–13]. zebrafish and medaka are two complementary fish models to study . shotgun sequencing. Parts of the genome.Seafood Genomics ◾ 45 A clone-by-clone approach can be used as an alternative to. can be sequenced either to completion or from their ends. Importantly. proteomics) and function (functional genomics) as well as interactions with the environment (environmental genomics). for example. ESTs can also be used. EST analysis not only provides important data on genes expressed in particular tissues/ organs or at specific stages of development but also allows the characterization of gene structure through comparison with genomic sequences. aquatic model organisms of insignificant importance such as seafood have been developed for other scientific purposes and have been targeted for whole genome-sequencing projects [17]. Probes specific to each contig marked with different fluorochromes are cohybridized on chromosome preparations to test if they are located on the same or on different chromosomes. For example. for instance. Large-scale expression studies at the transcriptional level are generally performed using microarrays or other methods of high-throughput expression profiling. These fragments are either integrated in the genome of a host cell line from a different organism in radiation hybrid (RH) mapping [9] or diluted to give aliquots containing approximately one haploid genome equivalent (HAPPY mapping [10]). In addition. Bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs) accepting inserts from several hundreds of kilobases are frequently used as vectors. 4. Sequence data can be used among others to identify similarities and differences between species and study genome evolution (comparative genomics [14]) or to infer reliable phylogenetic relationships between organisms (molecular phylogenetics and phylogenomics [15]).

the genome of the elephant shark Callorhinchus milii. Compared with agricultural plants and terrestrial livestock.nih. Atlantic salmon. abalone. for example.gov/10002154). and lobster (crustaceans).genome. A genome project is in the pipeline for another cartilaginous fish. has been sequenced [41]. Beside the genome of the zooplankton Daphnia pulex (water flea. evolution. and channel catfish [22–28]. assignment of linkage groups to specific chromosomes has been performed through fluorescent in situ hybridization [29]. [17]). The genome of an echinoderm. and the zebrafish Danio rerio (http://www.imcb.nlm.ensembl.mdibl. sea urchin. and others) (for review. and others) and invertebrates (oyster. Further projects aim to sequence the genome of coelacanth. which is relatively compact. SNPs and other polymorphic markers as well as linkage maps have now been generated for many aquaculture species.org/Danio_rerio/). including fish (sea bream. but many other genomic resources have been developed. http:// codgene.38]. scallop. see Ref. the little skate Leucoraja erinacea.org/Gasterosteus_ aculeatus/). see Refs.sg/). such as the high diversity of transposable elements and presence of numerous duplicated genes that are remnants of an ancestral whole genome duplication [30–33]. the three-spined stickleback Gasterosteus aculeatus (http://www.ca/index. the purple sea urchin Strongylocentrotus purpuratus.20]. carp. possibly followed by the genome of the rainbow trout.46 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis vertebrate development [18].uvic. they have revealed some evolutionary peculiarities possibly linked to biodiversity. [1. no draft genome is available now. Most genome drafts available so far are for aquatic model species without any real economic importance (for review. http:// www.ensembl. lamprey.a-star. including the amphipod .genome. For Atlantic salmon and other salmonids. Both species have an extremely compact genome with low repeat content and short intronic and intergenic sequences and have been useful to identify conserved genes and noncoding sequences in the human genome [36]. Japanese flounder. tilapia.shtml). Atlantic salmon. catfish. skate. Fishes with sequenced genomes include the pufferfish species Takifugu rubripes ([34].40].org/research/skategenome. in association with low-coverage sequencing projects for three additional cichlids (http://www.gov/dbEST/). A variety of genomic libraries. as well as RH panels and cDNA microarrays have been constructed for aquatic organisms. For cartilaginous fish. For some species like the rainbow trout.ca/grasp/).php). and gene content of fish genomes. Atlantic salmon genome should be sequenced soon. the sequencing of the genome of other crustaceans is planned. shrimp. these sequencing projects have provided valuable general information on the structure. Expressed sequence tags are also available for many fish species. mussel. http://esharkgenome. an aquaculture species of high economical value. org/).org/) and Tetraodon nigroviridis [35]. and other salmonids. particularly BAC libraries. gar. Other projects aim to enhance genomic resources for economically important species. genomic studies on aquatic species are relatively recent.edu. These models are nevertheless useful to decipher gene content in species targeted by fisheries and aquaculture through comparative genomics [19. which occupy strategic taxonomic positions within and relative to vertebrates (http://www. physical maps are available for species such as Nile tilapia.ncbi. for the Atlantic cod (Cod Genomics and Broodstock Development Project. and hagfish.gov/10002154). Aquatic invertebrate species with well-developed EST resources include scallop and oyster (mollusks) as well as blue/green crabs. providing useful information on gene sequence and expression in different tissues and organs or at different stages of development (http://www. Particularly. has been sequenced at low coverage [39. A genomesequencing project is underway for the tilapia Oreochromis niloticus. http://wfleabase. rainbow trout. However.fugu-sg. sea bass. particularly by the Genomics Research on All Salmon Project consortium (cGRASP) (http://web. Other species with advanced or completed genome projects include the medaka Oryzias latipes [37. (http://www.21]). shrimp.

Seafood Genomics ◾ 47 crustacean Jassa slatteryi (http://www. leading to a reduction of fisheries’ yield [49. Nuclear and mitochondrial molecular markers can be used to identify units of management for fisheries and priorities for the conservation of biodiversity. provides information relevant to both the ecological and evolutionary time frame [51].html). the Pacific oyster [42]. particularly in East Asia. Hence. habitat degradation and loss. climate change. is used as food by coastal populations. Genetic monitoring. About 30% of seafood stocks available in 1950 have already collapsed. 4. gene flow.jgi-psf.org/Nemve1/Nemve1. the quantification of temporal changes in populations using molecular markers.jp/en/plant/porphyra/EST/). the loss of marine biodiversity impairs the ability of ocean to provide food. that is.52]. with their particular adaptations and contributions to biodiversity. Harvesting and other forms of stress can cause strong alterations in population structure as well as a reduction in biodiversity. monitoring. site occupancy.doe. and perturbations of ocean biogeochemistry [44–47]. micro/minisatellites.home. the diatoms Thalassiosira pseudonana and Phaeodactylum tricornutum. the green algae or chlorophytes Chlamydomonas reinhardtii and Volvox carteri. and hybridization. population structure and interactions. Genome drafts have been generated for the red alga Cyanidioschyzon merolae. Biodiversity decline is associated with a collapse of seafood resource and a reduction in species stability and recovery potential. and the definition of conservation units and priorities for sustainable fishery management. AFLP and .jgi. Populations and ecosystems. for the red alga Porphyra yezoensis (http://est. for example.or. can be considered as conservation units [52]. the estimation of fisheries-induced evolution. and invasion of disease and invasive species [51. and conservation of biodiversity of aquatic organisms are now high priorities. particularly in the assessment and follow-up of biodiversity in wild stocks. and to recover from perturbations [48].4 Genomics.net/. and the haptophyte Emiliania huxleyi (for review. Important demographic and evolutionary parameters to be considered include organism abundance and vital rates.kazusa. with a major role for genomics. as well as with a decrease in water quality.gov/10002154) as well as the genome of the Atlantic horseshoe crab (chelicerate) (http://www. introduction of exogenous species. including mitochondrial DNA polymorphisms. Restoration of biodiversity increases fisheries productivity. and brown algae). for example. the marine picoeukaryote Ostreococcus tauri. to maintain water quality. Genome projects are performed for the cnidarian species Hydra magnipapillata (green hydra) and Nematostella vectensis (sea anemone) (http://hydrazome. reproductive structure and behavior. Genome sequencing should follow for many other aquatic animal species of economical interest. [43]).metazome. http://genome. Seaweed. Organelle genome sequences and EST resources are available for many algal species. For example. and the Management of Biodiversity Many aquatic populations have been overexploited through overfishing or collapsed and even become extinct through other factors such as pollution. exploitation can act as a selective pressure and induce phenotypical shifts as evolutionary responses. In addition. pedigrees and social structure. Characterization of minimum viable population size is required to assess if they are facing a risk of extinction [45]. it has been predicted that all commercial fish and seafood species will have done so by 2048 [48]. Population genetics is determined using various polymorphic genetic markers. description. see Ref. fisheries targeting large individuals will select for early maturation at smaller sizes.gov/sequencing).genome. Fisheries. green algae.50]. Consequently. constituted by several groups of multicellular algae (red algae.

resulting in potentially detrimental effects on survival of these populations [67]. see Ref. Through pedigree reconstruction with microsatellite markers. For example. Finally. for which large annual escapees of farmed Atlantic salmon enhance the risk of extinction of wild populations. This type of study has been performed on Atlantic salmon. Quantitative genetics as well as evolutionary genetics and genomics can help to identify such groups of high evolvability and to study the mechanisms driving their adaptability and speciation. Genome-wide gene expression profiling can also be used to detect variations in gene expression within and among natural populations [60]. European eel. multiple SNPs have been generated for Atlantic cod. For several species. heralding a new era in the analysis of adaptive evolution and functional variation [58. and others (for review. Molecular markers can be used to monitor the efficiency of programs aiming to supplement declining wild populations through individuals reared in captivity. for example. For example. and pike. thereby identifying loci potentially influenced by natural selection [53]. SNPs. the available population genetic information is insufficient for most other species. observed that reintroduced steelhead trout presented reduced reproductive capabilities caused by genetic effects of domestication [66]. In contrast. Genomics and transcriptomics can allow assessing the genetic and functional consequences of interbreeding between farmed and wild fish. conservation efforts could focus on the preservation of genetic diversity allowing biota to adapt to new conditions. phylogenetics and phylogenomics are of major importance for the recognition of endangered taxa from the systematic point of view. Population genomics is a form of population genetics extending the analysis of genetic variation in natural populations to the scale of the genome itself. turbot. For example. with the discovery of new groupings and the determination of divergence times and molecular clocks [63]. including Atlantic herring. with poorly represented phylogenetic groups receiving high conservation priorities [52]. Gene transcription profiling suggested that interbreeding of fugitive farmed salmon and wild individuals can substantially modify gene transcription in natural populations exposed to high migration from fish farms. taxa can also be considered as conservation units. with possible detection of DNA sequences promoting evolution in their genomes [17]. Evolutionary genetics and genomics might also help to understand the interplay between fishing and natural selection on population and species targeted by fisheries [65]. [1]). Accordingly. microsatellite data indicated marked genetic changes in declining North Sea cod [57]. Different types of markers have been used for the estimation of natural population and the determination of conservation genetic parameters in salmonids [54] and to estimate quantitative genetic parameters under wild conditions [55]. Atlantic salmon. This approach has already been used to identify adaptive differences between natural populations in several species.59]. sufficient genetic data might be available to provide at least basic information on genetic structure and genetic units for biologically sustainable use [56]. DNA barcoding and other methods have applications not only for species identification and molecular phylogenies but also in the field of population genetics to describe genetic diversity within species [16]. it has been. including the European flounder and the brown trout [61. Beside populations. Genetic monitoring of diversity using polymorphic markers allows monitoring population size and diversity over time. With the development of much faster and cheaper high-throughput sequencing methods.62].48 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis RAPD markers. Populations of North-East Arctic cod and Norwegian coastal cod have been analyzed. The effects of stress factors contributing to species collapse and . brown trout. this field will certainly be of major importance in the future of fisheries management and biodiversity conservation. species-rich groups such as the East African cichlids [64] might be preserved with priority since their evolution potential might predispose them to serve as progenitors of future biodiversity [52].

Selection against an allele. pollution (ecotoxicogenomics). on its linkage with the locus of interest. In this case. Aquaculture needs to be further developed in the future. Marker-assisted selection is an indirect process based on the selection of a DNA marker linked to a trait of interest to choose animals for selective breeding programs instead of selecting on the trait itself. Molecular methods have contributed to the significant increase in aquaculture production worldwide. response to stress. The efficiency of the method depends on the predictability provided by the marker.Seafood Genomics ◾ 49 extinction. sexual development. 4. The genetic basis of important zootechnical traits. is also feasible with this method (for review. especially in developing countries. disease resistance and thermal tolerance in salmonids [72–78]. can be used for parental assignment and construction of DNA pedigrees to analyze the heritability of zootechnical parameters and reproductive success or to avoid inbreeding and estimate genetic diversity [71]. These methods are particularly useful when classical individual tagging is difficult or when individual tanks are not available to separate families. and others must be analyzed to allow efficient breeding and management programs. that is. In order to reduce the ecological disaster of overfishing and contribute to solve the problem of global feeding.68]. for example. Linkage maps are used to map onto genomes genetic loci such as quantitative trait loci (QTLs) influencing traits of economical interest in aquaculture fish species. Examples include the mapping of QTLs involved in development rate. DNA markers linked to a locus of zootechnical interest can subsequently be used to perform marker-assisted selection (MAS). individuals backcrossed with the “production” parent will be selected for the presence of a molecular marker linked to the resistance locus. growth and feed efficiency. exhibit low heritability. but genetics and genomics remain poorly developed for aquaculture species compared with crops and livestocks [70]. for example. as well as the development of resistance mechanisms by the targeted species can be studied using transcriptomics [25. and fat deposition).5 Genomics and Aquaculture Fish consumption has doubled over the past 50 years and would need to double again over the next 25 years ([69] and references therein). texture. Linkage analysis allows determining the segregation of a trait of interest relative to polymorphic molecular markers. cold tolerance. a gene conferring disease resistance into a strain selected for production. see Ref. innate immunity. aquaculture including marine aquaculture (mariculture) has increased its production by a 20-fold factor over the last 30 years. This method also allows monitoring the transfer of genes that control desired phenotypes between breeds. body weight and size. diversification and genetic improvement of cultivated species should lead to both a reduction in production costs and an increase in fish production. as well as in growth-related traits in the Pacific abalone [83]. MAS can be performed at early stages of development and is particularly appropriate for traits that are difficult to measure. Accordingly. disease resistance in oyster [84]. body weight and length in the Kuruma prawn [85]. Significant improvements have been obtained through efficient breeding programs for several species such as farmed salmon and trout. fillet quality (color. [2]). conferring for example a disease. biochemical parameters of blood and fish size in tilapia [79–81] and growth-related traits in sea bass [82]. particularly polymorphic DNA markers such as microsatellites. Genomic sequences. the most effective markers to perform this method of selection are the functional mutations within the trait genes (“direct” markers). such as resistance to viral and bacterial diseases. and/or are expressed late in development. and virus resistance in shrimp [86]. A variation of MAS using markers covering the whole genome to assess the status of multiple QTLs is called genomic selection .

When a genomic library is available. MAS has not been used so far. Synchronous hermaphrodites also exist in fish. The only master sex-determining gene identified so far in fish. For the great majority of aquaculture species. sex determination is hypervariable in fish [88]. gene candidates with described functions related to the trait of interest can be directly mapped on the linkage map. Several hundreds of fish species are sequential hermaphrodites and develop either first as a male and subsequently as a female (protandrous) or vice versa (protogynous). In order to avoid overcrowding and stress induced by sexual maturation and exploit advantageous sex-linked traits (growth rate. particularly due to the lack of high-resolution genetic maps [1]. Genes identified through sequencing can be chosen for further analysis according to their described function or their pattern of expression. tilapia. Sequencing and sequence comparison of the different versions of the gene in individuals polymorphic for the phenotypes studied can allow the identification of the sequence variation at the origin of phenotype differences. Molecular sexing of individuals at early stages of their development using sex-specific markers would allow the early selection of breeders of a chosen genotype for the production of monosex populations and the rapid analysis of breeding. behavior. etc. and gynogenesis products. androgenesis. depending on the species) are frequently used in fish farming. Once DNA markers linked to a locus controlling a trait of economical interest have been identified. from male and female heterogamety with or without influence of autosomal loci to more complicated systems involving several loci but without sex chromosomes (polyfactorial sex determination) or more than two sex chromosomes and even several pairs of sex chromosomes. Sex-specific molecular markers linked to the master sex-determining gene on the sex chromosomes have been identified in many aquaculture fish species. Interestingly. even closely related fish species can have very different mechanisms of sex determination. Gene candidates with potentially interesting functions can be also directly sequenced in different families without . thus reflecting a frequent switching between sex determination systems during evolution. Due to this variability. in contrast to the situation observed for example in birds and mammals. Alternatively. the gene itself and the sequence polymorphism involved in phenotypic variation can be identified through positional cloning. including salmonids. Further characterization can be performed at the functional level in vitro or in vivo.50 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis [87]. Sequencing of genomic clones covering a region of interest can also provide new DNA markers that can be used to refine the mapping of the locus. flesh quality. for example. Such monosex populations can be obtained with parents sex-reversed through hormone treatment or produced by androgenesis or gynogenesis. A trait of particular interest for aquaculture is sex determination. with the hope of revealing a colocalization with the locus itself.). A better knowledge of sex determination is also required for environment-friendly manipulation of phenotypic sex. and African catfish [90–97]. Interestingly. thereby reducing the number of genes to be tested. sequencing can be performed on the tilling path. all possible forms of genetic sex determination have been observed. dmrt1bY from the medaka fish Oryzias latipes [98. a method largely used in aquaculture to control fish reproduction. is not present in any fish species of economical interest. sex-linked markers for molecular sexing at early stages of development are generally restricted to a single species or are even population-specific within a same species. sex determination can be influenced by temperature and other environmental factors such as the pH of water and even social parameters [89]. a BAC library. In numerous species. the minimal set of overlapping clones covering the region of interest. as an alternative to exogenous hormone treatment. When a physical map is available.99]. for example through temperature. genomic clones containing markers linked to the locus can be isolated from the library and sequenced to determine their gene content. monosex cultures (either all-male or all-female populations. Phenotypic sex can frequently be fully reversed by hormone treatment. In gonochoristic (with distinct sexes) species.

bream. Genes expressed in response to infection with white spot syndrome virus have been identified in shrimp [111]. The effect of dietary fish oil and fishmeal replacement by vegetable oils and plant proteins on farmed fish metabolism has been investigated in juvenile rainbow trout through hepatic gene expression profiling (nutrigenomics [103]). Importantly. genomics has important applications in biodiversity analysis. and disease resistance ([69]. seafood genetics and genomics might revolutionize fisheries management and aquaculture development. and stress response genes have been investigated in the gilthead sea bream [109]. Transcriptomics is frequently used to analyze disease and other stress response gene expression and identify resistance gene candidates. with strong consequences on fisheries productivity. Genomics will also help to improve and control transgenesis and other methods of modification of gene expression. Microarray analysis of gene expression changes in catfish liver after infection with the gram-negative bacterium Edwardsiella ictaluri indicated a strong upregulation of several pathways involved in the inflammatory immune response and potentially in innate disease resistance [110]. The effects of hormone treatments can be also monitored using microarrays [105–107].and microarray-based transcription profiling for specific tissues. ecological. Such new species might include halibut. The effect of artificial selection on gene expression has been monitored through transcriptome analysis in Atlantic salmon [102]. In aquaculture. and grouper for marine species. Phosphorus-responsive genes have been identified through transcriptomics in rainbow trout [104]. For example. From systematic. a better knowledge of genes involved in the control of economically important traits will contribute to improve the production and reduce the costs for current aquaculture species and to identify and develop new potential target species for aquaculture. wolf fish. Finally. and Australian Murray cod for fresh water species [69]. much work is still to be done. [112]). with the potential of increasing growth. flounder. cod. and evolutionary perspectives. and Arctic char. Immune response genes downregulated in the gills of amoebic gill disease-affected Atlantic salmons have been found through transcriptome analysis [108]. cobia. exploitation. jack. since information on resource status and extinction risk is available for only a minority of marine fish species [45]. dolphin fish. selection methods based on molecular makers remain extremely underdeveloped for aquatic species and will require further exploration based on denser genetic maps. see Wenne et al. 4. One example is the identification of associations between SNPs in candidate genes and the growth rate in Arctic charr [100]. . but see Ref. environmental tolerance. Transcriptomics is useful to detect genes differentially expressed in different genetic backgrounds or conditions. and conservation. In this domain. Comparative genomics will need to be further developed to increase the transfer of knowledge from models to aquaculture.114] and will be further developed for the identification/authentication of the composition of sea food products put on the market [115]. genes differentially expressed in progenies exhibiting opposed susceptibility to summer mortality have been identified by suppression subtractive hybridization in oyster [101]. genomics will boost the discovery of new bioactive molecules in aquatic organisms [113.6 Concluding Remarks In the future. The detection of genes of zootechnical interest can also be performed through large-scale transcriptional analysis (transcriptomics). EST. hybrid striped bass.Seafood Genomics ◾ 51 mapping in order to test for associations between sequence and phenotype variation. organs and stages of development has been performed in a variety of aquaculture species (for review. [1]).

19. et al. SNP analysis. Takahashi.-N. For example. 1304. K.C... The use of marker-assisted selection in animal breeding and biotechnology. Phillips. D.. Sci. Hum. 2001. 379. 52. R.. with major applications in genome sequencing. 3. 250.bridgemap. 8. Diversity of retrotransposable elements in compact pufferfish genomes.com/). 24. Evol. 545.vitamib. and most other aspects of genomics. recent impressive progresses in large-scale DNA sequencing technology are currently re-revolutionizing the field of genomics (next generation rapid sequencing technology. many collaborative projects dealing with marine and aquaculture genomics have been or are currently funded by various agencies.marine-genomics-europe. [11–13]). Importantly. SINEs of speciation: Tracking lineages with retroposons. and spreading of high-throughput approaches for the investigation of the biology of marine organisms (http:// www. Volff. Initial sequencing and analysis of the human genome. Wenne. N. et al. Rev.. Acknowledgments Our work is supported by grants from the Association pour la Recherche contre le Cancer (ARC). 241. J.L. Trends Genet. Shastry. References 1. 9. S145.. Living Resour. R. “AquaGenome” aims to coordinate the ongoing and future national and international research projects in the field of genomics in fish and shellfish European aquaculture and support diff usion of genomic approaches within research laboratories.. et al.B. Application of fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) to fish genetics and genome mapping. 20. and Okada. 2001.. Science. Biotechnol.S. 409.. 2. 245. medicinal drug development and evolution.. Radiation hybrid mapping–a somatic-cell genetic method for constructing high-resolution maps of mammalian chromosomes. B. A. Science.aquaculture-europe.. SNPs in disease gene mapping.. Cox. .R. Williams.. Venter. 4. 1990. 2007. and the Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique (INRA). Finally. J.php?id = 3). The sequence of the human genome. 2001. 2004. utilization. et al.M. 860. Shedlock. 2005. Trends Ecol.. 291.52 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Accordingly. “AquaFunc” wants to generate an integrated knowledge on functional genomics in sustainable aquaculture (http://genomics. see Refs. J. “Marine Genomics” is a network of excellence devoted to the development. the European Union supports different projects. The first full human genome to be sequenced using next generation rapid-sequencing technology has been already published [116]. Nature. 674. J. 2007. 19. Genomics is a fast evolving discipline. for review. Tech.gr/) develops an integrated genomic approach toward the improvement of aquacultured fish species. “Aquafirst” aims to combine genetic and functional genomic approaches for stress and disease resistance MAS in fish and shellfish (http://aquafirst.org/index. Mar.tuc.org/). 7. 871. the Fondation de la Recherche Médicale (FRM). International Human Genome Sequencing Consortium. 6. What role for genomics in fisheries management and aquaculture? Aquat.. the Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS). 2003. 5. 3.. “Bridgemap” (http://www. New sequencing platforms allow rapid and much cheaper sequencing of large amounts of DNA. Genet. with a strong potential impact of such new technologies on seafood production for the future.

23. Furutani-Seiki. The impact of next-generation sequencing technology on genetics. 297. 132. Fish genomics and biology.. 2002.. Kasahara. E. Waldbieser. 1301. The medaka draft genome and insights into vertebrate genome evolution. C Toxicol. R. 38.. 10. T. et al. 2007.V. 36. A compact cartilaginous fish model genome.-N. 138. 13. 13. H. Biol. Genomics. 32.. 2004. Telford.. 1808. J.. Nucleic Acids Res. 174. et al. 545. Dev.R. et al. Sarropoulou.. Trends Genet.B. R Soc. 24. 2006. Tong. 431. Roest Crollius. Aparicio. Genomics. R. Phillips.C. Genomics. 380.. e101. 21. 30... Lond. Philos. B... Genet... 2007. F. M. 2004. et al. and Weissenbach.. Heredity. and Wittbrodt. 2006. Dev. S. 481. 1453.. R945. M. 2004. Venkatesh. Douglas. 946. 2007. Mardis. 2008. 27. Dev.. 474. Genet.. 24.J.. 14.. Ng.. E. 447. Curr. et al. Venkatesh. Genet. molecular phylogenetics and population genetics. 2006. Happy mapping: Linkage mapping using a physical analogue of meiosis. 31. K. 2006.. Bentley. B.. Trends Genet. Venkatesh. OMICS. 227. BAC libraries and comparative genomics of aquatic chordate species. Comp. 721. Genome Res. Phylogenomics..E. et al. an evolutionary twin study. Copley. Cell. 2008. 280. Biochem. M. 16. Mar. BMC Genomics. C. Pharmacol. 40. J. et al. Curr. Senger. 16. Genomics. Evolution and diversity of fish genomes. P. 25. 2008. 2007. Genome evolution and biodiversity in teleost fish. 2005. 612. 2007. 5. 89. 6. Curr. 39. 17. 2002. et al. 28. 34. 20. 22. 8. et al. 2003. Trends Genet. Mol.. The first radiation hybrid map of a perch-like fish: The gilthead seabream (Sparus aurata L). Biotechnol. 35. et al. Jaillon. Sarropoulou. et al. 167. The animal in the genome: Comparative genomics and evolution. A physical map of the genome of Atlantic salmon. Biol. 13. A. 23. 37. G. Transposable elements as drivers of genomic and biological diversity in vertebrates. O. Salmo salar. 2007. 203. Mech. 10. Genetics. A first generation BAC-based physical map of the channel catfish genome. 15. Hajibabaei. 2005. Russ. 588. 2005. Nature. Volff. T.. Subfunction partitioning.. 8. and Duke. 90. F. 1675. Sci. M. Trans. 38. 89.. 2007. 11. 16... and Amemiya. B Biol.H.. Curr. 124.. et al. 15. et al. 133. Böhne. M. Opin. The DNA sequence of medaka chromosome LG22. A BAC-based physical map of the channel catfish genome. 29. 2008. 629. Genome duplication in the teleost fish Tetraodon nigroviridis reveals the early vertebrate proto-karyotype. Physiol. Quiniou. 1993.R. et al. Chromosome Res. S. Assignment of rainbow trout linkage groups to specific chromosomes. 396. BMC Genomics. 87. E.M.. 714. A gene-based radiation hybrid map of the gilthead sea bream Sparus aurata refines and exploits conserved synteny with Tetraodon nigroviridis. B. 20.H. Brunet. 40. 793. 94. et al. 2007. Miyake. BMC Genomics.. J. Next-generation sequencing: The race is on. 121. et al.. Postlethwait. Dear.. 15.. 18. 19. 2008. S. D. 2005.... Biol. A. Xu. J. Genome mapping in aquatic animals: Progress and future perspectives. the teleost radiation and the annotation of the human genome. 2005. 33. R82. 1661... 44.. 21. Linking the genomes of nonmodel teleosts through comparative genomics. Science. Whole-genome re-sequencing.R.. 86.. et al.. Evol.T.. 23. Sasaki. Survey sequencing and comparative analysis of the elephant shark (Callorhinchus milii) genome. .H. von Bubnoff. 363. Medaka and zebrafish.. 26. S. PLoS Biol. Gene loss and evolutionary rates following whole-genome duplication in teleost fishes. J. A BAC-based physical map of the Nile tilapia genome. T. 233.. P.Seafood Genomics ◾ 53 10.. 2004. Microarray studies of gene expression in fish. J. Opin. P. 17.R. Katagiri. DNA barcoding: How it complements taxonomy. Nature. and Cook. and Chu. 2006. Whole-genome shotgun assembly and analysis of the genome of Fugu rubripes. 12.

Transcriptomic analysis of growth heterosis in larval Pacific oysters (Crassostrea gigas).. 49. Thériault.. 60. P. 2004. In the grip of algal genomics. Worm. 2005. Exp... et al. Naturwissenschaften. Trends Ecol. et al. Laikre. Larsen. Salzburger. Sea Urchin Genome Sequencing Consortium. 981. Ecol. E. F.. 44.F. Ryynänen.. 1989. 51. Identification and characterization of novel SNP markers in Atlantic cod: Evidence for directional selection. 45.. 67. Biol.. C.. and Meyer. M. 52. Nat.. and Crawford. Evol. 19709. Global patterns of predator diversity in the open oceans. Variation in gene expression within and among natural populations.. 2125.. 2002. Biodiversity: Disease threat to European fish. 22.D. Trends Ecol. Natl.. Global fish production and climate change. Natl. et al. Brander.). Moen. L. Genet. 787. Proc. 8. Luikart. et al. 15799.J.. Biol.. 48. Genetic monitoring as a promising tool for conservation and management. Proc. M. Genetic effects of harvest on wild animal populations.. 270. 941.54 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 41. 277. 279. 2337.. 55. 2266. Avise. species or ecosystems? Healing the fractured foundations of conservation policy. et al. 272. et al. 435. 4.. Oleksiak. 12. Interpopulation differences in expression of candidate genes for salinity tolerance in winter migrating anadromous brown trout (Salmo trutta L. Edeline. Larsen. 50. 61. J.A. 22. et al. A. 2006. V. 2007. Churchill. 1365. D. 2008. 16.. Bowen. 314. Sci. 104.C. R. 2008. Proc.. 2003. 54. PLoS Biol.. Science. Ambio. Impacts of biodiversity loss on ocean ecosystem services. 309. Kuparinen. BMC Genet. 2007..W. 62. Ecol.K. 314. Acad. Temporal analysis of archived samples indicates marked genetic changes in declining North Sea cod (Gadus morhua). A role for molecular genetics in the recognition and conservation of endangered species. 59. 91. Evol. 20.. et al. 66. 63. and Merilä.. cumulative fitness decline in the wild. Rev. and Waples. 2007.. 692. G. G. J. J. Detecting and managing fisheries-induced evolution. 18. Preserving genes. 2007.. Science. 54. 314.L. B. The species flocks of East African cichlid fishes: Recent advances in molecular phylogenetics and population genetics. 32. 2007. Trends Ecol. R.A. Proc. 2007.. Cooper. A.. Araki. 2007. 4.F.. 2005... Trait changes in a harvested population are driven by a dynamic tug-of-war between natural and harvest selection. A.F. J. 5. 652. Sci... 23. Trends Ecol. Genetic population structure of fishes: Implications for coastal zone management.S. Nature.A. 104. et al. e310. 2006. 1046. Med.S. T. 2007. W. 2003. H. Hedgecock. et al. Sci. 4674. U. Allendorf. Biology of extinction risk in marine fishes. Genetic effects of captive breeding cause a rapid. 318. ... Biol. 47.. Nat. U. 2005.. 98.. H.. 58. 25. Hered. P. 327.F. 65.. Mol. Mol. 616. Roberge. Palm. Evol.. Science. Sci. Science...W. W. 57. 261. 111. et al. Biol. et al. et al. The genome of the sea urchin. Acad.R.. Natl. U. 53. and Ryman. D.J. N. 100. Genet.M.A.S. Reynolds. Proc. Adv. Gozlan. The power and promise of population genomics: From genotyping to genome typing. Heritability of life-history tactics and genetic correlation with body size in a natural population of brook charr (Salvelinus fontinalis). and Blouin.. 56.E. D. 2007. B. Sci. BMC Genet. 34. M... 2008. 2008.S. Acad. et al.. Evol. 2005. J. Evol. 2313. 2007. 9.. S5. Adaptive differences in gene expression in European flounder (Platichthys flesus). Schwartz. Mol. Strongylocentrotus purpuratus. Population genomics: Whole-genome analysis of polymorphism and divergence in Drosophila simulans. G. 43.. Worm. 64. 1999. Genetic consequences of interbreeding between farmed and wild Atlantic salmon: Insights from the transcriptome. Luikart. Grossman. 46... et al. 104. Begun. B.S. Hutchinson. S. 42. Ecol. 2007. 17. B. A comparison of biallelic markers and microsatellites for the estimation of population and conservation genetic parameters in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). K. 9. et al.

.. 178. M.. et al. Fisher M. Biochem.. 258. Methods of parentage analysis in natural populations. 84. Perry. R. 2005. GH-psi. W. Liu.. Breeding new strains of tilapia: Development of an artificial center of origin and linkage map based on AFLP and microsatellite loci. 162. X. 8. Biol. 83. et al. Genet. J. Perry. B. 78.. 94. A.D.. Mol. and a malespecific pseudogene. 130. 323. 97.. et al. Heredity.E. 204. Genomics. J. A... K. 115. and Smailus.M. Trans. Li. Devlin. Hizer.M. Quantitative trait loci x maternal cytoplasmic environment interaction for development rate in Oncorhynchus mykiss. 2007. 327. 2001. 96.F. Breed. D.H. 82. BMC Genomics.M. G. R.. 2008. Environment and sex determination in farmed fish. Genetica. 70. G. Aquaculture. 92. 335.. Jones. Oreochromis niloticus. 249. A genome scan for quantitative trait loci affecting growth-related traits in an F1 family of Asian seabass (Lates calcarifer). 43. et al. Devlin. 2006. 2511. 2003. Governing sex determination in fish: Regulatory putsches and ephemeral dictators. B Biol. B. 204. 1. 80. 72. 2001. Comp. Charo-Karisaa. RAPD markers as predictors of infectious hypodermal and hematopoietic necrosis virus (IHHNV) resistance in shrimp (Litopenaeus stylirostris). Genetics. 2002. J. 198. 399. Physiol. Aquac. 8. 2007. 76. Baroiller. Z. Mol.. 274. 12. 166.. X. Managing to harvest? Perspectives on the potential of aquaculture. 88. 1109.R. 86. BMC Genet. Hered. and D’Cotta. Y. J. G. and Zhang. Nichols. Cnaani. 7. P. 2006. 255. 38. Yu.. and Oleksiak.. Houston.P. The potential impact of modern biotechnology on fish aquaculture. J. 333. 2005. Heritability of cold tolerance in Nile tilapia. 71. 12. 43. 1. S. Sex. juveniles. 16. Soc. Aquaculture.H.E. 2005. Res. H. Pharmacol. Dev. Liu. Bull. Reid. Goddard. 45. 89. 185. C. Philos. 124. .-N. 90. Biagi. Genetics. Genome. Robison.. D. M. 86. 272. Ecol. 53.. 85. Quantitative trait loci for upper thermal tolerance in outbred strains of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). 739. et al. Wang.E.. et al. H. GH-I and GH-II.. and Hew.. T. S. Genomic selection.M.J. Anim. 1993. et al. 2006. Melamed. 2001. 91.G. 789. 175. 75. Genetic mapping of Y-chromosomal DNA markers in Pacific salmon. Volff.Seafood Genomics ◾ 55 68. Genome-scan analysis for quantitative trait loci in an F2 tilapia hybrid.. 2000. R. Aquaculture. J. C Toxicol. 108. 81.. QTL detection of production traits for the Kuruma prawn Penaeus japonicus (Bate) using AFLP makers. C. Hered. Genomic structure of growth hormone genes in chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha): Presence of two functional genes..L. Genetic linkage map of the Eastern oyster Crassostrea virginica Gmelin... 85. Heredity.. BMC Genomics. Sex-linked quantitative trait loci for thermotolerance and length in the rainbow trout. 74. QTL for body weight and condition factor in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): Comparative analysis with rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) and Arctic charr (Salvelinus alpinus). Du. 87. 79. Identification of quantitative trait loci for growth-related traits in the Pacific abalone Haliotis discus hannai Ino. and Hayes... et al.F. 2001. et al. DNA Cell Biol.. Major quantitative trait loci affect resistance to infectious pancreatic necrosis in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)... 2007. 2004... Agresti. R.. X. Aquaculture. 191. 2002.J. 111.. 2007. Sci. 360. Mapping of a quantitative trait locus for resistance against infectious salmon anemia in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): Comparing survival analysis with analysis on affected/resistant data..A. J.J. 2007. Convergence and divergence in gene expression among natural populations exposed to pollution. Composite interval mapping reveals a major locus influencing embryonic development rate in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). 69. et al. 73. 2007. et al. Genet.D.. and Guo. Moen.A. 2005.. 77. et al. C. et al.. Muir. Lond. et al. and Ardren.

T. 115.. Hulata.G. 2003. Sarropoulou. et al. 267. G. 23. Teletchea. Panserat. Sex determination and sex differentiation in fish: An overview of genetic. Coordinated down-regulation of the antigen processing machinery in the gills of amoebic gill disease-affected Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L... et al. B. 108. Nature. Effects of short-term growth hormone treatment on liver and muscle transcriptomes in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss).S. et al. 45. 2004. 211. Physiol. Cnaani. Y. 110. Genome Res. 2001. 380. Aquaculture.. 114.. 8.. S. et al. Rep..). 109. Nature. et al. Matsuda. Tao. DMY is a Y-specific DM-domain gene required for male development in the medaka fish. 11778. R. 102. Nutr. et al. Huvet. Microarray analysis of gene expression in the blue catfish liver reveals early activation of the MHC class I pathway after infection with Edwardsiella ictaluri. Rapid parallel evolutionary changes of gene transcription profiles in farmed Atlantic salmon. Ecol. Woram.. 99. Rasmussen.. 409. 553. Sex. 452. 23.T. 112.. N. 93. 2002. et al. 369. Expression profiling of candidate genes during ovary-to-testis trans-differentiation in rainbow trout masculinized by androgens. 872.. 110.S. Devlin.. 44.. Genomics.... 319. et al. Mol. 357. 2000. R.. Baron.J. 98. et al. B. 2008. J.. Marine biotechnology for production of food ingredients. T.. Gene expression profi ling of gilthead sea bream during early development and detection of stress-related genes by the application of cDNA microarray technology. Wheeler... Ezaz. Mol. 94.. C. Roberge. 2004. 92. Comparative genome analysis of the primary sex-determining locus in salmonid fishes.. A. U. et al. Isolation and physical mapping of sex-linked AFLP markers in nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus L. Mar.. Nagahama. Male-specific DNA markers from African catfish (Clarias gariepinus). 559. A duplicated copy of DMRT1 in the sex-determining region of the Y chromosome of the medaka. 116. C. Genetica. 45.. 435.. Salmonid microarrays identify intestinal genes that reliably monitor P deficiency in rainbow trout aquaculture. 2008. Associations between single nucleotide polymorphisms in candidate genes and growth rate in Arctic charr (Salvelinus alpinus L.A. 105. Physiol. Gahr. and environmental influences. Nat. 2004. 111. 2006. Immunol. et al. Nature. 182. Br. Adv. Comp. et al. S. D. 2. Kovács. et al. 343.. Genomics.. Peatman.. M. 2007. Prod.. Acad. Young. 543. 99. Natl. 2008. and Hänni. Robalino. E. . J. 191. I. 359. et al. M.). 237.A.. Insights into the immune transcriptome of the shrimp Litopenaeus vannamei: Tissue-specific expression profiles and transcriptomic responses to immune challenge. 100. Kirchner. 106. 91. Two unlinked loci controlling the sex of blue tilapia (Oreochromis aureus). 9. Devlin. Food Nutr. Hepatic gene expression profiles in juvenile rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) fed fishmeal or fish oil-free diets. et al. Lee.. W. Physiol. R. 2581.. and Morrissey. 2008. 2007. 2008. R. Heredity. 97. E. Endocrinol. 13. 2007.. Proc. et al.D. 781... A.. 32. 60. et al. D. Genet. 52. Blunt.Y. physiological. Growth of domesticated transgenic fish. Biotechnol. 2005.] 104. 29. 103. et al. 43. Androgen-induced masculinization in rainbow trout results in a marked dysregulation of early gonadal gene expression profiles. Dev. 2008. Mol. 2008.A. Nanda.. 272. 2008. 6. M. Food and forensic molecular identification: Update and challenges. 2002.A. Res. Genetics of sex determination in tilapiine species.). Marine natural products. BMC Genomics. [Epub ahead of print. 2005..H. 95. Trends Biotechnol. Immunol. 156. 113. Gen. 2007. Heredity.. and Boulding. Maudet. Oryzias latipes. 96. 35.D. J. 15.. Baron. 208. S.. Genomics. and Kocher. 2002. The complete genome of an individual by massively parallel DNA sequencing. Anim. 417. C. 2003. 107. 101.56 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 92. The identification of genes from the oyster Crassostrea gigas that are differentially expressed in progeny exhibiting opposed susceptibility to summer mortality. 25. Gene.H. et al.W. et al. E. F. Sci. D.

..............................................................................59 5............... Aleida S......3...2.65 5.......2..1 Introduction ...............4 Enzymatic Analysis... The first autolytic process taking place in fish affects carbohydrates and nucleotides.................. Thus................... Hernández-Cázares.........3............59 5... or eviscerated fish) or canned fish..57 5.....1 Introduction Bacterial growth is the main factor limiting fish commercial life by producing its alteration and unpleasant flavor..............61 5.............61 5..........3 Chromatography..... the adenosine triphosphate (ATP) regeneration that occurs in vivo stops and ATP is degraded until 57 ....... the autolytic process derived from tissue enzymatic activity and lipid oxidations also contributes to fish maturation and subsequent spoilage. and Fidel Toldrá Contents 5.......................................3....................................................................................................1 Extraction of Nucleotides and Nucleosides ...................3 Analysis of ATP-Related Compounds ......3................................................. Leticia Mora.....2 Chemical Structure of Main Seafood Nucleosides and Nucleotides ... Nevertheless...................... Sensory methods to evaluate fish quality are subjective and difficult to use in the evaluation of processed (fillets..............................3....2 Nucleotides and Nucleosides Determination ............................. 64 References ...........Chapter 5 Nucleotides and Nucleosides M..........2.3. objective methods for freshness determination are required and the determination of the biochemical changes occurring in early postmortem in fish constitute a helpful tool..................61 5........1 31Phosphorous-Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy ..............................................2 Capillary Electrophoresis .. beheaded.....................61 5....... Concepción Aristoy............ After death......................................................... 60 5......................2....

. ATP molecule is rapidly degraded to adenosine monophosphate (AMP) and afterward to inosine monophosphate (IMP). Ino and Hx concentrations increased during storage. This process involves a series of reactions commonly represented according to the sequence shown in Figure 5. This enzyme is mainly generated in muscle from biochemical processes of microorganisms.58 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis rigor mortis is reached. The speed of each step in this reaction chain and especially in the Ino to Hx and Hx to Xa conversion depends on the fish species. although it might be accelerated by the action of different bacteria. Ino. As a result of endogenous enzymes action. IMP degradation to inosine (Ino) and its disappearance have been correlated with lack of freshness in some fish species.1. and either of the two may be used as freshness indicators. (2006) published a review of the concentration of IMP. whereas AMP remains major in crustaceans. and Hx in the flesh of some species of fish during chilled storage. the use of a single compound as freshness indicator is not always advisable. because many factors can affect O N H 2N N N N O O HO ATP OH HO P O P O P OH O OH O ATP ase N Pi HO ADP Pi Myokinase OH N N H2N N O O HO P O P OH O O OH OH N HO N N N O OH HO Ino Pi Nucleosidase phosphorilase Ribose 1-phosphate O HN N Hx N N H O2 Xanthine oxidase OH Nucleotidase Pi HO N N N N HO IMP O O OH O P OH AMP deaminase OH NH3 H2N N N N N HO AMP O O OH O P OH OH O HN O H2O2 N H Xa N N H O2 Xanthine oxidase O H2O2 HN O H N O N H UA N H Figure 5. which is accumulated in postharvest fish. which is oxidized to xanthine (Xa) and uric acid in the presence of xanthine oxidase (XO) enzyme.1 The following IMP dephosphorylation to obtain inosine is mainly autolytic and occurs at a slower rate during the first stage of cold storage.1 Degradation of ATP in postmortem fish muscle.4 However. IMP is the main nucleotide present in fish species.2 Howgate et al. Inosine is transformed to hypoxanthine (Hx) by the action of the enzyme nucleoside phosphorylase (NP).3 In all cases.

5. forming the adenosine or inosine. making K value inadequate as a freshness indicator. whereas IMP evokes a fresh meaty taste sensation.15. These cold conditions must be held along the sample preparation. nucleotides and nucleosides should be extracted and analyzed. adenosine diphosphate (ADP). Nucleosides currently analyzed in seafoods are those in which a purine ring. generally within 1 day of storage in ice after death in all fish species. In this way.7–9 Nevertheless. ATP. a revised K value. often designed K ′ value or Ki index. and Hx expressed as percentage. the disappearance of the degradation products differs from one species to another3 as mentioned here.6 This value has been used as one of the freshness indexes to evaluate the quality change of postharvest fish.2). even at refrigeration temperatures.17 5. and AMP disappear early postmortem.16 Another suggestion to use nucleotide compounds as a measurement of seafood quality is their relation with sensory attributes. a high content of Hx is related with the bitter off taste of spoiled fish. ADP and ATP are derived from the AMP. Nucleotides are o-phosphoric acid esters of the nucleosides.2. adenine. a high accumulation of Ino occurs during ATP degradation.2 Chemical Structure of Main Seafood Nucleosides and Nucleotides To a better understanding of the methods of analysis of these compounds. respectively. a hypoxanthine ratio or H value (Hx/(IMP + Ino + Hx) × 100) was considered as a better indicator of fish freshness in this type of species. Nucleosides are glycosylamines that are formed when a nucleobase (purine or pyrimidine base) attaches to a ribose or deoxyribose ring.13. as shown when comparing high-temperature short-time process at 125°C for 9 min with a common retort process at 115°C for 90 min. for several species.3 Analysis of ATP-Related Compounds The correct analysis of ATP-related compounds must take into account that early postmortem fish muscle is very sensitive to temperature.5 and. Ino. The ratio Hx/AMP was considered an adequate alternative to characterize fish freshness due to its constant increment with time.14 Measurement of ATP-related compounds is also useful for the quality control of retorted fishes.10. K value is defined as the ratio of Ino and Hx to the sum of ATP and related compounds expressed as a percentage. and thus. In order to achieve this rapid freezing. ATP-chain degradation occurs very fast. it is advisable to collect small tissue samples and immerse them into liquid nitrogen. is more often considered as monitoring the loss of IMP and is defined as the ratio of Ino and Hx to the sum of IMP. .12 However. This is achieved by immediately freezing the excised muscle under liquid nitrogen to stop all enzymatic reactions. to which one or two additional phosphate groups are attached through pyrophosphate bonds (∼P) (Figure 5. On the other hand. AMP or adenylic acid is derived from the adenosine in which a phosphate group is attached at the 5-ribose carbon. IMP is derived from the inosine in which a phosphate group is attached to the 5-ribose carbon.18 After this. This is the main reason for the use of indexes with more than one compound from the ATP-degradation chain. Some of them are briefly described here.11 and. consequently.16. For this reason. and it is important to stop this reaction drastically at the sampling time.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 59 nucleotide degradation such as the type of spoilage bacteria and mechanical handling of fish. the knowledge of their molecular structure is important. also. or hypoxanthine is attached to a ribose.

and Hx. 5.20 and/or spectrophotometers as well as in capillary electrophoresis (CE)21 or ion chromatography (IC).17 Other extraction methods consist in the homogenization of 2. Ino.3. and the tissue is homogenized with a stomacher-type homogenizer for a few minutes under cold conditions.22 . 3–5 vol. These fish extracts are used in enzymatic assays with biosensors19. cold 0.5–6.1 Extraction of Nucleotides and Nucleosides A typical extraction procedure for the analysis of fish samples by reversed-phase chromatography.60 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Adenosine nucleoside N N NH2 OH HO P O O OH P O O O P O OH HO O N N OH Ribose Adenine purine base AMP ADP ATP Adenosine nucleotide Figure 5. The supernatant is filtered through a 0. with or without employing an ion-pairing agent.000 g for 20 min).45 mm membrane. Once the extract is centrifuged (15. This neutralized extract is kept in an ice bath for 15 min and centrifuged again (15.2 Structure of adenosine-derived nucleotides. the supernatant is filtered through glass wool and neutralized to pH 6. avoiding any thawing.000 g for 15 min). is the following: 5 g or less of muscle tissue are excised and quickly frozen with liquid nitrogen. The neutralized extract must be made up to 5 mL with 20 mM phosphate buffer pH 7.000 g for 10 min). although storage at −18°C has been demonstrated to be enough to preserve fish samples and fish extracts for the analysis of IMP.5 g of fish sample with 10% trichloroacetic acid and.8 and then filtered with a 0.6 M perchloric acid is added.2 μm membrane filter and stored under frozen storage at temperatures below −20°C until analysis. The frozen tissue is minced. after centrifugation (27.8 by adding solid potassium carbonate or 1 M potassium hydroxide. they are neutralized with 2 M sodium hydroxide.

2 Capillary Electrophoresis CE is a powerful separation technique that can provide high separation efficiency and high sample throughput with minimal sample volume and buffer consumption. the addition of an ion-pair to the mobile phase greatly improves the separation by increasing the retention time of charged molecules (ATP.23.27 IC. ADP. this technique can present problems in reproducibility. intact fishes after being submitted to physical and chemical stressors such as hypoxia.2. In particular. Thus. In the analysis of complex biological samples.19 5. to analyze nucleotides. 5. nucleotides will disappear at the rigor mortis state (normally 1 day after catch). which may be adsorbed on capillary walls. pH 11. HPLC has been shown to be the most widely used technique to analyze nucleotides and nucleosides. in vivo 31P-NMR spectroscopy has been used as a powerful technique to characterize the biochemical changes that occur in live.26 reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) with and without ion pair.3 Chromatography At present. Nevertheless. including nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR).2. and the K′ or K i index will be usually enough to characterize fish . high-performance capillary electrophoresis (HPCE). However.22 and enzymatic assays. radioimmunoassay.1 31 31 Phosphorous-Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy The phosphorous nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (31P-NMR) technique makes it possible to perform multiple determinations of high-energy phosphates in vivo in the same muscle sample. and hypoxanthine would be a potential of 416 V/cm of capillary using 100 mM 3-[cyclohexylamino]-1-propanesulfonic acid (CAPS) buffer.28 Also in vitro 31P-NMR spectroscopy has been applied to both excised tissue and perchloric acid extracts of fish muscle.3. Capillary electrophoresis has been used in many nucleotide analysis applications as in the study of nucleotide degradation in fish tissues. because these samples usually contain significant amounts of ions. including fish extract. inosine. The mode of separation will depend on the analyte of interest. followed by 2 min of the running buffer used.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 61 In the development of biosensor analysis.2 Nucleotides and Nucleosides Determination Several methods have been used to measure nucleotides and nucleosides. RP-HPLC and ion-paired reverse-phase are the methods of choice for this analysis. 5. among other chromatographic techniques. AMP).3. In this way.3.25 thin-layer chromatography (TLC). both a microwave oven at 500 V for 5 s and heating at 100°C for 60 min have been used.3. some authors have described extraction methods that consisted of heated fish sample. ion-exchange HPLC. the reconditioning of the capillary surface is ensured by washing 1 min with 1M NaOH.21 Typical conditions to get a good separation of IMP.2.24 5. Thus.

3.29 phosphorylated metabolites are also well separated in the chromatogram. (3) ADP. (1) IMP. and (6) inosine.3 both chromatograms of standards and hake nucleosides and nucleotides are shown. (5) hypoxanthine. (4) AMP. All of them use a phosphate buffer as the mobile phase and a gradient with methanol or acetonitrile should be accomplished to improve the Ino resolution and reduce the chromatogram time. a simple RP-HPLC with a phosphate buffer as mobile phase will be adequate.15 The identification of the chromatographic peaks can be performed by comparing the peak retention times and spectral characteristics (if a diode array detector is available) with those of standards.1 Reversed-Phase HPLC The chromatographic analysis should be performed in a liquid chromatograph equipped with an UV detector (254 nm). 1000 (a) 6 800 600 400 Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) 1 2 3 4 5 200 0 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 2 3 6 (b) 1 5 4 Retention time (min) Figure 5.3 RP-HPLC chromatograms of standards (a) and hake (b) ATP-derived compounds. Then.2.3. Quantitative analysis can be performed by external or internal standard method. (2) ATP. which differ mainly in the pH of the mobile phase.17. In Figure 5. 5.29 With buffer pH 7. The column used is an analytical reversed-phase RP-18 column.62 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis freshness or quality. . The separation was achieved with an RP C-18 column at 35°C and a gradient between phosphate buffer at pH 7 and acetonitrile. There are many approaches to analyze nucleotides and nucleosides by this technique.

(3) ADP.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 63 5.4 Ion-paired HPLC chromatograms of salmon (a) and sardine (b). making it less dependant on the type of column.3. ATP-derived compounds. The separation is achieved in a reversed-phase column. (4) AMP. and (6) inosine. due to the ionic nature of the phosphate esters that facilitates strong interactions with the ion-pair reagent at the appropriate pH. Due to the negative charge of the phosphorylated groups of nucleotides. (1) IMP. (2) ATP.and tri-nucleotides have to be analyzed. as well as the resolution. because the ion pair enhances the retention time and separation. (5) hypoxanthine. either tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate or phosphate is the ion pair most used. this method is more expensive than the more simple technique previously described. Thus. which is especially useful in separating mixtures of charged and uncharged molecules.4 shows an ion-paired chromatogram of a 48 h postmortem sardine extract.2. Nevertheless.17.3. Figure 5. and the key is to add an ion pair (an ion of charge opposite to that of the analyte molecule).2 Ion-Pair RP-HPLC The most common technique used for the separation of nucleotides is ion-pair RP-HPLC.30 This ion-paired technique is especially useful when di. the ion pair should be a positive ion with a hydrophobic rest to improve the affinity with the stationary phase. 1400 1200 1000 800 600 Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) 400 200 0 1200 5 1 (a) 6 2 3 4 6 1000 800 600 400 5 200 2 0 0 5 10 Retention time (min) 15 3 1 (b) 4 20 Figure 5. .

2.32 or immobilized.20. because no interference of salt in the medium was observed here as was in the case using the HPLC method. because the denaturalization of the enzymes with time.3.2 Enzymatic Methods with Immobilized Enzymes In this case. although these applications used to be achieved with at least one of these enzymes immobilized as described earlier. electrodes.3. Ino.6–7.36–38 The most used biosensors for the nucleotide-related compound analysis are electrochemical sensors. 5.34 A biosensor is a system composed of a biological recognition element and a biochemical or physical transducer in intimate contact or in close proximity with each other in order to relate the concentration of an analyte to a measurable signal.64 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 5. the application in the food industry is still restricted36 mainly due to critical stages such as enzyme immobilization or sample preparation for analysis. or sensors have a limited shelf life.4. respectively. IMP. Indeed. constituting what is known as enzyme sensors o biosensors.2. in which an enzyme or a group of enzymes are immobilized in a membrane or other supports. In these conditions. and 5′-nucleotidase (NT) into a reaction phosphate buffer containing the fish extract sample at pH 7. 5.36 Nevertheless.35 Some details about the use of different biomaterials in order to select the best recognition elements and the most adequate methods for the enzyme immobilization have been described.41 or for the evaluation of chicken32 and beef meat33 aging. but they remain immobilized in different supports. simplicity.31 Another possibility consisted in monitoring the oxygen consumption after these enzymatic reactions with an amperometric-type sensor (oxymeter). and hypoxanthine will be oxidized to uric acid and H2O2. In this sensor. and IMP may be determined spectrophotometrically by a sequential addition of XO. enzyme-coated strips.20. NP.35 The most used is the biosensor based on the measure of hypoxanthine. the analysis may be performed with one or more enzymes. which will be further quantified by measuring the absorbance at 290 nm and by polarimetry. which is immobilized in a membrane fi xed in the sensing area of the electrode. This option offers some advantages in relation to the free enzyme. while the depletion of oxygen is measured by a Clark-type elec- .4 Enzymatic Analysis The use of enzymatic methods to analyze nucleotides in seafood is widespread due to their high specificity. The depletion of oxygen or the formation of hydrogen peroxide or uric acid may be detected amperometrically.8 and 30°C–37°C.33. and biotechnology. oxidizes the hypoxanthine to xanthine and uric acid. although biosensors have shown its utility in some applications such as clinical. This sensor has been developed mainly for assessing the freshness of fish meat40.3.39 This procedure was also used to analyze ATP and related compounds in fish sauces with very good results. due to its specificity.4. the use of commercial kits or disposals presents some problems. agricultural. Prodomidis and Karayannis85 reported a review on enzyme-based amperometric sensors applied to food analysis in which the principles and materials commonly used for the construction of the electrodes are described. and thus test kits. These assays may be carried out with the enzymes in solution31. and rapid response. which is further coupled to a chemical transducer. XO enzyme.1 Enzymatic Methods with the Enzyme in Solution The concentration of Hx. In addition.2. These enzymes act by oxidizing the substrates (analyte) while consuming oxygen or producing hydrogen peroxide or uric acid. all the approaches to date need the sample preparation described earlier. inosine. environmental.

Japan). Ino. Mendes.. 4. A.R. Sci. Changes in baseline levels of nucleotides during ice storage of fish and crustaceans from the Portuguese coast. and then after adding a soluble NP. . J. Sci.. which can be present in the sample or formed during the enzymatic reaction.6 to −0. 7. M. M. 2. Quinta. Saito. Ltd. K i. F. cellulose triacetate. J. E. Agric. Fish. specific biosensors to determine AMP.47 On the other hand.41 preactivated nylon. Food Sci. J. LeBlanc. or H2O2. M. Massa.. An immobilized NT was used for the previous conversion of IMP to Ino. Özogul. 1 mol of Hx would be converted to 1 mol of uric acid and 2 mol of hydrogen peroxide. Ino was converted to Hx.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 65 trode at a platinum cathode (−0. In the measurement of hypoxanthine.. Both Hx and X are substrates for the XO action and will be oxidized either simultaneously or sequentially. P. T. 1959. The proposed relation 1 Hx for ½ X for each oxygen molecule formed must be taken into account to quantify the Hx. 41: 341–353. M. IMP. Bull. Fish. IMP. Most of these supports have been developed with the aim of eliminating interferences due to ascorbic acid.45 a nafion-coated platinum disc electrode. 36: 19–22. Gill. 1: 13–19. 65: 40–47.9 V) vs. Palacios.. In this way. Int. Eur. Food Res. P. R. some authors have described this type of biosensor coupled with an oxygen electrode. Luong and Male20 used a multienzymatic biosensor system to determine the H value as a fish freshness indicator. 29: 570–590.E. Food Biochem.46 or even in a carbon paste electrode modified with electrodeposited gold nanoparticles. J. Postmortem biochemical and functional characteristic of Monterey sardine muscle stored at 0°C.. Food Sci.A. Özogul. Surette. 2005. 6.48 IMP.44 a polyaniline film by electropolimerization. Soc.34 to obtain the Ki parameter as a freshness indicator. and H values.J.E. different supports have been used for the immobilization of the XO enzyme. Nunes. thus..E. T. Technol. D. necessary to obtain K. Howgate. Y... Ino. Most recent approaches to determine Hx are based on the incorporation of the XO enzyme in a graphite/Teflon matrix.. A review of the kinetics of degradation of inosine monophosphate in some species of fish during chilled storage. Pacheco-Aguilar.. 2001. This method was patented by Luong. and.56 References 1.53.. 2000.49 and Ino50 and a multienzymatic sensor to analyze simultaneously AMP. 2006. Formed Hx was measured with an amperometric sensor that detected uric acid + hydrogen peroxide in an additive matter. Flow injection analysis (FIA) has been widely used in the development of these multienzymatic biosensors constituting different types of reactors in which different enzyme combinations can be immobilized as well as introduced as soluble enzyme. A similar application was proposed12.E. Robles-Burgueno.. Paredi. an Ag/AgCl reference electrode. uric acid. Technol. Postmortem changes in quality indices of ice-stored flounder (Paralichthys patagonicus). 212: 141–146. 2007.54 In fact.55. J. Male. K.L. Biochemical basis of postmortem nucleotide catabolism in cod (Gadus morhua) and its relationship to spoilage.18 and a silk fibron membrane in combination with a cellulose acetate membrane42 or a nylon net43 have been used. M. 5. et al. Arai. Lugo-Sánchez.51 The use of multienzymatic biosensors to measure fish freshness has been very helpful for the simultaneous determination of AMP. and Hx amounts. Matsuyoshi. A new method for estimating the freshness of fish. Nucleotide degradation in sardine (Sardina pilchardus) stored in different storage condition at 4°C. and Nguyen52 and afterward it has been commercialized as a Freshness Meter KV-101 (Oriental Electric Co.33 although this relation should be confirmed in each particular system. 24: 749–750.23. Thus. R..53. The consumed oxygen produces a current decrease that can be correlated to the concentration of Hx. and Hx using a cellulose triacetate membrane have been described. M.. Food Chem. R. Jpn. 1988.L. 3. Kuley. Comparable results to that of HPLC were reported.

27.. Kuda.. J. 13: 475–480. J. Freshness loss in sierra fish (Scomberomorus sierra) muscle stored in ice as affected by postcapture handling practices. S. et al. Determination of nucleosides in fish tissues using capillary electrophoresis. 32: 314–319.. 2002. Food Agric. S. Technol. et al. 2007. 21.. pp. 16.F.. Chromatogr. I. Gao. M. Pacheco-Aguilar. LWT-Food Sci. Determination of fish freshness with an enzyme sensor system. Food Chem. Male. et al. J.). 17: 712. M. Luong. Quitral. et al. Clifford. Goto. Food Sci. Enzyme Microb. 72: C356–C362. Moran-Palacio.C. 31: 56–67.. Jones. J.B... Effects of retort conditions on ATP-related compounds in pouched fish muscle. Watanabe. C. Sci. Effects of freshness on ATP-related compounds in retorted chub mackerel Scomber japonicus. Lugo-Sanchez. 95(4): 789–795. 60: 317–321. et al. Fujita. trawled cod (Gadus callarius). 35: 549–554. 10. Technol.. 1992b. Bioelectron. 14: 125–130. Roth. Dingle. Luong. Comp... Food Chem. E. V.R. M.N. Okuma.. H. 279–288. T. Nucleotides and its derived compounds. Xue. H.B.C. Homarus americanus. M. Marquez-Rios. et al.. Crupkin. 11. Autolytic degradation and microbiological activity in farmed Coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) during chilled storage. Quantick. 29. et al. Luong.P. 33: 100–103. A. Nagel.R. Food Chem. Fraser.. E. 15. Development of quality evaluation sensor for fish freshness control based on K1 value. 2002. et al. 2007. A. Part B: Biochem. Hypoxanthine ratio determination in fish extract using capillary electrophoresis and immobilized enzymes.J. Aristoy. 1968.I... Masson.T. Fujita. Vidal-Carou. 59: 467–472. FL. Karube.. J. M. Izquierdo-Pulido. Hines. Mol. T. 42: 1–17. et al. 104: 369–375. Castillo-Yanez.H. Massa.E. Food Sci. Suzuki. Nucleotide catabolism in cold stored adductor muscle of scallop (Zygochlamys patagonica). M. M.T. Food Biochem. K.. Veciana-Nogués. 19.H. F. T. J.. Van Waarde. Determination of high-energy phosphate compounds in fish muscle: 31P-NMR spectroscopy and enzymatic methods. 1977. M. Determination of the big head carp myofibrillar (Aristichthys nobilis) adenosine triphosphatase activity by ion chromatography. (Eds. Biochem. 1990. Degradation of adenine.E. Int. M. J. Biol. Development of a new biosensor system for the determination of the hypoxanthine ratio. 2007.. 24. Márquez-Rios. et al.. Food Sci. M.. Aubourg.. J. J. K. 25. 1984.. Larrain. Yuan. Toldra F. . C. B. 14. 1969. 2009. 12. 1990a. Postmortem biochemical behavior of giant squid (Dosidicus gigas) mantle muscle stored in ice and its relation with quality parameters. Hamada-Sato. Physiol. Murray.A. Goto. Biosens. 40: 1186–1190.. Food Chem. F. 1991. E.. A 1118: 278–280. 20. F.. 2007. K. N. 23..L. 2005. Toldra. ´ ´. H. Özogul. M. Food Biochem. D.. 17: 367–372. Physiol. Tamada. A. 9. Guanosine triphosphate (GTP): The major organic phosphate in the erythrocytes of the elasmobranch Mustelus canis (smooth dogfish). E.. 62: 2490–2493. CRC Press.L. Agric. R. 28.T. 1992a. Boca Raton. Watanabe. Food Chem. Agric.. Anal.M. 2000.C. J. 22. J. Paredi. L. Taylor. H. Morris. 26: 295–305. 1962.E.T.66 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 8. H. J. R.. Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis. 18. Technol. Matsuoka.. Jones. Biochem.. Meat and fish flavors—Significance of ribomononucleotides and their metabolites. Muller. Post-mortem degradation of adenine nucleotides in muscle of the lobster.A.D. Technol. In Nollet L. Bioelectron. J. N.and hypoxanthine nucleotide in the muscle of chillstored. C. 13. R.A. Chem..A. Van der Thillart. J. A rapid HPLC-determination of ATP-related compounds and its application to herring stored under modified atmosphere. 26. et al. 17. Y. 21: 534–538. B. 2006.H. 41: 469–473. J.R. 1997.J. an indicator of fish freshness. E. Biosens. P. LWT-Food Sci. 2008.A. J. 57–1: 77–81.. Comparison of radioimmunoassay and spectrophotometric analysis for the quantitation of hypoxanthine in fish muscle. E. Comp. Borgese. Male. N. Nguyen. Determination of ATP related compounds in fresh and canned tuna fish by HPLC. G. Flow system for freshness determination based on double multi-enzyme reactor electrodes... Masson.L.. Food Sci. Kuda. Roberts.

.L. Takahashi. et al. Otani. Anal. 51. 32: 385–390. 48: 114–116. I.. 1995. Yazawa. L. Kim. Chim. Chem. Anal. G. L. Luong. Cayuela. 45. A. Venugopal.M.. S. Korean Fish. Soc. Toyama. Anal. Xu. Nguyen. Toyama.. 2002. Enzyme based amperometric biosensors for food analysis..html. 50. Nguyen. Watanabe. Food Sci. A. 49. 1998. K. S. V.I.Nucleotides and Nucleosides ◾ 67 30. J. H.. 1995. Chim. http://www. J. E. Bioeng. A. Karube. 1(2): 85–892. M. Tokimatsu. J..I. Evaluation of beef ageing by determination of hypoxanthine contents: Application of a xanthine sensor. L. Male. E. Watanabe. K. 35. 53. Meynial. Talanta 43: 283–289. 67: 1627–1631.. 1984c. N. Mascini. Biomolecules for development of biosensors and their applications.freepatentsonline. Peña. V. Ando. Review of the use of biosensors as analytical tools in the food and drink industries. Amperometric determination of fish freshness by hypoxanthine biosensor. T.. H.. J. Biosensor for detection of hypoxanthine based on xanthine oxidase immobilized on chemically modified carbon paste electrode.. T. Food Chem. Kataho. T. et al. K. Y. J. Hu. et al. Yañez-Sedeño.J.. 70: 298–302. Shen. Nakatani. Luo. Male. Manso. Acta 260: 93–98. 40. Biotechnol. Phys. Viera dos Santos. J. I. Peng. 2000.M. Paquet. inosine-5′ phosphate and adenosine 5′-phosphate with a multielectrode enzyme sensor. Retention of enzyme by electropolymerized film: A new approach in developing a hypoxanthine biosensors. et al. 32. Determination of a system with double enzyme reactors for the determination of fish freshness. Curr. Sci Food Agric. D. Analyst 123: 371–377. Watanabe. Watanabe. Toyama. Technol. 39. Determination of adenosine 5′-monophosphate in fish and shellfish using an enzyme sensor.. et al. Acta 412: 55–61. Actuators B 113: 272–280. Nguyen. Enzyme sensor for hypoxanthine and inosine determination in edible fish. Prodomidis. 1996. J. Q. 34. L. . 1984a. Chim. Volpe. A. I. N.. 48..L. 52. Yacynych. Appl. 43. Pelegrine. Biotech. 6: 207–211. et al.. Food Chem.J.. Silk fibroin/cellulose acetate membrane electrodes incorporating xanthine oxidase for the determination of fish freshness. Kubota. M. Qiong. 2002. C.. Enzyme Microb. 1984b. C.. S. Enzymatic method for measuring ATP related compounds in fish sauces. 44. Electroanalysis 14: 214–261.. Food Sci. Sharma. Y. E. 2005. Tuzhi. A. 42. Luong. 1996.. Mello. Liju. N. Im. Appl.H.com/5288613.S. Biosens. S. Technol. Cho. Y.B. T. Anal. 1990b. 1999. et al. K.. Determination of hypoxanthine in fish meat with an enzyme sensor. 1983. Combes.. Chim.T. Am. A. Sehgal.. Agric.. 2006. 1998.P. 1992. P. 3: 307–316. Hori. Applicability of the K0 value as an index of freshness for porcine and chicken muscles. Development of a bioenzymatic graphite-Teflon composite electrode for the determination of hypoxanthine in fish. Enzyme sensors for determination of fish freshness. 2003. Kumar. Pingaron. H. J.. Amperometric biosensor for hypoxanthine based on immobilized xanthine oxidase on nanocrystal gold-carbon paste electrodes.L. Biochem. Yang. T. 11: 277–282. 33. Determination of inosine-5-monophosphate in fish tissue with an enzyme sensor. 31. Y. Biotechnol.. M. 2002. Reviejo. 19(1): 18. G. Microbiol..T. 52: 107–112. et al. Watanabe.T..K. Simultaneous determination of hypoxanthine. Karube. Biol.B.. S.. 37.S.. 47.T. 48: 496–500. 37: 729–735. L. Karayannis.. E. Biosensor based on xanthine oxidase for monitoring hypoxanthine in fish meat. Fujita. 1989. Luong. P. Ogura.. Bioelectron. I. Chem. 1984d. Agüí. 46... L. 17: 147–157.. Y. M. Biosensor in fish production and quality control. E.M. Application of polarography for monitoring the fish post-mortem metabolite transformation. Watanabe. et al. K. Acta 369: 245–251. 36.... H.. 77: 237–256.. H.. 52: 439–445. T. Simultaneous separation of nucleotides and nucleotide sugars using an ion-pair reversed-phase HPLC: Application for assaying glycosyltransferase activity. Okuma. Acta 164: 139–146. Karube. et al. 41. Anal.D. Yano. Enzyme Microb. Sens. 38. 1994. 1988. J.. Toyama.

. Acta 394: 201–221.-S. Anal. Mascini. Talanta 44: 2151–2159. Park. Chim. G. N.. Application for fish freshness determination. N. M. Cho.68 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 54. Y. M. Volpe..-J. . Characterization of meat freshness application of a serial three-enzyme reactor system measuring ATP-degradative compounds. 1997. 1999.-S. 56. Acta 404: 75–81. Kim.-A. Amperometric detection of uric acid and hypoxanthine with xanthine oxidase immobilized and carbon based screen-printed electrode.. Anal. I. inosine and inosine 5′-monophosphate with serially connected three enzyme reactors. 2000. I. Carsol.. Chim. Kim. Simultaneous determination of hypoxanthine. Park. 55.

...... 73 6........................2 Marine Lipid Characteristics ........................................................................ 72 6............. 72 6........................ 75 6.....76 6.................Chapter 6 Lipid Compounds Santiago P....................................................2........................................ 78 6...3..............................3 Marine Fatty Acid Analysis .....2.......1...............................................3 Analysis of Ether Lipids .......................................2.................5 Qualitative and Quantitative Analyses of Marine Lipid Classes ..........3.2 Analysis of Sterols ................1...............................................................................................4.....5..............1 Fatty Acid Methyl Esters Preparation ...........1............................................................................................... 77 6....2.................................3........................................................76 6............ 78 6.....................1 Spectrophotometric Assessments of Total Lipid Extract .................76 6.. 73 6... 79 69 ..... 77 6....2 First Steps in Marine Lipid Analysis .........4 Lipid Quantification ...................................2 Base-Catalyzed Transesterification ..1 Introduction ..1..................................2........3 Lipid Manipulation and Storage ....................... 73 6........................ 70 6..2 GLC Analysis of FAME.............................3.....................................2 Stereospecific Analysis of Lipid Classes ...................................... 75 6.....1 Qualitative Analysis of Fatty Acid Composition .................................. 75 6.......................................76 6.....................................1 Acid-Catalyzed Esterification and Transesterification ................4 Analysis of Marine Nonsaponifiable Matter ..................1 General Aspects of Lipid Compounds .................................2 Removal of Nonlipid Contaminants ...........................................3.................. 71 6..........1 Lipid Saponification........................ 70 6............................... 70 6........................2........................................................................................................................................................................ Aubourg Contents 6........................ 73 6........................5.....2 Quantitative Estimation of Fatty Acid Composition ...........................1.....................1 Isolation of Lipids from Tissues .. 73 6..4.......................................................3 Column Chromatography.............3 Lipid Analysis in Marine Products .4....................3....... 72 6..........5..

...............1........... 79 6............... however................ steroids......1...... lipid is usually the second largest biochemical constituent after protein.......................... Related to exogenous effects. an inverse .. Different attempts have been carried out to define what is meant by the term lipid.... fatty alcohols (wax esters).. triacylglycerols (TG)...... sterols (sterol esters)................. 79 6........... the catching season has been shown to play a key role regarding temperature and feeding availability. 82 6...... DHA) [4]....... “simple lipids” (fatty acid and alcohol components) would be those that yield on hydrolysis at most two types of different products per mol......5.......5. 80 6......... Most animal and plant lipids from terrestrial and marine sources are similar in that they contain mainly even-numbered saturated and unsaturated fatty acids combined with glycerol (glycerides and glyceryl ethers)..... Seafood lipids are known to provide high contents of important components for the human diet..4 Thin-Layer Chromatography ....5.. Marine lipids..................... whereas “complex lipids” (glycerophospholipids... Marine species have shown large variations in lipid content and composition as a result of endogenous and exogenous effects [5–7]............5.. which have in common a ready solubility in organic solvents... soaps.......7 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectrometry . A simple physicochemical classification that empirically groups lipid molecules according to the hydrophilic–lipophilic balance has been proposed [1]........................... carotenoids.8 Mass Spectrometry .5......2 Marine Lipid Characteristics In many marine organisms. phospholipids (PL)...........9 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography .... Most textbooks describe lipids as a group of naturally occurring compounds.............. particularly C20:5ω3 (eicosapentaenoic acid.81 6.............. such as hexane... and alcohols. chloroform... differ from the other sources in that they contain a wider range of fatty acids..... Because of their structural and functional variety.... gangliosides....... phosphoric acid............. and amines (PL)... in it.............70 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6.......... glycoglycerolipids... a widely accepted division has been difficult. longer-chain fatty acids.......................1 General Aspects of Lipid Compounds Lipids are found in all living organisms and have been shown to play two critical roles: (1) maintaining the integrity of plants and animals as structural compounds by forming a barrier separating the living cell from the outside world and (2) being a major source of cellular energy and function in living organisms where they can be stored.. Such diverse compounds as hydrocarbons.............................................. 80 6..... and a larger proportion of highly unsaturated fatty acids............. 6..5........ An alternative division into two broad classes has been shown to be convenient for lipid analysts [2]...... 82 References ... and sphingolipids) would yield three or more types of products per mol....... toluene....... and lipopolysaccharides would be included..... although no satisfactory or widely accepted definition exists........ including cardiovascular ones [3]............ ethers.......... indeed.............. such as nutritional lipid-soluble vitamins (namely A and D) and essential and ω3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) that have shown a positive role in preventing certain human diseases...............................5 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography .6 Silver Ion Chromatography .......... EPA) and C22:6ω3 (docosahexaenoic acid.........1 Introduction 6....................

With respect to endogenous effects. age. and sexual maturation have been pointed out. content variations have specially been observed in fish locations to be employed as lipid depots. but mainly the amount of information required. Thus. the equipment. . Marine products Lipid isolation from tissues Removal of nonlipid contaminants Frozen storage Fatty acid analysis Lipid classes analysis Traditional and advanced analytical methodology Figure 6. sex.Lipid Compounds ◾ 71 relationship between unsaturated fatty acid content and environmental temperature has been confirmed for many marine fish. The approach to the analysis of lipids in a given marine sample will depend on the amount of material in the sample. probably affected by physiological and anatomical factors. The present chapter is focused on describing the available traditional and advanced analytical methodology to assess the lipid composition of marine species on the basis of a food technologist and nutritionist requirements.1. A basic protocol procedure is exposed in Figure 6.3 Lipid Analysis in Marine Products Researchers are required to analyze the lipid composition and its changes that arose during processing of food material from marine sources. 6. differences according to the type of muscle and its location. In all cases. lipid matter has been described to exhibit a heterogeneous distribution throughout the body of marine species. and instrumentation available.1.1 Basic steps to be carried out for the lipid analysis of marine products.

[8]. The most popular is the method of Folch et al. a major driving force being the environmental concern regarding the use of organic solvents. phosphatidic acid. 0. all solvents can contain contaminants. The second problem is endogenous lipolytic enzymes that can lead to large amounts of unesterified fatty acids. which yield essentially quantitative extractions of the major lipid classes when applied to homogenates of whole marine tissue extractions. it is advisable to include an additional antioxidant at a level of 50–100 mg/L to the solvents.1 Isolation of Lipids from Tissues Ideally. any such impurities can be troublesome. the procedure of Bligh and Dyer [9] offers some advantages as it does not use large volumes of solvent. Two main problems can arise with lipid fraction when employing inconvenient storage conditions. PUFA can autoxidize as a result of endogenous oxidant enzymes. it should not be so polar that TG and other nonpolar simple lipids do not dissolve and are left adhered to the tissues. However. most workers in the field appear to accept two basic routines currently in general use. such as proteins. but many of these are not suitable for extracting lipids from tissues as they are not sufficiently polar to overcome the strong forces of association between tissue lipids and the other cellular constituents. diacylglycerides. and salts. For all extraction methods.. urea. Where large amounts of tissue have to be extracted. marine tissues should be extracted from the living organism as soon as possible after catching or slaughtering [2].2 Removal of Nonlipid Contaminants Most polar organic solvents used to extract lipids from tissues also extract significant amounts of nonlipid contaminants such as sugars. As an advanced alternative. peptides.72 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6. The ideal solvent or solvent mixture for extracting lipids from tissues should be sufficiently polar to remove all lipids from their association with cell membranes or with lipoproteins but should not react chemically with those lipids. When this is not feasible. the tissue should be kept frozen (about −60°C or less) as rapidly as possible. which do not normally dissolve readily in nonpolar solvents. A more elegant and complete. or lyso-phosphatidylglycerols in lipid extracts. This type of washing procedure was first developed by Wells and Dittmer [11] and simplified later by Wuthier [12] for large numbers of samples. method of removing nonlipid contaminants is to carry out the washing procedure by liquid–liquid partition chromatography on a column of a dextran gel such as Sephadex G-25. .88% KCl) [8]. although endogenous tissue antioxidants can provide some protection.2 First Steps in Marine Lipid Analysis 6.2. and as large volumes of solvents may be used to obtain small amounts of lipids. which employs chloroform–methanol (2:1) in a solvent–tissue ratio of 20:1. Pure single lipid classes are soluble in a wide variety of organic solvents. Although there are limitations to its use and alternatives are frequently suggested. In addition. Most of the contaminating compounds can be removed from the lipid extract mixtures simply by shaking the combined solvents with one-quarter their total volume of a dilute salt solution (e. polar complex lipids. may on occasion be extracted by these when they are in the presence of large amounts of simple lipids such as TG. this method applies a single-phase solubilization of the lipids using chloroform–methanol (1:1) in a solvent–tissue ratio of 4:1.2. 6. supercritical fluid extraction shows an increasing demand.g. amino acids. First. At the same time. Its employment has recently been reviewed [10]. though more time-consuming.

a known aliquot of the purified lipid extract is softly heated and the resulting dry lipid matter weighted. lipids should be handled in an atmosphere of nitrogen. Then. Small volumes of solvent can be evaporated by carefully directing a stream of nitrogen onto the surface of the solvent. and Fatmeter measurements is proving to be of increasing interest [14].1 Fatty Acid Methyl Esters Preparation Fatty acids are essential components of lipids. application of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). In addition. Autoxidation of double bonds in marine lipid fatty acids is particularly troublesome. this analysis is more complicated than that with other kinds of living organisms. Their measurement by gas–liquid chromatography (GLC) is the most commonly used method for lipid analysis. afford some protection to lipid extracts. 6. When it is necessary to concentrate lipid extracts. This method proved to be accurate in the case of a high lipid content (low complex lipid content). Storage temperature should be −30°C as the highest temperature.2. such as tocopherols. Lipid extracts have to be converted into methyl ester derivatives.1 Acid-Catalyzed Esterification and Transesterification Free fatty acids (FFA) are methylated and O-acyl lipids transmethylated by heating them with a large excess of anhydrous methanol in the presence of an acidic catalyst. For fast purposes. Two basic strategies can be applied [15. in general. 6. and care must be taken at all steps in the analysis of lipids. Natural tissue antioxidants. it has been shown that lipids can themselves dissolve in some plastics. near-infrared (NIR) spectrometry. Conversely.3 Lipid Manipulation and Storage Wherever possible.16]: acid catalysis and base catalysis. a large diethyl ether volume is employed. fatty acid methyl esters (FAME) obtained are usually introduced in the GLC system without previous removal of contaminants.3 Marine Fatty Acid Analysis 6. Owing to the wide variety of fatty acid compounds in marine lipids (Table 6. provided water absorption onto the dry extract lipid is avoided. and the resulting lipid extract can no more be employed for further analysis.3. leading to selective losses of a proportion of the less polar constituents. since PUFA will oxidize rapidly in air [2]. but it is usually advisable to add further synthetic antioxidants to storage solvents at the level of 50–100 mg/L [2]. if not.2.Lipid Compounds ◾ 73 6.4 Lipid Quantification For most common purposes.3. large volumes of solvents are best removed by means of a rotatory film evaporator at a temperature that. Plastic ware of all kinds (other than that made from TeflonTM) can be specially troublesome and is best avoided. should not exceed about 40°C. In it. glass is the best choice.1). Lipids should not be left for any time in the dry state and should be stored in an inert nonalcoholic solvent such as chloroform from which air is excluded by flushing with a stream of nitrogen. since plasticizers are very easily leached out.1. As storage containers. relatively important errors are obtained. According to the special relevance recently acquired by noninvasive technologies. the Soxhlet method of extraction has been developed [13]. fatty acids . 6.

15-Octadecatetraenoic 5.14.8.8.16.15-Octadecatrienoic 6.1 Fatty Acids Commonly Present in Marine Speciesa Systematic Name Trivial Name Abbreviated Name Saturated Fatty Acids 14:0 15:0 16:0 17:0 18:0 20:0 22:0 24:0 Tetradecanoic Pentadecanoic Hexadecanoic Heptadecanoic Octadecanoic Eicosanoic Docosanoic Tetracosanoic Myristic — Palmitic Margaric Stearic Arachidic Behenic Lignoceric Monounsaturated Fatty Acids 16:1 ω7 18:1 ω9 18:1 ω7 20:1 ω11 20:1 ω9 22:1 ω11 22:1 ω9 24:1 ω9 9-Hexadecenoic 9-Octadecenoic 11-Octadecenoic 9-Eicosenoic 11-Eicosenoic 11-Docosenoic 13-Docosenoic 15-Tetracosenoic Palmitoleic Oleic Vaccenic Gadoleic Gondoic Cetoleic Erucic Nervonic Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids 18:2 ω6 18:3 ω3 18:4 ω3 20:4 ω6 20:5 ω3 22:5 ω3 22:6 ω3 a 9.10.16. the double-bond configuration is “cis.19-Docosapentaenoic 4.13.7.11.12.13.17-Eicosapentaenoic 7.11.12-Octadecadienoic 9.12.” .10.19-Docosahexaenoic Linoleic Linolenic Stearidonic Araquidonic EPA DPA or clupanodonic DHA or cervonic In all cases.14-Eicosatetraenoic 5.9.74 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 6.

In order to guarantee complete solution of nonpolar lipid classes. The commonest and mildest reagent used for the purpose is anhydrous hydrogen chloride in methanol. 6. Later on. known commercial FAME have been employed for the provisional identification of fatty acids by direct comparison of their retention times and those of the unknown esters on the same columns under identical conditions.2 GLC Analysis of FAME The advent of GLC revolutionized the analysis of the fatty acid components of lipids. Initially. and the use of old or too concentrated solutions may result in the production of methoxy-substituted acids from unsaturated fatty acids and. accordingly. A different possibility consists of employing a solution of 1%–2% (v/v) concentrated sulfuric acid in methanol. ECL values can be calculated from an equation similar to that for Kovats’ indices or found by reference to the straight line obtained by plotting the logarithms of the retention times of a homologous series of straight-chain saturated FAME against the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic chain of each acid. Parallel to ECL value employment. a PUFA loss. prepared simply by dissolving fresh clean sodium in dry methanol. under base catalysis. whereas aldehydes are liberated from plasmalogens under acidic conditions. aldehydes are not liberated from plasmalogens and amide-bound fatty acids are not affected. However. the application of wall-coated open tubular (WCOT) columns to the analysis of fatty acids has provided a better knowledge of the complexity of marine fatty acids [19]. 6. so most performances have been carried out for qualitative and quantitative analysis [16]. This reagent has been applied directly to fish muscle to obtain FAME without previous lipid extraction [17]. The retention times of the unknown acids should be measured under identical operating conditions. a further solvent such as toluene should be employed.3.Lipid Compounds ◾ 75 from amide-bound lipids (sphingolipids) are also transesterified. The reagent has a limited shelf life unless refrigerated. FAME are obtained by heating the reaction mixture in a stoppered tube at 50°C overnight.1.1 Qualitative Analysis of Fatty Acid Composition During the previous decades. an additional solvent is necessary to solubilize nonpolar lipids such as cholesterol esters or TG. The commonest reagent used for this purpose has been sodium methoxide in anhydrous methanol.3. However. . FFA are not esterified. and the ECL values are read directly from the graph. although potassium methoxide or hydroxide have also been used as catalysts. parameters known as equivalent chain lengths (ECLs) or carbon numbers have considerably been employed. As with acid-catalyzed procedures. glasspacked columns were widely employed [18]. Boron trifluoride in methanol is also used as a transmethylation catalyst and in particular as a rapid esterifying reagent for FFA. Transesterification is carried out in the same manner and at much the same rate as with methanolic hydrogen chloride. This is simply prepared by adding acetyl chloride slowly to cooled dry methanol.3.2.2 Base-Catalyzed Transesterification O-acyl lipids are transesterified very rapidly in anhydrous methanol in the presence of a basic catalyst. 6.

branched.76 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis In recent years. 4. and there is no way of overcoming this difficulty entirely. On the other hand. Results can be expressed as weight percentages of the fatty acids present or as molar amounts of each fatty acid. have been shown to be suitable for direct mass spectrometric structural analysis of acids containing straight. Finally.3. If necessary. cyclic. Problems of measuring this area arise mainly when components are not completely separated. such as picolinyl esters.4.2 Analysis of Sterols Sterols are biological compounds.4 Analysis of Marine Nonsaponifiable Matter 6. GLC/mass spectrometry (MS) has been widely accepted as one of the most valuable techniques for the identification of fatty acids and their derivatives [20]. this is specially relevant for PUFA. the basic structure of which includes the cyclopentanophenanthrene ring. However.2 Quantitative Estimation of Fatty Acid Composition With reliable modern gas chromatographs equipped with flame ionization detectors (FID). On the other hand.16]. the resulting FFA have to be transformed into their corresponding FAME for further analysis by an acid-catalyzed method. nonadecanoic acid is employed and added before the methylation step. sterols can be fractionated and analyzed by means of different . unsaturated. Such compounds can be divided into sterols and “ether lipids.4. as these are easily prepared and are widely used in chromatographic analysis. [22]. linearly proportional to the amount (by weight) of material eluting from the columns [15. or oxygenated chains. commercially available standard mixtures containing accurately known amounts of methyl esters of saturated. and polyenoic fatty acids should be analyzed under the same GLC conditions for checking the quantification results. the fatty acids on one side and diethyl-ether-soluble nonsaponifiable materials on the other side are separately recovered for further analysis [2]. the nonsaponifiable layer will contain any long-chain alcohols and sterols originally present in the lipid sample in the esterified form. Total sterol content can be determined directly and spectrophotometrically from the lipid extract by using the method of Huang et al.” 6.1 Lipid Saponification Lipids may be hydrolyzed (saponified) by heating them under reflux with an excess of dilute aqueous ethanolic alkali. For a complete analysis. the areas under the peaks on the GLC traces are. calibration factors may have to be calculated for each fatty acid component to correct the areas of the relevant peaks in the mixtures analyzed.4-dimethyloxazoline derivatives of fatty acids have been found to show several advantages and have been applied successfully to the structural determination of PUFA and cyclopropenoid fatty acids [21]. as well as the deacylated residues of ether lipid compound.2. A high proportion of the available data has been obtained for the methyl ester derivatives of fatty acids. A known quantity of an internal standard should be added to the lipid sample. According to the previous section. based on the Liebermann–Buchardt reaction. within limits. monoenoic. 6. quantitative results would first be calculated on its basis. In most cases. 6. pyridinecontaining derivatives.

6. Although the vinyl ether linkage is unaffected by basic hydrolysis conditions.3-diacyl-sn-glycerols are generally saturated or cis-monoenoic even– numbered components (16:0.3.Lipid Compounds ◾ 77 chromatographic techniques [23. supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) has been employed for the glycerol ether analysis of liver oils of shark species [34].4%) in 2M HCl. which generates dimethyl acetals from the liberated fatty aldehydes. Neutral plasmalogens may be detected by spraying the TLC plates with 2. Further. which in turn migrate just in front of TG. The determination of double-bond positions in long alkyl chains has been carried out by means of picolinyl and nicotinylidene derivatives by GLC-MS [33]. but they suffer from the limitation of the lack of a distinctive chromophore in the analyte. Great attention has been accorded to the assessment of cholesterol oxide formation in marine products [29].” Such compounds are basically found as PL classes (specially in phosphatidylethanolamine). Adsorption thin-layer chromatography (TLC) on silica gel layers can be used to separate simple alkyl and alkenyl lipids. it can be cleaved by acid-catalyzed transmethylation. For GLC analysis. neutral plasmalogens tend to migrate ahead of alkyldiacylglycerols. They can be separated by a double development in a single direction with hexane–diethyl ether (95:5. Chromatographic methods for cholesterol analysis [28] are of relevant importance in foods in relation to human health concerns. The alkyl moieties are usually analyzed in the form of 1-alkylglycerol or as volatile nonpolar derivatives of this compound. chimyl.4-dinitrophenyl-hydrazine (0.3 Analysis of Ether Lipids Marine lipids may contain fatty acid residues as the only radicals. no single procedure will achieve the desired analysis. Concerning alkenylglycerols. 18:0. and combinations of techniques must be used until the required purposes are served. alkenyl compounds have been directly identified and quantified by GLC together with FAME [35]. information on ether lipid composition in marine PL is less abundant. In this section. although invertebrates have shown a significant presence of other sterols [27]. different analytical . Accordingly.4. batyl. and its analysis has already been discussed in Section 6. or they may include alkyl and alkenyl radicals. 6.32]. Methods for separating and quantifying ether-linked glycerides have been reviewed [31. The first type is the major one in marine lipids. or isopropylidene derivatives by GLC.24]. and 18:1. Cholesterol has been shown to be the most abundant sterol in all marine living beings. v/v) as a solvent system. mostly). The alkyl groups of 1-alkyl-2. Often. such compounds tend to be decomposed during GLC analysis and are best reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to alkylglycerols. and selachyl alcohols were found to be the most abundant. whereas no simple spot test is available for the identification of alkyldiacylglycerols. trifluoroacetate.27]. such as acetate. being normally placed as the radical in position 1 and specially abundant in marine invertebrates [5. marine sterols have to be converted into more volatile compounds such as acetate [25] and trimethylsilyl (TMS) [26] derivatives. thus. high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) methods can offer a nondestructive alternative. The others are often united into a group called “ether lipids.5 Qualitative and Quantitative Analyses of Marine Lipid Classes Lipid samples obtained from extraction of biological material are complex mixtures of individual lipid classes [16]. TMS. Although the GLC is normally carried out with cholestane as internal standard. Unlike fatty acids. although a great interest has been accorded to their isolation because of their medical and cosmetic applications [30].

1 Spectrophotometric Assessments of Total Lipid Extract Some classical methods are available for the analysis of lipid classes or lipid class groups when applied directly onto the lipid extract without prior separation. the results so far reported for aquatic animals are few. titrimetric methods were used for many years. this is made to react with ammonium molybdate to form phosphomolybdic acid. preparative TLC on silicic acid impregnated with 5% (w/w) boric acid has been applied to prevent acyl migration during chromatographic separation. . a method for the quantification of esterified and unesterified total sterols is mentioned in Section 6. the Grignard reagent has widely been employed in the case of marine substrates [42]. In many cases.78 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis approaches will be discussed.2 Stereospecific Analysis of Lipid Classes The determination of fatty acid composition at each location in lipid classes has ever since attracted great attention. giving rise to a tremendous number of species. traditional methodologies are still employed in cases where such advanced technologies are not available and are reviewed in this section. 6. HPLC. Procedures that involve spectrophotometric measurement of highly colored copper complexes are now favored. PL present in the lipid extract are made to react with ammonium molybdate in an organic phase and then measured spectrophotometrically. In it. focused on the qualitative and quantitative analyses of marine lipid classes. A very popular one is that proposed by Lowry and Tinsley [36]. Compared with the data compiled for plant oils and for fats from land animals. then. For FFA assessment.4.41]. Additionally.2 [22].5. according to the information provided in following sections. 6. prepared by esterification or transesterification of the purified lipid class. [39] without previous digestion.3. A wide use was found for lipase hydrolysis. where an FFA-cupric acetate-pyridine complex is involved. this including chromatographic separation and further analysis of fatty acids after previous methylation and transmethylation. Ester linkages can be quantified by the method of Vioque and Holman [40]. This is due to the great complexity of fatty acids present in these oils and fats. The advent of new NMR. these enzymes can be isolated and used in simple incubations in vitro as an aid in structural analyses of lipids. and GLC technologies combined with MS in the last decades has provided quick and useful procedures for the stereospecific lipid analysis. However. a rapid NIR spectrometry has been applied for the direct FFA determination in fish oil [37]. The fatty acid composition of each lipid class can be determined by GLC of the methyl ether derivatives. such functional groups are made to react with hydroxamic acid and further complexed with Fe (III). Finally. Accordingly. This method can be applied to total lipid extract or to any lipid class after previous isolation [7. Traditional determination of PL content in lipid extracts has involved the digestion of PL with the release of inorganic phosphate. More recently. according to details explained in Section 6. although it turned out not to be accurate enough for marine lipids. Most living organisms have developed lipolytic enzyme systems that are able to distinguish between bonds to the various positions of glycerol or between certain types of bonds in specific lipids.5. since the presence of double bonds in the proximity of a carbonyl group of fish PUFA reduces the rate of deacylation of glycerides. although some interference of polar lipids was found. in it. An alternative and successful method has been proposed by Raheja et al. which is reduced and determined spectrophotometrically [38].

and this has led to the evolution of the TLC/FID Iatroscan system. 20–50 mg of marine lipid may be applied with ease as a band on a 20×20 cm plate coated with a layer of silica gel of 0. It combines the separation capabilities of conventional TLC with the quantification power of the FID and has application in the quantitative analysis of all substances separable by conventional TLC. and tubular TLC (TTLC). 6.5 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography In recent years. identification. diethyl ether. For preparative purposes. The system has been successfully used for marine lipid class analysis [51]. lipid classes can be detected by any of the nonspecific available reagents and identified by their migration characteristics relative to authentic standards chromatographed simultaneously alongside the samples under investigation. being simple lipids eluted in a stepwise sequence with hexane containing increasing proportions of diethyl ether.46] classes. 6.44] and PL [45. In all cases. Separation can be carried out on silicic acid. HPLC is much more expensive than . The improvement and versatility of TLC enable it to be used for several modern applications. The perceived weakness of TLC has been recognized as the quantification aspect. whereas complex lipids are recovered by elution with methanol [41.41]. coupling of TLC with other techniques such as HPLC.4 Thin-Layer Chromatography Many text books and reviews report TLC application on lipids for routine separations. and NMR has increased its analytical power in several applications. Such stereospecific studies have widely been focused onto TG [43. although lengthy conditioning may be necessary before columns can be employed [2. or florisil as adsorbents. Such techniques would include high-pressure TLC (HPTLC).49]. acid-washed florisil.5. which include highly automated techniques right from sample application and development to detection and quantification. although particular care is required to recover the acidic lipids quantitatively. The principal advantages of the method are the ease of preparation of a column and the comparatively large amount of lipid that can be separated. Those used most frequently contain hexane. HPLC has undoubtedly been the most widely applied separation technique in the analysis of most simple and complex lipid classes [48. and quantification [48. which has been used routinely for lipid analysis in the last decades. infrared (IR) spectrometry. Aminopropyl-bonded phase cartridges have been much used for the isolation of simple and complex lipid fractions. Column chromatography on diethylaminoethyl (DEAE)-cellulose has shown to be a valuable method for the isolation of particular groups of complex lipids in comparatively large amounts. and acetic (or formic) acid in various proportions. overpressure TLC (OPTLC).Lipid Compounds ◾ 79 Traditional research accounts for consecutive series of methods combining chemical reactions and enzymatic releases of fatty acids in different positions for resolution of the molecular species.52]. 6.5.5 mm thickness [7. However.47]. In addition. precoated plates are much more convenient than laboratory-made plates.3 Column Chromatography Normal-pressure or low-pressure column chromatography (CC) was widely employed in the past and is now mostly used as a way of preliminary fractionation of lipid classes. MS. A variety of solvent systems have been used to separate simple lipids on an analytical or semipreparative scale by single or two-dimensional TLC.5.47]. in spite of the relatively higher costs [50].

quantification and stereospecific analyses have been carried out. TLC.80 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis TLC in terms of both equipment and running costs. Perona and Ruiz-Gutiérrez [53] were able to resolve a large number of sardine TG molecular species by RP-HPLC. Thus. HPLC has specially been applied to the most abundant lipid classes. HPLC analysis has been accepted as the most accurate one. while no oxidation of the unsaturated fatty acid constituents needs to occur during fractionation on an HPLC column. but it can be automated to a considerable degree and gives much cleaner fractions in micropreparative applications. For PL classes. the complementary employment of GLC or GLC-MS together with Ag+-TLC is considered one of the most powerful tools for elucidation of fatty acid composition in complex lipid samples [56]. Ag+-HPLC and reverse phase (RP)-HPLC applied in complementary ways were effective in the analysis of TG in fish oils [57]. but others have obtained satisfactory results. . as a complementary separation method to GLC or GLC-MS. 6. interact specifically with the olefinic double bonds of unsaturated compounds to form weak charge transfer complexes. An isocratic and gradient elution procedure with ultraviolet (UV) detection has been employed for marine PL analysis. In the past 20 years. The procedure is rapid and nondegradative. It can give better and more consistent separations of minor components. high-resolution NMR spectrometry (1H-NMR.5.5.6 Silver Ion Chromatography Silver ions.54]. and HPLC. However. 13C-NMR.7 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectrometry In recent years. Thus. The complexes are usually unstable and exist in equilibrium with the free form of the olefin. In the detection. some of the more impressive separations have made use of FID systems. of the double-bond systems in fatty acid chains. some important articles and reviews have been published [58]. 31P-NMR) has increasingly been applied to the identification of lipid structures to determine patterns of branching. and often the location. Both homemade and precoated glass plates are used in Ag+-TLC. therefore. and in particular to the detection. by employing both gradients of polar solvents and microparticulate silicic acid [6. Thus. On the other hand. evaporative light-scattering detection has successfully been applied [16]. so it has become an extremely powerful technique for obtaining qualitative and quantitative information of the lipid class profile of a marine tissue extract. with UV detection at 206 nm both on an analytical and on a preparative scale. 6. being successfully applied to all lipid classes in marine species by separating molecules according to unsaturation degree [55]. Ag+-chromatography has been performed in conjunction with CC. The usual supporting materials are silica gel G for FAME and TG and silica gel H for complex lipids. like the ions of other transition metals. further identification of most peaks was carried out by using preparative Ag+-TLC followed by fatty acid analysis by GLC. such complexation is favorable for use in chromatography and enables the performance of the various Ag+-chromatographic techniques developed so far. Finally. Ag+-TLC is used mostly in the preparative mode. TG separation according to the carbon number or partition number has been achieved [53]. or substitution.

The different chemical shifts observed for the methyl resonance of ω3-PUFA (δ = 0.95 ppm) with respect to the methyl resonance of all other fatty acids (δ = 0. mono. its intensity should be proportional to the quantity. fragmentation of the molecular ion species produced by soft ionization processes can further be achieved in a second mass spectrometer (MS/MS) by collision-induced dissociation. the condensed mobile phase used for liquid separations is not readily compatible with high vacuum ionization sources. according to each corresponding resonance. The positional distribution (1. This NMR technique can provide a single signal for each PL class. Quantitative analysis of fatty acid composition and alpha-beta distribution in TG tuna fish was achieved [62]. ω3.Lipid Compounds ◾ 81 Based on 1H-NMR spectrometry [59]. Thus. thermospray. . and attention was focused on the identification of specific signals for ω3 fatty acid group and also individually for DHA. the molecules or their fragments can be separated and identified on the basis of their mass-to-charge ratio (m/z). and complete structure of an unknown compound. In a first attempt for 13C-NMR application [60]. The first step for any MS method is ionization of the sample molecules in the gas phase. and stearidonic acid. many of the advances in MS have involved new ionization techniques. It could be observed that DHA was concentrated in the 2-location of TG in depot fats. Some applications concerning the marine lipids’ study will now be mentioned. and electrospray have the ability to ionize lipid molecules without causing extensive fragmentation. empirical formula. Thus. the high-resolution NMR spectra of four fish oils were recorded. and 3 locations) of ω3 fatty acids in depot fat of several fish species was examined by 13C-NMR [63]. Following ionization to a negatively or positively charged species (most commonly the later). Among the different food lipids. After different approaches. 2. Over the years. Signals in the spectra were assigned. although GLC is conveniently coupled to electron impact ionization (EI) and chemical ionization (CI) sources. 13C-NMR spectrometry was successfully used to determine the proportions of saturated.and diene-.8 Mass Spectrometry MS has long been used as a powerful tool for the analysis of the molecular weight. soft ionization MS techniques such as fast atom bombardment. but. thus providing a suitable tool for lipolysis analysis. The 31P-NMR application has also shown the possibility of analyzing the ether structures within the glycerol backbone of phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidylcholine. marine lipids have received lesser attention. This development paralleled the development of atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI). although an increasing importance has been obtained lately for quantitative analysis [20. A good agreement could be observed between NMR values and those from the GLC analysis. Later on [61].65. probably due to their more complicated structure. Recent developments in MS have been very interesting for complex lipid molecules. 13C-NMR was employed for the plasmalogen analysis in fish lipid samples showing a good agreement with the data obtained by GLC [64]. results obtained using high-resolution 13C-NMR were in good agreement with those obtained by GLC. and highly unsaturated fatty acids of lipid extract of Atlantic salmon muscle. FFA carbonyl resonances were detected at the lower field of the carbonyl region. EPA.86 ppm) provided the possibility of proposing this new analytical tool. 6. The information-rich nature of MS makes it the most desirable detector for many explanations. Application of 31P-NMR has shown to be far shorter than with 1H and 13C.66]. Finally. so little application is specially available for marine lipids [58]. Arpino [67] likened the HPLC-MS union.5. a rapid and structure-specific method for the determination of ω3-PUFA in fish lipids was presented. ω6.

Lately.. 2. and a FID were employed in it. p. Purification of PUFA (DHA and EPA) ethyl esters from tuna oil was carried out by SFC [74]. Nutritional aspects of fish. a nonpolar capillary column. Later on. W. whereas quantification of TG. The liver oils of several shark species were analyzed by SFC [34]. 589. such as mixed glyceride compositions ranging from 200 to 900 in molecular weight. U. 1997. 2nd edn. 4. Handbook of Lipid Research. in Seafood From Producer to Consumer. cholesterol esters. Luten. p. Vol.4. Integrated Approach to Quality. whereas its critical pressure and critical density are high enough for good solvation of many potential analytes.-dimethyloxazoline derivatives [69]. D.9 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography In this advanced technique [10. 3. an optimization of process parameters was achieved to obtain a maximal production rate. J.. The mass spectrometer was operated in the EI mode (70 eV). Rezanka [70] described a method for the enrichment of long-chain fatty acids from fatty acids of a green freshwater alga and their identification as picolinyl esters by means of HPLCMS with APCI. simple classes from marine oils of different species were separated and quantified by capillary SFC [73]. Lipid Analysis.K. in a first attempt Baltic herring flesh TG were separated in eight fractions by Ag+-TLC. and Oehlenschläger.. 6. Carbon dioxide is by far the most commonly used SFC mobile phase because of its low critical temperature. Pergamon Press.. analytes are eluted from a capillary chromatographic column. Christie. and several nonmethylene interrupted fatty acids were singled out. Analytical SFC has been shown to be particularly applicable to the analysis of higher molecular weight lipid moieties.5. Börrensen.K..82 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis The oxidative decomposition of cholesterol in different fish products was investigated by means of MS analysis of cholesterol oxide TMS derivatives with a quadrupole mass spectrometer fitted with an EI source [68]. London. New York. which has great sensitivity and linearity.. References 1. The qualitative and quantitative compositions of 1-O-alk-1-enylglycerolipids of albacore tuna (Thunnus alalunga) were studied along the canning process [35]. An important advantage is that it is compatible with FID. Minor fatty acids from mussels (Mytilus galloprovincialis) were enriched by Ag+-TLC and then analyzed by GLC-MS as 2-alkenyl-4. Small. T. Plenum Press. Simopoulos. carbon dioxide as the mobile phase. Oxford. 1986.71]. eds. J. Elsevier Science. and the four most unsaturated fractions were analyzed by capillary SFC according to their acyl carbon numbers [72]. and diacylglycerol ethers required TLC fractionation before SFC analysis. 89.. the method was capable of direct quantification of squalene and cholesterol. U. 1982.. Concerning marine species analysis. In addition. the use of SFC can substantially reduce the dependence on organic solvents in solvent extraction or HPLC analysis. the method was based on the use of preparative reversed-phase HPLC followed by subsequent identification by APCI HPLC-MS. The Physical Chemistry of Lipids.. A. p. . which uses a highly compressed gas above its critical temperature and critical pressure. analysis was carried out in conjunction with FAME by means of their dimethyl acetal derivatives resulting from the acid transmethylation of lipid extracts. 17. thus.. A wide range of cholesterol oxides were identified and quantified.

R. AOCS Press. A. 497. 137. 19. Champaign. in Physiology and Biochemistry of Sterols. J. Lipid Res. New York. Christie. Chrom.. U. in Marine Biogenic Lipids. CRC Press... M. 1405.. Boca Raton. 6. Fats. Adlof. Aubourg. 18. Medina. J. 1959.4. 14. Vol. Lipid content in herring (Clupea harengus L. 113. p. 16.. 911. Wuthier. Fenton. 33.... Stability of lipids of frozen albacore (Thunnus alalunga) during steam cooking. Bridgwater. Eur. ed. G. FL. J. eds. Chrom. 101. p.. 38. 27. 12. J. E. .. in Marine Biogenic Lipids. eds. 199. p. J. Distribution and composition of lipids in marine invertebrates.. 25. U. J.. G.. I. J. 1990. Packed-column gas chromatography. Lepage. E. 1977. IL. 673. Pérez-Martín. Sebedio. Lipid Analysis. 479. 2.. 671. 1992. 15. and Roy. and Oils. mollusks and fish. Lebensm. T. 624... 1. Nielsen. Bridgwater. Food Sci. Ackman. 1986. A. L. The use of sephadex for the removal of nonlipid contaminants from lipid extracts. and New York. F. J. R. 1966. R.. P. Evaluation of soxhlet’s and Bligh and Dyer’s methods in the determination of fat in meat. C. Vaskowski. FL. 28. Patterson. 1259.Lipid Compounds ◾ 83 4. 1995. Champaign.... and Oils. NIR and NMR. 1.. J. “Warmed-over” flavor in meat. in Advances in Lipid Methodology—Five. Hamilton... Le Quéré. 1995. Joseph. and Rossell. Fats and Oils. 3rd edn. and Nes. 558. R. Lees. B. Hyldig.. Kuksis.-dimethyloxazoline derivatives directly from total lipids. and Gallardo. Direct transesterification of all classes of lipids in a one step reaction. Chen.. p.. R.. S. Folch.. Vol. 2. 23. and Panunzio. 49. J. 8. J. Cholesterol and fatty acids in several species of shrimp. J. 341. Plenum Press. Fatty Acids.. Chem. and Rocha. F. 2. in Analysis of Oils and Fats. 341. J. 26. 1989... Unters. 2003. 1963. Boca Raton. p. Technol. R... 17. Fatmeter. Technol. ed. V. R... and Shorland. American Oil Chemists’ Society Press. W.. J. Kuksis. M.. Can. E. Bligh.K. 537.. Huang.. G. Chromatographic methods in the analysis of cholesterol and related lipids. 1989. Biochem. and Wrebiakowski.. Ackman. A. E. A.. and Dittmer. ed. 10. A stable reagent for the Liebermann-Buchardt reaction.. R. Lipid Sci. 7. Food Sci. The Oily Press. R. Chem. W. Sterols and crustaceans. Seasonal study of the lipid composition in different tissues of the common octopus (Octopus vulgaris). Forsch.). ed. W. Separation and determination of structure of fatty acids. S. 13.. ed. and Perkins.. King. and Raftery. J. Lipid Res. Technol. in Handbook of Lipid Research. 9. eds. 1. R. 229. A. and Stanley. 1989. 103. J.. 37. Int. 301. p. 2003. A simple method for the isolation and purification of total lipids from animal tissue. U. London. WCOT (capillary) Gas–liquid chromatography. 2005. One-step conversion of fatty acids into their 2-alkenyl-4. 149. 193... J. Aubourg. 21. The Oily Press... 24. 114. CRC Press Inc... 1986. J. Chromatographic separation of cholesterol in foods. Food Res. London. 1986. Krzynowek. Elsevier Applied Science.. 54. U. V. Fatty Acids and Glycerides.. 191. Wells. in Analysis of Oils and Fats. Adv.. 369. Purification of lipids from nonlipid contaminants on sephadex bead columns.. Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry and tandem mass spectrometry in the analysis of fatty acids.. 1961. Z. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses.. p. J. C. M. and Nielsen H. Boca Raton. 1989. A rapid method of total extraction and purification. Anal. Chrom. Teshima. 1994... G. FL. and Dyer. S. Influence of biological factors and comparison of different methods of analyses: Solvent extraction. Prost. Ackman. Physiol. 1978. Vol. Wefler. 37.. England. and New York. J. 5.. 22.K. Biochemistry. Biol. CRC Press. 1972. Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC)-Global perspective and applications in lipid technology. J. H. J. eds. Pearson. 11. 20. Love. Hamilton. J. 226. 27. in Marine Biogenic Lipids.. poultry and fish. 23. 24.. E.... and Garrido.K. 7.. and Rossell... Hammond.. 108. 1989. Nielsen. 1957. Elsevier Applied Science. p. Ackman. 237.. IL. Sieiro. Fats. p. Hoving.. 2006. Ackman.K. Phospholipids. D. Food Sci. p.

Lipids. 1995. Oil Chem.. C. J. Polyunsaturated fatty acids in tuna phospholipids: Distribution in the sn-2 location and changes during cooking. K. eds. and Hawthorne. N.. in Marine Biogenic Lipids... Elsevier Applied Science. Formation and content of cholesterol oxidation products in seafood and seafood products. 55.. U. Vol. S. G. p. 73.. New colorimetric method for the quantitative determination of phospholipids without digestion. Am. 43. 1. Urata. 1996. p. 51. and Pérez-Martín. Chem. 2002. Lowry. K.. N. H. J.. Food Chem. Lipid Analysis.. and Mollerup. Barlett. Raheja. 37. 31. Shantha. 1997. and Pérez-Martín. Ether lipids based on the glyceryl ether skeleton: Present state.. and Tinsley. Sebedio. 3515. and Pérez-Martín.. J. 39.. Lipids. 1959. Hemming. Ohshima. 243.. Stereospecific analysis of triacylglycerols rich in long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids. A. J.. Agric. R. J. Soc. 33. Oil Chem.. 207. eds..... 74. p. London. S.. Hamilton. Thin layer chromatography and high-performance liquid chromatography. 1975.. Lipid analysis using thin-layer chromatography and the Iatroscan. 36. Fukuda. 1996. 427. R. AOAC Press. Lipid classes and their fatty acids at different loci of albacore (Thunnus alalunga): Effects of the pre-cooking. 1986. J. Singh.. Food Chem. Agric. Aubourg. Aubourg.. J. 39.. Ackman. 1991.. AOCS Press. 1997. R. 1996. I. M. Mass Spectrom. 44. R.. I. and Savage.. Guardiola. Champaign. 20. 234. U. 5. 17. eds.. Champaign. 695. P. P.. 1989. London. CRC Press Inc. 175... 38. Fats and Oils. and Lee. ed. I. . and Diersen-Schade. Rapid colorimetric determination of free fatty acids. 38. 1995.. 34. Ether-linked glycerides in marine animals. and Holman. 53. R.. p. 31. in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats. Gallardo. Oil Chem. 255. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses.. Park. J. Am... 1. 44.. 87.. R. 35. R. 315. C.84 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 29. Hayashi. S. and Ackman. S. Boca Raton. J. 30. Medina. 32. 585.. J. K... J. in Analysis of Oils and Fats. Myher.. and Napolitano. 1989. Quantitative estimation of esters by thin-layer chromatography. E. S. Food Chem. R. and Takaishi. Am. p. Agric. 14. W. 2001. T. 42. American Oil Chemists’ Society Press. 41. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses.. T.K. T. 466. Medina. J. FL. 1989. Sargent. Editorial Acribia. D. 31... G. 497. Thin-layer chromatography of lipids. 1060. C.... p. 35. 45. Hamilton. Rapid near-infrared spectroscopic method for the determination of free fatty acid in fish and its application in fish quality assessment. Codony. J. 1993. J.. V. E. 1973.. 1962. G. Blackie Academic and Professional. 819. Soc. IL. Estimation of polyunsaturated fatty acid content in lipids of aquatic organisms using thin-layer chromatography on a plain silica gel plate. Occurrence of diacyl glycerol ethers in liver lipids of gonatid squid Gonatopsis borealis. ed. Zonal distribution of fatty acids in albacore (Thunnus alalunga) triglycerides and their changes during cooking.. 47. A. Food Chem. eds. J. p.. Determination of the positional distribution of fatty acids in glycerolipids. Kaur. J. R.. 1998.. Agric. Champaign. Phosphorus assay in column chromatography. F. A. Food Chem. J... Soc. R.. J. 40. Vioque.. Dutta. Oil Chem. 48. R. Magnussen. Sotelo. Zhang. J.. Sebedio... Zaragoza (Spain). Borch-Jensen. Nakamura. 1990.... Brockerhoff. IL. 41. and Rossell. 46. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. in Cholesterol and Phytosterol Oxidation Products. Stereospecific analysis of triacyl-sn-glycerols.. 93. 2395. Agric. Analysis of 1-O-alk-1-enyl glycerophospholipids of albacore tuna (Thunnus alalunga) and their alterations during thermal processing... Hamilton. 186. Aubourg.. I.. D. IL. 1996. Capillary supercritical fluid chromatographic analysis of shark liver oils. Lipid Res.. M. and Bhatia. Aubourg.K. J.. Harvey. 1383. Biol. Am. F. 50. future potential. 1976.. 45. 49. Kuksis. Nicotinylidene derivatives for the structural elucidation of glycerol mono-ethers and mono-esters by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. R. Shukla. 63. and Tanaka. Christie. R. Biol. Soc. Methods Enzymol. 37. Geher. 470. and Gallardo.. H. and Perkins.

. 2003. p. in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats. M. Chem. L. p.. and Koizumi. Anal. 22..Lipid Compounds ◾ 85 52.. I. C. and Grasdalen. 293. U.K.. Adlof. 60. London. Characterization of lipids by supercritical fluid chromatography and supercritical fluid extraction. S. Phys. P. 66. p. 1332.. 56. Elsevier Science Publishers B. R. I. 1699. Quantitative high resolution 13C-NMR analysis of lipids extracted from the white muscle of Atlantic tuna.. S. R. 154. L. One and two-dimensional NMR study of plasmalogens (alk-1-enyl-phosphatidylethanolamine). Hamilton. and Andersson. Blackie Academic and Professional.. N.. and Christie. ed. B. ed. Aubourg. Chrom. 1992. J. 41.. in New Trends in Lipid and Lipoprotein Analyses. 57. J. and Grasdalen. Agric.. Bridgwater. R.. Soc. 171. p... Addeo. Oxidative decomposition of cholesterol in fish products. Stefanov. 64.. G. Kuksis.. Dobson. B. and Pérez-Martín. 70. Addeo. T. Y. M. Chem.. H. 1993. 1995. Lipid analysis by silver ion chromatography... Phys. Sci. Sacchi. F.. 13. England. reverse-phase detection methodology. 55.. 1995. 1991. V.. Identification of minor fatty acids in mussels (Mytillus galloprovincialis) by GC-MS of their 2-alkenyl-4. I. Sebedio. 63. Aursand. p. ed. 1. ed..K. Medina. p. 1997. Nikolova-Damyanova...and tetraenoic fatty acids with bis-methylene-interrupted double-bond systems from the sponge Haliclona cinerea. Lipids. 72. H. U. Blackie Academic and Professional.... 225. Sacchi. W. I.. Demirbuker.. and Ackman. eds.. 30. APCI-MS in lipid analysis. 2003... 407. On-line liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry? An odd couple! Trends Anal.. R. A. R. 53. I. 1998. 213. Aubourg... in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats. Shukla. T. Soc. Oil Chem. J. in Lipid Analysis in Oils and Fats. IL. W. and Paolillo. . and Paolillo. U. and Medina.. Lipids. Mass spectrometry of complex lipids. I.... Studies of fatty acids in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) by 13C and 1H nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. Giudicianni. R. England. Li. and Ruiz-Gutiérrez. V. 68. and Paolillo. U. ed...K. 1993. 1995. 59. Positional distribution of ω3 fatty acids in marine lipid triacylglycerols by high-resolution 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Hamilton. 34. 71.. J. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance rapid and structure-specific determination of ω-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in fish lipids. 61. M.. R.. 58. Identification of very long chain fatty acids by atmospheric pressure chemical ionization liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry from green alga Chlorella kesslerri.. L. in Advances in Lipid methodology—Five. 59. Amsterdam (Holland). Liq. I. L. R. AOCS Press. The Oily Press. Elenkov. Combination of silver ion and reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography in the fractionation of herring oil triacylglycerols. Popov.. Medina. 595. J. Medina. 67. Oil Chem. 1998. 25. Joh. 1127. Adlof.. Am. tri. Am. R.. Sep. J... 54. J. Arpino. High-performance liquid chromatography: Normal-phase. London.. Soc. 181. Technol.. p. 68. H. P.. 1991. 1995. 465. 69. K... S. 2002. Rezanka. 65.K.. ed. Huss. Bridgwater.. J.. Chem. Byrdwell.. 38. Am. R. 76. S. J. 62. Am. Food Chem. 70.. J.. Multinuclear high-resolution nuclear magnetic resonance. and Christie. in Quality Assurance in the Fish Industry. Gunstone.4-dimethyloxazoline derivatives. Garrido. 1982. 201. 1998. 32. 83. 1247. Hamilton. 409. Rel. 2002. Perona. Lipids.. Jørgensen. R. Aubourg. Characterization of the triacylglycerol molecular species of fish oil by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography. 1999. J. Aursand. L. 43. 1993..... 70. F. Laakso.. Composition of phospholipids of white muscle of six tuna species.K.. Blackie Academic and Professional.. Sacchi. Oil Chem. W.. Oil Chem. London. Soc.. V. Lipids. High resolution NMR studies of fish oils. Acta. Diehl. Blomberg.. Oshima. in Advances in Lipid Methodology—Five.. Champaign. Medina. The Oily Press. M. Novel di-. Chim. England. Rainuzzo. U. 87.

Food Chem. O... Soc.... Am.. 74. Agric. Jäntti. Purification of polyunsaturated fatty acid esters from tuna oil with supercritical fluid chromatography. 1991.. A. J. Balchen.. 39.. Kallio. Oil Chem.. Quantitative analysis of marine oils by capillary supercritical fluid chromatography. C.. K. J. M. 73. S. 315. 1994. Chromatographia. Thin-layer silver ion chromatography and supercritical fluid chromatography of Baltic herring (Clupea harengus membras) triacylglycerols. Borch-Jensen. R. 39. T. Staby. 697.86 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 72. . 2000. and Linko.. J. and Aaltonen. Alkio. 1573.. and Mollerup. H. Gonzales. 77. Vauhkonen. C.

....1 Introduction . especially those that originate from n-3 PUFAs are components that have a low threshold and therefore have a negative impact on the sensory quality of the food even in low concentrations [3].......... 92 7...................................Chapter 7 Lipid Oxidation Turid Rustad Contents 7......................................2 Analysis of Lipid Oxidation ........ These fatty acids have beneficial health effects and are reported to prevent coronary heart diseases and have a positive effect on the brain and nervous system as well as stimulating the immune system [1.................................................2........................................................................ 93 7.................................................... except when microbial processes limit the shelf life......... 92 7............1 Primary Oxidation Products .....5 Sensory Analysis of Rancidity .................................................... However..................................... 87 7...... The volatile......... 88 7................. 93 References ...............1 Introduction Marine lipids are good and natural sources of polyunsaturated n-3 fatty acids (PUFA) such as docosahexaenoic acid (DHA...................... secondary oxidation products.2............................3 Summary .................. due to the high content of long-chain PUFAs.......................... marine lipids are highly susceptible to oxidation.....3 Stability Methods ...................2.......... 89 7...........................................................2 Secondary Oxidation Products .. 88 7.................................. This can lead to 87 ...................... Reaction products from lipid oxidation have a negative effect on the sensory properties of fish products... 93 7..................................................................................................... Lipid oxidation is the most important factor limiting the shelf life of marine oils and is also an important factor determining the shelf life of seafood products.... 20:5n-3).............2...................... 22:6n-3) and eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA........4 Instrumental Methods ............2].......2..................................................................

The secondary oxidation products can also react further.88 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis loss of products. If this contains a terminal carbonyl group. The radicals react with oxygen forming peroxy radicals and hydroperoxides. PV is one of the classical methods for determination of oxidative status. complaints from the consumers. the molecule is called a core aldehyde. The sensitivity is about 0. which makes it difficult to find where the components originated. [5] or [6] before analysis. resulting in a wide variety of degradation products. acids. These include nonradical species such as aldehydes.2 Analysis of Lipid Oxidation Many different methods have been implemented both by the industry and in research to determine the degree of lipid oxidation both in marine oils and in seafood. This also makes the determination of the degree of oxidation a challenging task. ketones. Several analytical procedures are available.2. For determination of PVs in foods. and water. the lipid can be extracted using the methods of Ref. it is both one of the oldest and one of the most used methods. volatile compounds and nonvolatile components with a relatively high molecular weight. and enzymatic oxidation. this is oxidized by the hydroperoxides or other components present in the sample. The peroxides are easily broken down to alkoxy radicals.5 meq/kg. but it is important to keep in mind that the results for PV measurements will vary both according to the method used and how the procedure is performed [3]. However. and alcohols. photooxidation. the influence of these compounds has been little studied [3]. leading to a wide variety of reaction products. and the liberated iodine is titrated with sodium thiosulfate with starch as an indicator. A simple titration method where the sample is dissolved in chloroform–acetic acid (or isooctane–acetic acid) is often used for fats and oils. the parent triglyceride is left with a shorter fatty acid. 7. and also more complex reaction products such as epoxy and polymeric compounds are formed during the propagation and termination steps [4]. autoxidation. The PV is expressed in milliequivalent of iodine per kilogram of lipid or as millimolar of peroxide per kilogram of lipid [7]. Autooxidation of lipids takes place when the unsaturated fatty acids are exposed to oxygen and proceeds through an autocatalytic chain reaction [3]. 7. Lipid oxidation can be divided into three types. Potassium iodide is added. The fatty acids and the lipid oxidation products in foods can also react with other components in the food such as proteins. making it even more difficult to determine the degree of rancidity. Methods to determine the degree of lipid oxidation can be divided into two main groups. The secondary oxidation products include both low molecular weight. methods that determine the primary oxidation products and methods that measure the secondary oxidation products. but this can be improved by determining the endpoint colorimetrically or by . Free radicals are formed when hydrogen ions are extracted from the fatty acids.1 Primary Oxidation Products The most common methods to determine primary oxidation products are peroxide value (PV) and conjugated dienes. carbohydrates. and reduced sales. Some of the reaction products from lipid oxidation may also have negative health effects. When the decomposition of a hydroperoxide has resulted in the formation of a low-molecular weight volatile compound. This method requires a sample of 5 g if the PV is below 10 and about 1 g if the PV is higher [3].

extraction and separation techniques are necessary. Nielsen et al. the IDF method was chosen as the best of these methods. [9] and Undeland et al. light. The sensitivity and specificity can be increased by using second derivative spectra [12]. which react with ammonium thiocyanate forming ferric thiocyanate. also for this method care should be taken in standardizing the procedure. the FOX2 method determining oxidation of ferrous salts to ferric ions and reaction with xylenol orange. PV is reported to be an unreliable indicator of lipid peroxidation in fish [4]. Oxygen in the air. In order to determine individual peroxides. Due to rapid polymerization of EPA and DHA compared with the formation of stable peroxides of these fatty acids. The fatty acid chain then contains a structure with alternating simple and double bonds. Using PV as a sole determination of oxidation level can therefore be misleading. This method is more sensitive and requires smaller samples. and absorption of iodine by the unsaturated fatty acids in the oil may interfere and cause variations in the results. Conjugated dienes are useful for bulk lipids. which is a red complex with an absorption maximum of 500 nm [3].2. One of these is the colorimetric ferric thiocyanate method. isooctane. it is often desirable to use a method that either does not require instruments or requires only a spectrophotometer. Based on the fact that the methods chosen should have a large linear range. high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) methods can be used [3]. and the modified IDF method. In this procedure ferrous ions are oxidized to ferric ions. and there was no consistency in the levels of PV determined by the different methods. compared five different methods for determination of PVs [11]—the titration method. Peroxides are unstable and are rapidly transformed into secondary [14] oxidation products. The method of The International Dairy Federation—often called the IDF method [8] as modified by Ueda et al. A known amount of sample is diluted in methanol (esters). and use a low amount of solvent. [10]—requires a low amount of sample (less than 10 mg). Conjugated diene hydroperoxides are formed when polyunsaturated fatty acids oxidize. and the AOCS method requires a sample size of around 10 mg. Care should therefore be taken in standardizing how the procedure is performed. Even if new instrumental methods now have been developed for determination of PVs. After the initiation phase. the colorimetric ferro method. a high reproducibility. the micromethod determining oxidation of iodide to free iodine.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 89 determining the liberated iodine electrometrically using a platinum electrode. or hexane [13]. with regard to chemicals used. the level of primary oxidation products increases and passes through a maximum. Several colorimetric methods for determination of PV values are used. However. These methods are therefore most useful as a measure of lipid oxidation for lipids with a low level of oxidation. Conjugated dienes have a strong absorption maximum at 230–235 nm [12]. Small changes in quality of ethanol can give widely different standard curves and thereby influence the results. and how the procedure is performed. Frankel [3] suggests measuring the absorbance of conjugated dienes at 243 nm. 7. The different methods gave different PVs for the same sample. and determinations of PV have to be combined with the determination of secondary products such as thiobarbituric acid-reactive substances (TBARS) and . For use on tissue extracts.2 Secondary Oxidation Products Development of peroxides and conjugated dienes follows the same process and can be reduced after a certain oxidation level. and it is important to know the history of the oil or the seafood to interpret the measurement of PV. how these are stored.

AnV can also be determined using Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) [16]. the oxidation products are extracted in trichloroacetic acid (TCA) before the reaction with TBA. and chloroform before adding TCA. Many factors influence the color in the TBA test—temperature.4-dienals also react with TBA. However. antioxidants. which is formed as a decomposition product from lipid hydroperoxides under the acidic test conditions [3]. The mass spectra of the compounds can also be compared with spectra of pure standard compounds and . and identified using different gas sensors. many other components in foods can react with TBA or interfere with the measurements. which is generated by acid hydrolysis of 1. sucrose and other sugars. This value is a combination of the PV and the AV. forming a yellow pigment absorbing light at 450 nm. pH.3. Different types of headspace analyses can be used.4-dienals). metal ions. The sample is dissolved in isooctane.1. In the micromethod of Ke and Woyewoda [17]. alkanals. the lipids are boiled for 45 min with a mixture of TBA. Many variations of this test are being used. Purge and trap techniques. However. where the samples are flushed or purged with nitrogen and the volatiles in the gas flow are trapped on a solid absorber. After sampling. different methods give different results. the TBARS are separated by steam distillation or HPLC to increase selectivity. The determination of TBARS (or TBA) is a common method to determine secondary oxidation products. Dienals also give a red pigment absorbing at 530 nm. separated. This process is accelerated by metal ions [12]. amino acids. In another method.13].18]. alkenals. sulfite. The Totox value is given as 2*PV + AnV. hence the name TBARS. time of heating. nucleic acids. where the headspace volatiles over the samples are sampled. TBARS values have been found to correlate with sensory scores within the same materials [19]. the lipids are dissolved in a solution of thiobarbituric acid in butanol. However. In other variations. p-anisidine dissolved in acetic acid is added. In addition. the colored complex was ascribed to the condensation of two moles of TBA and one mole of malonaldehyde (MDA). Originally. and 2. These methods determine the presence of aldehydes. the volatiles can be thermally desorbed into a gas chromatograph for separation. and trace metals can influence the result [3. and the absorbance at 350 nm is determined after 10 min [15]. For determination of secondary oxidation products. The TBA test can be standardized using MDA. The volatile compounds formed as a result of lipid oxidation can be analyzed using electronic noses/gas-sensor array systems [20]. In the AOCS method [13]. but as for the determination of PV. the sample is incubated at 95°C for 2 h. the AnV is a common method. static headspace and solid-phase microextraction (SPME) are the least sensitive. The Totox value is still one of the most commonly used oxidation parameters used in commercial laboratories and laboratories in the edible oil industry. and antioxidants. in addition H2O2. Protein. which are secondary oxidation products.3-tetraethoxypropane [3]. reaction products from browning reactions. and the optical density of the water phase is determined at 538 nm. the reaction is not specific. The AnV of freshly deodorized oils is caused by core aldehydes.13. Some of the MDA detected in this test is formed during the peroxidation of the lipids. antioxidants. nitrite. Of these methods. but most of it is formed during the decomposition of the lipid peroxides during the acid heating stage. are highly sensitive. and the absorbance of the solution is read at 530 nm. All the methods are based on the pink color absorbance formed by reaction between TBA and oxidation products of polyunsaturated lipids. There are many published methods to determine TBARS. and the color is formed by many different secondary oxidation products. The TBARS values for different foods with the same level of oxidation (based on flavor scores) can vary significantly [3. This determines the amount of aldehydes (mainly 2-alkenals and 2. and chelating agents may also influence the peroxide decomposition during the assay.90 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis anisidine value (AnV).

forming Schiff bases. Hydroperoxides (primary lipid oxidation products) and aldehydes (secondary oxidation products) can react with amino groups in proteins. scatter. proteins. Fluorescence has traditionally been applied to samples in solution. When fluorescence measurements are done on samples in solution.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 91 identified [21]. and so on. Instead. front-face fluorescence Table 7. They measured the fluorescence intensity both at 393/463 nm and 327/415 nm. The fluorescent compounds formed from lipids are the result of oxidation of phospholipids or are formed from oxidized fatty acids in the presence of phospholipids.1 Excitation and Emission Maxima for Chromophores Formed as a Result of Oxidized Lipids. the measured intensity follows the Beer–Lambert law. reactions between oxidized lipids and proteins/ peptides. The fluorescence intensities were divided by the fluorescence intensity of quinine sulfate and the fluorescence shift calculated. such as amino acids. destroy this relationship. Small variations in sampling procedures can give large variations in the data.8 chloroform/methanol/water mixture and measured fluorescence both in the water and in the organic phase. Reactions between lipid oxidation products and other components in seafood or seafood products may lead to underestimation of the degree of lipid oxidation.23]. and the amount of sample and sampling conditions can be varied according to the needs. Lipid oxidation products can interact with other components in food. as measured by methods such as PV and TBARS. and so on. nucleic acids. for assessment of lipid oxidation during fish processing [24–26]. This reaction can lead to formation of brown-colored compounds [22. The fluorescence shift was found to be a more effective index of changes in fish quality than other commonly used methods. Reactions between Oxidized Lipids and Proteins/Peptides or Reactions between Oxidized Lipids and DNA Chromophore Oxidized phospholipids/oxidized fatty acids + phospholipids MDA + phospholipids Oxidized arachidonic acid + dipalmityl phosphatidylethanolamine Oxidized arachidonic acid + DNA Peroxides/secondary oxidation products + DNA in the presence of metal ions or reducing agents Excitation Maxima (nm) 365 400 360–390 315 320 Emission Maxima (nm) 435–440 475 430–460 325 420 . and the concentration is below a certain level. phospholipids. for example. is complicated.1. The advantages of this method are that it is flexible. especially from solid matrixes. and the results are dependant on the sample material. the data handling is also difficult. deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA). Fluorescence techniques are highly sensitive and 10–100 times more sensitive for detection of MDA than TBARS [3]. and form fluorescent products. or reactions between oxidized lipids and DNA have different excitation and emission maxima as shown in Table 7. When the samples are turbid or solid or the concentration is high. Aubourg and Medina [26] extracted fish muscle with a 2/2/1. quenching. Analysis of volatiles is discussed by Ólafsdóttir and Jónsdóttir in Chapter 8. quantification of headspace data. The different chromophores formed as a result of oxidized lipids. However. peptides.

Fourier-transform near-infrared (FT-NIR). This results in the formation of low molecular weight acids that are flushed out with the air and collected in vessels containing distilled water. obtaining information . and additives may contribute to the spectra. 7. and the point where it changes most is called the induction time. In recent years. such as different hydroperoxides. It has been shown that sodium hypochlorite-induced decomposition of hydroperoxides gives strong CL [34. and also cyclic compounds. porphyrins. The liquid chromatography–mass spectrometry (LC–MS) techniques can also determine nonvolatile products—of special interest are the core aldehydes [3. including near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR). Lipid oxidation products can produce very weak chemiluminescence (CL). So far. and FT-IR spectroscopy methods [16.2. [28] concluded that fluorescence spectroscopy may be able distinguish between different oxidation products formed but that this would require using the whole spectrum and not only the intensity at the maximum wavelength. Fluorescence spectroscopy on intact samples has been shown to be a sensitive technique. The Rancimat.32. and Oxidograph are techniques for measuring the stability of oils toward oxidation. adipose tissue. but it measures the time taken to reach a certain PV. the oil can be heated to 80°C or more while air is bubbled through it. and these include assessment of free radicals using electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy and use of different chromatographic methods to determine both primary and secondary oxidation products.35]. In Rancimat and OSI instruments. The level of hydroperoxides in fish oil can be determined using a rapid CL method [14]. The change in conductivity is measured.33]. In a study of different model systems including fish and meat. the Rancimat test [30]. active oxygen method (AOM). The gas chromatography–mass spectrometry (GC–MS) techniques can be used to determine a wide range of volatile secondary lipid oxidation products [36]. and oxidative stability measurement by Oxidograph [31] and they are all suitable for analyzing oil systems. Veberg et al. Free radical assessments by the ESR spin-trapping technique detected the very early stages of lipid oxidation. but studies on the use of this technique in dried fish were published in 1992 [27].92 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis spectroscopy can be used. 1H NMR spectra can be used to study specific lipid oxidation products. aldehydes.4 Instrumental Methods Many instrumental methods have been developed for the determination of oxidation parameters in oils and foods. these include the oil stability index method [29]. little has been done to study the fluorescence spectra of the different oxidation products that are formed in foods.2.3 Stability Methods Several techniques based on accelerated oxidation are used for evaluation of oxidation. The Oxidograph instrument finds the induction time based on measurement of the decline in pressure caused by the absorption of oxygen in a closed vessel. The levels of free radicals trapped in cod liver oil and salmon oil during the first hours of oxidation were in accordance with the oxidative stability measured by conventional methods [4]. The AOM method is performed in a somewhat similar way. oil stability index (OSI). for measuring lipid oxidation [28]. Using solid-phase fluorescence is a relatively new approach. comparable to sensory analysis and gas chromatography. One challenge is that fluorescence spectra can be very complex and that not only the oxidation products but also connective tissue. new methods have been developed. 7. Fluorescence spectroscopy has a great potential for on-line or at-line applications. and a few minutes of oxidation of docosahexaenoate (DHA) resulted in significant changes in the ESR spectra.37].

through the nose (nasal) or through the mouth (retronasal). Dietary fat. G. Multivariate data analysis is a valuable tool in elucidating changes in spectra during storage and showed the resonances that came from n-3 fatty acids during oxidation. sensory analysis requires relatively large amounts of samples. Norwegian University of Science and Technology: Trondheim.. However. the oxidation products from n-3 fatty acids have a lower sensory threshold than those of oxidation products from other fatty acids. pp. the sensitivity was low (detection levels ∼0. 2005. However. Folch. Chow. In general.. Lipids from residual fish raw material. However.. A trained panel can be a very valuable tool for detection of early lipid oxidation of foods containing n-3 fatty acids. Sloan Stanley. Lipid Oxidation. 226: 497–509. In addition.A.5 Sensory Analysis of Rancidity The ultimate measurement of rancid odor and taste is sensory analysis by a trained panel. 2000. Odor threshold values vary both with the chemical structure of the carbonyl compounds and with the food matrix and based on how the sensory detection is performed. Miayshita. 1957. 4. E. There is. a rapid development in analytical methods to determine lipid oxidation. and finished products during seafood processing. Chem. in Fatty Acids in Foods and Their Health Implications.. Narayan. 2005. Food Rev. The detection of these low levels is not straightforward with classical lipid oxidation measurement methods. Biol. 22: 291–306. The ultimate wish from the food industry would be a rapid nondestructive method that can be applied on-line to analyze the oxidative or sensory quality in raw materials.N. The Oily Press: Bridgewater. Hosakawa. but for many of these methods calibration and verification are needed before they can be used for routine analysis. 2005.. 2nd ed. and M. Frankel.K. 3. 7. intermediary goods. and G. B. Int..01 nM).. and inflammatory disease. References 1. K... so care should be taken in standardizing the procedures.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 93 that cannot usually be obtained by single conventional analytical methods [4]. E. 777–795. Ed. Lees. Even if sensory methods can give sufficient information. The sensitivity could be improved by the use of CryoProbe technology. in Department of Biotechnology.H. U. 7. even if there are many different methods that are used to determine lipid oxidation.3 Summary Many different methods for the analysis of lipid oxidation exist. 206. It can also be difficult to compare data from different panels using different vocabularies or data from the same panel analyzed at different times. however. Boissonneault. Falch. M. C. for many of these methods the results obtained vary not only with the method used but also with the analytical procedure that is performed. and the use of chemical and instrumental analyses is recommended to support and complement the sensory analysis [3]. . A simple method for the isolation and purification of total lipids from animal tissues.2. Some of the degradation products from long-chain n-3 PUFAS have a profound effect on odor and flavor in concentrations as low as in the parts per billion range [3]. their use is limited by the cost of employing a trained panel..K. immunity. 2. today it is not possible to use only one method to determine lipid oxidation. 5. Physiological effects of eicosapentanoic acid (EPA) and docosahexanoic acid (DHA)—A review. Marcel Dekker: New York. J. 2006. J.

Physiol. A. 8. AOCS. Acta.. 22. 32: 497–502. Wold.. Agric. 2002. Food Res. 1986. Fujimoto.. Olsen. Trends Biochem. 225–319. Biol. 39: 1222–1225. 25. pp. Firestone. Undeland. Food Chem. Interaction of oxidised lipids with protein. W.. 1959.. 7. Technol. 18. Analysis of early lipid oxidation in foods with n-3 fatty acids. Structural and functional changes in myofibrillar proteins of sea salmon (Pseudopercis semifascata) by interaction with malonaldehyde (RI). D. J. Namiki. 1999. Anon. La Rivista Italiana Delle Sostanze Grasse. 1990.. J. 1998.-J. Sci. 1995. in Food Chemistry... Sci. Influence of storage time and temperature on lipid deterioration during cod (Gadus morhua) and haddock (Melanogrammus aeglefinus) frozen storage. Rapid assessment of rancidity in complex meat products by front face fluorescence spectroscopy. 2006. D. Ed. Food Agric. 14.. Food Chem.P. J. in Dept. A rapid method of total lipid extraction and purification. 1996. Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH: Weinheim. Cabo. Food Lipids. Food Agric. P. and H. G. J. Wold. 2003. 2002. Oxidative deterioration in dried fi sh model systems assessed by solid sample fluorescence spectrophotometry. Fluorescence in aldehyde model systems related to lipid oxidation. S. 27: 389–393. Chemiluminescence of fish oils and its flavour quality. Guillen. Effect of ascorbic acid in a model food system. Influence of skinning on lipid oxidation in different horizontal layers of herring (Clupea harengus) during frozen storage. and N.. M. J. AOCS. 2002. Firestone. 37: 911–917. in Handbook of GC/MS-Fundamentals and Applications.R.. 50: 1–7. Endo. Method Cd 8-53. and W. Norwegian University of Life Sciences: Ås. The measurement and mechanism of lipid peroxidation in biological systems. Aubourg. 19. Pettersen. and J. Dyer.. Method Cd 18–90. 67: 2397–2404. Lignert. IL. Woyewoda..C. J.. K. J. 78: 441–450. Type V collagen in trout (Salmo gairdneri) muscle and its solubility change during chilled storage of muscle. Lipids.P. et al. Food Chem. Medina. 1994. 9. 10. J. 1992. 46: 3662–3666.. 20. J. 24. Sci.. Halliwell. in Official Methods and Recommended Practices of the American Oil Chemists’ Society. and C..: New York. and M. and J. Tomas. 1998. Ed.C. S.. Pokorny. Food Sci. Norway. IL. Agric. Ueda.. IL. J. Aubourg. 2005. Ed. Microdetermination of thiobarbituric acid values in marine lipids by a direct spectrophotometric method with a monophasic reaction system. 26. . K.D.J.G..C. Comparison of wet-chemical methods for determination of lipid hydroperoxides. 15: 129–135. AOCS: Champaign. pp.. V. 28. Anal. Food Sci. Medina. E. Timm-Heinrich. Agric. 1995. Food Agric. 21. Chem. Sci. Biochem.. 2001. Gutteridge. J. of Chemistry. 79: 1943–1948.M. 27.A. Veberg.. et al. 23. 65: 307–313. D. 11. in Official Methods and Recommended Practices of the American Oil Chemists’ Society. Hayahashi. Tironi. 77: 503–510. Nielsen. Aubourg. Hasegawa. Stading. B. 1995. M. and K. Quality assessment of blue whiting (Micrometistius poutassou) during chilled storage by monitoring lipid damages. AOCS: Champaign. 7–212. Ed. Sato.S. 106: 279–284.... O. AOCS.M. 1977. 57: 1123–1126.P. and A. Vogt. Chim. I. J. Can. and J. Biotechnology and Food Science.. 1979. 39: 562–570. Ke. Lipid damage detection during the frozen storage of an underutilized fish species. 17.. and I. 1999.J. S. H.D. and M. M. E. Firestone. LWT-Food Sci. 1991. S. Y. Gallardo. 67: 930–935. M. M.94 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6.. Jacobsen. 160.. Fourier transform infrared spectra data versus peroxide and anisidine values to determine oxidative stability of edible oils. J. Marcel Dekker Inc. Hübschmann. Int. AOCS: Champaign. Nawar. I. AOCS Official Method Ti 1a-64. 10: 35–50. 13.W... 15. Bligh. Basics. 12. Fennema.. Food Sci. N.. 16.

Ed. J. Determination of peroxide value by Fourier transform near-infrared spectroscopy. Soc. Comparison of Rancimat evaluation modes to assess oxidative stability in fi sh oils. 77: 137–142.. 30. Am. pp. . pp. The role of volatile compounds in odor development during hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of cod muscle membrane lipids. Technol. AOCS Press: Champaign. 1994. H. Determination of peroxide value in thermally oxidized crude palm oil by near infrared spectroscopy. Glycerophospholipid core aldehydes: Mechanism of formation. J. 36. M. E. Study of oxidation by chemiluminescence.. Am. Jonsdottir.H. Kamido. Matlock. IV. H. methods of detection.. 2000. J. and G. Vinter. 62: 1248–1250.. natural occurrence.. 1999. et al. 1993. 2003. 96: 95–99. and K. R. Soc. et al. Moh. et al.. and biological significance.. J. et al. J. and R. Detection of low levels of lipid hydroperoxides by chemiluminescence. Am. and A. Kamal-Eldin. Jebe. J. The Oxidograph... M. Olafsdottir. A development within accelerated measurement of stability. Food Prod. 32. 1997.A. 76: 19–23. Matthäus. 70: 1055–1061. 1991. 31. 35. Wiezorek. 74: 331–332. Aquat. Technol. C. Oil Chem. 37. B. Y. Soc. Oil Chem. in Lipid Oxidation Pathways. A. IL. M. 138–189. 16: 67–86. Li. 34. Collaborative study of the oil stability index analysis. Sleeter. 160–162. 33.. Fast chemiluminescence method for detection of oxidized lipids. Soc. Ravandi.. Yamamoto.. 1985. H. T... Fat Sci. in Scandinavian Symposium of Lipids (Lipidforum) 16th.Lipid Oxidation ◾ 95 29.-G. Bragadottir. Am. Soc. Eichner.. A. Am. Oil Chem. Oil Chem. Mendez.T. Oil Chem.. 2007. Kuksis.

.

.. and Stale Odors ............106 8....................... 98 Fresh Fish Odors ...................4...........................................................................................4. Onion....108 8.........105 8.....................................................................................................................................4..............................................................105 8.....3 Processing Odors ...................................................5 Conclusions ..................4 Introduction ............4 Miscellaneous ............113 References .........112 8.........................................4.....1 Cooked Odor—Boiled Potato and Rancid Odors . Sour.....1.. 100 8.............3............................................................................1 Microbial Spoilage Odors ......3 8...................... Ammonia-Like...105 8..........103 8..........................1 Sweet....................................................2 Ripening Odor—Salted and Dried Fish Odor............................................. and Malty Odors ......2 Washed Cod Muscle System ....................3 Putrid.......................4.2 Oxidatively Derived Odors ...........113 97 ......1......................... and Cabbage-Like Odors ...........4...............1 Smoked Fish Odors ..........4..........................................106 8..................1......... 111 8..........................................................2 8.............Chapter 8 Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish Guðrún Ólafsdóttir and Rósa Jónsdóttir Contents 8............................................................................................4..........4...................2...................................................................................3......1 8......................................................................103 8................... 99 Identification of Quality Indicators ....... 111 8...........2 Dried Fish.......................4........... 98 Development of Fish Aroma..1.2..4............

The pool of components that are degraded and cause off flavors because of microbial growth are mainly soluble substances in the muscle.e.. Finally. including degradation of nucleotides. Other prooxidants like hemeproteins (hemoglobin and myoglobin) are also involved in the initiation of the oxidative processes in fish muscle [7]. Consequently. the proliferation of the specific spoilage organisms (SSO) results in the development of volatile compounds. Enhanced oxidation during cooking resulting in off odor development is of concern and an obstacle for application of fish in convenience food. Some of these compounds influence the taste of fish-like peptides (i. Improved understanding of the role of oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids in the development of off odors in fish products has directed research efforts to search for effective means to control oxidative processes. Fish being a valuable source of polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) and other nutrients is a prominent candidate as the healthy choice for consumers. resulting in undesirable texture changes in fish. contributing to spoilage changes and thus influencing the freshness and quality of the end product of chilled fish [1–3]. Volatile compounds play an important role in the odor quality characteristics and consumer acceptance of fish. A prerequisite for increased consumption of fish products is their availability on the market as fresh and high-quality products of delicate flavor. anserine). and accumulation of hypoxanthine (Hx). and microbiological processes in fish postharvest is of importance to be able to control the various extrinsic factors that influence the formation of volatile degradation products and consequently the quality of fish products. and nucleotides.98 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 8. amino acids. extension in shelf life of fresh chilled fish has been achieved. Research over the years has led to improved chilling and packaging technologies aimed at reducing microbial growth. oxidative processes causing odors and texture changes become noticeable during extended storage and limit the shelf life. However. active inosine. TMAO. the changes are dominated by autolytic activity. It is well established that enzyme lipoxygenase (LOX)-mediated conversions of polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) to volatile aroma compounds initiates the development of plant-like aroma of fresh fish [4–6]. cooked. Degradation of soluble muscle constituents such as sarcoplasmic proteins and microbial metabolism contributes to changes in the aroma profile of fish during storage. guanidine compounds like creatine. The understanding of odor development by chemical.2 Development of Fish Aroma An overview of changes during handling and processing influencing the development of aroma in fish is generalized in Figure 8. studies on application of natural antioxidants are of prime interest to underpin further utilization of fish in innovative product development as fresh. They are composed of the various nonprotein nitrogenous components (NPN). valine. alanine. including small peptides such as carnosine and anserine. As a result. leading to the formation of secondary oxidation products and off flavors [8]. lowering of pH and endogenous enzyme activity. followed by oxidation processes. Research has aimed at strengthening the marine-based food industry in the development of fish products of acceptable quality to meet new trends in lifestyles.1 Introduction Health and wellness are the main drivers in new product development. formation of taste. biochemical. and glutamic acid are known to contribute to taste together with the degradation components of the nucleotides such as inosine. Endogenous enzyme .1. Initially. or hydrolyzed products and as ingredients in functional foods. Proteolysis plays a critical role in postmortem changes. processed. and the individual amino acids glycine. 8.

Hb.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 99 Handling chilling. faint odor of saltwater species.6-nonadienal. stockfish. plant-. were responsible for the moderate. peptides Soluble substances. PUFA. [5] summarized the occurrences of volatile compounds in freshwater and saltwater species and concluded that the four common compounds found in saltwater species. neutral Spoilage aroma sweet. river trout. pleasant aromas of fish [6.14. NPN. TMAO. Mb Antioxidants: α-tocopherol. 8. eight. Josephson et al. cucumber-. metallic. The overall perceived odor is dependent on the level of influential compounds and their odor thresholds along with possible synergistic effects.e. melon-.5-ocatadien-1-ol. SSO. caramel. Mb. and hydrolysis Endogenous enzymes i. 1-octen-3-ol.3 Fresh Fish Odors The delicate flavor of fish is mostly contributed by volatile compounds and taste active substances in the aqueous phase. contributing to green.5-octadien-3-ol. sour. polyunsaturated fatty acids. activity influences the deterioration of fish muscle.10–13]. specific spoilage organisms. LOX. or nine carbon atoms [4. hemoglobin. but .Cu) Hb. mushroom. hexanal. Newly caught marine fish contains low levels of volatile compounds and is nearly odorless. which have potent green. nucleotides. and processed fish. cucumber-. myoglobin. stale. spoiled. oxidized.1 Overview of changes in fish influencing the development of characteristic aroma of fresh. trimethylamineoxide.5. the unsaturated C9 carbonyl compounds such as 2.. popcorn.15]. freezing. but the mechanism of this activity is not fully elucidated [9]. hydrolases. nonprotein nitrogen-containing compounds. and cooking Processing smoking. rancid potato. The compounds that contribute to the characteristic plant-. polyphenols Lipids phosholipids/PUFA Proteins sarcoplasmic. boiled potato. and sardines) plays a role in the formation of odorous volatiles. ammonia-like Oxidized aroma Processed aroma green-like. 1. putrid. ascorbic acid. phospholipases TMAOase Microbial metabolism Specific spoilage organisms (SSO) Oxidation Prooxidants: metals (Fe. salting. Soon after harvest. amino acids Fresh fish aroma seaweedy. whereas volatiles generated from fat result in variation in the specific flavor character of different fish species. malty. dried fish. were characteristic for freshwater and euryhaline fish. cucumber Figure 8. and 2. On the other hand. including calpains (neutral calcium-dependent proteases) and cathepsins (lysosomal proteases). LOX activity on the skin and gills of both freshwater and marine species (rainbow trout. drying. and mushroom-like odors are unsaturated carbonyl compounds and alcohols with six. Some components are desirable at low levels. LOX proteases. cucumber. malty. lipoxygenase. NPN. and melon-like odors.

C9 LOX-derived compounds have been found in higher levels in spawning euryhaline and freshwater fish [5]. lean species typically develop sweet. and identification was based on GC–FID. in nominal levels the bromophenols appear to contribute to natural sea-.1 summarizes the occurrence of volatile compounds detected in our studies on cod [22] and haddock fillets [31] and smoked salmon [23]. amines. and sweet odors. and these are difficult to detect by analytical techniques. it is useful to monitor the overall pattern of volatile compounds and select indicator compounds. esters. and sulfur compounds.6-nonadienal. They were suggested as the possible precursors of nine-carbon volatile compounds. and quality changes can be explained in. Volatile degradation compounds as quality indicators can be detected by rapid techniques such as electronic nose to monitor and predict quality changes in various fish species and in smoked salmon [19. Both single compounds such as TMA and ethanol and multicompound indices based on combination of alcohols. An example is the enzymically derived long-chain alcohols and carbonyls that exhibit characteristic fresh. they may contribute to off odors. Volatile compounds formed by microbial metabolism and oxidation contributing to these odors have been identified by gas chromatography methods and suggested as indicators of quality. However. Studies performed in Japan. Another example is iodine-like off flavor in prawns associated with bromophenols originating from the feed chain [17]. This has been the approach in our studies. aldehydes. they contribute to oxidized and fishy odors in stale fish [16]. 8. plant-like notes in fresh fish. Purge and trap on Tenax and SPME methods were applied for sampling. and amine-like odors. The aldehydes contribute most to the spoilage odors because of their low flavor thresholds. where it has been demonstrated by monitoring key volatiles to study changes in different fish products during storage.24–29]. which are present in higher levels and can be quantified. and sulfur compounds representing the different changes occurring during storage have been suggested by numerous researchers as indicators for freshness and spoilage [22. 2. (E. The main classes of compounds detected during storage are alcohols.21–22. which has a very characteristic cucumber odor during spawning.30–36]. including (E)-2-nonenal. Environmental conditions and seasonal effects like spawning can influence the odor quality of fish. Table 8. . Some of the influential odor compounds that have very low odor thresholds are often present in low levels.1.22] and in smoked salmon [23].4 Identification of Quality Indicators Different characteristic odors develop in various fish species during storage. acids. but when accumulated in higher levels because of autooxidation. and 3. on accumulation of hydroperoxides in fish tissues. ketones. cod during storage [21. Accumulation of certain hydroperoxide isomers coincided with the period of enhancement of characteristic aroma in sweet smelt. GC–MS. as seen by the detected odors listed in Table 8. Fatty species develop rancid odors and taste.Z)-2. indicate their involvement in the development of fresh fish aroma associated with seasonal variation. and marine-like flavors of seafood [18].6-nonadien-1-ol in sweet smelt tissues [20]. odor. and GC–O. and species of the salmonidae family develop earthy. amines. The volatile pattern changes in mature salmon when migrating from the sea for spawning. Seasonal effects have also been reported for capelin. for example. Therefore. iodine-. boiled potato-. muddy.100 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis if their concentration increases.6-Nonadienal was identified to be the most characteristic compound for the cucumber-like capelin odor [19]. a saltwater species. Rapid methods can then be applied to detect indicators or alternatively classes of compounds if the pattern of the volatile compounds is known and a connection has been verified between the indicator compounds and the compounds that are responsible for the odors and quality changes.

and Smoked Salmon [23] during Chilled Storagea Compound Raw Cod Boiled Cod Raw Haddock Smoked Salmon Odor Description (GC–O) Alcohols Ethanol 2-Methyl-1-propanol/pentane 1-Penten-3-ol 3-Methyl-1-butanol 2-Methyl-1-butanol 2. (E. caramel.1 Volatile Compounds Detected in Cod [22]. caramel. fish fillet Sweet. floral Sweet.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 101 Table 8.4-Heptadienal. flowery — Ketones 2-Butanone 2.3-Butandiol 1-Octen-3-ol 2-Ethyl-1-hexanol 1-Octanol × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × — — — — — — Mushroom — — Aldehydes Acetaldehyde 2-Methyl-propanal 2-Methyl-butanal 3-Methyl-butanal Hexanal cis-4-Heptenal Heptanal 2.E)Nonanal Decanal Undecanal × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × Rancid Boiled potato. earthy Sweet. fatty — Fresh. candy × — — Sweet. Haddock Fillets [31].3-Butandione × × × × — N/A (continued) .

sour Flowery. and Smoked Salmon [23] during Chilled Storagea Compound 2-Pentanone 3-Pentanone 2. ethylester Hexanoic acid. caramel — — — Sweet. dried fish Acid Acetic acid × × × — Esters Ethyl acetate Ethanthiocacid. heavy. sweet.3-Pentanedione 3-Hexanone 3-Methyl-2-butanone 3-Hydroxy-2-butanone 6-Methyl-5-hepten-2-one × × × × × × × × × × × Raw Cod Boiled Cod Raw Haddock Smoked Salmon × Odor Description (GC–O) — Sweet. ethylester Acetic acid. 2-methyl. ethyl ester Butanoic acid. ethyl ester 2-Butenoic acid. ethyl ester Propanoicacid-2-methyl. vomit N/A N/A N/A N/A Sulfur Compounds Methanethiol Dimethyl sulfide × × × × — — . S-methylester Propanoic acid. 3-methyl.102 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 8. ethyl ester × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × — N/A — N/A N/A Sickenly sweet. spicy Amine Trimethylamine × × × TMA-like. Haddock Fillets [31]. 2-methylpropyl ester Butanoic acid.1 (continued) Volatile Compounds Detected in Cod [22]. ethylester Butanoic acid.

contributing to sweet.34]. the aroma of the fillet is described as sweet and reminiscent of shellfish. packaging. The microbially derived alcohols 2-methyl-1-propanol. which is mostly affected by handling. and finally sour and dirty tablecloth odor. mushroom-. and sulfur compounds produced by microbial degradation of fish components. mainly amino acids. 8. 8.3-butandiol were found in the highest levels on day 12 at sensory rejection. and Malty Odors Ketones. cucumber-.2.1). cabbage Volatiles in boiled cod were analyzed in samples of raw chilled cod fillets [22] by heating corresponding samples at 80°C for 60 min. The flavor thresholds . and the end of shelf life of cod fillets on day 12 of storage are explained by the presence of TMA. and sometimes metallic.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 103 Table 8. sour. Sweet-milky and vanilla/caramel-like odors are typical in cooked fish. 3-methyl-1-butanol. and quantification of the main classes of compounds was based on the sum of the PAR for respective compounds in each class. not detected by GC–O. the fish is no longer fit for consumption. and Smoked Salmon [23] during Chilled Storagea Compound Dimethyl disulfide Dimethyl trisulfide a Raw Cod × × Boiled Cod × × Raw Haddock × × Smoked Salmon Odor Description (GC–O) Onion like Rotten.1. Identification of volatile compounds was based on GC–MS analysis (see Table 8. meat-like.2) were associated with the development of sweet. cooling. dried fish/stockfish. alcohols. The loss of freshness of cod fillets and early spoilage changes were related to the formation of ketones. and temperature conditions during storage [33. N/A. and malty odors. Seaweedy and marine-like odors. or geraniumlike odors are characteristic sensory odor descriptors for fresh whole fish.1 (continued) Volatile Compounds Detected in Cod [22]. esters. and TMA-like smell.4. Sour. The odor descriptors in Table 8.1 Sweet. —.1 Microbial Spoilage Odors The spoilage odors in chilled fish vary depending on the dominant microflora in the products.1 based on GC–O analysis of cod and smoked salmon represent most of these overall changes. sulfur. During prolonged storage boiled potato odor develops. sour. showing results from a storage study of cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes during chilled storage (0. and aldehydes detected on day 4 of storage and their increasing levels on days 7 and 10 (Figure 8. development of spoilage odors. and aldehydes. Late spoilage changes. After several days of storage. data not available for haddock. caramel-like. as well as green plant-. acids. alcohols. The aim was to screen for potential quality indicators and determine which compounds and classes of compounds were most abundant in the headspace and also to identify the most influential spoilage odors contributing to sensory rejection. and 2.5°C) [22].4. and when combined with frozen storage odor. In general when fish is cooked. An example of the spoilage pattern of volatile compounds in chilled fish is illustrated in Figure 8. and malty spoilage odors. Haddock Fillets [31]. the freshness notes disappear and the odor of the uncooked fish becomes neutral.

and 3-methyl-butanal probably originate from degradation of valine and leucine. The branched chain aldehyde. that were present in cod fillets throughout . Levels of acetoin increased earlier than those of TMA. University of Iceland. and they did not contribute to the odor of the fillets as evaluated by GC–O (Table 8.5°C until sensory rejection on day 12. 3-hydroxy-butanone. dimethyl trisulfide. and 3-methyl-1-butanol as potential indices of refrigerated fish spoilage based on studies of freshwater whitefish. The concentration of acetoin was much higher than the lipid derived ketones detected. In chilled haddock fillets stored in styrofoam boxes. such as 2-butanone. 3-methyl-butanal. Lindsay [8] suggested using short-chain alcohols such as ethanol. Propanol was suggested as a potential indicator when using modified atmosphere packaging techniques. 3-methyl-1-butanol. The formation of acetoin (3-hydroxy-2-butanone) was characteristic for the spoilage of chilled cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes and was attributed to the growth of Photobacterium phosphoreum [22]. peak area ratio) of the main classes of compounds contributing to spoilage in cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes during storage at 0. butanol. 1-penten-3-ol. Dimethyl disulfide and dimethyl trisulfide were detected at the end of storage time when samples were spoiled. 3-pentanone.1) [22]. Volatile compounds as quality indicators in fish during chilled storage: Evaluation of microbial metabolites by an electronic nose. and. was characterized by sweet. Ethanol was detected in high levels initially (on days 4 and 7) and then declined.) of alcohols are higher than those of carbonyls.2 GC–MS analysis of volatile compounds showing changes in the levels (PAR. dimethyl disulfide. and butanoic acid ethyl ester were found in the highest amounts and increased with storage. respectively. TMA. 2005. TMA. In cultured and wild sea bream stored in ice for 23 days. methanethiol. piperidine. 3-methyl-1-butanol. and acetic acid were identified as spoilage indicators [29]. ethyl acetate. PhD thesis. Reykjavík.104 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 120 100 Peak area ratio (PAR) 80 60 40 20 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 Days of storage 12 14 Alcohols Aldehydes Ketones TMA Aceticacid Esters Figure 8. G. and fish-fillet-like odors by GC–O in our study. 2-methyl-1-propanol. (Modified from Ólafsdóttir. The initial high levels of ethanol in spoilage of fish has been related to the utilization of carbohydrate sources. it is more useful to monitor the loss of freshness as an early indicator of spoilage.. and the carotenoid-derived 6-methyl-5-heptene-2-one. caramel. whereas dimethyl sulfide was detected initially and throughout storage [31]. therefore. 3-methyl-1-butanol. whereas the formation of branched-chain alcohols and aldehydes such as 2-methyl-1-propanol.

Figure 8. whereas DMA may influence the overall fresh flavor of fish in combination with oxidatively formed aldehydes from long-chain fatty acids in fish.2 shows that TMA was detected in high levels on day 12. ammonia-like. dried fish. which contributed to boiled potato-like odors (Table 8. numerous branched chain . decane. Dimethyl trisulfide has also been associated with spoilage in fish and associated with the growth of Shewanella putrecfaciens [25.3 Putrid. alcohols (3-methyl-1-butanol. and undecane) appeared to be similar throughout storage in chilled cod fillets [22]. Additionally. and the incorporation of hydrogen sulfide yields dimethyl trisulfide [38]. Oxidative processes are involved in the formation of dimethyl sulfide from methyl mercaptan and further oxidation of dimethyl disulfide. The onset of stale odors can be explained by cis-4-heptenal and heptanal.39].4. but no obvious increase occurred until at the end of shelf-life and during continued storage. Enzymically produced DMA (dimethylamine).4 Miscellaneous The concentration of the straight chain alkanes (nonane.1).1.2) indicated that they were not important in the spoilage of chilled cod fillets stored in styrofoam boxes.4. methyl sulfide. and stale odors by amines during fish spoilage is well known. and dimethyl disulfide have been suggested as the main cause of putrid spoilage aromas [41]. contributing to the stale and putrid off odors in fish because of amino acid and lipid degradation [39]. Ketones can influence the overall odor because of their low odor thresholds. 8. contributed to the sensory rejection of chilled cod fillets on day 12 and suggested the role of Pseudomonas fragi in the development of sweet.38. respectively [41]. and ketones (2-butanone). TMA is characteristic for the spoilage odors of fish.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 105 storage. The odor of ethyl butanoate. which forms very early after harvest of fish. ammonia-like odor. Ammonia-Like.2 Dried Fish. and Cabbage-Like Odors Low levels of sulfur compounds (Figure 8. methyl mercaptan. The lipid-derived saturated aldehydes detected on day 12 at sensory rejection also contributed to the overall sweet aroma. described as sickeningly sweet and nauseous.1. Pseudomonas species have also been found responsible for the formation of volatile sulfides. TMA is a potent odorant with a characteristic fishy. volatile sulfur compounds such as hydrogen sulfide. 8. has been suggested as a freshness indicator along with its precursor TMAO (trimethylamine oxide) [27]. which may have influenced the overall odor perception leading to the sensory rejection of the fillets.4. 8. Additionally. The origin of the sulfur compounds is microbial degradation of cysteine and methionine to form hydrogen sulfide and methyl mercaptan. 1-penten-3-ol). At this point there was an increase in the pH value. TMA has been noted for intensifying fishiness by a synergistic action with certain volatile unsaturated aldehydes derived from autoxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids [40]. fruity off odors [37.38]. Onion. In whole fish stored in ice. and measurements of volatile amines such as TMA or total volatile bases (TVB-N) have been used in the fish industry as indicators of quality for fish and fish products. Milo and Grosch [42] evaluated the headspace of boiled cod by gas chromatography olfactometry (GC–O) and found that dimethyl trisulfide was the most potent odorant contributing to off odors in cod formed when the raw material was inappropriately stored.1. and Stale Odors The development of dried fish.

that contribute to the development of rancid cold store flavors [47]. and overall the alkanes showed an increasing trend with storage time. and 2. although their overall levels were lower. Similarly.2 Oxidatively Derived Odors Initiation of lipid oxidation in fish is generally associated with the polyunsaturated fatty acids in phospholipids of muscle cell membranes [44]. in similar or slightly increasing levels. Phospholipids are the main membrane-bound lipids. cis-4-heptenal. 3-pentanone. and. but the sampling techniques used were not sensitive enough to allow quantification of these compounds.1 Cooked Odor—Boiled Potato and Rancid Odors Characteristic odors and key volatile compounds in boiled cod stored in closed plastic bags for 22 days compared with fresh boiled cod are shown in Figure 8. Various pro and antioxidants influence the stability of the muscle and have been studied in relation to the oxidative stability of phospholipids [46]. heptanal. These oxidation products contributed to the overall characteristic sweet. Our studies on the development of volatile compounds in chilled cod fillets packed in styrofoam boxes during storage at 0°C showed that oxidatively formed. 2-butanone.106 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis alkanes were detected.and potato-like odors contributed by . These compounds have been associated with rancid and dried fish odors. However. since they are not aroma active.7-decadienal. aromatics. A characteristic earthy odor in many species residing in ponds has been associated with piperidine and its reaction products. were detected in the fillets throughout the storage time.2. 8. suggesting that it may have an impact on the overall odor of fish fillets [22]. Piperidine was tentatively identified in chilled cod fillets [22] and has also been suggested as a quality indicator in sea bream [29]. the feed may have influenced higher levels of aldehydes. Piperidine levels have been reported to increase in spawning salmon and contribute to off odors [43]. The influence of other aroma active compounds present in lower levels such as the unsaturated autoxidatively derived aldehydes (2. their impact was greater than alcohols and ketones. such as hexanal.4. Several odor active terpene derivatives have been identified in fish. therefore. which are known to be more susceptible to oxidation than triacylglycerols in fat deposits [45]. 3-methyl-butanal. lipid-derived saturated aldehydes. which is further enhanced by preprocessing and storage of fish. 6-Methyl-5-heptene-2-one derived from carotenoids was described as spicy and flowery by GC–O and suggested to contribute along with other ketones and aldehydes to the characteristic sweet odor of cod fillets [22]. Oxidative processes occurring during storage of fish result in the accumulation of aldehydes.4. 2. and because of their high unsaturation.4-heptadienal. and 6-methyl-5-heptene-2one). The origin of limonene in fish is most likely related to the diet derived from algae or plant source. Limonene has low odor threshold and a fresh lemon odor was detected by GC–O analysis of cod.7-decatrienal) should not be overlooked. ketones. such as hexanal. fish-like odors of chilled cod fillets in combination with other carbonyls (3-hydroxy-2-butanone.3 to demonstrate which odors are most dominating in the aroma profile [48]. they are in particular sensitive to oxidation. Boiled potato. Limonene has also been detected in sea bream during storage [29]. 8. they are not considered of interest as quality indicators.4-heptadienal and 2.4.4. and terpenes found in wild sea bream compared with those of its cultured counterpart [29]. but the knowledge of the formation of these compounds is obscure. Aldehydes generally have low odor thresholds. and decanal.

green-like odors Grass Hexanal Heavy Mushroom. multivariate data analysis is useful to explore the overall trend of the main quality indicators. In fact. 2-methylbutanal.4-Heptadienal Rancid Geranium-like 1-Octen-3-ol Mushroom Earthy. 2-heptanone. and the most pronounced attribute was a boiled potato odor [49]. this aldehyde does not exhibit a fishy-type aroma by itself. Taking into account the complexity of the spoilage processes. 1-penten-3-ol. G. flowery. 2004. Fatty. and Ólafsdóttir. but it rather participates in the expression of the overall fishy odor.3) were fatty. some confusion exists about the role of cis-4heptenal as the “cold-storage compound” [8]. and octadienes also increased many-fold during further storage. green-like. and rancid odors contributed by 2-nonenal and 2. quality indicators should demonstrate clear increasing or decreasing levels with storage time. 20 min) 3-methylbutanal. and fish oil notes were characteristic for fresh cooked salmon. heptanal. Hexanal. Other pronounced odors detected in boiled cod (Figure 8. and after 8 days of storage at 6°C. however. pop-like Earthy-like odors Figure 8. and after storage for 3 days the proportions of 4-heptenal. Overall earthy. although the level of the compounds may vary and explain the differences in the characteristic odor of these species. and hexanal were abundant in headspace. and green-like odors were associated with oxidatively derived 3-pentanone. In fresh baked herring (200°C. 1-penten-3-ol and hexanal. sour. (From Jónsdóttir. sweet. Baltic herring has been reported to have a similar development of volatiles. Principal component analysis (PCA) was performed (Figure 8.) heptanal and cis-4-heptenal were the most potent odors. melon 2-Nonenal Cucumber Fatty Fatty.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish DMS Sulfur 5 4 3 2 1 Fishy odors Fishy 3-Pentanone 1-Penten-3-ol Flowery 2-Penten-1-ol Flowery Fatty. Its odor has been described both as cardboardy. sweet. and octatriene increased significantly. Ideally. R. The occurrence of cis-4-heptenal has been associated with the “cold storage flavor” of cod [47]. green-like. earthy Potato-like Boiled potato cis-4-Heptenal Heptanal ◾ 107 Cucumber. sourish. as well as boiled potato-like [51.4) on data from our studies on volatiles in cod [22] during prolonged storage for 17 days and compared with corresponding . this is not always the trend for dynamic microbial and oxidative changes and the formation of volatiles in fish during storage [22]. However.52]. paint-like [50].4-heptadienal. microbial metabolites such as 3-methyl1-butanol and cresol were identified [53]. Unpublished data. rancid odors Flowery 2. sweet. The fresh raw salmon odor was characterized as cucumber-like with weak sweet..3 Odor profile (GC–O analysis) of boiled cod stored in plastic bags (-♦-) after 22 days of refrigerated storage (3°C) compared with freshly boiled cod (---▲---). and fish oil notes in the same study.

2 Washed Cod Muscle System Rancid odor development during chilled storage of fish has commonly been associated with fatty species. 19% PC1 1.E)-2. 10. Samples are labeled with R.108 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis PC2 Bi-plot 1. methional with a characteristic boiled potato-like odor dominated the odor of the aldehyde fraction of the headspace volatiles. The effect of oxidation induced by cooking and formation of oxidation products such as heptenal and nonanal characterizes the (B-D4) sample. decanal. X-expl: 53%.0 Figure 8. Only the spoiled raw samples (R-D14 and R-D17) can be correlated with the freshly boiled (B-D4) sample. methional. The characteristic pattern or trend in volatiles in raw and boiled fish is clearly different.1).2. raw and B. 14.0 B-D17 1-Penten-3-ol 3-me-butanal Acetic acid 0.4 –0. increased with time and were pronounced in the spoiled raw samples (R-D14 and R-D17).4 Principal component analysis of raw and boiled cod.4.5-octadien-3-one. It is in particular interesting to demonstrate that the influence of heating gives a very different volatile profile compared with that of the raw samples that are all clustered on the left of the PCA plot. and dimethyl trisulfide were detected in higher levels in the boiled samples (data not shown). (E. and (E. 7. 12.6 0. hexanal. Other oxidatively formed compounds like 2-butanone and aldehydes were in higher levels in the B-D4 sample compared with the corresponding raw sample (R-D4). and oxidatively derived (Z)-1. 3-methyl-butanal in combination with acetaldehyde. In boiled trout. On the basis of odor evaluation. 3-methyl-butanal was correlated to the boiled stored cod (B-D17) (Figure 8.8 R-D17 –0. Sulfur compounds dimethyl sulfide.5 –0. The PCA demonstrates how volatile compounds can explain the variation in quality of samples according to storage time and handling (raw and boiled). and 17 days).4). and 6-methyl-5-hepten-2-one. in particular the role of volatile compounds derived from oxidation in heated/boiled samples. Interestingly. D (4. as indicated by the arrows (Figure 8.Z)-2.6-nonadienal. samples after heating (see Table 8. 8. The malty flavor of 3-methyl butanal was suggested earlier to be mainly responsible for the malty off flavor defect of boiled cod [54]. in agreement with earlier studies [54]. boiled and storage days. especially in trout [15].4 0. The oxidatively formed compounds. Autoxidatively produced unsaturated carbonyl compounds were the most abundant components in boiled and canned fish. . oxidation of membrane-bound phospholipids in lean species can cause fishy.5 Undecanal Ethanol 3-me-1-butanol B-D10 0 R-D4 R-D12 R-D7 R-D10 Ethylbutanoate B-D4 Heptanal Nonanal Acetaldehyde Ethylacetate 2-Butanone 3-HO-2-Butanone 2-me-1-propanol TMA Decanal R-D14 6-me-5-h-2-one Hexanal 0 0.4). that is. However.4-decadienal from PUFA were determined as character impact odorants of boiled cod [54].2 Raw and boild c….2 0. dimethyl disulfide.

including blood components like inorganic metals iron (Fe) and copper (Cu). cucumber-like. static headspace sampling methods. we found in our studies on the washed cod muscle system that hexanal could be used as indicator for rancid odor development. and the overall odor was an intense dried fish. These compounds can be used as indicator compounds for oxidation. In lean fish such as cod. and rancid odors dominated the aroma profile [62]. but the compounds were detected in much lower levels [22]. rancid.58]. On the other hand. and glutathione peroxidase) and aqueous prooxidants in fish muscle. rancid. To accurately evaluate the potential of antioxidants in foods. and color. potato-like odor caused by cis-4-heptenal and heptanal. grass odor contributed by hexanal. and lemon-like odors were explained by 2. The most potent odors detected in the model system were malty.5) as well as 2. in agreement with TBARS and changes in color [62]. and caramel-like odors contributed by 3-methylbutanal. which is not practical for rapid determination of oxidation.4heptadienal that contributed to rancid odor caused by oxidation. Consequently. free radical scavenging and chelation) but also on factors such as physical location. pH) [55. mushroom odor caused by 1-octen-3-ol. dried fish-like off odors as discussed before. ascorbic acid. rancid fish oil like. The prooxidative effect of hemoglobin was evident by the formation of hexanal in high levels. This is because the activity of antioxidants in food systems depends not only on the chemical reactivity of the antioxidant (e. To monitor the development of rancidity. and environmental conditions expected in food products. has been studied to understand better the mechanisms of oxidation in the muscle [57.4-heptadienal [62]. this may facilitate the selection of preventive measures to limit oxidation and guide new technological developments with the aim to ensure the delicate taste and nutritional value of lean fish products. . green. it is necessary to apply models that take into account the chemical..61]. Odor development in lean fish studied by hemoglobininduced oxidation in washed cod muscle system showed that sweet. The added hemoglobin was very effective as a prooxidant. it is possible to detect the most volatile oxidation products like propanal and hexanal by rapid. and a similar trend was observed in the development of cis-4-heptenal (Figure 8. and environmental conditions (e. interaction with other food components. earthy. lipid oxidation of muscle phospholipids may be induced by several catalysts. Studies on the development of the odorous degradation compounds of phospholipid oxidation can lead to a better understanding of the kinetics and reaction pathways of oxidation in lean fish. and 1-penten 3-ol. TBARS (thiobarbituric reactive substances). Similarly. and instrumental color changes.g. The role of antioxidants (a-tocopherol. soapy. sweet. The effect of thermal treatment on hemoglobin-mediated oxidation in the phospholipid model system from cod muscle was studied by monitoring oxidative changes during chilled storage on ice by sensory analysis. They showed that direct analysis of propanal can provide a quick and economical method for the determination of oxidation of n-3 fatty acids and pentane and hexanal analysis can give an indication of the oxidation of linoleic acid. 2. Furthermore. sensory assessments. the concentration and composition of volatile oxidation products analyzed by GC were compared with TBARS measurements. Preconcentration techniques are necessary for the analysis of unsaturated aldehydes.56].g. Sohn et al..Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 109 rancid. fatty. [60] studied lipid oxidation and rancid odor during the early stage of ice storage of ordinary and dark muscle of yellowtail and concluded that myoglobin was the main cause in the development of the unpleasant color and undesirable odor during ice storage of fish muscle. Washed cod muscle system has been widely used to study oxidation and the influence of prooxidative and antioxidative factors [59. floral. as demonstrated by Boyd et al.1). physical.3-pentandione.59]. [63]. and spicy and flowery notes exhibited by 6-methyl-5-hepten-2-one. These odors were also detected in cod fillets during chilled storage (Table 8. including hemoglobin from blood [7. painty.

described as rancid. 2008. with added hemoglobin (raw and cooked. 2007. The studies on the washed cod muscle system verify the importance of oxidation in off odor development in fish muscle and consequently the benefit of being able to control oxidation to prevent the formation of the aldehydes. Active research is ongoing on the application of various natural antioxidants based on polyphenols like flavonoids (i. HbCod-II).e. 67.e.. R. Matis Report 08. Studies on LOX inhibitors are of interest in preventing the initiation of oxidation in fish.6) as well as more rapid loss of red color (not shown) already on the first day of storage. 16. -▲-. Aquat.. ( Adapted from Jónsdóttir.) . catechins from tea) and cinnamic acid derivatives (i.) Thermal treatment of the cod model system significantly enhanced the oxidation of the model on day 1. -■-.110 ◾ 1000 800 ng/g Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Hexanal 30 25 20 ng/g 15 10 5 0 0 1 Blank-II 2 Hb-Char-II 3 Hb-Cod-II 4 0 1 Blank-II 2 Hb-Char-II 3 4 cis-4-Heptenal 600 400 200 0 Hb-Cod-II Figure 8. painty. R. 73. Food Prod. as measured by rapid increase in rancid odor. caffeic acid) [65] as well as application of tocopherol. Blank-II.. 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 40 35 Odor score (rancidity) TBARS (μmol/kg) 0 1 Blank 2 Raw 3 Cooked 4 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 1 Blank 2 Raw 3 Cooked Figure 8. Some promising results have been reported.. and EDTA [66]. and Ólafsdóttir. where commercially available green tea polyphenols were shown to effectively inhibit the LOX activity of mackerel muscle [67]. Hb-Char-II. With permission.5 Gas chromatography analysis (FID) of characteristic volatile compounds contributing to rancid odor (hexanal and cis-4-heptenal) in hemoglobin (from Arctic char and cod) mediated oxidation in washed cod model stored at 0°C for 4 days (-♦-. (From Jónsdóttir. et al. and dried fish odors.6 Sensory analysis of rancid odor (odor score) and TBARS measurements in raw and cooked washed cod model stored at 0°C for 4 days. respectively) and raw without hemoglobin (blank). J. citric acid.. G. and in TBARS (Figure 8.

4-heptanal.Z)-2. also contribute to the aroma of seafood flavorants [70]. contributing to mushroom-like odor.6-nonadienal.71. 3-hydroxy-2-butanone.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 111 8.7) [23]. sweet/sour rancid. giving the flesh its typical fishy odor [71.4. and 2-acetyl-1-pyrroline. such as heptanal and (E. giving a popcorn-like odor that can be thermally generated. In addition to phenolic compounds. Figure 8. thermal degradation. Volatile compounds like alkyl-pyrazines and sulfur-containing compounds have been found in cooked crustaceans. nonanal. 2. 8.75]. 1-penten-3-ol. 1-octen-3-ol. and lipid oxidation. associated with spoilage off flavors. The oxidatively derived compounds cis-4-heptenal and heptanal.6-dimethoxyphenol) have been identified as the most characteristic smoke-related compounds in smoked fish-like herring (Clupea harengus) [73] and in smoked salmon (Salmo salar) [23. Lipid-derived components. [74] analyzed headspace components of cod and swordfish. and alcohols were abundant in the headspace of cold smoked salmon products during storage..72]. Key volatile compounds identified in enzymatically produced seafood flavorants are formed via Maillard reaction and Strecker degradation of amino acids.6-nonadienal. 3-methyl-1-butanol. which is typical for products on the market [23]. the Strecker aldehyde produced from methionine. 2-pentanone. 2-butanone.7) (e. sweet odors of processed seafood like those in smoked salmon [23. potato-like odors.4-decadienal. hexanal. hexanal. furan-like compounds have been reported to be responsible for the smoked odor in smoked salmon. Phenolic derivatives like guaiacol (2-methoxyphenol) and syringol (2. and furans have been found in spray-dried shrimp powder and shrimp hydrolysate [69].3 Processing Odors Flavor development in processed seafood is a result of complex proteolytic and lipolytic reactions induced by different processing parameters like enzymes and temperature. and decanal were among key volatiles. and 2. including Strecker degradation. whereas carbonyl compounds. where groups of phenol pyrolysis were most noticeable in the smoke flavor volatiles.7 illustrates the main odors that were present in smoked fish samples after 14 days of chilled storage.1 Smoked Fish Odors Degradation compounds from Maillard reactions and lipid oxidation are the main compounds contributing to the aroma of smoked salmon [72]. and 3-methyl-1-butanol) [23]. Lipid-derived aldehydes play an important role in flavor formation and have been reported to contribute to the characteristic fish-like.72]. plays important roles in the formation of complicated processing flavors. Some of these compounds were selected as key spoilage indicators for smoked salmon based on their high levels and contribution to sweet and fruity spoilage off odors in our study on smoked salmon (Figure 8. and 1-octen-3-ol.72]. Microbially produced ketones. ethanol. Additionally. were characteristic in unsmoked fish. Thermally generated aroma-active compounds via the Maillard reaction such as pyrazines are characteristic for enzymatically hydrolyzed seafood products like crayfish processing by-products [68].3. 3-methyl-butanal. 2. The typical smoked salmon aroma results from a number of chemicals found in the smoke.g. but it is mostly attributed to the phenols. it is clear that their presence contributes to the characteristic fish odor of smoked salmon products. like cis-4-heptenal. which has a characteristic potato-like odor. These are compounds like methional. Maillard reaction.4. 2-methyl-1-butanol. like 3-methyl butanal. and 1-propanol [28. Guillén et al. . and off odor and flavor) than traditional chemical and microbial variables. giving rancid. gave the most intense odors of smoked salmon and contributed to the fish-like earthy odors and fatty and rancid odors (Figure 8. aldehydes. Other oxidatively derived compounds like 1-penten-3-ol. and although they contributed less to the odors. it was verified that selected key volatile compounds performed better as predictors to explain variation in sensory attributes (smoked.

potato-like odors together with cucumber-like odor [82]. smoke Mushroom. and free amino acids. Similar processes have been reported in ripened seafood products. Food Chem. fruity Flowery. Thus. 184.3. sweet Wood. probably originating from amino acids. [76–78]. both oxidatively derived compounds. manufacturers of ripened products have observed that some degree of proteolysis is necessary before flavor can develop. highly volatile components of ripened anchovy. burnt. sweet Flowery. Methional and (Z)-1.112 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Smoked salmon odors Characteristic smoke odor Sweet.4-heptadienal and 3. earthy.. smoke.2 Ripening Odor—Salted and Dried Fish Odor Numerous volatile compounds have been detected in ripened products like dry cured ham.4. ripened roe products [79] Similarly. fatty Boiled potato-like Fatty. However. the highest odor scores were given for boiled potato and rancid. geranium Rancid cis-4-Heptenal Heptanal Earthy-like odors 1-Octen-3-ol Figure 8.6-nonadienal from fatty acid oxidation were the main odorants in sugar salted.. (Modified from Jónsdóttir. 2008. where methional derived from methionine and 2. R.) 8. 109. and aldehydes such as acetaldehyde. potato-like odor was identified as cis4-heptenal and the boiled potato-like odor.and 3-Methyl phenol Guaiacol 4-Methyl-guaiacol Sweet and fruity-like odors Wood. where the ripening of salted cod (Gadus morhua) produced by different salting methods was studied. Salted cod are traditional products from the North-Atlantic fisheries and are highly regarded as ripened fish products in many countries. smoke 3-Methyl butanal Sweet.7 GC–O evaluation of volatile compounds detected in cold smoked salmon after 14 days of storage at 5°C. peptides. sweet Flowery. et al. and rancid-like odors Burnt. most of them generated from chemical or enzymatic oxidation of unsaturated fatty acids and further interactions with proteins. especially those in the Mediterranean.5-octadien-2-one were associated with the development of the typical flavor obtained after anchovy ripening. Triqui and Reineccius [80] found that 2. the desired flavor and texture develop as a consequence of protein and fat degradation. as heptanal. In our study. 4-Heptadienal Sweet. they suggested that lipid autoxidation during ripening was primarily responsible for aroma development. sweet Smoke-like 2.5octadien-3-one were also identified as potent odorants in ripened anchovy [81]. . caramel Smoke-house. mushroom 2. The rancid. 2-methylpropanal and 3-methylbutanal were the key. During ripening of salted cod.

microbial growth can be limited by effective cooling techniques. H. can be used for a variety of fish species that are stored and processed by different techniques. Rome. such as heptanal and (E. The cucumber-like odor detected is possibly 2. Development of smart sensor technologies like the electronic nose to detect microbial metabolites and oxidation products is of interest to verify the quality of products to facilitate process management.6-nonadienal. 1–67. References 1. J. A certain degree of lipid oxidation is both necessary and desirable for sufficient ripening of the products but the process should be controlled to obtain a desirable degree of ripening based on consumer preferences [82.6-nonadienal. Quality and quality changes in fresh fish. . 1-penten-3-ol. hemoglobin. 348. 193 pp. although the compound could not be identified by GC–MS. and 1-octen-3-ol. such as ketones.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 113 Methional.83]. 1995. alcohols. and sulfur compounds. New York. acids. temperature control. Botta. and 2-butanone. to increase trust between buyers and sellers in trade. hexanal. aldehydes. Therefore. Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality.R. A similar set of sensors with selectivity and sensitivity toward the main quality-indicating classes of compounds. their presence at nominal levels gives the characteristic and desirable fishy odor in fresh and processed fish. esters. contributing to mushroom-like odor. FAO. VCH Publishers Inc. careful evaluation of the quality of product is needed to ensure acceptable flavor. careful control of handling and processing conditions should open up possibilities for fish to become a favored choice in new product development of convenience food and in functional food because of its health beneficial properties. proper handling. potato-like odors. were the most intense character impact compounds of salted cod and smoked salmon.. derived from methionine and eluting at a similar time as cis-4-heptenal and heptanal. exhibiting rancid. Detection of microbial metabolites originating mainly from soluble aqueous fractions of the muscle can be directly related to the quality of products. and in retail for consumers as smart sensors imprinted on packaging. In addition. 8. and other prooxidants in combination with mild heating treatment are important factors to maintain the delicate flavor and odor of fish products.H. However. Volatile compounds as indicators of freshness quality and spoilage can be monitored to determine the quality of fish products. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper. Proper handling and application of natural antioxidants to control oxidative processes caused by lipoxygenase. could also be responsible for the boiled potato-like odor. No. according to retention index (RI) of standard and odor evaluation. Huss. 2.Z)-2. Studies on hemoglobin-induced oxidation in the washed cod model system and enhanced oxidation after heating verified the role of the oxidatively derived compounds contributing to off odors in chilled stored and boiled cod. and myoglobin. cause off odors in fish during storage. Lipid oxidation during ripening appears to be primarily responsible for desirable aroma development in processed fish. Knowledge of the spoilage pattern of volatile compounds is the basis for the development of rapid techniques like smart sensor technologies. amines. 1995. and new packaging technologies. for example.5 Conclusions Although aldehydes. Other key volatile compounds in salted cod are derived form lipid oxidation. The oxidatively derived compounds cis-4-heptenal and heptanal.

Richards. Gas sensor and GC measurements of volatile compounds in capelin (Mallotus villosus). T. Jónsdóttir. Curr. J. D.. Volatile compounds as quality indicators in fish during chilled storage: Evaluation of microbial metabolites by an electronic nose. and Oehlenschläger. 2008. and Stuiber..and freshwater fish. G. V. 37. J. G. J. Agric. Lipoxygenase in fish tissue: Some properties of the 12-lipoxygenase from trout gill. 16. R. Josephson. J. 875.H.. H..H. Verrez-Bagnis. and Liston. Relative contribution of calpain and cathepsins to protein degradation in muscle of sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax). 58.C. and Kinsella. 24.. 1993.. T. Chanie. 2002. 1992.H.E. J.. Suzuki.. Aquat. 21. Whitfield. and Dalgaard. Zhang.. 58.B. 20. T. Hirano. and Fleurence.. Amsterdam. Fish spoilage bacteria–problems and solutions. Josephson. J. F. Maarse. J. and Tindale. J.C... C. German. and Haugen. 7. Boyle... 1988. in Volatile Compounds in Foods and Beverages. Lindsay. Ólafsdóttir. C. 1997. Enzymatic initiation via lipoxygenase. J. Börresen. 12. Measurement of volatile aroma constituents as a means for following sensory deterioration of fresh fish and fishery products.. Food Agric.B. 1983.. Food Chem. T. 1344.. Josephson. Food Chem. and Kinsella. G.C. M.. Elsevier.J.E. 10140. T. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. Lindsay. 22. Ólafsdóttir. Food Chem.. 437. Int. 389. 262. H. Martinsdóttir E. Fish flavours. 2002. 555. T. P.. J. Lipoxygenase in trout gill tissue acting on arachidonic. R. and Kinsella. D. 23. 1989. J. Food Chem. Identification of compounds characterizing the aroma of fresh Whitefish (Coregonus clupeaformis). 1993. 4.114 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 3. Lipid oxidation in fish tissue.. J. Biochim. University of Iceland. 5.A.. J.B. Lindsay. 31. 14.. J. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology Part B 130. Hirano. 13. 2004. Agric. 1984. Morishita. 2001.R. 27. H.. Lipoxygenase generation of specific volatile flavour carbonyl compounds in fish tissue.. 36.. G. Food Chem. eds. PhD Thesis.L..J.B. Shaw. German. C. Delbarre-Ladrat.. J.B. and Ólafsdóttir. Seasonal variation of phosphatidylcholine hydroperoxides in blood of sweet smelt Plecoglossus altivelis. 11. . J. Technol. and Kristbergsson. 18. Opin... 2. Ólafsdóttir. C. H. 13. K. Elsevier Science Publishers BV. in Proceedings of the International Symposium on Seafood Quality Determinations. 1988. 559. C. Food Chem... 6.... R. 109.. Ushio. Marcel Dekker. 1986. J. Biotechnol. Agric. T. Occurrence and properties of flavour-related bromophenols found in the marine environment: A review. Characterization of volatile compounds in chilled cod (Gadus morhua) fillets by gas chromatography and detection of quality indicators by an electronic nose. and Stuiber.B.B. the Netherlands. Variation in the occurence of volatile compounds in cold smoked salmon (Salmo salar) during storage. 680. 9. 10. 184. German. 8. Changes in the odourants of boiled trout (Salmo fario) as affected by the storage of the raw material. Identification of volatile compounds in ayu fish and its feeds. eicosapentaenoic and docosahexaenoic acids. Agric. 507. 88.B. T. and Shirai. 1986. 32. Amsterdam. Agric. Variations in the occurrences of enzymically derived volatile aroma compounds in salt. J. D.B. Kaewsrithong. R. Ólafsdóttir. 2. A. 12. New York. 53. Food Rev. Lindsay.. Food Chem.E. J.. Zhang. J.C. Enzymatically generated specific volatile compounds in ayu tissues. and Ohshima. J.. Contributions of blood and blood components to lipid oxidation in fish muscle. in Seafood from Producer to Consumer.. and Hultin. Milo. the Netherlands. Jónsdóttir. Acta. Agric. D. W. 547. D. and Stuiber. G. 680.. R. 50. 6.B. Suzuki. J. Gram.E. Food Chem. R. Hsieh. Luten. and Grosch. and Shirai.. 46. Hsieh. 15. Sci.L.O. Kramer...C. Ed... Agric. 33. Josephson. 1992.P. E.. 1985. and Jónsson.. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi. J. Food Prod. J. G. L. Reykjavík. J. Lauzon.6-dibromophenol: The cause of an iodoform-like off-flavour in some Australian crustacea. 75. Faculty of Science. E. D. p. 2005. 279.. 179..J. Iceland. 326... 29. Agric. 1990. D. 41.E. eds.. and Kinsella. 19. Buckner.C. Lindsay.. R.. 17. 33..C.. J. Luten. R. Biophys. 2076. Food Chem. Integrated Approach to Quality. 2005. R. K. Food Chem. Noël..E. Seafood. 1991. D.

R. Jónsdóttir.. D. 1998.A. 15. Martinsdóttir.. F. G. J. eds. G.K. J. M. Prediction of microbial and sensory quality of cold smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) by electronic nose. and Ólafsdóttir. Chanie. K.H. . Food Microbiol. 221.. J. Schubring.. 339. H. Lee. 2616. Scanlan.. Food Chem. Appl. 2006. Jensen. H.. Huss. Marcq. B. Thalman. Organisms responsible for odour produced during incipient spoilage of chilled fish muscle. J.. 27... 12. J.H... 34. L. Miller III. and Libbey. 111.. Chemical and biochemical indices for assessing the quality of fish packaged in controlled atmospheres. Board Can.. eds. R. V. 952. Appl.... Volatile compounds produced by Pseudomonas putrefaciens.E. M. Careche. Elsevier Science Publisher. Ólafsdóttir. G. Bazzo. Di Natale.. Lauzon. Taylor. C.. Amsterdam. Marcq. Significance of volatile compounds produced by spoilage bacteria in vacuum-packed cold-smoked salmon (Salmo salar) analyzed by GC-MS and multivariate regression. Technol.C. Lindsay. J. Josephson.258. Proceedings of the final meeting of the concerted action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness” AIR3 CT94 2283. Food Sci. 97. Pseudomonas fluorescens and an Achromobacter species.. L. Ólafsdóttir.. Int.. S. and Ólafsdóttir. Evaluation of compounds contributing fi shy flavors in fish oils. p. P.. Dalgaard. C. 339. J. and Kristbergsson. R. 86.. H. D. 1973..D. Haugen. Microbiol. Woodhead Publishing Ltd.S. and Shahidi. 72. 26. A. Bazzo. Tryggvadóttir...Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 115 25. in Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. 32. G.. Paris.. Miller III. 35. Ólafsdóttir.. Henehan. Dalgaard. 8. eds... Chanie.B. Jakobsen. Tothill.V. 31. 2001. and Liston. 1992. C. and Dalgaard.. J. 953. Actuators B. 66. Ólafsdóttir. C. Careche. 18. Labreche. Ed. 37.. 39. and Fleurence. 2005. 40.. S. 1957.M. Martinsdóttir.. R. Alasalvar. G.S. 2006. and Nilsen. 1997. 36. Rapid control of smoked Atlantic salmon quality by electronic nose: Correlation with classical evaluation methods. S.. and Heia. Undeland.. K. Res..E. and Haugen. P.. 53. Agric. J. 563. Multisensor for fish quality determination.. 70. Oehlenschläger. 2006. L.. Westad. Trends Food Sci. and Libbey... G. 2004. F. I. in Proceedings of the International Symposium on Seafood Quality Determinations. in Quality Assurance in the Fish Industry.. Soc. J.. Food Chem. J. Identification of the volatile compounds produced in sterile fish muscle (Sebastes melanops) by Pseudomonas fragi. 71. F. Karahadian. Nesvadba. 1986.. Ólafsdóttir. et al.. J. Labreche.. Oehlenschläger. K. J. I. 116. Jørgensen. Ólafsdóttir.. The action of Pseudomonas on fish muscle: 1. P. Jónsdóttir. 617. R. Influence of storage temperature on microbial spoilage characteristics of haddock fillets (Melanogrammus aeglefinus) evaluated by multivariate quality prediction. 25. P. H.. Agric. Oil Chem.A. Evaluation of some well established and some underrated indices for the determination of freshness and/or spoilage of ice stored wet fish.. Kramer. Lundby. J. Ibtisam E.. G. H.. and Lindsay.M. G. G. in Rapid and Online Instrumentaiton for Food Quality Assurance.. Verrez-Bagnis. 112.. Am. Sens. E. Oehlenschläger.. Methods to evaluate fish freshness in research and industry. Lauzon. Lundby.F. R.. and Greenough. P. F..... E. S. and Liston.. Amsterdam. the Netherlands. Lee. Martinsdóttir. Evaluation of shelf-life of superchilled cod (Gadus morhua) fillets and influence of temperature fluctuations on microbial and chemical quality indicators... S. E. K. Nielsen. Huss. M.... F. Westad.. Developing rapid olfaction arrays for determining fish quality. 28. Trends Food Sci. E. Martinsdóttir.A. J. 55.. 38. Castell. 29. 2005. J.. Elsevier Science Publishers. 30.. the Netherlands. C.. 26. Comparison of volatiles of cultured and wild sea bream (Sparus aurata) during storage in ice by dynamic headspace analysis gas chromatography mass spectrometry. E. 33. International Institute of Refrigeration.V. Cambridge.. Scanlan.. Luten. J. A.C.. and Kristbergsson. 1973. 1989. P. M. 2376.H. Mackie. Oehlenschläger. G.M. Evaluation of fish freshness using volatile compounds—classification of volatile compounds in fish.. Fish. Ólafsdóttir. Microbiol.. J.. G.. U.. Food Sci. E. Technol. 49. 2003. R. J. J. Ólafsdóttir.

43. Food Lipids. McGill. in Odour of Marine Products.. J. A. W. A. J. 303. J. and Ólafsdóttir.D... 2005. Measuring antioxidant effectiveness in food. Volatile compounds of Baltic herring analysed by dynamic headspace sampling-gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Herbert. and Meyer. 1987. J.P. Food Sci..116 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 41. 63. J. 43. R.. c4-Heptenal: An influential volatile compound in boiled potato flavour. D.. Hardy. J. 58. Decker. 2004. J.S. 9.. Brockhoff. J.. 3473.c6-nonadienal in fish. D. 69.. Lipid oxidation in fillets of herring (Clupea harengus) during ice storage.. A rapid method for determining the oxidation of n-3 fatty acids.. R. 1998. 46. A.. G. Unpublished data. 1994.. J. Burt. 47.. Let. M. eds. 1195.B.. J.S. T. 42. 59. Sci. Koskinen. Bragadóttir. Ushio. U... Hultin. 44. Jacobsen. J. Hept-cis-4-enal and its contribution to the off-flavour of cold-stored cod. and Shewan. Trends Food Sci. 28. E. H. Koizumi. Kohata. 2008. 215. H.. 59.. Agric.. E. Agric. 47. 328. R. Decker. Lipid oxidations in ordinary and dark muscles of fish: Influences on rancid off-odor development and colour darkening of yellowtail flesh during ice storage. N. G.P.. Milo.G. Boyd. 1987. Food Sci.O. I. T. Hall. 67. Richards. and Grosch. R. 61. Detection of defects in boiled cod and trout by gas chromatographyolfactometry of headspace samples. Am. Isolation and identification of the volatile sulphides produced during chill-storage of North sea cod (Gadus morhua). Food Chem. 44. Food Chem. oyster. 1998.. and Kallio H. 49. Changes in the odourants of boiled salmon and cod as affected by the storage of the raw material. 25. and Lingnert. Eur.. 46. Oil Chem. Park. B. and Hultin. Glasgow. H. L. Technol. Food Chem.. F. Aro. and Grosch. J. J.H. Undeland. R. Processing Technology and Quality.. H.. Agric. Aquat. R. Offensive odour of fish and shellfish. 76. 490. New York.H. and Xu. Blackie Academic and Professional. 52. 1477. Scotland.S. Ed.S. 49. and Jensen. H. C. p. 1999.. F. 241.F. Food Res. 60. and Lindsay.... C..O. 62. J.. R. Tahvonen. and Lindsay. Food Chem. Jónsdóttir. C. 2001. Agric. Taki. J. H. and Kelleher. Frankel. 2000. E. Sci. Technol.. 1974. in Surimi and Surimi Seafood.. 1995. R. The Oily Press. Yamanaka. The role of volatile compounds in odor development during hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of cod muscle membrane lipids. B. 999. 54.. 56. 70.. and Ólafsdóttir. Tokyo. 1989. M.D. 2366.. Ed. p. . Food Agric.. Food Chem. M.C. W. 52.. 524. Food Agric. I. J. 14. 1975. Refsgaard. Koseisha-Koseikaku.. Sci. Food Chem. 45. 4303. K. and Gunstone. G.A. Josephson.A... M.B.C.. Josephson.. Dundee. Sohn.. 19. in Seafoods: Chemistry. Antioxidant strategies for preventing oxidative flavour deterioration of foods enriched with n-3 polyunsaturated lipids: A comparative evaluation. 1992.A. McGill. Shahidi. 8. Hultin. 50. 64. Z. 1998. H.C. 2003. J. C.B. Soc. F. Food Prod.. 48. Agric. J. 26. S. Undeland. L...O. J. Technol. Lipid and autoxidative changes in cold stored cod (Gadus morhua).. 53. 459. P.F..D. 216. Hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of washed minced cod muscle phospholipids: Effect of pH and hemoglobin source.. J. 2007.B. 52. M.. 483.R.J. 51. Retro-aldol degradations of unsaturated aldehydes: Role in the formation of c4-heptenal from t2.. 1186. and Shahidi. 1979. Richards. and Gunstone. Oxidation of lipids in seafoods.. 4444. Agric. 2004. T. Rancidity development in a fish model system as affected by phospholipids. Nielsen. Lipid Oxidation.M.W. Sensory and chemical changes in farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) during frozen storage. Hardy. Food Sci. T. 325.. Minimizing rancidity in muscle foods.F. 53. and other flavours. F. Kristinsson. 53. Jónsdóttir.K. 1996. M. Milo. 55. and Ohshima. Warner. and Hultin. 57. Y.O. I. T. Food Agric. and Botta. 7. Marcel Dekker Inc. 2005.. Surimi processing from dark muscle fish. Trends Food Sci. Japan. and Sheldon. Shioya. Ellis. King. H.

. 31. 49. and Stefánsson. in Seafoods: Chemistry. Matis report 08. U. V. 111. F. 44.H. K.. T. and Reineccius. 2000.R. M.Volatile Aroma Compounds in Fish ◾ 117 64. and Ohshima. 94. Food Microbiol. H. C. K.. 77. 43. G. Seafood.. Rev. Toldrá... Agric. Eds. Food Research International. Flavour of shellfish and kamaboko flavourants.. C. K. Food Chem. in Flavour and Lipid Chemistry of Seafoods. 79. M. Medina.. M.. 2001. 38. 73. J. 71. 70. 175. Prost. Triqui.. and Olsen. Food Sci.. and Guth. J. Aristoy.. 73. Jittrepotch. Int. . 54. R. Lois. Pan.. and Botta.. 85.) by aroma extract dilution analysis and by gas chromatography-olfactometry of headspace samples. 1883. Glasgow. 65. 99..C. 55. and Serot. Volatile aldehydes in smoked fish: Analysis methods. NJ. 2007.. Prost. antioxidants and the effect of heating. Baek.. Agric. J. and Flores. M. 33.. Food Chem. C. H. Toldrá. 2006.L. 80. Effect of smoke processes on the content of 10 major phenolic compounds in smoked fillets of herring (Cuplea harengus). 72. K. 1994...K. Proteolysis and lipolysis in flavour development of dry-cured meat products. S. M.. Guillén. Hoboken. R. Agric. R. J. Knockaert. R. Crit. Salmerón. Comparison of odour-active volatile compounds of fresh and smoked salmon. 75. 82. 70. and Thórarinsdóttir. Ed. ACS Symposium Series 674 American Chemical Society. J. and Hedges. J.M. Determination of potent odourants in ripened anchovy (Engraulis encrasicholus L. 2006. J.. Joffraud. 6250. 331. Varlet. J. 3262. 76. B. and Berdagué. Meat.H. Food Chem.L. 1999. Banerjee. F. 105. Food Chem. C. 2004. Triqui.... Oxidation in fish muscle: The role of phosholipids. Food Chem.... 1995. Processing.. Effect of molecular structure of phenolic families as hydroxycinnamic acids and catechins on their antioxidant effectiveness in minced fish muscle. 486. I. Food Res. 81. Meat Science. R. 2004. 1996. Jónsdóttir. S. G. Sci. proteins.. Hauksson. occurrence and mechanisms of formation. 2006. Poultry. 931. 66. 151. V. N.R. Effects of antioxidants on copper induced lipid oxidation during salting of cod (Gadus morhua). 74.L. J.D. Ólafsdóttir. Roy. 181. Changes in flavour profiles with ripening of anchovy (Engraulis encrasicholus). N. G.S. 2007.... J.. 2006. 2007. 78. M. Headspace volatile components of smoked swordfish (Xiphias gladius) and cod (Gadus morhua) detected by means of solid phase microextraction and gas chromatography–mass spectrometry. Gallardo. Technology and Quality.J. and Casas.. and Vallet. Ólafsdóttir. 1998. Sérot. 66. Toldrá.J. 1997.E... Lauritzesen.. DC. 52.. pro-oxidants.. Jónsdóttir. and Vegetables. sensory analysis and electronic nose. Contribution of muscle aminopeptidases to flavour development in dry-cured ham. T. Agric. 39. Eds. 2008. 68. 3391. Flavorants from seafood byproducts. 69. R. Varlet. 2004. 85. Washington. Characterisation of volatile compounds produced by bacteria isolated from the spoilage flora of cold-smoked salmon. K.. and Einarsson. Unpublished data.. 1. and Flores. Shahidi. and Kuo. Effects of EDTA and a combined use of nitrite and ascorbate on lipid oxidation in cooked Japanese sardine (Sardinops melanostictus) during refrigerated storage. F. T. Food Chem..C. E. Vol 2. Bragadóttir. Knockaert. G. C. Gonzalez. Food Chem. Baron. Inhibition of mackerel (Scomber scombrus) muscle lipoxygenase by green tea polyphenols. 3889... Iceland.. F... Jónsdóttir. and Cadwallader. R. The role of muscle proteases and lipases in flavour development during the processing of dry-cured ham. and Serot. H. Leroi..M. T. Y.A. Food Agr. J.. Reykjavík. G. J. F. and Ólafsdóttir. 67. Shahidi.. C. R. J. Errecalde. and Cadwallader. in Handbook of Food Products Manufacturing: Health. 1536. Food Lipids. M. J. F. 105... Food Chem. Martinsdóttir. John Wiley & Sons. 101. Lauritzesen. 2007. Jónsdóttir. S.R. Int. Flavour characterization of ripened cod roe by gas chromatography. J. Blackie Academic and Professional. Ushio. 83. Hui. Volatile compounds in flavour concentrates produced from crayfish-processing byproducts with and without protease treatment. Milk.

.

PROCESSING CONTROL II .

.

and Margrethe Esaiassen Contents 9.............................................................3.............................................. Measurement Principles.131 9.............. 130 9................................................................ 121 ..................................................................................1 Determination of Basic Composition.................. Measurement Principles...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 122 9.......................4...3.....4....................................2 Analysis of Basic Constituents ....3............................................................................................. 130 9.... 134 Fish and seafood consumption has gained increased attention during the last years as a consequence of increased focus on nutritional quality as well as aspects related to healthy living......... 124 9..............................................................................1...........1 Determination of Basic Composition.................132 9.......................................1 Theory and Measurement Principles ...2 Analysis ..............Chapter 9 Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies Heidi Nilsen....... 128 9......... and Data Analysis ..................2 Theory and Measurement Principles ........................1.................................... 128 9...................1.................3 Analysis of Basic Constituents ........... Karsten Heia......................................... and Analysis .....................................3 Analysis of Basic Constituents .......3 NMR Spectroscopy .................................. 130 9.......4 X-Ray Imaging ...............................1 Theory.............................. 128 9........................... 122 9..........2 Imaging Spectroscopy .....1 Near-Infrared Spectroscopy................................... 122 9.........................2.132 9.......................................133 Acknowledgment ..... 134 References ................2 Theory............................................5 Summary .....................2......................................................................132 9........................

The documentation of basic nutritional composition of foods is a legal requirement in many countries.2 Theory. and so the need for measurement and documentation of such parameters is both a consumer requirement and also issued by law. and additionally the method may be applied with little or no obtrusion to the material sample. throughout the years the method has also proven useful for the analysis of seafood and seafood products [8].1.122 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Compared with the production and distribution of meat from the agricultural sector.1 9. C−O. In this context seafood is particularly challenging as it comprises a vast number of different species with their own characteristics and qualities. A food sample exposed to emission in this wavelength range will absorb certain parts of the energy depending on the chemical composition of the sample. The four methods presented fit with the requirements of speed and nonobtrusiveness. In this chapter. The absorption of light is due to the response of the molecular bonds O−H.1 Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Determination of Basic Composition The development and usage of near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR) as an analytical tool has proven useful in areas varying from food quality. There are several reasons why NIR as a food analytical tool has caught attention and approval during the last decennia. hence. 9. and hence these issues must be considered during the processing and characterization of the material. C−H. we give a short introduction to the principles of NIR spectroscopy. pharmaceutical applications. which is a prerequisite for a methodology to be applied along a production line. These methods are near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy. In this perspective there is an obvious need for objective methods for evaluating and documenting the basic composition of fish and seafood. facilitating a rapid response. requirements for such a method would preferably be that it is rapid and nondestructive. as well as x-rays. Measurement Principles. followed by a presentation of the usage of NIR measurements for the rapid determination of basic constituents in fish and seafood products. Regarding industrialized food production. 9. Another aspect to be considered is the increased consumer awareness regarding the quality of their food. The basic principles of the techniques are described as well as a presentation of the use and applicability of quality measures of fish. magnetic resonance. The measurements are based on light interaction with material. The work in food analysis tends to have a focus within the agricultural sector [1]. imaging techniques.1. During the last 30 years the use of NIR spectroscopy has gained increased importance in the evaluation of a number of different food quality parameters [2–7]. seafood is considered highly fragile and perishable with a short shelf life and delicate texture. . Another benefit is the potential of simultaneous measurements of more parameters. However. to analysis related to the environment and the petrochemical sector [1]. and Data Analysis The electromagnetic range applied in NIR spectroscopy spans from 700 to 2500 nm. frequently consumers want readily accessible information about nutritional parameters and food quality. these techniques may be applied in or at a production line. we review some of the most relevant methods for assessing the basic composition of fish and seafood as presented in scientific literature. In the following section. comprising the frequencies just below those of visible light.

In the context of rapid methodologies. The broad spectral bands may be an indication of the material constituents. NIR spectroscopy is an indirect measurement technique. Finally. the system is operated in “reflection” mode. A common methodology is chemometrics or Detector Shelter Sample Light source (a) (b) (c) Figure 9. A setup as shown in (a). NIR spectroscopy would not have had such an impact as an analytical tool had it not been for the development of mathematical tools for spectral analysis. If the light source and the detector are placed on the same side of the sample as shown in (b). and noncontact methods.1 Different measurement setups for NIR spectroscopy. enables “transmission” measurements. In (c) the light source and detector are located to register light that has traversed the sample before detection. nondisruptive. For both (a) and (b). The amount of light entering the detector unit depends on the scattering and absorption features of the sample as well as the sample thickness and lamp characteristics. A thorough theoretical description of the NIR theory as well as the designation of numerous bands of absorptions may be found in Osborne and Fearn [2] and reviews on the subject [1. both with respect to the detectors and the capture of the spectral information [10.1. where the light passes through the sample from one side to another. for example.11]. we view this in terms of the measurement setup enabled by technology. a screen is placed between the directly emitted area and the area of inspection.9. depending on the scattering properties of the medium under investigation.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 123 and N−H [9] and corresponds mainly to overtones and combinations of fundamental vibrations. The setup in (b) displays the reflection setup where light reflected from the sample surface enters the detector. the transmission and reflection may be either direct or diff use. Hence. . but focusing the two devices so as to ensure that the light has traversed some region of the sample before detection. In order to prevent direct reflection from the surface. but an immediate look at an NIR spectrum is not sufficient to quantify the different substances. Different measurement modes for NIR spectroscopy are illustrated in Figure 9. Over the years there has been a steadily ongoing development of instrumentation for NIR spectroscopy.10]. In (a) the transmission setup is shown. (c) illustrates how measurements are performed in “transflection” mode. developed toward the facilitation of nondestructive. placing the light source and the detector at the same side of the sample. traditional chemical determination of the constituents. the spectral readings must be correlated to a relevant reference method such as. light from the source penetrates the sample and enters the detector.

namely. In both studies reflectance measurements were performed.124 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis multivariate data analysis. Darwish and others [15] used the technique in 1989 to measure fat. In spite of the rather cumbersome sampling procedure. [14] reported the use of NIR spectroscopy to determine lipid and protein content in freshwater fish. the samples were minced and dissolved in a milk-like emulsion. and soft independent modeling of class analogies (SIMCA) [12]. fingerling Arctic charr and rainbow trout. 9. an easy. Typically. mackerel. The prospect of measuring the chemical composition of intact fish could facilitate the use of the method in connection with selection in breeding programs [17] as well as for quality grading in terms of nutritional quality [19]. and water. The earliest reports of NIR spectroscopy to measure chemical components in fish appeared more than two decades ago. and rapid method for the assessment and quantification of these constituents is considered a valuable tool in the quality evaluation of any foodstuff. protein. water. This could account for the many studies relating to the rapid analysis of the basic chemical composition of . partial least square (PLS) regression. fat. For the measurement of fat and protein. Downey [18] applied a similar spectroscopic setup to measure fat and water content of intact farmed salmon. demonstrating the possibility to determine fat content in live fish. As early as in 1992 Lee and others [17] showed how NIR spectroscopy could be used noninvasively to estimate the lipid content of small-sized.1. Both of these early reports concluded that the method was promising in terms of speed and efficiency when measuring a large number of samples. and. Consecutive research articles proved the feasibility of the tool in developing the method to apply with simpler procedures of sample preparation. In 1987 Gjerde and Martens [13] demonstrated the applicability of NIR to predict water. Among the most used multivariate techniques are principal component analysis (PCA). Sollid and Solberg [16] measured the fat content in salmon by transmission spectroscopy on raw minced muscle. we give several examples of the use of NIR spectroscopy for the determination of basic food constituents in fish and seafood and how the method has been applied and developed over the last 20 years. a substantial part of the work related to NIR analysis of fish and food from fish concerns the quantification of the chemical constituents. and protein content in rainbow trout. fat. and tuna. intact rainbow trout. [17]. The measurements were performed by use of fiber optic bundles conveying the light to and from the sample site. In the following paragraphs. reliable.3 Analysis of Basic Constituents As found in NIR analysis of foods in general. Based on measurements through scales and skin. a model based on several wavelengths is required to extract useful information from the spectroscopic data. Being the basic nutritional components of any food. [19] performed a study on live anesthetized farmed salmon. as in the work of Lee et al. Farmed salmon is of high commercial value and a worldwide favorable product. it was possible to estimate the lipid content of the intact muscle. the study concluded that the method could be a useful tool for rapid quality control. the measurement locations for obtaining the best calibration results were also addressed. In addition. This measurement setup clearly displayed how NIR spectroscopy could be used in a nondestructive way. the reference method may be replaced by the spectral reading and the analytical model. and the sample preparation included mincing and freeze drying of the material to be evaluated. and protein in cod. whereas water determination was made on the water extracted from the fish mince. The same year Mathias et al. by use of NIR in connection with fiber optics Solberg et al. If there is good correlation between the spectral measurements and the method of reference.

[26] showed that NIR spectroscopy could be used to estimate lipid.985681 0. and protein than those made on intact muscles. or postspawning.264047 0. In a recent work by Khodabux et al. water. [21. in.2 The plot shows the predicted versus measured fat content in farmed salmon based on multivariate analysis of 78 spectra from salmon fillets and the respective chemical analyses of the fillets. In both the works of Vogt et al. Unpublished data.. Xiccato et al. 1998. [27]. and additionally the spectroscopic measurements could be used for origin identification or authentication of the samples.22] also conducted studies documenting the efficiency of applying NIR spectroscopy in different measurement modes to assess fat and water content in salmon. (Y–var. An example illustrating the use of NIR spectroscopy for assessing fat content in farmed salmon is given in Figure 9. Torrissen. [28] and Nielsen et al. Transmission spectroscopy was also employed for the analysis of fat and dry matter in capelin [25].937575 0. H. [29] one question of interest was the comparison of different methods for measuring fat content. whether pre-. Torry fatmeter. fat.2. applying minced samples for the spectral readings. In this work they applied a fiber optic measurement setup. Silver Spring). Isaksson et al. Measured Y Elements: Slope: Offset: Correlation: RMSEP: SEP: 21 Bias: 24 78 0.600067 0.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 125 salmon. The study concluded that NIR is well suited for nondestructive quality evaluation of salmon fillets. and dry matter in halibut fillet..002328 61 66 54 55 168 17 16 62 72 18 2 4 77 23 6 53 6373 25343 31 13 74 80 22 15 78 41 27 44 18 36 38 46 70 9 65 20 12 67 19 49 60 52 26 83 48 51 100 48 69 676 32 35 20 24 37 56 40 50 28 30 39 5 15 Predicted Y 18 20 22 24 14 16 Hsfett1. and protein content of European sea bass. . and NIR spectroscopy. In a research article published in 2004. Wold et al.603947 0. This work also emphasized the impact of the conditional state of the fish when making calibration models. NIR spectroscopy was proven to be a useful tool for the evaluation of basic constituents of different types of tuna. 8) Figure 9. microwave. as well as on minced salmon muscle.) Spectral measurements were performed on intact fillets by transflection measurements by use of the fiber optic probe of the instrument NIRS6500 (Perstorp Analytical Inc. The fat content of herring has also been assessed by the use of NIR spectroscopy. PC): (%fettHS.K. N. and Sørensen. Spectroscopic readings obtained on the minced samples correlated better with the reference measurements on fat. (From Nilsen. water. [20] conducted a study in which they compared NIR measurements on intact salmon fillet. NIR spectroscopy has been used for evaluating the chemical composition of several other fish species as well. Nortvedt. and Tuene [24] made use of NIR transmission spectroscopy to assess protein.

A further use of NIR measurements for the evaluation of basic food constituents was suggested by Svensson et al. and NMR. They did. In both studies NIR spectroscopy resulted in favorable outcomes with respect to speed and accuracy. Shimamoto et al. A few years later the same group used NIR to assess the fat content in frozen skipjack [31]. [39]. NIR spectroscopy was applied to determine water and protein content [38]. For surimi products. and . either intact fish/muscle or minced muscle. respectively. however. Moisture and sodium chloride in cured Atlantic salmon were measured nondestructively by NIR diff use reflectance spectroscopy [34]. about 63°C for the hot smoking process. [35] applying the NIR technique to determine water content in salted dried cod—clipfish. the spectroscopic method has confirmed its applicability for the evaluation of several other quality issues in fish. The versatility of the method is one reason for its relevance and growing popularity during the recent years. Huang et al. lipids. still proved viable for assessing the chemical constituents of the samples. Vogt et al. Similar findings were made on hot smoked portions of salmon fillets by Lin et al. however. NIR spectroscopy. It was argued that the sensitivity of the method could have been better. [36] presented a study where NIR spectroscopy was used for the investigation of salt content in cured salmon roe. fat. differentiation between fresh and frozen-thawed fish [7].126 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis and Distell fatmeter.42]. Examples of these are nondestructive texture analysis of farmed salmon [40]. NIR spectroscopy has proven applicable also for the analysis of frozen products as well as processed and refined products. also commented on the cost aspect of the different methods as part of the feasibility of the methods. namely. and certain proteins. The salting. refined fish-based products made by washing mechanically deboned fish to remove constituents such as blood. [28] however. The spectroscopic method has been used to assess moisture. The broadbanded spectra contain information about several parameters. enzymes. [30] used NIR spectroscopy in connection with an interactance probe as a means of determining the fat content in frozen horse mackerel nonintrusively. In this work it was demonstrated how NIR spectroscopy could be used to assess the protein content in brine from salted herring and thus indirectly be a measure of the maturity and ripening of the salted herring. and the detection of bruises in the fish muscle [33]. although the assessment of salt did not prove as effective as that of water content. NIR. however. the Greek dish taramosalata. alter the physical and chemical properties as well as the textural properties of the fish muscle. Of the most recent studies in the field is work by Wold et al. The use and results described above were all on raw fish samples. Smoked and cured fish have also been subject to investigation by the use of NIR spectroscopy. NIR spectroscopy has also been applied for the analysis of basic chemical constituents in other types of fish products. and exposure to elevated temperatures. In 2001 Huang et al. In addition to the many studies assessing the basic chemical constituents in fish and seafood. evaluation of freshness or storage time of fresh fish [41. [33]. storage time of frozen fish [41]. They addressed the sampling/measurement location and the method of performing measurements in a representative way. and protein content in another roe-based product. A work by Adamopoulos and Goula [37] showed that the chemical composition could be assessed with a high degree of accuracy in addition to the obvious benefit of the ease and simplicity of the measurement method. In addition to the analysis on raw fish and processed fish material. the nonintrusive method would still be an interesting alternative for rapid testing of high-value food products. [32] performed a study to show that moisture and salt content in cold smoked salmon could be evaluated using NIR measurements. combine the NIR technique with imaging—further described later in this chapter—which facilitates a novel way of measuring and analyzing fish quality. smoking.

. Another issue is the need for modeling the correlation between the spectroscopic reading and the quality parameter in question. with one reading. There may be several reasons for this.3 Prototype version of handheld spectroscopic instrument for quality assessment of fish. may promote the future applicability and usefulness of the information in Figure 9. Th is is a challenging task in view of the variety and the heterogeneity of the material and so may have contributed to the reluctance in investing in and developing this technology to a commercial tool for assessment of fish quality. fish-quality inspection. on one side. is considered intriguing. the ease of use of the methodology has increased through instruments facilitating little or no sample preparation as well as measurement setups for rapid and nonintrusive registration. These developments have enabled the use of at-line or online methodology. This instrument was used for the determination of freshness of cod as well as the assessment of frozen storage time of hake. however.3. The technique has. combining imaging techniques with the spectral information. High-cost instrumentation designed for versatile use and flexibility has probably better met the requirements of laboratory use than those of industrial application. The high price of the instrumentation.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 127 the possibility of simultaneously monitoring a number of different issues. As illustrated by the above. Instrument development has come from the grand-size laboratory desktop versions to portable or handheld instruments as illustrated in Figure 9. not yet become an everyday instrumental tool for food-quality control nor. say. has been a reason for the method not gaining a broader range of applicability. The development in recent years in instrumentation.

as well as transflection measurements. 9.1 Theory. Between each captured frame. and meat. Depending on the applied sensor technology. and each frame captured provides full spectral information for one line across the object to be imaged. it uses a two-dimensional sensor. However. Typically. Measurement Principles. In addition to what traditional spectroscopy can facilitate. It has been shown that NIR hyperspectral imaging techniques are . improved results can be obtained by combining these techniques with more traditional image processing techniques. vegetables. an analytical tool for industrial quality control of clipfish and salmon fillets. Imaging spectroscopy can be implemented for transmission.2 Imaging Spectroscopy 9.2. is a new technique that has been developed during the last decade [43. Th is means that for each spatial location it is possible to access the full spectral information. and acidity (expressed as pH) [47–49]. The realization of a commercial processing analytical tool for the simultaneous analysis of several parameters makes the technology interesting for a broad range of fish and seafood processing industries. the feasibility of the method for the analysis of basic composition of foods. In order to illustrate the potential parameters to be assessed by imaging spectroscopy. the spectrograph and the object must move relative to each other. also known as multispectral imaging or hyperspectral imaging.44]. For fruits and vegetables more articles report on determination of chemical constituents such as moisture content. Oslo. total soluble solids. As these techniques only use the spectral information. Most of them are on foods such as fruits.128 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis the near-infrared spectra. some examples related to the agricultural sector are referred. Norge). The analytical techniques described in that section are also applied to imaging spectroscopy data. this method is an indirect measurement technique. In this way an image of the object is built line by line. 9.2 Analysis of Basic Constituents During the last decade several applications within food-quality inspection have been developed based on imaging spectroscopy. this can be illustrated as simultaneously recording information about shape and color. an imaging spectrograph operates in the following way. To simplify the concept. This implies that this technique is a powerful tool for segmentation and classification and that it may also map the chemical composition into the spatial domain [45]. or the result from these techniques can be postprocessed to utilize the spatial information [46]. the relative motion is accomplished by mounting the imaging spectrograph above a conveyer belt where each captured frame images a line perpendicular to the direction of motion. the hyperspectral data can be preprocessed based on spatial features before applying analytical spectral techniques. A novel example of this is the development of the QMonitor (QVision AS. For instance. There are still relatively few reports on imaging spectroscopy applied for the analysis of fish and seafood. Several solutions have also been developed for detection of defects and contaminations on fruits. It has become a widely used technique within fields spanning microscopy to satellite remote sensing. As described in Section 9. and Analysis Imaging spectroscopy.1 on NIR spectroscopy. Typically. reflection.2. demonstrates the potential of the method in the seafood sector as well. the spectra may be recorded in the visible and near-infrared region. in general. this technique also provides spatial information.

the moisture content of the fish varies from the thinner parts to the thicker parts of the fish. .3%. Regarding the determination of basic chemical composition of fish and seafood. In this publication the importance of including spatial information is illustrated. A thorough review of imaging spectroscopy applications within fruits and vegetables is presented by Nicolai et al. The parameters included were drip loss.3055% Share: 21. [61]. Fisk: 1 Fettfisk: 18. Peeling of shrimps and detection of nematodes were mentioned as possible applications for the future. whereas the local fat content varies from approximately 6% up to 43%. Norway). and different texture features. When drying fish. [53]. the main activities within imaging spectroscopy and fish analysis have been focused on online solutions for assessing chemical composition and detection of quality defects in fish products. septicemic.60] where several quality parameters were evaluated by imaging spectroscopy. measuring the water content in one spot is not necessarily representative for the whole fish. and cadaver [54. pH. [35]. color.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 129 useful for automatic online detection of surface defects and contaminations on apples [50–52]. there is one recent publication on assessing water content in salted dried cod by Wold et al. Norway) has also developed an industrial solution based on multispectral imaging for measuring the fat content in salmon fi llets (see Figure 9. [59. A recent work on quality assessment of pork has been reported by Qiao et al.4 Fat distribution in salmon fillet measured by the multispectral imaging system QMonitor fabricated by QVision (Oslo. Hence. Since 2000. Further on. QVision (Oslo.3348 50 45 50 40 100 35 30 150 25 200 20 15 250 10 300 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 Figure 9. imaging spectroscopy solutions for detection of contaminants such as fecal and ingesta on poultry carcasses have been studied [56–58].55]. The color bar to the right indicates the correspondence between color and fat content in percentage.4). The first article addressing analysis of fish or seafood by imaging spectroscopy was published in 2000 by Sigernes et al. Inspection systems based on hyperspectral imaging have been tested for poultry carcass inspection focusing on classification of carcasses into normal. The mean fat content for this fillet is 18.

Hence. measurements may be performed at high speed as well as in noncontact mode. and currently there are a limited number of equipment suppliers. Imaging spectroscopy is well suited for application in the fish processing industry as an online technique.130 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis In addition to the measurement and documentation of basic composition. [63]. blood spots. The main technique used is NMR spectroscopy. Furthermore. Oslo.3.2 Theory and Measurement Principles NMR provides a large amount of information regarding composition and structure of components in food. When an external magnetic field is applied. this is a relatively new field. 9. A low-resolution (spectral and spatial) instrument is available for industrial assessment of chemical composition such as fat and water content (QMonitor. black lining.1 Determination of Basic Composition Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) has evolved from being an expensive and academic analytical technique into being a technique applicable for the food industry in both size and price of the equipment as well as speed of analyses. experience with NIR spectroscopy shows that more than one attribute can be estimated based on one recording.3. a lot of effort has been invested in the detection of nematodes. but during the last few years magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has also been explored for its usefulness in food analyses. NMR techniques use electromagnetic radiation and magnetic fields to obtain chemical information. NMR spectroscopy may provide detailed . With respect to commercial implementation of imaging spectroscopy. All nuclei that contain odd numbers of protons or neutrons have an intrinsic magnetic moment and angular momentum. but looking at reported applications within other areas the potential for new applications is high. 9. The energy absorptions of the atomic nuclei are also affected by the nuclei of neighboring atoms within the same molecule as well as nuclei in surrounding molecules. Additionally. since it is possible to use spectra from dedicated relevant areas on the sample. NMR active nuclei absorb at a frequency characteristic of the isotope. imaging spectroscopy of fish has been applied to address other quality issues. For instance. Even more important is that for some applications imaging spectroscopy can provide better results. The most commonly measured nuclei are 1H and 13C. if blood oxidation should be quantified spectra from blood-infested area of a fillet can easily be extracted for analysis based on imaging spectroscopy data. and skin remnants in whitefish fillets [62–64]. For detection of flaws or defects in fish. and they are based on the magnetic properties of atomic nuclei. and the methods that are feasible by spot measurements may also be implemented using imaging spectroscopy. but this requires that the same spot be used.3 NMR Spectroscopy 9. Using the interaction between light and the sample object. Norway) in fish. With imaging spectroscopy this is not a problem since spectra are available for all spatial locations. 31P-NMR and 23Na-NMR have also been used for food analyses. For NIR spectroscopy several applications within fish and seafood are reported. QVision. Still the number of imaging spectroscopy applications with fish and seafood is low. In addition to this a high-resolution prototype imaging spectrograph has been developed for detection of defects as well as determination of chemical constituents in fish fillets as reported by Heia et al.

Rezzi et al. but the technique has been applied in the recent years for determination of both fat and water content in different food products and also seafood. whereas Siddiqui et al. the Bruker Professional MOUSE ® (Bruker Optik GmbH. Germany) has been developed to handle such samples. [79] and Masoum et al. creatine. [76]. As recent examples.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 131 information regarding the molecular structure of a food sample. Numerous applications of NMR in food analyses have been reported in the literature. and some examples of analyses of seafood are given here. 9. LF-1H-NMR has been used for studying water distribution in smoked salmon [65]. [80] used this technique to determine the origin of Atlantic salmon. it was shown that 23Na-NMR has proven useful for quantitative salt determinations in salted cod. Studies of large objects like whole fish are impossible using most traditional LF-NMR instruments. and mobility in herring [67] and oil and water content of salmon and cod [68]. [75] and Arvanitoyannis et al. in a study focusing on both 23Na-NMR and low-field 1H-NMR spectroscopy. Additionally. water distribution. [81] showed that it was possible to identify taurine.1H-NMR seems to correlate to fillet pH and water-holding capacity [71]. Falch et al. low-resolution NMR (LR-NMR) and high-resolution NMR (HR-NMR) spectroscopy as well as MRI and NMR-mobile universal surface explores (NMR-MOUSE) have been used. Today. Due to the provision of very detailed information regarding the molecular structure of a food sample. High-resolution NMR can be used to provide information on lipid classes. high-resolution NMR has been applied in many food authenticity studies. Tyl et al. anserine. Low-field (LF) NMR spectroscopy requires little or no sample preparation. and there are numerous reports available. Additionally. [74] reported the use of HR-NMR to determine oxidation products in marine lipids. Martinez et al. [69] demonstrated that this equipment could be applied to determine fat in homogenates from salmon. and it has mainly been used for analyses of water in food samples. For analyses of seafood products.3 Analysis of Basic Constituents For several years 1H. [72] used HR-NMR to measure the content of n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in four types of unoxidized fish oils. and dimethylamine in extracts . Aursand et al. whereas Veliyulin et al. whereas Thomas et al. fatty acid composition.and HR-13C-NMR for multicomponent analyses of encapsulated marine oil supplements. [78] demonstrated the use of NMR lipid profiling for classification of gilthead sea bream according to geographic origin. cod [66]. 1H NMR spectroscopy has been explored to identify the fate of some bioactive compounds during processing of seafood. Among more recent work. different NMR equipments are available.and 13C-NMR have been applied to measure the lipid or water content of many different foods including fish. trimethylamine oxide. including NMR. degree of saturated/ unsaturated fatty acids. For example. Standal et al. Rheinstetten.3. betaine. [77] used NMR to discriminate cod liver oil according to whether the origin was wild/ farmed as well as geographic origin. [73] used HR-1H. and they may provide different information regarding the food properties. and studies of lipid degradation processes in lipid mixtures such as fish oils. HR-NMR has been used in many studies and has the advantage over LR-NMR that it is possible to obtain detailed information regarding the molecular structure. [70] demonstrated that NMR-MOUSE could also be used for in vivo determination of fat content in Atlantic salmon. A new type of LF-NMR instrument. Extensive reviews on different techniques. used for seafood authenticity have been provided by Martinez et al. whereas LF.

[85] tested CT scanning as a tool for estimating the relative size of fat deposits and lean tissue and fat content in Atlantic halibut. more specific information about the sample can be revealed. Within the field of medicine. 9. [82] showed that it was possible to identify single chemical compounds such as hypoxanthine. computed tomographic (CT) scanning is widely used. It is not possible to accurately characterize the observed sample by applying only one x-ray energy level. however. Based on the results obtained the . a two-dimensional cross section of the sample can be made. As illustrated here. amino acids. Such equipment is cheaper. The decrease in x-ray intensity inside a sample will be due to absorption by different materials. but it provides a three-dimensional image of the sample. and lately many low-field. Making profiles from different angles and then combining them by software. This is achieved by rotating the x-ray/detector unit around the sample. A study has been conducted on the applicability of CT scanning as a nondestructive and rapid way of measuring muscle dry matter content and liquid leakage in cod fillets [84]. An objection to the method. A more dense material will absorb more x-ray energy. has been that conventional NMR is an expensive technique.4 X-Ray Imaging 9. In another study Kolstad et al. Typical applications within fish and fish products are related to the detection of bones and bone fragments as well as chemical composition and localization. 9. NMR is a versatile tool for the identification and quantification of numerous compounds in fish related to nutritional quality. There are two interactions. Gribbestad et al. Further on the CT scans gave significant information about dry matter distribution from head to tail of the cod. one layer for each energy level. lactate. For online applications this can be implemented as a line-by-line imaging or a frame-by-frame imaging. Then the third dimension is accomplished by the sample movement. the photoelectric effect and the Compton scattering that causes the x-ray attenuation. and some fatty acids in extracts and muscle from salmon using high-resolution 1H NMR spectroscopy. the high spectral resolution is not always required. anserine.132 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis from processed cod. low-resolution NMR spectrometers have been developed and commercialized.4.1 Theory and Measurement Principles X-ray imaging is a technique based on the emission of x-rays through a sample and recording the amount of attenuation.4. However. This is also an x-ray imaging system. This technique is referred to as dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA.2 Analysis X-ray imaging provides spatial information in two dimensions (2D) or three dimensions (3D) (CT). smaller. and their relative contributions are energy dependent [83]. The results obtained showed that CT scanning could be used as a rapid method for the assessment of these attributes and would add valuable information to be used in genetic studies and breeding programs. Th is is a powerful imaging technique that can be used both as a single-energy and a dual-energy module. and less sensitive to fluctuations in the environment and thus more applicable in industry as well as in many research fields. By using two x-ray energy levels. and the attenuation will also be influenced by the sample thickness. previously DEXA) and may be implemented using a two-layer detector.

9. With respect to bone detection in fish fillets there are commercial solutions available today (Marel Hf. authors recommended CT scanning as an online technique for carcass evaluation.5 for an example).5 Detection of pin bones in fish fillets by x-ray imaging using the SensorX instrumentation (Marel. Iceland). Iceland). instrumental means capable of objective and rapid determination of basic composition are also available. To the left is the original x-ray image of one cod fillet and to the right is the processed image where only the bones identified in the fillet are shown. [86] showing good results predicting fat content of common carp based on CT scanning.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 133 Figure 9. This instrument can detect bones and bone fragments down to a diameter of 0. A similar work has been carried out by Hancz et al.5 Summary The methods and applications presented in the above clearly illustrate that there are more tools and techniques that could serve as an easy and useful way of rapid quality determination of fish and seafood. Marel developed an X-ray-based bone detection unit (SensorX) that was commercially available on the market in 2003 [87]. Throughout development all presented techniques have met the requirements .3 mm when operating at industrial speed (see Figure 9.

using near infrared spectroscopy. Uddin. 5. Another issue is the substantial variety and heterogeneity of the material to be analyzed. 33(2). quality seafood products will contribute to retaining the good reputation of fish and seafood in the years to come. Osborne. Thyholdt. Reykjavik. et al. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. Oxford. Harlow. pp. T.. Trends in Analytical Chemistry. Ellis Horwood.. hence allowing for measurements to be performed on large-scale quantities.134 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis of simplicity in sample preparation. B. 525–532.. not easily applicable for small-scale industries as is often the case in the fish processing industry. De Boever. and x-rays are operated at a speed that makes it possible to perform measurements at or in a processing line. K. et al. P. Thybo. 70(8). and Fearn. and x-rays is considerable and. Rehbein.. Hildrum. and progress in data processing and analytical tools has facilitated usability and ease of interpretation of measurement results. the finding of a universal measurement tool to meet with this variety is a challenging task. Safety and Authenticity. However. I. In addition. J. T. 200. H. Wiley-Blackwell Publishing. Eds. NMR.. Near Infrared Spectroscopy in Food Analysis. T. and Villarroya. Non-destructive Visible/NIR Spectroscopy for differentiation of fresh and frozenthawed fish..A.. A. also makes it clear that although proven useful and promising in laboratory-scale trials. M.4. K. Prediction of sensory texture of cooked potatoes using uniaxial compression. and Isakson. Iceland) and QMonitor (QVision AS. 103–111. 6. 89–104.K. Nofima Food. and Tandberg. nearinfrared spectroscopy and low-field H-1 NMR spectroscopy. these techniques have—with a few commercial exceptions—still not been shown to be commercially valid for quality determination in the fish and seafood processing industry. References 1. Norway. 1992. p. imaging. Introducing and applying these methods to industrial applications and enabling production of well-documented. Lebensmittelwissenschaft und Technologie. Blanco. 8. NIR. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy. Pawlinsky. for providing the example picture used in Figure 9. U.K.J.I. Acknowledgment The authors would like to thank Dr Jens Petter Wold. 6. 4. C506–C510. Isaksson. K. 3. VIS/NIR spectroscopy.... therefore.K. 21(4). U. Determination of chemical composition of beef meat by NIRS. J. 121–128. A. Nilsen. Longman Scientific & Technical. 2000. NMR. in Fishery Products: Quality. 1998. T. the technological development exemplified by SensorX (Marel hf. 2. however. Oslo.G. and Heia. 1986. and Oehlenschläger. 339–344. M. H. . The price of measurement equipment for NIR. 2009. in Near InfraRed Spectroscopy. Eds.. 73(4). England.. 7. Due to the spread and diversity in fish species and sizes as well as the seasonal difference in bodily composition. NIR spectroscopy: A rapid-response analytical tool.. Part of the explanation for this could be the cost level of the equipment in question. T. 240–250. Differentiation of frozen and unfrozen beef using near-infrared spectroscopy. 2005. This chapter. Journal of Food Science.. et al. Prediction of wheat bread-baking functionality in whole kernels. Norway) confirms that these techniques may be applied in commercial and industrial high-speed fish processing applications.. and Williams. Naes. 1997. 2002.

. 644–649. 856–860. Non-invasive and non-destructive percutaneous analysis of farmed salmon flesh by near infra-red spectroscopy. 11. Downey.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 135 9. and Sobering. B. Vogt. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. and Martens H. 2003.. H. 2006. Non-destructive determination of fat.P. Sollid. 205–215. Journal of Food Science.) by near infrared reflectance spectroscopy (NIRS).. Nondestructive determination of the fat content in raw and frozen horse mackerel by Near Infrared Spectroscopy. Predicting carcass composition of rainbow trout by near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy... and Sørensen. O. 20.F. Food Chemistry. D. 18. T. 62(4).S. fat and protein in tuna fishes. et al. 23.C. Khodabux. T. Wold.. C. L. and Krane. moisture and protein in salmon fillets by use of near-infrared diff use spectroscopy. Journal of Food Science.C. Unpublished data. 2003. Fisheries Science. et al. J. 734–736. 221–228. K. Solberg. Fatmeter.K. 2004. Lipid content in herring (Clupea harengus L. T. McClure.. Lee. M. G. 31. Nilsen. 102. 1996.. 537–548. Darwish. 38. 10. 12. D. Food Chemistry. Shimamoto. C. 198–219. 22. 1987. Shimamoto. 29. Cen. Williams.. Journal of Food Science.. 305–311. Non-destructive determination of fat and moisture in whole atlantic salmon by near-infrared diff use spectroscopy. Torrisen. 1997.. 669–675. protein and dry matter in Atlantic halibut fillet. 40. 9. 792–793. 13. 717–722. Food Chemistry. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences. Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft und-Technologie. and Tuene. U. J. 2176–2181. Pasquini. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture.. The determination of lipid and protein in fresh-water fish using near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy. C.P.. 86. Theory and application of near infrared reflectance spectroscopy in determination of food quality.. Jakobsen. Proximate analysis of fish tissue by mid-infrared transmission spectroscopy. Solberg. 204 years of near infrared technology: 1800–2003. 2003. 69.R. J. Chichester. Application of near-infrared transmittance spectroscopy in the determination of fat. 692–696. Mulitvariate Calibration. 28. 72–83. 14(2).. Analysis of fat and dry matter in capelin by near infrared transmission spectroscopy. W. 61(3–4). et al. 275–281.. Chemometrics and Intelligent Laboratory Systems. Prediction of chemical composition and origin identification of European sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax L. 1998.. 2005.. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Determination of fat in live farmed Atlantic salmon using non-invasive NIR techniques. 42. 1987. 30. 19. 1996. 46. G. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy.. 1992. 15. S. and He.A. 16. 95–100. 487–518. Trends in Food Science and Technology. et al. 14.. et al. H. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy. Wold. and Rasco. 419. . N.K. Gjerde. Y. T. 2006. A.J.A. Journal of the Brazilian Chemical Society. 24. practical aspects and analytical applications. Rapid non-destructive determination of fat content in frozen skipjack using a portable near infrared spectrophotometer. C. p.. Isaksson. 1992. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi 67(4).)–influence of biological factors and comparison of different methods of analysis: Solvent extraction. Salmon fat content estimation by near infrared transmission spectroscopy... H. G. Mathias. Xiccato. 2001. Atlantic salmon average fat content estimated by near-infrared transmittance spectroscopy. 2002.. Journal of Food Composition and Analysis. Journal of Animal Breeding and Genetics–Zeitschrift für Tierzuchtung und Zuchtungsbiologie. 303–311.. G. 57(3). and Næs. 21. 1998. 74–77. 1995. NIR and NMR. Noninvasive short-wavelength near-infrared spectroscopic method to estimate the crude lipid content in the muscle of intact rainbow trout.. 199–207. F. 2003.H. and Smith. Chemical and near-infrared determination of moisture. and Isaksson. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. 17. Cavinato. J. 1989. 137–148. 2001. R. P.. 15. 1989. Near infrared spectroscopy: Fundamentals. Nielsen. and Solberg.. Aquaculture. A comparison of selected rapid methods for fat measurement in fresh herring (Clupea harengus). 26. and Fredriksen. J. Nortvedt. Martens.. H. J. 104(1–2). 11. 18. 83. Van de Voort. et al. 55(3).P. et al. 61(1). D. B. et al.. 25. 69. 27.

2003. et al. and Olafsdottir. 49.. Lu. Agricultural and Food Chemistry. 50.P. 37. T. Nondestructive prediction of moisture and sodium chloride in cold smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). 2004. Proc.G. Multivariate image analysis of a set of FTIR microspectroscopy images of aged bovine muscle tissue combining image and design information. Mehl. 61(1). Svensson. H. 10. in Digital Solid State Cameras: Designs and Applications. Heia. Bruise detection in pacific pink Salmon (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha) by visible and shortwavelength Near-Infrared (SW-NIR) Spectroscopy (600–1100 nm). Journal of Food Engineering. ElMasry. Journal of Food Engineering. 2004.M. 67(7). A. J. Lu.. Visible/Near-Infrared spectroscopy—A new tool for the evaluation of fish freshness. International Journal of Pattern Recognition and Artificial Intelligence. 201–209. 2003. T. 482–486.. K. 2006. Peng. E. Detection of sodium chloride in cured salmon roe by SW-NIR spectroscopy. Uddin. 53–60.. Williams. 4161–4167. P.. 51.M. 491–495. Lin. 63. and Okkonen.. Infrared spectroscopic imaging: From planetary to cellular systems.S. Nicolai.. 2001. M. R. 37. 2003. J. 67–68. K. 2007. Nielsen. 165–175. B. 803–809. 68(2). Direct sight imaging spectrograph: A unique add-in component brings spectral imaging to industrial applications. G. 96. Wageningen Academic Publishers.. Huang. Y. 67(5). 35. Adamopoulos.. Application of near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy in the determination of major components in taramosalata. Food Chemistry. Wageningen. J. Herrala.. Jr. and Lu. Colarusso.. et al. 52(3). 31(2). Development of hyperspectral imaging technique for the detection of apple surface defects and contaminations. Transactions of the ASAE.M.. and Bro. 2006. Hyperspectral imaging for nondestructive determination of some quality attributes for strawberry. Y. 39. 49. E.H. Oehlenschlager. 1996.Technologie. SPIE 3302. 1998. 48(1). 98–107. 59–66. Y. Multispectral imaging for predicting firmness and soluble solids content of apple fruit. 51. et al... A.. 2002. R. ed. 235–242.. 2001. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. 106A–120A. Hyvarinen.. et al. 1–6. Determination of the protein content in brine from salted herring using near-infrared spectroscopy.. Journal of Food Science. Huang. R. 389. Herrala. 38.Wissenschaft und. H. et al. 147–157.F. Y. Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry. et al. 40. 42. 523–530. et al. Applied Spectroscopy.. 41. 199–207. Journal of Food Science. Non-destructive texture analysis of farmed Atlantic salmon using visual/ near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy. Isaksson. 40(1). Journal of Food Science. G. pp. 1821–1826. 2002. Visible spectroscopy—Evaluation of storage time of ice stored cod and frozen hake. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry. 2005. 43. 1143–1153. 52. the Netherlands. 1998. et al. Postharvest Biology and Technology. and Dall’Ava. Nondestructive determination of moisture and sodium chloride in cured Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) (Teijin) Using short-wavelength Near-infrared Spectroscopy (SW-NIR). 43–54. 33. et al.. et al. Modeling multispectral scattering profiles for prediction of apple fruit firmness. 2006. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy 14(1). 2004. P.T. 82. G.. 36. Luten. 6404–6408. 2004... J. M. 45. . in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer. Journal of Food Engineering. Eds. 2003. Postharvest Biology and Technology.. et al. Detection of bruises on apples using near-infrared hyperspectral imaging. and Goula. Wold. et al. R. 46.M.. Lebensmittel. 2543–2547. 44. Non-destructive measurement of bitter pit in apple fruit using NIR hyperspectral imaging. A. Huang. et al. Non-contact transflectance near infrared imaging for representative on-line sampling of dried salted coalfish (bacalao). 81(1). 48.. Nilsen. Kohler.. 34. Transactions of the ASAE. 46(2). 2007. et al. Imaging spectrograph and camera solutions for industrial applications. V. 47.B.136 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 32. Nondestructive determination of water and protein in surimi by near-infrared spectroscopy.

On-line inspection of poultry carcasses by a dual-camera system. A.. 2007. S. Chen. et al. 39(18). 55(8). Water distribution and mobility in herring muscle in relation to lipid content. and Wagner.. B..C. 1890–1895. Low Field NMR Studies of Atlantic Salmon (Salmo salar). 1299–1304. fishing ground and biological parameters. Jepsen..B. et al. 1733–1738. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture.Basic Composition: Rapid Methodologies ◾ 137 53. et al. Windham.G. Westad. Y. Transactions of the ASAE. J. I. 66. Detection of parasites in cod fillets by using SIMCA classification in multispectral images in the visible and NIR region. 2005. 1793–1802. et al.N. Journal of Food Engineering. 807–812.. Destructive and non-destructive analytical techniques for authentication and composition analyses of foodstuffs. et al. 2008. 30(1–2). 11(4). 2007. 61... Integration of visible/NIR spectroscopy and multispectral imaging for poultry carcass inspection.. and physicochemical analytical methods.. Chao. et al. 269–281. 56. Multicomponent analysis of encapsulated marine oil supplements using highresolution H-1 and C-13 NMR techniques. Journal of Food Science 72.. and Erikson. C. 64. Applied Spectroscopy. 46(6). 75. et al. 54. and Rinnan. Correlation between H-1 NMR and traditional methods for determining lipid oxidation of ethyl docosahexaenoate. Sigernes.. Postharvest Biology and Technology 46.... 2002. 2017–2026. Prediction of drip-loss. L. 107–114. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. 68. 76(1). season. 1999. S. 60. In vivo determination of fat content in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) with a mobile NMR spectrometer. in Modern Magnetic Resonance.R. F. 81(12). A hyperspectral imaging system for identification of faecal and ingesta contamination on poultry carcasses.. 71.. 1–8. Andersen. J. 2004. 67. 2007. 1996... 69. et al. 65. 2003. Detection of nematodes in cod (Gadus morhua) fillets by imaging spectroscopy. and Engelsen. 2004. Qiao. Eriksson. 45(6).. Veliyulin. 99–118. 55. LWT-Food Science and technology. J. and color for pork using a hyperspectral imaging technique.R. Pork quality and marbling level assessment using a hyperspectral imaging system. Ed. Jensen. low-field H-1 NMR. Loje. R. Algorithm development with visible/near-infrared spectra for detection of poultry feces and ingesta. Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy. Pedersen. 1105–1110.. 63.. I. et al. B. Salting and desalting of fresh and frozen-thawed cod (Gadus morhua) fillets: A comparative study using Na-23 NMR. E11–E15.. European Journal of Lipid Science and Technology. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. 72.. N. et al. et al. 2007. 1259–1267.P. K. K. Journal of Lipid Research.. 212–217.K. S. B. Hyperspectral imaging for detecting fecal and ingesta contaminants on poultry carcasses. 13. 74. Falch. Springer. 2002. 2002.. E. 2007.W. 51(3). 185–192. 2000. Nicolai. 69(3). et al. 57. H. Lawrence. Journal of Food Science. 197–207. 36(8). K. 2406–2427. the Netherlands. Transactions of the ASAE.. 70. Veliyulin. U.M. Siddiqui. et al. Effects of single wavelength selection for anisakid roundworm larvae detection through multispectral imaging. 2007. et al. Nondestructive measurement of fruit and vegetable quality by means of NIR spectroscopy: A review. W. 3143–3153. Na-23 MRI. Trends in Food Science and Technology. 44(12). 2003. 85(5). K.. F. 85(8). 79(13). 83(1). Journal of Food Engineering. 2003. Dordrecht.. Applied Optics. 141–148.H. 110(2). Meat Science. 62. Stormo. et al. Journal of Food Engineering. Multipurpose spectral imager. E. and Heia.. Martinez. et al. pH. E. Wold. Webb GA. C. 2001. Water distribution in smoked salmon. et al. Park. Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society. 10–16. U. K. 73. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture. . 2005.M. H. 1025–1034.T..E. 59. H-1 NMR spectroscopy as tool to follow changes in the fatty acids of fish oils. 70(8). Tyl. and Huffman. 2006. 87(2).M.. Aursand. 489–498. K... 2003. Park. Brecker. Distribution of water in fresh cod. 58.. Qiao. Journal of Food Protection. Application of chemometrics to low-field H-1 NMR relaxation data of intact fish flesh. Heia.

9963–9968. Determination of origin of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): The use of multiprobe and multielement isotopic analyses in combination with fatty acid composition to assess wild or farmed origin. microbiological and sensory) in conjunction with multivariate analyses towards fish authenticity. Martinez. J. et al. 6889–6895... Aursand. and Martinez. 255–264. the Netherlands. S. et al. J. 79. Quantification of dry matter % and liquid leakage in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) using computerised X-ray tomography (CT). Classification of gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) from H-1 NMR lipid profiling combined with principal component and linear discriminant analysis. et al..S.. Andersen. and Olafsdottir. I. 83. Kolstad. 82. et al. and Dinten. 86.. International Journal of Food Science and Technology. Morkore.. 445–447. Oehlenschlager. 84. P. 105–112. Rebuffel. J.138 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 76. 2005. Aquaculture.M. 589–594. 2008. 275(1–4).B.. 2007. Tsitsika. Thomas. Wageningen Academic Publishers. .. 2008. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. 81. 250. 991–997. fillets and extracts from farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) for quality assessment and compositional analyses. Bioactive compounds in cod (Gadus morhua) products and suitability of 1H NMR metabolite profiling for classification of the products using multivariate data analyses. 85(2). Gribbestad. K.. 53(17). I. et al. Rezzi.. 80. 2007.. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. Arvanitoyannis. Dual-energy X-ray imaging: Benefits and limits. 55(24). 85. 2003. K. Aquaculture. Kolstad. 1499–1510. Luten. G. E.. Wageningen. and Thomassen. Quantification of fat deposits and fat distribution in Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus L. et al. 387(4). Measurement of total body composition changes of common carp by computer tomography. I. C. 34(12). K. Standal. M. Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society. Masoum.. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry.S.. Discrimination of cod liver oil according to Wild/Farmed and geographical origins by GC and C-13 NMR. 56. 78.. 2008.. 2007. M.) using computerised X-ray tomography (CT). 2005. 989–997. Aquaculture Research.V. Hancz. I. Insight. Application of support vector machines to H-1 NMR data of fish oils: Methodology for the confirmation of wild and farmed salmon and their origins. V. and Panagiotaki. 229(1–4). 2004. 209–216.. T. 49(10).B. X-ray techniques for quality assessment. F. 2005. 237–263. Aquaculture. I. 283–286. S. 77.. 2003. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry. 87. 40. et al.S. High resolution 1H magnetic spectroscopy of whole fish. Implementation of quality control methods (physicochemical... Eds..

......1 Smoked Salmon................. (2008) gave an overview of the most important techniques for studying muscle food structure..2........................................................................................................................3... 149 10........1 Herring ......................................................... etc......3 Processed Fish Microstructure ..........................................139 10......Chapter 10 Microstructure Isabel Hernando.................3.....................................................................150 10.............................................................. 151 References ................................ Several strategies can be used to study food microstructure.............. Pérez-Munuera et al................................................. 151 10.........................................146 10...... Empar Llorca.... and María-Angeles Lluch Contents 10............................145 10.....................2 Fish Muscle Microstructure..........1 Main Microscopy Techniques for Studying Seafood The microstructure of foods forms a link between the molecular and macroscopic levels and constitutes a key factor for studying the properties of foods and for improving and optimizing food processes.................................4 Squid Microstructure ................ so any chemical or enzymatic change that takes place in the chemical components has an effect on the microstructural organization of the food matrices and their functionality..... 148 10.....3 Surimi ... The organization of the chemical components of foods (proteins..................2 Salted Cod..................................1 Main Microscopy Techniques for Studying Seafood .......................148 10...............................2 Hake ........... This chapter 139 ................. Ana Puig..............................) is responsible for their microstructure................. carbohydrates..............................................................................................3......2................................ fats...............140 10......

as for TEM). in this way. At each subdivision there are macroscopic collagenous dividing lines (myocommata). The muscle cells are short and 0. In both methods.140 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis provides a detailed description of the protocols often followed to obtain information about seafood microstructure.1–2 mm (Figure 10. coated.02–1. so microanalysis can be carried out by means of x-ray. may be generated as a result of the electron beam striking the specimen (Pérez-Munuera et al. iodine. When physical fixation is used. cutting ultrathin sections (5–100 nm) in an ultramicrotome. backscattered electrons. so there is no need to section it. etc. the sample can be observed with all its constituent water. For this. critical point drying. ions or molecules can be identified and quantified in situ using specific detectors coupled to the electron microscope. phase contrast or differential interference contrast (Nomarski). these different signals can be captured by the appropriate detector in each case. In Cryo-SEM. the sample preparation steps are chemical fi xation (with aldehydes and osmium tetroxide. secondary fi xation with osmium tetroxide.5). showing alternate arrangements of . In recent years considerable progress has been made in the field of SEM through vitrification techniques. etched. Once the semithin sections are obtained. dehydration in a series of ethanol dilutions of increasing concentration.1). infiltration and embedding in resin. The SEM method observes the surface of the sample. The light microscope (LM) is a very versatile tool that works in different applications such as bright field. There are two ways of preparing samples for SEM: chemical fi xation and physical fi xation (Figure 10. and staining the ultrathin sections with heavy metal solutions such as lead citrate or uranyl acetate. the samples need to be prepared first. The most useful application for studying seafood structure is bright field microscopy. the sample is frozen in slush nitrogen (Figure 10. Two types of microscopes use electron beams as their source of illumination: transmission electron microscopes (TEM) and scanning electron microscopes (SEM). 2008). The fibers are essentially the same as those of terrestrial animals in terms of the arrangement of the thick and thin filaments. dehydration in a series of ethanol dilutions of increasing concentration. image analysis relies heavily on computer technology to obtain quantitative results from microscopy observation. 2006). other emanations or signals such as x-rays. and so on. red oil.0 mm in diameter. light green. 10. which is contiguous to the myocommata (Ofstad et al. sudan. Electron microscopy (EM) allows food structures to be studied at higher magnifications than those used in LM.2) are primary fi xation with aldehydes such as glutaraldehyde.) before examination in the LM.. They are arranged in concentric circles forming subdivisions of striated muscle (Figure 10. and coating with a conducting metal for SEM imaging or with carbon for x-ray. Many of the endomysia are connected to the perymisium. The steps in preparing samples for TEM observation (Figure 10. They are each surrounded by the sarcolemma membrane and by a thin layer of connective tissue (endomysium).3). or fluorescence microscopy. and observed. Besides the secondary electrons. the sample is frozen in liquid nitrogen and then freeze-dried before being coated and observed. they are mounted in glass slides and stained with different dyes (toluidine blue. The sections are obtained using a microtome after embedding the food in paraffin or resin or using a cryotome after freezing the sample with CO2 or liquid N2. polarizing microscopy.. In the former.2 Fish Muscle Microstructure Fish muscle consists of myotomes. Finally.4) and quickly transferred under vacuum to a cold stage fit on a microscope where the frozen sample is fractured. In this way. the sample has to be prepared in semithin sections of about 0.

.11–2 μm) Cold stub Microtome Cryotome Mounting in glass slides Staining specimen 1% Toluidine blue 1% Lugol.1 Preparation of samples for LM observation.. 1% red oil. liquid N2) Preparation for slicing Cold knife CO2 Knife Slice Semithin sections (0. LM observation Figure 10. ..Microstructure ◾ 141 Food Specimen portions Embedding in paraffin or resin Freezing (CO2.

Araldite Spurr’s.142 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Food Specimen portions Fixation 2. 70%. .2 Preparation of samples for TEM observation. 50%. LR white Cured resin Glass or diamond knife Ultrathin sectioning (5–100 nm) Ultramicrotome Specimen block Trimmed block Tweezers Specimen block face Grid Knife 4% Lead citrate 2% Uranyl acetate Section collection Ultrathin section staining TEM observation Figure 10. 90%. 100%) Infiltration and embedding in resine Epoxi resin.5% Glutaraldehyde 2% Os O4 Dehydration Ethanol (30%.

Pd. 70. for X-ray) SEM observation Figure 10.3 Preparation of samples for SEM observation. 50. 100%) Sublimated H2O P T Dehydration (To vaccum) Freeze dryer CO2 Critical point dryer (To transformer) (To pumps) Sputter metal coater (or evaporation coater) Coating (Au. . 90.Microstructure ◾ 143 Food Specimen portions Fixation Physical fixation Chemical fixation Quick freezing in liquid N2 2.5% Glutaraldehyde 2% Os O4 Ethanol (30. for SEM imaging) (C.

4 Preparation of samples for Cryo-SEM observation.. . C.) (into Cryo-SEM) (–130°C. vaccuum) Au deposition Coating (Au. .144 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Food Specimen portions Quick freezing in slush N2 (T < –210°C) Freezing Specimen transfer Transfer to Cryo-SEM Knife Specimen fracturing (into Cryo-SEM) Specimen fracturing (–180°C.. vaccuum) Etched H2O Etching (into Cryo-SEM) Specimen fracturing (–90°C. vaccuum) Cryo-SEM observation Figure 10.

2.6E). The separation that can be observed between the muscle cells is usually attributed to the effect produced by chemical fixation and dehydration during preparation for SEM. the perymisial connective tissue that surrounds the muscle bundles can be seen. In a cross section of the sample fi xed in osmium tetroxide (Figure 10.6D shows the microstructure of herring tissue at a higher magnification. Figure 10. The myofibrils are .6B). where the fat is viewed as globules on the surface of the fiber. The layouts of the Z disks that mark the length of the sarcomere are visible. The myofibrils are shown in longitudinal section in this sample (Figure 10. a: myotome. fat globules of different sizes are observed occupying the interfibrillar spaces and myofibrils are distinguished inside the cells. When the muscle fibers are observed using the Cryo-SEM technique. A micrograph cross section of the fibers shows them surrounded by the sarcolemma.1 Herring Figure 10. reveals the myofibrils inside each cell. which is mainly composed of collagen. A and I bands (Pérez-Munuera et al. 1990). the myofibrils at the cell edges have a less rounded section than the central myofibrils and are arranged like a palisade. The longitudinal section in Figure 10. When ultrathin sections of herring muscle tissue are studied by TEM. b: myocommata.6F. surrounded by the sarcolemma and by the endomysial connective tissue.7B. with the endomysial connective tissue keeping the muscle fibers firmly attached to one another. 2008).7C shows the inside of a muscle fiber with the myofibrils perfectly bundled. At low magnification. 10. The fiber is composed of myofibrils in which Z disks are distinguished in the areas where the sarcolemma is broken. The typical fish muscle fibers can be seen.5 Schematic representation of fish muscle with myotomes. but the total collagen content is lower. Figure 10.. Figure 10. since the water in which the fish live lends support for the body (Lampila. obtained by the same technique but observed at a higher magnification. Examples of different fresh fish tissues observed by several techniques are described here. where the Z disks can be distinguished.Microstructure ◾ 145 a b Figure 10.6A shows a cross section of herring tissue fi xed with glutaraldehyde and observed by SEM.6C). Fixing in osmium tetroxide shows the distribution of fat in the herring tissue.7A shows a herring sample stained with toluidine blue and observed by LM. the fat can be observed covering the fibers in a longitudinal section of herring muscle (Figure 10. the aggregation of solutes produced during the etching of the sample generates the typical eutectic artifact observed in Figure 10. it is possible to observe ultrastructural details.

continuous. f. and roughly parallel filaments (Figure 10. The same structure has also been observed in different meat products. the A and I bands.6 Herring tissue. The structural elements that constitute the sarcomere. Z.8. pork meat (raw ham) (Larrea et al. 2007). The TEM technique allows images to be obtained at higher magnification and with better resolution than other microscopy techniques (Figure 10.9). TEM and SEM studies demonstrated an extensive network of filaments connecting Z structures that were regularly spaced and connected by sets of longitudinal.2 Hake The observation of hake muscle by SEM after fi xing with glutaraldehyde allows distinguishing that the fibers of hake muscle tissue are very similar to those of herrings.2. Hake fibers surrounded by connective tissue can be observed in Figure 10. can be seen. a. c. . (2005) after depleting the thick and thin filaments with a potassium iodide treatment. fat globule. The main difference is their size: hake fibers are thicker than herring ones. (F) Cryo-SEM. 10. along with the M and Z lines. The cytoskeletal ultrastructure of hake was studied by Pagano et al. for example. Z disk. connected to each other at the Z disk level by the costameres..7D). connective tissue. (A–E) SEM. eutectic artifact. which are the components of the cytoskeletal network that links the myofibrils to one another and to the sarcolemma.146 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Z (A) 300 μm (B) 6 μm I (C) f 40 μm f (D) a 10 μm f (E) 60 μm (F) c 30 μm Figure 10.

7 Herring tissue. I band. myofibrils in a “palisade” ringing the edge. (A and B) LM. A band. m.8 Hake tissue observed by SEM. M. c. (C and D) TEM. perymisial connective tissue. 100 μm Figure 10. A. I. M line.Microstructure ◾ 147 p m m 30 μm (A) c M 10 μm (B) m m A Z (C) (D) Figure 10. costameres. P. Z disks. Z. .

10A. Com.3 Processed Fish Microstructure 10. et al.10 Smoked salmon. .1 Smoked Salmon A cross section of a smoked salmon sample obtained using the Cryo-SEM technique is seen in Figure 10. 13.3. Biochem. M. 141. (2000) used LM to observe the changes that occurred in the salmon during the smoking process and quantified them by image analysis. 2005.000 X Figure 10.148 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Z LZ IZ DZ 8. the greater the shrinkage. Figure 10.9 Cytoskeletal structure of hake observed by TEM. With permission. The micrograph shows geometrically shaped fibers surrounded by a connective tissue. Physiol. The fiber shrinkage and the space between the fibers both increased to a greater extent in the muscle from the salmon that were frozen before smoking than in muscle smoked from fresh salmon. B. longitudinal filament connecting Z-Z.R. LZ.10B shows a detail of an intercellular space created by the conjunction of three fibers or cells.) 10. (Reprinted from Pagano.. Gudmundsson and (A) 100 μm (B) 10 μm Figure 10. Z. the higher the smoking temperature. Sigurgisladottir et al. Z-disk. The data of the average cross-sectional area of muscle fibers showed that the smoking process produces shrinkage of the fibers. (A and B) Cryo-SEM.

11A) in samples that have been obtained using physical fi xing (freeze-drying) instead of chemical fi xing.11A shows a longitudinal section of salted cod.11 Salted cod.11B shows a cross section of salted cod tissue (A) 100 μm (B) 300 μm Figure 10.12 Seafood stick (surimi) observed by SEM. (B) cross section. 10. (A) longitudinal section. where two fibers can be observed completely covered by salt deposits. and (C) protein network. (A) SEM. (B) Cryo-SEM. these treatments decreased the cell size compared with fresh salmon. . Figure 10.3. A combination of PEF and high pressure had a more detrimental effect on smoked salmon microstructure than PEF treatment alone. Figure 10. (A) (B) (C) Figure 10.2 Salted Cod The presence of salt deposits in the cod tissue can be observed by SEM (Figure 10. and gaps were formed in the tissue structure.Microstructure ◾ 149 Hafsteinsson (2001) studied the effect of pulsed electric fields (PEF) and a combination of PEF and high pressure on smoked salmon microstructure.

et al. The cross section (Figure 10. PA. The Chemical and Functional Properties of Food Proteins. 10.12C) is responsible for the water-holding capacity and functional properOuter lining Outer tunic Muscle tunic Inner tunic Visceral lining Radial fibers Circumferential fibers (A) Radial fibers Circumferential fibers (B) Figure 10. Such a product is often sold as “crab sticks” or “seafood sticks.150 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis observed by Cryo-SEM. Figure 10.13 Schematic representation of (A) squid mantle and (B) arrangement of muscle cells. the paste is shaped and an “artificial fish muscle” is obtained. M.12B) shows the typical concentric layers of this type of surimi product. With permission.. Technomic Publishing Co. The formation of a new network with the myofibrillar protein (Figure 10. 2001.12A. where the presence of salt makes the etching of the sample for observation difficult and masks the underlying structures.. obtained by SEM.” Lean fish meat is minced to a paste. Lancaster.. (From Lluch.3. after adding different additives.3 Surimi One of the most common surimi products on the market is artificial crab muscle. Inc.) .A. shows a longitudinal section of a crab stick where the “artificial fibers” can be observed.

4 Squid Microstructure The squid mantle is composed of muscle tissue sandwiched between two tunics of connective tissue (Figure 10. . Radial bands (10–15 mm thick) comprise fibers that connect two tunics of connective tissue..E. References Gudmundsson.75 μ m s (C) (D) l Figure 10. LM makes it possible to distinguish a peripheral area in blue and a central core in white inside each cell. This fiber distribution can also be observed by LM in samples stained with toluidine blue (Figure 10. Food Res. 2001). Effect of electric field pulses on microstructure of muscle foods and roes.. With permission. m. 225.14A and B) (Llorca et al. 1990. the intermyofibrillar spaces between these can be observed. Circumferential muscle bands (100–200 mm) comprise fibers running about the entire circumference of the mantle cone. approximately 3.14 Squid. (From Llorca. (A and B) SEM.5 mm in diameter (Lluch et al. Technol. 2007. l. Muscle Foods. myofibril. central sarcoplasm. (C) LM. The inner and outer tunics are covered by a visceral lining and outer lining. 247–267. Trends Food Sci. 1.. poultry and fish muscle. 10. a central sarcoplasm is shown to be surrounded by myofibrils. Tech. Muscle fibers are grouped in bands that are arranged orthogonally.. 1990). 2007). 12. et al.13). and Hafsteinsson. L. The fibers arranged in circumferential and radial bands were observed by SEM in samples fi xed with glutaraldehyde (Figure 10. Each fiber is surrounded by a sarcolemma (Llorca et al. 807. Th is gel network structure gives surimi its characteristic elasticity and texture (Sikorski. Eur. all the muscle fibers are thin. E. 2001. When TEM is used to study the ultrastructure of fresh squid (Figure 10. Comparative microstructure of red meat. H. respectively.. 122–128. M. 2001). J.) ties of surimi.Microstructure ◾ 151 –200 μm –10 μm (A) 10 μ (B) 3. Lampila... and (D) TEM.14D).14C). Regardless of their orientation. sarcolemma. s..

A. 225(5–6). E.A. Llorca. Seafood: Resources. Larrea. K...). Int.. V. R. Pagano. (Eds. and Toldrá. and Lluch.. A. Com. I.. I. H. S. Food Res. Meat Sci. Llorca. I. Effects of freezing/ thawing on the microstructure and the texture of smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). 857–865. Cytoskeletal ultrastructure and lipid composition of I-Z-I fraction in muscle from pre.. Pérez-Munuera. Microstructural changes in Teruel dry-cured ham during processing.and post spawned female hake (Merluccius hubbsi). 76.. Pérez-Munuera. Quiles. I. and Lluch. 13–21.. Tech. 2008.. R.. Ofstad. Protein breakdown during the preparation of frozen batter-coated squid rings. Paredi. Boca Raton. Lluch. I. 574–582. 213(6). Llorca...A.. Torrisen. S.. Biochem. A. 2. Wiss. I.) related to gaping.M. 1143–1154. Quiles. Eur.. Hernando. M. Sikorski.. Pérez-Munuera. Sigurgisladottir. Pérez-Munuera. Pérez-Munuera. in The Chemical and Functional Properties of Food Proteins.... and Hanneson.. M. FL. in Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis. .. 448–455. 2001. 33. PA.. Hernando.. 2005.. M.L.E. 2006. M.) and spotted wolfish (Anarhichas minor O.R. Microstructure. Taylor.)... Effect of frying on the microstructure of frozen battered squid rings. chap. Breakdown of intramuscular connective tissue in cod (Gadus morhua L. Sikorsi. (Ed. Inc. I. Technol. M.152 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Larrea. E. Hernando.. I... Z. Nutritional Composition and Preservation. chap. M. Technomic Publishing Co. Food Res. R. Technol. 807–813. Food Res. Part B 141. and Hernando. and Lluch.E. H. A.. Z. CRC Press. Ingvarsdottir.E. Fiszman.. Lebens. and Crupkin. V... 1990. E.. Larrea.. Physiol.A. Lancaster. Eur. 2007. FL.. 39. O... V....O. 1. 2001. Proteins in food structures.J. 2000. M.. CRC Press. L. I. Quiles. Cardinal. F.. Boca Raton.A. Olsen. 2007. M.. and Hafsteinsson. and Lluch. Nollet. M.

............158 11................ some are of great importance to define overall properties such as freshness or quality [1].........1..............1 Sensors Based on Conductance Changes .............160 11......................................1 Introduction Among the thousands of molecules composing food complex mixtures.......................................................................................................................5 The Application of Electronic Noses for Fish Freshness and Quality Measurement ...3.............................................................................................157 11.........3..............................6 Conclusions ...................................159 11......................159 11............................................................. For these reasons the knowledge of the chemical 153 ...................3...................................158 11.................................................................................................................1......................................................................3 Mass Transducers ........ is one of the most used method to assess freshness by both consumers and industries [2].....157 11. called odor.157 11.................................3...................................................................4 Field-Effect Transistors ................ The relationship between chemistry and food properties is particularly interesting in the case of fish and seafood in general............................................154 11...........3...............1 Introduction ......................3 Chemical Sensor Technologies .................................165 11................3.........2 Conducting Polymers and Molecular Aggregates ...............................................................1 Metal-Oxide Semiconductors ...............164 References ..............................4 Electronic Noses ................................2 Sensor Parameters........3.Chapter 11 Chemical Sensors Corrado Di Natale Contents 11..............................................160 11.............................2 Amperometric Gas Sensors ..........................153 11....... for which the human perception of airborne chemicals....................5 Color Indicators ..........158 11.

These transducers are the second component of a chemical sensor. or even field effect transistors. in order to achieve chemical sensors. in order to be reliable. namely a solid-state layer of molecules that can interact with the molecules in the environment.154 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis profile of food is considered of great value. and it resulted in a class of chemical analyzers that have the advantage of interacting directly with samples and of providing signals bearing the notion of the chemical composition of a sample being a liquid or gas.1 shows what can be considered as the general structure of a chemical sensor. whose electrical parameters may depend on the chemical composition of the environment in which they are in contact. In practice. can modify the physical properties of the sensing layer. work function. in the sense that the interaction of human senses with complex mixtures provides a global perception rather than a list of compounds. natural senses are not analytical. These methods require in some cases complex sample treatments and instrumentation such as gas chromatography or spectrophotometers. The optimal matching between a sensitive layer and transducer is fundamental to achieving a well-performing sensor. and a number of methods and protocols for different food are available. The device is composed of two parts. The first is a chemically interactive material. Differently from analytical instrumentations. In the rest of this chapter an overview of the technologies related to these devices is provided together with examples of their use for fish freshness and quality determination. Properties such as conductivity. . and the more utilized are adsorption and reaction phenomena. In the same way there are devices that from the electronic point of view are resistors. Global perceptions may be enough in many cases to detect freshness or edibility. As an example. Chemical analysis of foodstuff is a large part of the analytical chemistry discipline. it develops methods to decompose complex mixtures (foods contains thousands of different molecules) in order to target either a single molecular species or a molecular family.2 Sensor Parameters A sensor is an electronic device whose parameters depend on some external quantity of whatever nature [4]. according to this definition there are resistors whose resistance is a function of external temperature (thermistors) or diodes whose current–voltage relationship is strongly altered once they are illuminated by light (photodiodes). there are many possibilities of assembling a chemical sensor. mass. On the other hand. A sort of combination of natural and analytical approaches has been pursued since decades. The interaction with a target molecule (hereafter called analyte) and a solid-state layer is a chemical event that. Analytical chemistry is naturally based on “separation” approaches: namely. These analyzers are chemical sensors. as a consequence. it is known that Nature provides living beings chemical senses that. and ultimately they are of paramount importance to determine the acceptance of foodstuff [3]. do not require any sample treatment. or optical absorbance are among those that can be transduced into an electric signal by suitable transducers. and they are sometimes called “basic devices. 11. capacitors.” The matching between sensitive material and transducer is not univocal: a single sensitive material can be coupled with many different transducers and vice versa. Figure 11. These interactions can be of different nature. Electronic properties of materials may hardly be directly influenced by the ambiental chemistry. and the development of rapid and reliable chemical analyzers has been pursued since decades. a complex structure is necessary.

refraction index (Dn). The fundamental action of a chemical sensor is the conversion of the information about the concentration of a chemical species into an electric signal. V = f (C ) where V is a generic signal C is the analyte concentration The knowledge of the response function is necessary to estimate from the sensor signal the amount of concentration. or work function (DF). of these quantities. Before illustrating the technological basis of chemical sensors. other important quantities are necessary to be known to appreciate sensor performances [5]. Analytically. Besides response function. These parameters are sensitivity. One of these quantities is sensitivity.Chemical Sensors ◾ 155 Environment Quantity to be measured (concentration) Chemically interactive material ΔT Δm Δσ Δn ΔΦ Intermediate quantity Basic device Δi Δv Δf ΔΦ Electrical or optical signal Figure 11. it is the first derivative of the response function S= dV df (C ) = dC dC . and in more general cases. provide an electrical signal that is a function of the quantity of interactions occurring at the interface between the sensor and the environment. Targeted molecules interact with a chemically interactive material. the estimation may require the solution of a nonlinear equation. mass (Dm). The sensitivity expresses the capability of a sensor to modify its signal as a consequence of a change in concentration. and many others. and selectivity. it is important to introduce the fundamental parameters that allow a correct interpretation of the performance of any sensor. For each. As a consequence of the interaction. there are a number of devices that. These quantities can be the temperature (DT). once properly connected in an electric circuit. one or more physical properties of the interactive material change. electric conductance (Ds). The relationship between the signal and the chemical concentration can be represented by an analytical function that embodies the sensor operation. This estimation is straightforward if the response function is linear.1 Schematic representation of a generic chemical sensor. resolution.

The response curve is almost linear at low concentration and tends to saturation corresponding to the complete occupation of available adsorption sites. the error ΔV is limited by the electronic noise that determines the ultimate uncertainty of any electric signal.2 Typical response curve (left) and sensitivity (right) of a generic chemical sensor based on adsorption of target molecules in a sensing layer characterized by a limited amount of adsorption sites. and it tends gradually to zero as the sensor response reaches saturation. In Figure 11. and the selectivity can be achieved in many practical applications. The sensitivity is larger at low concentrations. the selectivity of a chemical sensor can be obtained only in very limited conditions. and with such a sensor. . Simple mathematical considerations lead to the conclusion that given an error ΔVerr affecting the signal V. Selectivity defines the capability of a sensor to be sensitive only to one quantity rejecting all the others.2b the corresponding sensitivity is shown. For chemical sensors. Lack of selectivity means that the sensor responds with comparable intensity to different species. The previously mentioned quantities are totally general. an additional parameter of great importance is selectivity. With these conditions. It is worth mentioning that in case of electrical signals. and their importance holds for any kind of sensor. it is necessary to evaluate the influence of measurement errors. The knowledge of the signal V is affected by an error and this error is propagated in an error on the estimation of the concentration. the error ΔC on the estimated concentration is given by the following relationship: ΔC = ΔVerr S The error in concentration is then inversely proportional to the sensitivity.156 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Only in case of a linear response function.2a. it is important to consider that the number of chemical compounds is in millions and that the structural differences among them may be extremely subtle. it is not possible to deduce Saturation Nonlinear region Sensitivity Concentration Signal Linear region Concentration Figure 11. In all the other cases. the sensitivity is a constant quantity. Let us consider the generic case of a chemical sensor based on a sensitive material characterized by a limited number of adsorption sites. The amount of adsorbed molecules as a function of the concentration is ruled by the Langmuir isotherm [6]. it is a function of the concentration. In the case of physical sensors. A sensor containing such a sensing material and a basic transducer simply providing a signal proportional to the number of adsorbed molecules is represented by the response curve shown in Figure 11. the number of quantities is limited to a dozen. For chemical sensors. In order to fully appreciate the importance of sensitivity.

Chemical Sensors ◾ 157 any reliable information about the chemical composition of the measured sample.3 Chemical Sensor Technologies In this section the basic principles of the most popular categories of chemical sensors are illustrated.3. The most popular materials undergoing a conductance change on interaction with gases are metaloxide semiconductors.1 Sensors Based on Conductance Changes 11. the sensitivity to trimethylamine and dimethylamine of aluminum-doped ZnO films was demonstrated [10] as well as the sensitivity to trimethylamine of SnO2 and CuO [11.1 Metal-Oxide Semiconductors Changes in conductance become appreciable in materials characterized by a limited number of mobile charge carriers. Selectivity will be reconsidered in Section 11. The characteristics of these structures. have not yet resulted in practical improvements of performances. an electrically actuated heater is integrated in the device. in this regard. and as a consequence. These are oxides of transition metals. The main sensitivity mechanism is related to the role played by oxygen. 11. the most known and studied of which is SnO2 [7]: a wide band gap n-type semiconductor. This is only one of the many interactions taking place on the surface of metal oxides. It is important to remark that this kind of sensors needs to be operated at high temperature. although interesting. . releasing an electron back to the conductance band. The amount of depletion and the barrier height are proportional to the number of adsorbed molecules. Sensors are here classified according to the physical intermediate quantity. dissociative adsorption sites of molecular oxygen are active on the oxide surface. Paradigmatic. Since the material is a semiconductor. a reduction of the surface conductance band depletion. and a lowering of the potential barrier. metal oxide growth in regular shapes such as nanosized belts [9] has shown peculiar properties.12]. the general advice is to produce a nanocrystalline material in such a way that the modulation of the surface conductance band population becomes dominant in the whole sensor. the number of conductance electrons is limited. Metal oxide semiconductor chemoresistors have been used several times in fish freshness applications. In practical. Metal-oxide semiconductor sensors can be prepared in many different ways. For instance. 11. At sufficiently high temperature (above 200°C). The consequence of the exposure to oxygen is a reduction of the surface conductance. The sensitivity can be further modified adding ultrathin amounts of noble catalytic metal atoms on the surface. is the case of carbon monoxide. providing the maximum sensitivity. and a surface potential barrier is formed. and the sensitivity of these devices is extended to many different kinds of volatile compounds [8].4. and then the amount of oxygen molecules that can be adsorbed at the surface is also limited. The exposure to any molecule interacting on the sensor surface with adsorbed oxygen atoms may result in a release of electrons back to the conductance band. A charge transfer occurs between the material and the adsorbed oxygen atom with the consequence that the conductance band in proximity of the surface becomes depleted.3. in any case. semiconductors are subjected to large changes of conductance also in the presence of a modest variation in the number of conductance electrons or holes.1. which reacts with the bounded oxygen to form carbon dioxide. Recently.

Thanks to this versatility.3. With respect to metal oxides these sensors have two important advantages: they are operated at room temperature and. the measurement of these mass shifts can allow the evaluation of the amount of adsorbed molecules.3 Mass Transducers The adsorption of molecules into a sorbent layer produces a change of mass. the electric frequency decreases linearly with the mass. Due to the piezoelectric effect. If the quartz is connected to an oscillator circuit. these sensors demonstrated a good sensitivity for compounds relevant for fish freshness. most important. sensors designed for CO are found to be sensitive toward alcohols. aggregates of polypyrrole or polythiophene have a semiconducting character. The same effect is exploited for chemical sensing adopting particularly shaped crystals such as in quartz microbalances (QMB). A piezoelectric resonator is a piece of piezoelectric crystal properly cut along a well-specified crystalline axis. More sophisticated mass transducers were proposed by using resonant cantilevers similar to those adopted in atomic force microscopy [19]. these sensors were properly used to detect fish freshness [16]. an amount that is sufficient in many practical applications. conducting polymers sensors can be prepared for different applications. their chemical sensitivity can be changed at synthesis level modifying the chemical structure of the monomer [14]. and a sensor for SO2 can detect volatile sulfides. and esters. The measurement of small mass changes is made possible by piezoelectric resonators. Chemical sensors based on conducting polymers may be considered as a lateral result of these studies. with broader scopes related to the possibility of developing a novel sort of electronics based on carbon chemistry [13]. The main mechanism is the catalytic reaction occurring on the surface of a noble metal electrode. 11. a sensor for ammonia can detect amines. For instance. QMB coated by sensitive layers was used for many applications. These are thin slabs of AT cut quartz oscillating at a frequency between 5 and 50 MHz approximately [17]. Indeed. Due these cross-selectivities. One of the drawbacks of these sensors is the instability mainly due to the degradation of doping radicals that are added to increase the conductance. aldehydes. This property is largely exploited in electronics to build stable oscillators as clock references. In spite of the claimed properties. the mechanical resonance of the crystal is coupled with an electric resonance.3.3. . Since crystal resonance is extremely efficient. As an example. these sensors were never demonstrated in practical applications. the possibility of using these sensors to measure fish freshness was demonstrated with metalloporphyrin coating [18]. 11. the electric resonance is characterized by a very large quality factor (Q). Piezoelectric effect can also be exploited in other configurations such as those based on surface acoustic waves. Although designed for polluting gases. A typical QMB has a limit of detection around 1 ng. and food freshness is among them [15].158 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 11.2 Amperometric Gas Sensors Electrolytic cells based on either solid-state or liquid-ionic conductors are used to detect several kinds of gases. The frequency of the mechanical oscillation decreases almost linearly with the mass gravitating onto the quartz surface. and their conductance can change after exposure to volatile compounds.1.2 Conducting Polymers and Molecular Aggregates The conductance properties of organic materials based either on polymers or on molecular aggregates have been studied since several years.

cameras. Chemical sensing based on optical sensitive layers is a captivating strategy due to the strong influence of target chemicals on the absorption and fluorescence spectra of chosen indicators [26]. and cellular phones all endowed with color screen. whose sensitivity toward amine was also recently measured [23]. Due to the large diffusion of portable computers. an important gas for fish freshness and quality. is based on the fact that a computer screen can be easily programmed to display millions of colors. the colorimetric detection of fish freshness recently received a novel interest. Lundström and Filippini proved that it is possible to assemble a sort of spectrophotometer using the computer screen monitor as a programmable source and a web camera as detector [29]. This difference can be modulated by a layer of electric dipoles that can reach the metal–oxide interface. The feasibility of this approach has been demonstrated using as sensitive layer a film of a sodium salt (bromocresol green) [25]. and. Indeed. although under constant bias. The principle was adequately exploited with a palladium gate FET exposed to hydrogen gas [20]. in the last decade we have seen rapid growth in performance in fields such as consumer electronics. In this way sensitivity to ammonia. 11. the current flowing in the FET changes revealing the chemical interaction.3. This last technique.4 Field-Effect Transistors Most of the properties of field-effect transistors (FET) depend on the difference between the work function of electrons in the metal gate and in the semiconductor. Furthermore. As a result.5 Color Indicators Although known for several years [24]. giving rise to a number of low-cost advanced optical equipments such as digital scanners. and hydrogen atoms can diffuse through the palladium film until they reach the oxide surface. was also obtained [21]. the visual determination limits the performance and may greatly vary between individuals. Compared with the use of digital scanners. standard optical instrumentations are usually expensive. such as metalloporphyrins [22]. . In particular. allowing a simultaneous evaluation of absorbance and fluorescence of samples. where they form an ordered dipoles layer. the importance of amines as spoilage markers leads to consider their reducing role and then the possibility to detect them with functional layers sensitive to pH changes. The first demonstration in this direction was given by Suslick and colleagues when they showed that a digital scanner has enough sensitivity to detect the color changes in chemical dyes due to the adsorption of volatile compounds [27]. H2 molecules dissociate into atomic hydrogen at the palladium surface. the chemical practice of this approach is badly balanced by the transducer counterpart. as a sensing part.3. combining wavelengths in the optical range. to probe the sample with a variable combination of wavelengths instead of using the white light of scanners gives the possibility of performing an optical fingerprint measurement. known as computer screen photo assisted technique (CSPT). The method demonstrated also the possibility to identify a number of different amines [28]. On the other hand. PDAs. organic molecular layers. whose characteristics largely fit the requirements necessary to capture change in optical properties of sensitive layers in many practical applications. This salt exhibits a rather large change in color. also appreciable by eye. This basic structure was successively modified changing the gate metal and thickness to extend the range of measured gases.Chemical Sensors ◾ 159 11. FET structures were also modified to accommodate. and screens. the use of pH indicators is limited by the fact that mainly amines are considered (limiting the detection not to freshness but rather to spoilage). Nonetheless. furthermore. Nonetheless.

amines. The features of electronic noses are fundamentally dependent on the sensing properties of the artificial receptors. sulfur compounds. 11. To this point of view. and an even more extended computation capabilities. models of receptor mechanisms explaining the sensitivity to volatile compounds are now available. The most important chemicals involved in the fresh fish odor are long-chain alcohols and carbonyls.160 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis camera. Nonetheless. Receptors were found to be rather unselective. Their concentration and the presence of other compounds are rather typical of each species. and N-cyclic compounds. Odor classification properties of artificial systems were tested on several different fields proving that electronic noses could be in principle used to replace human olfaction in practical applications such as food quality and medical diagnosis [35]. Previous investigations evidenced that the headspace composition is a result of the balance between the “fresh fish” odor and the microbial spoilage produced compounds [36]. bromophenols. and aromatic. and acid compounds. the application of the CSPT concept may be foreseen as greatly extending the analytical capacity worldwide. allowing for electronic nose application oriented optimizations. The concentrations of these chemicals are directly correlated to the degree of spoilage. Among these compounds amines . After this conjecture. CSPT has demonstrated its utility in particular to classify airborne chemicals reading absorbance and fluorescence changes in chemical dyes such as metalloporphyrins [30]. N-cyclic. Recent studies are also beginning to unveil the signal pathways leading from the generation of olfactory neuron signal to the conscious identification of odors [32]. the possibility of developing artificial olfaction systems became possible. microbial spoilage produces short-chain alcohols and carbonyls. and the genes expressed by olfactive receptors are known [31].5 The Application of Electronic Noses for Fish Freshness and Quality Measurement The composition of fish headspace is a source of information about its freshness. and such systems were soon dubbed as “electronic noses. On the other side. the lack of selectivity of many chemical sensors was considered as one of the main problems limiting their diff usion for practical applications. The possibility having some versatile tool to tailor the sensitivity and selectivity of sensors is of primary importance to make arrays capable of capturing either large or narrow ranges of chemicals. whereas CSPT arrangement gives the possibility of evaluating at the same time both the effects.” This denomination is currently given to any array of unselective chemical sensor coupled with some multicomponent classifier. it was proposed that arrays of nonselective chemical sensors may show properties similar to those of natural olfaction [34]. 11. organic synthetic receptors offer an unlimited number of possibilities to assemble molecules endowed with differentiated sensing features.4 Electronic Noses As discussed above. and each molecule is sensed by many receptors [33]. The physiology of olfaction has made considerable advances. Since the 1980s. After this discovery. almost all sensor technologies were used to build such systems. each receptor senses several kinds of molecules. Investigations about olfaction receptors show that Nature strategies for odor recognition are completely different from those of analytical chemistry. observation of Nature offered a useful suggestion about the use of such devices. Standard optochemical sensors are based either on absorbance or on fluorescence.

3 the time evolution of the major families of volatile compounds found in the headspace of fishes is shown. nonetheless. it is more realistic to consider an array of sensors specific for a single interaction mechanism. Figure 11. As a result. and fresh. preserved [49]. in case of fishes. In addition. but the behavior at the beginning is absolutely nonlinear. for example. and the decrease in others result in a nonlinear problem. let us consider an array specific for each LSER interaction and one compound for family. the chemical complexity of the problem. and sweet conditions are hardly identified. MOSFET sensors [41]. hybrid electronic noses were used combining different sensor technologies such as QMB and amperometric sensors [47].3. Apparently. conducting polymer sensors [43]. In recent years attempts to use electronic nose technology to track the spoilage processes occurring in fishes have been reported in numerous articles. amines become instrumentally appreciable only when spoilage processes take place. In Figure 11. Most of these are feasibility studies. Since LSER was fruitfully used to model polymer-based chemical sensors [52]. Standard analytical methods for volatile amines and also sensors for some specific amines have been used to inspect fish freshness. This result is rather surprising because fish spoilage is in general expected to be a linear and somewhat straightforward process. petroleum in sea). as much as possible. let us discuss a simulation of a case study. from fish processing. In gas chromatography. dipolarity. The number of compounds whose concentrations are only partially correlated makes this application particularly appealing for sensor arrays of partially selective chemical sensors. typically according to the freshness or more precisely according to the balance between fresh and spoilage produced compounds. PCA is a data analysis method allowing the representation of a multidimensional dataset in a reduced dimensionality space. and finally from products of lipid oxidation [37]. flat. In LSER.g. The representation plane is determined as that where the data variance is maximized and then the statistical properties of the dataset are. Results shown in Figure 11. and optical indicators [46]. In this regard. Instruments based on different sensor technologies have been used. The same nonlinearity is observed with electronic noses.5 is obtained. In order to understand the potential of electronic noses to detect fish freshness. Let us consider the use of an array of sensors absolutely selective for each individual family of compounds mentioned in Figure 11.Chemical Sensors ◾ 161 are considered as the typical markers for fish freshness detection. Data are extrapolated from an investigation by Strachan and Nicholson [48]. Sensor data can be conveniently represented by a principal component analysis (PCA) scores plot. with a super impression of 6th and 1st days. Analyzing the data with PCA the plot of Figure 11. The sensitivity of chemical sensors is not immediately related to the molecular family but rather to the interaction mechanism. Nevertheless. polarity. quartz microbalance sensors [44. and acid.45]. When properly analyzed by pattern recognition methods.6 . five different kinds of interactions are considered: dispersion.. the interaction between polymers and volatile compounds is often described by the linear sorption energy relationship (LSER) model [51]. a plane. Minor contributions to the fish headspace come from contamination of the environment (e. amperometric sensors [42]. the accumulation of some compound. such as metal-oxide chemoresistor sensors [38–40]. the data produced by a sensor array can classify samples according to some of their global features. An imperfect application of this method was demonstrated with engineered polymer-coated QMB [50]. showing the ability of the electronic nose to track the different spoilage levels occurring at different storage times. hydrogen bond basic.4.4 demonstrate a continuous progress after the 8th day. the progress of spoilage is less linear with respect to Figure 11. Such sensor arrangement consists in the application of a number of sensors characterized by a broad sensitivity toward species that are relevant for a certain application. with an array of selective sensors it is not possible to distinguish between fresh and flat fishes. Each sensor then provides a signal proportional to the concentration of each family.

an integration of instruments is necessary. and devices measuring electrical properties) has been illustrated in different applications related to cods [56. and olfaction (to smell the gill odor) [54].1 0.3 Time evolution of the major families of volatile compounds in fish headspace. image analyzers. Nonetheless. sardines [58]. Results are qualitatively similar to those shown in Figure 11. .. This feature that can be interpreted as a failure of the electronic nose is likely due to an intrinsic nonlinearity of the studied problem. each able to capture different aspects of fishes. tactile (to test the flesh firmness and elasticity). shows the scores plot of a partial least-squares discriminant analysis model related to an array of metalloporphyrin-coated QMBs. and the use of only one sense (e. humans provide a more reliable identification of fish freshness. texture meters. As a consequence.162 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Amines Aromatics Fresh fish alcohols Fresh fish carbonyls Short-chain alcohols Sulfides 100 Fresh Sweet Flat Stale Putrid Concentration (ppm) 10 1 0. The possibility of developing a multisensor device to measure and/or estimate fish freshness with a combination of instrumental techniques (electronic noses.g. color meters. The fusion of multi-instrumental information can then be treated as the descriptors provided by a trained panel providing a sort of artificial quality index [55]. The typical sensorial description is also reported. It is important to consider that sensorial methods of freshness appraisal involve the use of sight (to evaluate the skin appearance and the color and the global aspect of eyes).5. and original data were previously published [53]. in order to measure the quality of fish instrumentally. with a folding back of the spoilage process in the representation plane. and groupies [59].01 0 5 10 15 Days 20 25 30 35 Figure 11. spectroscopic methods. The experiment was related to COD fishes. olfaction) provides several errors of evaluation.57].

5 0 –0.5 –2 –2.5 1 0.5 –6 4 6 –5 –4 –3 –2 PC 1 (80.5 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 PC 1 (72. .3 are used.4 PCA scores plot of a simulated experiment where sensors selective for the compound family in Figure 11. Scores plot 1.93%) 0 –0.Chemical Sensors Scores plot 2 30 1.5 1 PC 2 (15.76%) 0. each specific for a single interaction mechanism among those modeled by LSER.5 24 PC 2 (19.5 PCA scores plot of data related to a virtual array of sensors.03%) –1 0 1 2 30 2 28 22 20 10 10 12 14 16 8 1 Figure 11.5 –1 –1.39%) Figure 11.5 –1 24 10 12 8 28 2 4 6 1 ◾ 163 22 20 18 16 14 –1. Data show the impossibility of distinguishing the spoilage process in the first 6 days and an abrupt change between 6th and 8th days.

164 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Scores plot 150 17 17 100 17 17 50 LV 2 (26. Each step of the food chain has peculiar needs that a proper chemical sensor approach can in principle contribute to satisfy.6 PCA score plot of metalloporphyrin-coated QMB. These technologies are sometimes equivalent in terms of performances. and finally at consumer level. and labels indicate the storage days in ice. stored. at producer level the increment in quality and yield. In the case of fish and seafood freshness and quality determination.62%) Figure 11. the control of quality and safety both on the market and at home. all the actors of the food chain (producers. analyzed.31%) 17 17 3 15 3 44 3 4 4 3 11 11 3 11 11 2 11 3 11 2 2 2 2 9 7 9 1 1 91 11 1 9 7797 9 7 7 7 17 11 11 11 99 15 15 15 15 15 15 0 4 3 2 2 4 2 4 15 2 –50 –100 –150 –100 –50 0 1 50 9 100 150 200 LV 1 (63. processors. As an example. and consumers) are potential users of chemical sensor technology. Food-related sites are usually highly contaminated from the point of view of odor. sensors are . At the current state of the art. In this regard. All these applications require instruments able to work on-site. transmitted and integrated with other data can be performed by several different technologies. 11. and for some specific applications.6 Conclusions The conversion of chemical information into electric signals that can be measured. one technology may outperform the others. Chemical sensors are an almost mature technology for many practical applications. the application of arrays of sensors can greatly improve the performance in terms of prediction of quality and freshness. at processors level the screening of quality of incoming products to optimize the processing and to sort processed food. It is important in any application to design the optimal sensor array to determine quality and quantity of the relevant chemical species and to select sensors optimizing sensitivity and resolution. data are related to cod fish fillets.

Koziej. This opens a further novel investigation direction involving again researchers from different areas. is calculated considering at the same time visual. where existing chemical sensors can be specialized. et al.P. Crit.. 9. et al. Olafsdottir. M. Actually.. texture. Tech. 15. Coultate. Let us imagine. and Di Natale. and Basu. 2005. J. 1. For this a strong cooperation between sensor developers and end users is necessary in order to optimize practical solutions. Actuators B.. 2004. 2591. 121. 2004. confirming that interdisciplinarity is the most strong added value for food analysis. Anal. K. in fish analysis. and Weimar. 11. ZnO thin film sensors for detecting dimethyl. Rev. 1989. 12. 2007. measuring the odor of a fish in a typical storage room among dozens of stacks of fish crates... References 1. AIP Press. Ed. As an example.K. 2000. 83. 1982. J. This suggests that to fully reproduce the perceptions of humans with artificial sensors. S. Heeger. D’Amico. and olfactory perceptions. and Takao. S. Alberty. A contribution on some basic definitions of sensors properties. D. 1997. 2006. S. Physical Chemistry. it is important to consider that sensory analysis is almost never confined to only olfactory perception. Y. Angew. Toward practical definitions of quality for food science. and Morrison. synesthetic action among the senses is required to form a full judgment over a certain food sample. C. 108. Cambridge. Madou. 38. Comini. New York. U. Chim. R. J.A. From this perspective. Barsan. 258. 2004. Actuators B. Metal oxide based gas sensor research: How to? Sens. San Diego. Mater. 28. Hammond. Methods to evaluate fish freshness in research and industry. Polymers for chemical sensing. in terms of sampling and data presentations. linearly correlated with the days in ice. At this level a correct and careful analysis of user needs and expectations and an education effort toward the users are important to disseminate the intrinsic novelty carried by sensor systems such as those widely belonging to the class of artificial olfaction. 8. 2.. G. IEEE Sens. interesting at industrial level. Fraden.. J. 8. 2002.. 14. 4.J. Y. 87. so that the performance of the sampling of an application is difficult. A semiconducting metal-oxide array for monitoring fish freshness. 13.Chemical Sensors ◾ 165 not able to distinguish between background and relevant odor. T. 40. Bremner. Acta. 40. U. Trends Food Sci. Trimethylamine sensor based on semiconductive metaloxides for detection of fish freshness. Sens.. 3. 84. Food: The Chemistry of its Components. 183. Academic Press. 321. Metal oxide nano crystals for gas sensing. . quality index. for instance. Shimizu. N. A. Actuators B. Chem. 6. Food Sci. Chemical Sensing with Solid State Devices. 113. It is also important that developers and users are aware of the intrinsic limit of information that is carried by the volatile part of a food.. M. John Wiley & Sons. Semiconducting and metallic polymers (Nobel lecture). there are applications. New York. Int.and trimethyl-amine vapors. portable systems without any conditioning of sample are of limited use for fish inspection. 568. Sci. On the other hand. 7. tactile. H. For instance. 10. 1990. in order to fulfill user requirement. A. E. CA. 5. and firmness. the electronic nose has to be compared and integrated with instruments providing information about visual aspects. Mater. Roy. Persaud. 1. 18. Today. Electron.. 2001. Mater. 2001. Handbook of Modern Sensors. RSC Press. Sens. Egashira.

Rapid gas sensor measurements to predict the freshness of capelin (Mallotus villosus). I. 2002. Opin. 1986.N. G.W. 468. 45. 325. 1982. W. Kramer.. Cell. et al. 2007. 34. November 12–14. Amsterdam. 77. and Suslick.. J. November 1986. K. Lindsay. and Jónsson. Computer screen as a programmable light source for visible absorption characterization of (bio)chemical assays. 1992. Sens. in Seafood Quality Determination Symposium. Development of a ChemFET sensor with molecular films of porphyrins as sensitive layers. Microbiological. et al. the Netherlands. Gauglitz. A. p. 26... Development of a smart packaging for the monitoring of fish spoilage. 2001.. 2226.W. J. Ólafsson. 27.. S. E. J. Rev. 292. 77. and Stopfer. . A chemical sensor based on a microfabricated cantilever array with simultaneous resonance-frequency and bending readout. J. 2003. Proposed modification of dyer’s method for trimethylamine determination in cod fish. Agric. 352. 30. G. Measurement of volatile aroma constituents as a means for following sensory deterioration of fresh fish and fishery products. Tozawa. 2006. Halifax (Canada). Bartlett. 24.. Phys. Acoustic Wave Sensors. 108. Lett. 1996. 15–25 July. Enokihara. Chemical sensing with familiar devices. 2001. Nantes. 466. and Lundström. Chem. in Sensors and Sensory Systems for an Electronic Nose. D. Actuators B. I. N. Int. Recent dynamics in olfactory population coding. A novel multigene family may encode odorant receptors: A molecular basis for odor recognition. Electrical detection of amine ligation to a metalloporphyrin via a hybrid SOIMOSFET. 43.. 240. CA. Ólafsdóttir. and Holley. F. R. Sens. 2005. Modified palladium metal-oxide semiconductor structure with increased ammonia gas sensitivity... Proceedings of the Final meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness” AIR3 CT94 2283. Phys. 299. et al. in Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. 38. 2654. Food Chem. Takulapalli. Am.. and Olafsdottir. and Amano. Gardner. 839. 19. et al. 36. Svensson. 1975. and Weimar.. 35.. Elsevier. K. 10–14.. 710. E. sensory. G. F. Chem. D. Ed. J.). Analysis of discrimination mechanisms in the mammalian olfactory system using a model nose. B. 53. Commun. et al.S.. Int. 55. R. Filippini.. 705. P. 108. 1997. and Fleurence. D. 2001. 31. Winquist. K. 26. 18. N. 4458.. F. Andersson. Olafsdottir. Sicard. 567. 1969. 1983. 16. 28. G. 406. Electronic nose: Current status and future trends. 20. Neurobiol. Talanta. L. et al. Friedrich.. 102. 55–69. Chim. Brain Res. Optical sensing looks to new field. 33. Liston (eds. 283. G. 45.. Paquit. and electronic nose evaluations of yellowfin tuna under various storage conditions. Filippini. and Axel. Du..M. 23. 1997. 21. Martinsdóttir. Chem. 44. Nature. et al. Anal. Lundstrom. Josephson. 64. Food. H. Academic Press. International Institute of Refrigeration. (eds. Buck. Monitoring of fish freshness using tin oxide sensors. et al. Lett. M. San Diego. R.. Persaud. 257.. 2006. 1997. and Dodds. Evaluation of fish freshness using volatile compounds: Classification of volatile compounds in fish. Prot. D. Kluwer. J. 2000. et al. Angew. Appl. Curr. 748.). 11. 2027. Barsan. Actuators B. Dordrecht. Röck. 25. 705. 25. 2008. Acta.H. 65. The application of metalloporphyrins as coating material for quartz microbalance based chemical sensors. Appl. et al. 122. G. Chem. Technical Conference on Fish Inspection and Quality Control. K. Brunink. D.. 29. A hydrogen sensitive MOS field effect transistor. 32. Molecular recognition and discrimination of amines with a colorimetric array. 22. 3800. Nature. 1991. Chem. R. L. Ballantine. Trends Anal. Receptor cell responses to odorants: Similiarities and differences among odorants. Rakow.X. 130. Ed.166 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 15. A colorimetric sensor array for odour visualization. Soc. Rakow et al. Battiston.. 37. 175. 2008. 1984. Chem. A. U. 17. et al. M. Angew. the Netherlands.

P. S. et al. Di Natale. 2002. 2007. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness” AIR3 CT94 2283. and Nicholson. 1997. C. Characterisation of food freshness with sensor arrays. J. 7. Actuators B. C. Multisensor for fish quality determination.B. and Jónsson. Wageningen. 282.. 85. Sens. 2005. Prentice Hall Inc. Rapid gas sensor measurements to predict the freshness of capelin (Mallotus villosus).. 48. Alimelli. Actuators B. D.. Agric. Vaihinger. Actuators B. Actuators B. J. 2003. Wageningen Academic Publishers. J. . 43. 70. Du. H. et al. G. 287. 57. and Macagnano..E. J. Di Natale. 2002. Sens. G.). A. 752. Data fusion in Mustec: Towards the definition of an artificial quality index. 293. Recognition of fish storage time by a metalloporphyrins-coated QMB sensor array. Olafsdottir. Talanta. E. Englewood Cliffs. 53. QIM an European tool for fish freshness evaluation in the fishery chain. Lipid oxidation in herring fillets (Clupea harengus) during ice storage measured by a commercial hybrid gas-sensor array system. et al. Actuators B. and Abrahams. 1992. November 12–14. Sens. 42. Acta. 26. Monitoring and Traceability. E.B.Chemical Sensors ◾ 167 39. Hierlemann. 572. Luten. J.. Wageningen Academic Publishers. J. J. et al. Technol.. Olafsdottir. Food Chem. 45. 126. 40.M. Potential application of the electronic nose for quality assessment of salmon fillets under various storage conditions. 81. 2005. et al. C.B. Gill air analysis as an indicator of cod freshness and spoilage. Polymer based sensor array and mulicomponent analysis for the detection of hazardous organic vapours in the environment. 1997. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer: Labeling. A.. 111. Food Chem. Rational materials design of sorben coatings for explosives: Applications with chemical sensors. Macagnano. et al. F. Actuators. Zhao. et al. C. Meas. 1991. 531.. Di Natale. Sens. 261. 2004. Grate. Food Sci. et al. et al. et al. A. 58. 18. 50. 67. Oehlenschlager. N. Agric. 51. Sens.H. and Wichern. 469. 320. J. 41. 46. Johnson. R. et al. Technol. Food Sci. Food Sci. G. J.. Ólafsdóttir. 44. the Netherlands. 563. Haugen. Monitoring and Traceability.. 2006. and Olafsdottir. G. A model to predict fish quality from instrumental features. 47.. Chim. 2654. 56.Z. Sci. M. W. 2001. Di Natale... 15. Ólafsdóttir. 59. April 10–14. 2003. 87. Martinsdóttir. IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation. G.. E. 1103. Int.). 49. Luten. Rome. 218. 52. 582. Measurements of quality of fish by electronic noses. Di Natale. and Martinsdottir. 3. I. 55. W. 1995. Nantes. Prediction of microbial and sensory quality of cold smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) by electronic nose. Anal. Solubility interactions and the design of chemically selective sorbent coatings for chemical sensors and arrays. Tech.. Food Chem. 1982. Fish freshness detection by a computer screen photoassisted based gas sensor array. 77. Comparison and integration of different electronic noses for freshness evaluation of cod-fish fillets. 45. 54. 225. Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis. Luten. J. 2003. and Undeland. International Institute of Refrigeration. Schweizer-Berberich. A new multivariate approach to the problem of fish quality estimation. C. 273.. 307. 54. Oehlenschlager. and Göpel.. E.X. the Netherlands. 86. C. NJ.. Assay of fish freshness using trimethylamine vapor probe based on a sensitive membrane on piezoelectric quartz crystal. in Methods to Determine the Freshness of Fish in Research and Industry. Strachan. (eds. Trends Food Sci.. A. G.. 2004. Ubiquitous chemical sensing and optical imaging for ubiquitous environments. 1994. in Quality of Fish from Catch to Consumer: Labeling. Wageningen. 51.. and Olafsdottir. et al. 2001. J. Houser. 1996. J. Kent. Sens. 27. (eds.

.

....................... by Microwaves: Methods and Equipments .........3......................................................................5.............................................................3...................................................................................................................................................173 12....170 12..............................................174 12..............................................179 12.........................184 References ....3.............................................1 Sensors for Quality Assessment .................................3.....174 12... Pedro José Fito Suñer...................5 Microwave Spectroscopy—Dielectric Spectroscopy .......6 Conclusions .......2 Freshness and Salting/Desalting Process Quality Control of Fish and Seafood.........................................................4 RF Spectroscopy—Impedance Spectroscopy .. and Pedro Fito-Maupoey Contents 12......................... Ana Andrés Grau...............................................................1 Ultrasounds—Acoustic Spectroscopy ..............3 IR Spectroscopy .....3.................................................172 12......... 176 12......................................5 Applications of Microwave Technology in the Assessment or the Control of Processes ...................4 Overview of Microwave Theory ................................................................170 12....3 New Technologies for Online Control ...........2 Visible Spectroscopy .6 Advantages and Benefits of Microwave Methods ..........................171 12......Chapter 12 Physical Sensors and Techniques Ruth De los Reyes Cánovas...........................................................................184 169 ....5.................................173 12..................................................................................3.....180 12..............................................182 12..............2 The Importance of Quality Control—Advances in the Online Control Techniques ....1 Determination of Moisture Content ..175 12...................

Off-line sensors are laboratory devices. and efficient quality assurance is becoming increasingly important. the food industry is progressively investing more and more capital in quality control. traditionally. color. .e. taste. However. quality in food products is very difficult to define. Online sensors operate directly in the process. At-line sensors are devices to be used for instance in split-flow measurements. different physical and chemical parameters related to the quality of foodstuffs have been selected [1]. Thus.2 The Importance of Quality Control—Advances in the Online Control Techniques Quality control is essential in the food industry. In this way. This chapter tries to show the increasing growth of new and efficient online and at-line control methods that can provide important information about the internal quality of foods.1 Sensors for Quality Assessment A food quality sensor is a device that can respond to some physical or chemical property or properties of food and transform the response(s) into a signal. or off-line. Because of that. They often have short-response times (minutes or seconds) and also allow process corrections. This signal provides direct information about the quality factor(s) to be measured or may have a known relation to the quality factors. Th is perception is used to choose the product one wishes to buy. Existing techniques in food quality assessment. quality control in manufacturing lines was limited to destructive off-line analyses that determine the acceptance or disposal of much of the production of the day. sensors are classified according to their mode of use: online.. etc. at-line. or flavor. can provide reliable information about food quality. Traditionally the on/at-line quality control was restricted to external properties (weight. and they give a real time signal. such as color. Therefore. This was due to the absence of nondestructive technologies that would allow the product classification by its properties (internal properties). either instrumental or sensory evaluation. size. 12. an online sensor has the advantage of giving an immediate quality measurement and provides possibilities for regulating the process by adjustments. focusing on the seafood sector advances. size. as well as in machinery for the separation of products by their varying degrees of quality (i.) that can be measured by a simple balance or by a sophisticated video camera. ease of consumption. The acquisition of these parameters that characterize the abstract concept of “quality perceived by the consumer” leads to the development of the necessary technology for application in the classification of products. often an electric signal. and the internal properties were determined off-line by destructive and time-consuming technologies. these techniques are destructive. requiring reagent additions or equilibrations/reaction times. which relates to the quality factors. Consumers perceive the quality of a product on the basis of a feeling of satisfaction that some sensory properties produce in them.170 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 12. responding within hours or days. as a result of not being able to perform online nondestructive measures that would correct the manufacturing process in real time. research. Usually.). however. and unsuitable for online application. the development of in-line calibrators was restricted to external properties (weight. the calibration lines for fruit processing). etc. and development. Since consumers expect good shelf life and high-safety products with an adequate ratio of quality–price. timeconsuming.

consumers. and regulatory officials have been seeking improved methods for determining freshness and quality [2]. freshness. In general. in particular through online or at-line quality sensors. and so forth. time passed after catch and the temperature “history” of fish are very often the key factor determining the final quality characteristics of a fish product [6]. tight feedback loops for automation of the production. and much more. In addition to the requirements of consumers. total quality management (TQM). convenience and integrity. Further. and storage techniques. Concretely. food producers are increasingly asking for efficient control methods. nutritional and health information. A study performed by Consumers Union found that more than one-quarter of the fish samples tested were on the brink of spoilage [5]. the obvious physical attributes of the species. In this way many new food safety concepts and key quality parameters have arisen during the last decade: Hazard analysis critical control points (HACCP). is very important for the partners in the chain. It is necessary to stress that fish quality is a complex concept involving a whole range of factors. physical. these techniques can provide new quality control systems of the internal (and external) properties of foods that act in real time and in a nondestructive way. therefore it is possible to apply to the product under development the necessary corrective measures while it is still in the manufacturing line. including time/temperature histories that can affect the freshness and quality of the products. . safety. and typing the product labels. This kind of system not only permit an assessment of quality in terms of their properties but also. With the increasing globalization of fishery product sales. which are commonly structural. warning systems. an excellence in accuracy. Information about handling. for example. automation. availability. the new sensors’ concept of being easy-to-use. One of the most unique characteristics of fish as food is that it is a highly perishable commodity. and product type [3. In addition. sensing the final product quality. traceability. and authentication all require improved control methods. processors. These systems will reach three milestones. new data systems. allow input from the manufacturing line with information obtained from the measurement of quality parameters selected (feedback). quality sorting. they all call for intime and online sensors for control. the safety and quality of fishery products has been of particular concern in recent years. size. which for the consumer include. it is able to obtain a final product that will always be within the margins of quality predetermined. processing. ISO 9000 Certifications. food inspectors require good manufacturing practices.3 New Technologies for Online Control The quality of almost all the industrial processes depends on the modification of a few parameters. eating quality. and compliance with the regulations. 12.4]. and reduction of production cost and production time (increased throughputs). such as water content for drying processes. or chemical properties. first to satisfy the consumer and regulatory requirements and second to improve the production feasibility.Physical Sensors and Techniques ◾ 171 New analytical techniques have been (and they are still being) developed to study the quality of complex food materials and to monitor the properties of foods during processing. these properties need slow and destructive methods to be controlled. with the appropriate hardware and software. and low cost in the sensor’s compounds. Consequently. The great challenge is indeed to focus on the real time and online sensors and data systems surveying processes and products. labeling. controlling the automated process and the raw material stream. Thus. but online methods are required for industrial quality control. nutritional quality. safety.

below are cited some examples of the use of these new technologies in the quality control of foodstuffs. and raw meat mixtures can be related to its composition using semiempirical equations [7]. Suvanich et al. structure. and physical state of foods [20].172 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Given the premise that online control requires a nondestructive method. Highfrequency. and a high amount of energy can be imparted. [21] published a report on how the ultrasonic velocity measurements show potential for analyzing fish composition. impedance measurements (RF) can determine salt and water content in salmon filets [10]. which enable a variety of applications [18. It is virtually impossible for . Visible (and near UV) transmittance method has been investigated to inspect the internal quality (freshness) of intact chicken egg [8]. in this chapter. induces compressions and depressions of the medium particles. thermal and near-infrared (NIR). The spectroscopic techniques use the information found in the spectrum that is emitted for the food to predict certain of its qualities. determine the velocity of a moving tissue. above 16 kHz [17]. NIR measurements are widely used in the food industry to determine the sugar content in fruits [9].1 Ultrasounds—Acoustic Spectroscopy Ultrasonic is a rapidly growing field of research.13] in foodstuffs. It is also necessary to work at very low power in order to not cause permanent effects such as heating. such as radio frequency (RF). which. It is impossible to address all these techniques with precision. and biochemical effects can be observed. well-established. The salt and water content are related to dielectric properties of cod at microwave frequencies [14–16].19]. chicken. the modification of these parameters can be measured in real time. in the case of Doppler-based modes. Normally the modification of any quality parameter is macroscopically correlated to the change in any wave parameter that can be controlled. must act in real time and without producing permanent effects on the food. it is almost imperative to resort to elastic (sonic) waves such as ultrasounds or to nonionizing electromagnetic radiation. and widely used diagnostic tool. which is finding increasing use in the food industry for the analysis of food products. Ultrasound is a form of energy generated by sound (really pressure) waves of frequencies that are too high to be detected by human ear. i. This technique encompasses a wide range of imaging modes and techniques that use the interaction of sound waves with living tissues to produce an image of the tissues or. a number of physical. low-energy diagnostic ultrasounds are used as a nondestructive analytical technique for quality assurance and process control with particular reference to physicochemical properties such as composition. 12.. The interaction between wave radiation and matter as a function of wavelength or frequency is called spectroscopy. fulfilling the initial premise. Nevertheless. Ultrasound imaging is a versatile. Depending on the frequency used and the sound wave amplitude applied.3. and visible. and dielectric measurements at microwave frequencies can be used to analyze water activity [11] and water content [12. chemical. some of their propagation parameters are modified. we concentrate on electromagnetic methods at microwave frequencies. the other techniques that enable online control have been briefly commented on below. When these waves pass through foods (or are refracted by them). microwave. Ultrasonic velocity in fish tissues. moreover.e. Thanks to advancing technology. Ultrasound attenuation spectroscopy (acoustic spectroscopy) is a method for characterizing properties of fluids and dispersed particles. exposing their main disadvantages and highlighting the advances in the field of seafood. the reason is. when propagated through a biological structure. Ultrasound. The main disadvantage of ultrasound is that the energy propagates poorly through a gaseous medium. For fish samples.

ultrasound transducers must have airless contact with the sample during examinations [22]. but their use is limited by their low penetration in the product (it depends on the wave length. A rapid. the visible spectrum is a function of the entire structure of the compound rather than specific bonds. but it is measured in terms of tenths of a millimeter [32] and is dependent on less-precise reference methods [27]. Other information should be used in conjunction with visible spectra in determining the specific properties of interest. a multispectral imaging NIR transflectance system was developed for online determination of moisture content in dried salted codfish [29].3. This complicates the noncontact measurements. NIR spectroscopy is based on the absorption of electromagnetic radiation at wavelengths in the range 780–2500 nm. Mid-infrared (MIR) and Raman spectroscopy have high structural selectivity and contain more of the type of information needed in structural elucidation studies.500–25. Focusing on fish products.2 Visible Spectroscopy In recent years.Physical Sensors and Techniques ◾ 173 ultrasound to pass through air. MIR spectroscopy concerns the region of the spectrum lying between 4. [33] applied MIR spectroscopy combined with chemometric tools to determine whether fish has been frozen–thawed. Karoui et al. The most popular IR spectroscopy is the NIR one. In the fish sector. the main disadvantage of this method is that only the surface of the sample is examined. NIR technology has been widely developed as an analytical tool. thus. the usefulness of visible spectroscopy/near infrared spectroscopy (VS/NIRS) has been researched for many quality aspects [23–25]. NIR spectroscopic method has been developed by Zhang and Lee [30] to directly determine free fatty acids (FFA) in fish oil and for the assessment of mackerel quality. Marquardt and Wold [34] concluded that Raman spectroscopy might be a useful tool for rapid and nondestructive analysis of fish quality. Thermal infrared imagers translate the energy transmitted in the infrared wavelength into data that can be processed . NIR spectra of foods comprise broad bands arising from overlapping absorptions corresponding mainly to overtones and combinations of vibration modes involving C–H. Raman spectroscopy is based on the shift of an excited incident beam of radiation that results from inelastic interactions between the photons and the sample molecules. The far IR. The region of the electromagnetic spectrum under consideration in Raman spectroscopy is similar to that in MIR.3 IR Spectroscopy In the recent years. and it is able to provide thermal information. but it involves a scattering process. O–H. This makes it very feasible for measurements to be made in organic and biological systems. [26] using the visible wavelengths only. Uddin et al.3. but it is not the only one. Most industrial processes require the measurement of temperature. the energy at defined frequencies can be partially absorbed. All these techniques have been gradually implemented as monitoring systems in food processing [31]. the freshness of cod was estimated by Heia et al. 12. 12. This technique measures the reflectance of light from the product in the visible and NIR wavelength range.5 and 20 micrometers. For example. which is also called thermal infrared (TIR) refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of between 3.000 and 400 cm−1 (2. When radiation with energy corresponding to the MIR range interacts with a molecule.000 nm). [28] applied NIR spectroscopy to assess the end point temperature (EPT) of heated fish and shellfish meats. and N–H chemical bonds [27].

174

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

into a visible light spectrum video display. Thermography (infrared; thermal scans) uses specially designed infrared video or still cameras to make images (called thermograms) that show surface heat variations. This technology has a number of applications, for example, recent studies conducted by Fito et al. [35] lay the groundwork for the use of TIR image for the control of the optimum drying time in a citrus line. Focusing on fish industry, Jacobsen and Pedersen [36] developed a method based on infrared measurement of temperature changes in cold-water prawns during the glazing process studied in a small-scale controlled experiment. The method is thus remote and physically based on the heat transfer between prawns and glazing water.

12.3.4

RF Spectroscopy—Impedance Spectroscopy

Radio frequency is an electromagnetic radiation within the range of 3 Hz to 300 GHz. This range corresponds to the frequency of alternating current electrical signals used to produce and detect radio waves. Different techniques have been developed for quality control based on the response of foods to waves in the RF region. The technique called “bioelectrical impedance analysis” (BIA) is highly effective for measuring human body composition such as fat content, lean muscle, or total water [37] and nutritional status [37,38] and there is abundant supporting literature from medical studies demonstrating the effectiveness of the approach. This technique works at 50 kHz and is also an accurate predictor of the composition of fish [39,40] as the amount of water or proportion of fat tissue to lean tissue is correlated to BIA measurements through regression equations built on multiple measurements of control groups [41]. Impedance spectroscopy measures the dielectric properties (see Section 12.4) of a “food material” as a function of frequency; this term usually applies to the range of RF frequencies, sometimes extended to low microwaves. Impedance spectroscopy has been widely used to estimate the physiological state of various biological tissues [42,43]. In studies of a biological tissue, it is of great importance to establish an appropriate equivalent circuit model to relate the measured data to the physical and physiological properties. A number of spectroscopic methods in RF have been used quite recently to measure the quality-determining properties of frozen fish [44,45]. Haddock muscle showed significant changes in its dielectric properties during rigor mortis at frequencies between 1 Hz and 100 kHz [46]. In quality control of fish, the principal method of data analysis of impedance results has been to calculate indices with the measurements conducted at one or two frequencies [44,47]. With living tissues and in the postmortem period, impedance data have been analyzed by regression at each measured frequency and at several selected frequencies, by Cole-Cole analysis, and so on [48], but multivariate techniques of data analysis are still not widely used. The main disadvantages of RF for online monitoring are related to the physical size of its hardware, which is very voluminous and difficult to manage; moreover, interactions with metals and other materials can be problematic, and ionic conduction effects (i.e., due to dissolved salts) are highly significant (masking other effects).

12.3.5 Microwave Spectroscopy—Dielectric Spectroscopy
The actual state of art of microwave technology permits measuring in real time and in a nondestructive way most of the parameters that are related to quality control. For instance, in the late

Physical Sensors and Techniques

175

sixties, microwave sensors emerged as a plausible solution for real-time, nondestructive sensing of moisture content in a variety of materials [49–51]. Moreover, in recent years, the price of microwave components has dropped drastically because of a surge in demand from the wireless telecommunications sector. This, with new developments in solid-state and planar circuit technologies, provides an opportunity to develop reasonably priced microwave/RF sensors. Therefore, the application of microwave technologies to food quality control is a growing interest for the industry. Until recently, the interest of the food industry in microwave applications had been fi xed mainly in dielectric heating. These applications appeared in the years following the end of the Second World War, but the development of microwaves stopped due to technological reasons and the high cost of investment. At the beginning of the 1980s, the possibilities of microwave applications and their considerable advantages were recognized, and microwave ovens become more popular. This increase in the use of domestic microwave ovens gave rise to a reduction in the cost of the relatively high-power magnetron. However, the cost of these elements increases exponentially when the power is on an industrial scale [35]. Presently, domestic microwave ovens are universally accepted by consumers, and other microwave heating applications are widely used in industry; baking, drying, blanching, thawing, tempering, and packaging are the most important. Therefore, considerable experience has now been accumulated in this field and can be used in the design of sensor systems based on microwaves. These sensors are viable and affordable for online control in food industrial processes. Dielectric spectroscopy measures the dielectric properties (see Section 12.4) of a “material” as a function of frequency; this term usually applies to the range of microwave frequencies, sometimes extended to high RF. Dielectric spectroscopy is considered to be a very useful tool in food quality determinations, because, as will be explained in Sections 12.4 and 12.5, dielectric properties of biological tissues are closely correlated with water content and the aggregation state of it. Furthermore, the dielectric properties depend not only on water binding in foods but also on its composition. The interplay between molecular composition, presence of ions, electrical charges on proteins, and pH variations leads to a complex dielectric spectrum regulated by several phenomena. Dielectric properties are also related to structure, and the structural organization and composition of a muscle makes it a highly anisotropic dielectric material. This dielectric anisotropy was modeled by Felbacq et al. [52] to provide insight into microwave–muscle interactions. It tends to decrease during ageing or process-related cellular degradation. The main theoretical aspects of microwaves are treated in Section 12.4. In Section 12.5 some interesting applications of microwave technology in quality control are cited.

12.3.6 Advantages and Benefits of Microwave Methods
A very important benefit of microwave sensing is that the bulk property (i.e., moisture or density) is determined, in contrast to surface determination provided, for example, with infrared (IR) or NIR techniques. This is particularly important in monitoring operations, for example, drying, where moisture gradients exist in the material; variations in moisture can exist within a few microns of the surface, but their effects are substantially reduced or insignificant at microwave frequencies. Another decided advantage is logistical flexibility in installation. With a wide variety of sensors from which to choose, placement can be on conveyors or in hoppers, shakers, pipes,

176

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

chutes, and so on. Installation is generally minimally intrusive. Moreover, results can be obtained almost in real time, because the measurement time ranges from a few milliseconds to one second. A further advantage is that microwave radiation is noncontaminating and environmentally safe at power levels typically used for online sensing. Human exposure is usually less than that from common consumer electronic devices such as cordless and cellular telephones. Finally, microwave sensors are insensitive to environmental conditions such as dust, color, or ambient light, vapors, and machine vibrations, in contrast to IR and NIR techniques.

12.4

Overview of Microwave Theory

Microwaves are a common designation for electromagnetic waves at frequencies between 300 MHz and 300 GHz. These waves travel through the free space with a given energy (E) and propagation parameters, which are mainly magnitude (A) and phase (q). When they find a different “dielectric material” (in this case, food), one part of the radiation is refracted and another one passes through it (see Figure 12.1). The amount of radiation refracted or transmitted by food as well as its new propagation parameters are governed by the dielectric properties of the material. Therefore, the measurement of these properties allows both the characterization of food and the control of the process (see Figure 12.1). In the communications argot, “materials” are usually divided into the categories of conductors, insulators, and dielectrics. “Dielectric materials” cover the whole spectrum of anything between conductors and insulators. Therefore, dielectrics can consist of polar molecules or nonpolar molecules, or very often both. According to this classification, foods are “dielectric materials” (or really an addition of dielectric materials) susceptible to be defined by their dielectric properties. Complex permittivity (e r) (Equation 12.1) is the dielectric property that describes food behavior under an electromagnetic field [53].

E1, A1, θ1

Material permittivity εr1 = ε΄ –j.ε˝ r1 r1 Natural or industrial process

E2, A2, θ2

, θ3 E 3, A 3

Product characterization

E1, A1, θ1

, θ5 E 5, A 5

Modified material permittivity εr2 = ε΄ –j.ε˝ r2 r2

E4, A4, θ4 Processes control (or monitoring)

Figure 12.1 Scheme of the possibilities of the measurement of dielectric properties in quality control applications.

Physical Sensors and Techniques

177

The real part of complex permittivity is called the dielectric constant (e′), and the imaginary ′′ part is called the effective loss factor ( ε eff ). The subscript r indicates that values are related to vacuum, and the variable is therefore dimensionless:
′′ εr = ε ′ − j ε eff

(12.1)

Under a microwave field, the charges of certain food components (water, salts, etc.) try to displace from their equilibrium positions to orientate themselves following the field, storing microwave energy that is released when the applied field stops. This behavior is called polarization; e′ denotes the material’s ability to store this electromagnetic energy (or the ability to be polarized). Only a ′′ perfect dielectric can store and release wave energy without absorbing it. The parameter ε eff is related to absorption and dissipation of the electric energy from the field. Such energy absorptions are caused by different factors that depend on structure, composition, and measurement ′′ frequency, thus ε eff can be expressed by Equation 12.2 [53]: ε ′eff = ε ′′ + ε ′′ + ε ′′ + ε ′′ + σ/ε o ω e a MW d (12.2)

In this equation the last term is called ionic losses. The symbols s, e o, and w refer to material conductivity, vacuum permittivity, and angular frequency, respectively. Subscripts d, MW, e, and a indicate dipolar, Maxwell–Wagner, and electronic and atomic losses, respectively. The different contributing mechanisms to the loss factor of a moist material are schematically represented in Figure 12.2.

ε˝ i + – + + – MW + – + – dw

+ + – – + –

a da e log f (Hz) 3E14 V nm UV

1.8E10 3E8 3E11 Radio frequency Microwaves IR AC L–M–K VHF dm wave cm mm μm

Figure 12.2 Schematic representation of the different effects that contribute to effective loss factor (e″ff ) along the electromagnetic spectrum (logarithmic scale). i, ionic losses; MW, e Maxwell–Wagner effect; dw, dipolar losses of water; da, dipolar losses of isopropyl alcohol; a, atomic losses; e, electronic losses.

178

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Under a microwave field, molecules with an asymmetric charge distribution (permanent dipoles such as water) rotate trying to align themselves with the electric field, storing part of the wave energy [54]. The dipolar contribution to total losses is one of the most important at microwave frequencies due to the fact that water is an abundant and common component in foods. Otherwise, as frequency is increased (the highest microwave frequencies and above them), the electromagnetic field can affect smaller particles, inducing dipoles even in neutral molecules (atomic polarization) and neutral atoms (electronic polarization). Atomic and electronic losses have behavior similar to that of permanent dipolar losses. At RF and the lowest microwave frequencies, charged atoms and molecules (ions) are affected by the field. Such ions move trying to follow the changes in the electric field. In case ions do not find any impediment (aqueous solutions, conducting materials), ionic conductivity gives rise to an increment in effective losses. At these frequencies, the ionic losses are the main contributors to the loss factor (supposing ions to be present in the material). Foods are complex systems and usually present conducting regions surrounded by nonconducting regions, for example, foods with a cellular structure have cytoplasm (conducting region) surrounded by the membrane (nonconducting region). In these cases, ions are trapped by the interfaces (nonconducting regions) and, as the ion movement is limited, the charges are accumulated, increasing the overall capacitance of the food [55] and the dielectric constant (Maxwell– Wagner Polarization). This phenomenon is produced at low frequencies at which the charges have enough time to accumulate at the borders of the conducting regions. The Maxwell–Wagner losses curve vs. frequency has the same shape as the dipolar losses curve (see Figure 12.2). At higher frequencies, the charges do not have enough time to accumulate and the polarization of the conducting region does not occur. At frequencies above the Maxwell– Wagner relaxation frequency, both ionic losses and the Maxwell–Wagner effect are difficult to distinguish due to the fact that both effects exhibit the same slope (1/f ). Foods are multicomponent and multiphase systems; therefore, more than one mechanism contributes to the combined effects. Figure 12.3 shows different shape variations in effective loss factor curves vs. frequency for the case of combined dipolar and ionic losses. Type_0 represents a typical pure dipolar loss factor curve (without ionic contribution), s increases between type_0 and type_4 curves (the corresponding ionic contribution is marked in discontinuous trace), ″ ε d max is the highest value of dipolar losses, and relaxation frequency is the inverse of relaxation time [53,16]. In general, foods are dielectric materials with high losses and, under a microwave field, they can absorb part of the wave energy. The power that can be dissipated in a given material volume ′′ (Pv) is related to ε eff by Equation 12.3, in which E is the electric field strength [53]: Pv = 2π f ε0 ε eff ·E 2 (W/cm3 ) (12.3)

The high-power dissipation in foods has given rise to numerous high-power heating applications that have been developed since the fi fties. The interest in improving heating applications has provided a great deal of knowledge on dielectric properties and wave parameter measurements. Th is detailed knowledge has been very useful in further research into new lowpower online sensors, which relate these properties or parameters to process variables of food industry.

Physical Sensors and Techniques
ε˝ 4

179

3 σ/ωε0 + – + + – 1 εd ˝ 0 log ( f ) 2 + – + –

+ –

Figure 12.3 Influence of salt content in systems with different proportions of dipoles (water) and ions (salts) in the shape of effective loss factor curve. Salt content increases in curves from 0 (water) and 4 (saturation). (Adapted from De los Reyes, R. et al., Medida de propiedades dieléctricas en alimentos y su aplicación en el control de calidad de productos y procesos, ProQuest (Ed.), 2007.)

12.5 Applications of Microwave Technology in the Assessment or the Control of Processes
The applications of electromagnetic radiation in the microwave band are varied and cover broad fields, from the radar [56] and radiometry [57], to medical applications, such as the diagnosis of breast cancer [58] and other image applications. In addition, industrial applications have been developed, such as rubber vulcanization [59], soils, wood, and animal products disinfection [60–62], or food processing [63,64]. They are so many that some frequency bands have been reserved especially for industrial, scientific, and medical applications (ISM). These frequencies are detailed in Table 12.1. Microwave applications that are better known within the food industry are related to energy absorption and, therefore, are made at high power and usually at 2.45 GHz, which is the frequency often reserved in Europe for industrial applications. These applications are mainly used for heating, pasteurization, sterilization, dehydration, thawing, and scalding [65–67]. Recently, the application of microwaves in combination with warm air in drying of foods has been also studied, either during the whole drying process or in part of it [68,69]. Within this field, applications to the drying of fruits and vegetables are notable for their interest to the food industry [70,71]. However, as noted above, the development of the technology that brings this large number of applications has allowed the onslaught of new applications such as the assessment or the control of

180

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 12.1 Frequency Bands Reserved for Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Applications (ISM)
Frequency (MHz) 433.92 ± 8 915 ± 13 2,450 ± 50 5,800 ± 75 24,125 ± 125 Wave Longitude (cm) 69.14 32.75 12.24 5.17 1.36

processes by microwaves in a nondestructive way (MNDT or MNDE) which is receiving a growing interest in the food industry. In these applications, very low power is used to avoid permanent effects in foods. As a result of that, the methods for determining dielectric properties have experienced a spectacular expansion within the field of the analysis of materials by microwaves, which until relatively recently, was exclusively associated with the design of electronic equipment. As has been explained before, the measurement of the dielectric properties can provide important information during industrial processes due to the relationships between food properties and electromagnetic parameters. This is because low-power microwaves change their parameters (amplitude, phase) according to the food properties, and this change can be measured in real time. This is the basic principle on which food-quality microwave sensors are based. Complex permittivity can be correlated with structural, physical, and chemical properties such as humidity, soluble solids content, porosity, characteristics of solid matrix, and density [16]. The changes in these properties are usually related with the treatments applied to foods throughout the industrial process; for instance, water losses in drying processes [72] or salt losses in desalting processes [14,15]. In addition, the structural changes produced in macromolecules, such as protein denaturalization, can occur during processing, leading to a modification of the dielectric properties [73]. For all these reasons, the measurement of dielectric properties can be used as a tool for online food process control. This section provides an overview of the most important microwave applications as techniques in food control.

12.5.1

Determination of Moisture Content

Water represents the main component of foods influenced by microwave energy and, therefore, nowadays most methods of determining moisture content are based on electrical properties. The determination of moisture based on electromagnetic parameters has been used in agriculture for at least 90 years and has been in common use for 50 years [12,74,75]. Diverse studies have been carried out relating the dielectric constant and loss factor with moisture in foods [76,74]. Further researches in this field have occurred during recent years. Trabelsi and Nelson [77] studied a method of moisture sensing in grains and seeds by measuring their dielectric properties. The reliability of the method was tested for soybean, corn, wheat, sorghum, and barley. The frequency used was 7 GHz with the free space technique. In the same year, the authors used the same technique at 2–18 GHz to determine the dielectric properties of cereal grains and oilseeds in order to predict the moisture content by microwave measurements [78]. This article presents a unified

Physical Sensors and Techniques

181

grain moisture algorithm, based on measurements of the real part of the complex permittivity of grain at 149 MHz using the transmission line method. Trabelsi and Nelson [79] reported the moisture in unshelled and shelled peanuts using the free space method at a frequency of 8 GHz. In 2005, Joshi [80] reported a technique for online, time domain, nondestructive microwave aquametry (US Patent numbers 6,204,670 and 6,407,555); this technique was used for determining moisture levels in substances such as seeds, soil, tissue paper, and milk powder. Plaza-González et al. [81] have published a report about a microwave sensor intended for online measurements of paper moisture. Since most efforts have been directed to the moisture determination of different materials, commercial meters for online moisture measurements have already been developed. These moisture meters are based on automatic online calculations of the reflected wave and dielectric permittivity, yielding physicochemical properties, such as moisture, chemical composition, and density, without affecting the product. For instance, Keam Holdem® Industry (Auckland, New Zealand) provides online moisture testing and analyzing systems. This manufacturer provides devices for measuring moisture in processed cheese, moisture and salt in butter, moisture and density in dried lumber and whole kernel grain, and fat-to-lean ratio in pork middles. A microwave moisture meter has also been developed for continuous control of moisture in grains, sugar, and dry milk in technological processes [82]. A consortium of companies from different countries, Microradar®, produces a commercial microwave moisture meter for measuring moisture in fluids, solids, and bulk materials based on this method. The enterprise KDC Technology Corporation (www.kdctech.com) provides microwave sensors for monitoring industrial processes and quality control. KDC sensors work in a wide range of applications such as monitoring moisture and density of manufactured wood and wood-based products, construction, and agricultural and processed food products. Patented contact (MDA1000) and noncontact (MMA-2000) sensors are used for online, continuous process monitoring of solids, particulates, and liquids or for in situ nondestructive testing/inspection. Another interesting application for online moisture measurement is a sensor for green tea developed by Okamura and Tsukamoto [72], which can measure moisture as high as 160%–300% on dry basis by use of microwaves at 3 GHz with a microstripline (Figure 12.4). A Guided Microwave Spectrometer (Thermo Electron Corporation, Waltham, MA) has been developed for online measurements of multiphase products. This guide is used to measure
Microwave source Receiver Microstripline Electric field

Tea leaves

Figure 12.4 Schema of a microstripline used for tea leaves moisture measurement. (Adapted from Okamura, S. and Tsukamoto, S., New sensor for high moist leaves in green tea production, in Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, Kupfer, K. (Ed.), MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany, 2005, 340–346.)

182

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

moisture in raw materials such as corn, rice, soybeans, and in processed materials such as tomato paste and ground meat. It can also measure content of soluble solids, pH, viscosity, and acidity in orange juice, soft drinks, mayonnaise, and tomato products; fat in ground meats, peanut butter, and milk and other dairy products; salt in mashed potatoes and most vegetable products and, lastly, alcohol in beverages.

12.5.2

Freshness and Salting/Desalting Process Quality Control of Fish and Seafood, by Microwaves: Methods and Equipments

The dielectric properties of fish products have been measured by different authors [83–86]; nevertheless, the electromagnetic determination of quality parameters in muscle tissues is still a complex challenge due to its complex matrix, heterogeneous composition, and anisotropic disposition. It is important to point out that the limitation of most dielectric probes is the volume of the sample that interacts with the field. The volume has to be representative of the whole piece of fish, due to the fact that the electromagnetic parameters in this kind of tissue vary in a heterogeneous way. It has been reported that it is possible to predict the fat composition in fish using electromagnetic measurements [87]; this is because it is clearly related to the water content of the product, so that if one is known the other can be determined; this is the knowledge base of the “Torrymeter” mentioned later. Moreover, this author [88,89] has studied the determination of added water in fish using microwave dielectric spectra measurements. Measurements of dielectric properties have been tested and used during almost 40 years for quality grading and remaining shelf life determination of various fish. These investigations have been mainly focused on freshness and self-life evaluation and detecting fishes previously thawed. However, a number of research studies have been carried out to control or monitor the processing of fish products. In this field, De los Reyes et al. [14,15] verified the viability of an online measurement system using low-power microwaves to determine the desalting point of salted cod. Dielectric spectroscopy was performed on cod samples at different desalting stages and on its desalting solutions in order to find the appropriate measurement frequency. Figure 12.5 shows the dielectric spectra (e′ and e″) from cod loin samples (2 cm/side parallelepipeds) at desalting times (t) yielding from 15 min to 48 h. Optimum frequencies were selected from the spectrum, and dielectric properties data were related to other physicochemical properties of cod samples measured at the same desalting stages, such as moisture and salt content. Good correlations were found between salt content in cod samples and their loss factor values at 200 and 300 MHz. These results indicated the viability of developing an online control system for a cod desalting process. Polarimetric measurements, that is, with a linearly polarized electric field, make it possible to evaluate anisotropy. This method has been applied to assess fish freshness [90]. This is because, after death, muscle is not able to use energy by the respiratory system. Postmortem changes lead to a temporary rigidity of muscles, decreasing the water-holding capacity [91]. The level of glycogen stored in the animal at the time of slaughter affects the texture of the future marketed meat. For all these reasons, during rigor mortis the dielectric properties are expected to change. The “Intellectron Fishtester” [92], the “Torrymeter” (Distell.com), and the “RT-Freshtester” (RT rafagnatækni), represent instruments with increasing degrees of sophistication invented for fish-quality evaluation. Readings from all these instruments are based in the reflected dielectric properties of fish, because they decrease with storage time, almost following a straight line. Based on these rapid and nondestructive measurements, the “RT-Freshtester” allows automatic grading of 60–70 fish per min. Nevertheless, electrical properties of fish are not directly responsible for

Physical Sensors and Techniques

183

ε΄, ε˝ 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0

0.2 GHz 0.3 GHz

0.9 GHz 1.8 GHz 2.45 GHz

10 GHz

ε˝ t

ε΄

t

1E + 08

1E + 09 Frequency

1E + 10

Figure 12.5 Dielectric spectra from cod samples at desalting times (t) yielding from 15 min to 48 h. The arrows beside t indicate the growth of the desalting time. Frequency axis is in the logarithmic scale, and broken lines mark the selected frequencies (0.2, 0.3, 0.9, 1.8, 2.45, and 10 GHz). (Adapted from De los Reyes, R. et al., Dielectric spectroscopy studies of “salted cod-water” systems during the desalting process, in Proceedings of the IMPI’s 40th Annual Symposium, 2006.)

sensory spoilage and it is, therefore, to be expected that numerous factors influence the relationship between such measurements and seafood spoilage. In fact, these instruments need calibration depending on the season and fish handling procedures, and they are unsuitable for grading frozen–thawed fish, partially frozen, that is, superchilled fish, fish chilled in refrigerated seawater, or for fish fillets. This and the high cost of the instruments limit their practical use in the seafood sector for freshness evaluation. However, electrical measurements can also be used to test if fish was previously frozen [2]. Kent et al. [93] studied the effect of storage time and temperature on the dielectric properties of thawed–frozen cod (Gadus morhua) in order to estimate the quality of this product. The same year, Kent et al. [94] developed a combination of dielectric spectroscopy and multivariate analysis to determine the quality of chilled Baltic cod (Gadus morhua). These researches yielded a prototype developed by SEQUID [95,96] for measuring and analyzing the quality of different seafood. The SEQUID project concentrated on the measurement of the dielectric properties of fish tissue as a function of time both in frozen and chilled storage. This project has shown that it is possible, using a combination of time domain reflectometry and multivariate analysis, to predict certain quality-related variables, both sensory and biochemical, with an accuracy comparable to existing methods. Kent et al. [97] have also reported a way to determine the quality of frozen hake (Merluccius capensis) by analyzing its changes in microwave dielectric properties. The above mentioned “Torrymeter” has been successfully improved as a sensor for measuring fish freshness as a result of these investigations. In further investigations, the SEQUID project has shown that it is possible to predict certain quality-related variables (with comparable accuracy to existing methods) using a combination of time-domain reflectometry at microwave and RF frequencies and multivariate analysis [98].

184

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

12.6

Conclusions

It is possible to implant reliable online sensors in fish industry both for determining the freshness as well as for monitoring processes (salting/desalting, thawing, etc.). The future of control in fish processing is the analysis of the physical and chemical properties using the dielectric signal at different frequencies, using multisensors. Multivariable knowledge of the process yields a modeling of the product.

References
1. Moltó, E. Investigación sobre sensores electrónicos para la medida objetiva de la calidad postcosecha. Agrícola Vergel, 219, 193–198 (2000). 2. Dalgaard, P. Freshness, quality, and safety in seafoods. Flair-Flow Europe Technical Manual F-FE 380A/00. The National Food Centre, Dublin, Ireland (2000). 3. Bisogni, C.A., Ryan, G.J., and Regenstein, J.M. What is fish quality? Can we incorporate consumer perceptions? In: Seafood Quality Determination, Elsevier Science Publishers, BV, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, pp. 547–563 (1987). 4. Botta, J.R. Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality, VCH Publishers Inc, New York, (1995). 5. Consumer Reports. America’s fish: Fair or foul? Consumer Reports. Fe. 25–31 (2001). 6. Olafsdottir, G., Nesvadbab, P., Di Natalec, C., Careched, M., Oehlenschlägere, J., Tryggvadóttira, S.V., Schubringe, R. et al. Multisensor for fish quality determination. Trends Food Sci. Technol., 15(2), 86–93 (2004). 7. Simal, S., Benedito, J., Clemente, G., Femenia, A., Rosselló, C. Ultrasonic determination of the composition of a meat-based product. J. Food Eng., 58, 253–257 (2003). 8. Liu, Y., Ying, Y., Ouyang, A., and Li, Y. Measurement of internal quality in chicken eggs using visible transmittance spectroscopy technology. Food Control., 18, 18–22 (2007). 9. Bittner, D.R. and Norris, K.H. Optical properties of selected fruits vs maturity. Trans. ASAE., 11(4), 534–536 (1968). 10. Chevalier, D., Ossart, F., and Ghommidh, C. Development of a non-destructive salt moisture measurement method in salmon (Salmo salar) fillets using impedance technology. Food control, 17, 342– 347 (2006). 11. Clerjon, S., Daudin, J.D., and Damez, J.L. Water activity and dielectric properties of gels in the frequency range 200 MHz–6 GHz. Food Chemistry, 82, 87–97 (2003). 12. Nelson, S.O. Use of electrical properties for grain-moisture measurement. J. Microwave Power, 12(1), 67–72 (1977). 13. Nelson, S.O. Dielectric properties measurement techniques and applications. ASAE Annual Int. Meeting, Orlando, paper 98–3067 (1998). 14. De los Reyes, R., Haas, C., Andrés, A. Changes in the dielectric properties of “salted cod–water” system during the desalting process and their relation with other physical properties. In Proceedings of EFFOST, Valencia, Spain (2005). 15. De los Reyes, R., Haas, C., Andrés, A., Fito, P., and De los Reyes, E. Dielectric spectroscopy studies of “Salted Cod–Water” systems during the desalting process. In Proceedings of the IMPI’s 40th Annual Symposium (2006). 16. De los Reyes, R., Fito, P., and De los Reyes E. Medida de propiedades dieléctricas en alimentos y su aplicación en el control de calidad de productos y procesos. ed., ProQuest (2007). 17. Jayasooriya, S.D., Bhandari, B.R., Torley, P., and D’Arcy, B.R. Effect of high power ultrasound waves on properties of meat: a review. Int. J. Food Prop. 7, 2, 301–319 (2004). 18. Got, F., Culioli, J., Berge, P., Vignon, X., Astruc, T., Quideau, J.M., and Lethiecq, M. Effects of high-intensity high frequency ultrasound on ageing rate, ultrastructure and some physicochemical properties of beef. Meat Sci. 51, 35–42 (1999).

Physical Sensors and Techniques

185

19. Knorr, D., Zenker, M., Heinz, V., and Lee, D.-U. Applications and potential of ultrasonics in food processing. Trends Food Sci. Technol., 15, 261–266 (2004). 20. Dolatowski, Z.J., Stadnik, J., and Stasiak, D. Applications of ultrasound in food technology. Acta Sci. Pol., Technol. Aliment., 6(3), 89–99 (2007). 21. Suvanich, V., Ghaedian, R., Chanamai, R., Decker, E.A., and Mcclements, D.J. Prediction of proximate fish composition from ultrasonic properties: Catfish, cod, flounder, mackerel and salmon. J. Food Sci., 63(6), 966–968 (1998). 22. Dove, E.L. Notes on Ultrasound—Echocardiography. 51:060 Fundamentals of Bioimaging (2003). 23. Chen, H. and Marks, B.P. Evaluation previous thermal treatment of chicken patties by visible/nearinfrared spectroscopy. J. Food Sci., 62, 753–756, 780 (1997). 24. Chen, H. and Marks, B.P. Visible/near-infrared spectroscopy for physical characteristics of cooked chicken patties. J. Food Sci., 63, 279–282 (1998). 25. McElhinney, J., Downey, G., and Fearn, T. Chemometric processing of visible and near infrared reflectance spectra for species identification in selected raw homogenized meats. J. Near Infrared Spec., 7, 145–154 (1999). 26. Heia, K., Sigernes, F., Nilsen, H., Oehlenschläger, J., Schubring, R., Borderias, J., Nilsson, K., Jørgensen, B.M., and Nesvadba, P. Evaluation of fish freshness by physical measurement techniques. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry. Proceedings of the final meeting of the concerted action “evaluation of fish freshness” AIR3CT94 2283, Institut International du Froid, Paris, France, pp. 347–354 (1998). 27. Osborne, B.G. Near-infrared spectroscopy in food analysis. In: Encyclopedia of Analytical Chemistry. ed., Robert A. Meyers. John Wiley & Sons Ltd, Chichester, U.K. (2000). 28. Uddin, M., Ishizaki, S., Okazaki, E., and Tanaka, M. Near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy for determining end-point temperature of heated fish and shellfish meats. J. Sci. Food Agri., 82(3), 286– 292 (2002). 29. Wold, J.P., Johansen, I.R., Haugholt, K.H., Tschudi, J., Thielemann, J., Segtnan, V.H., Narum, B., and Wold, E. Non-contact transflectance near infrared imaging for representative on-line sampling of dried salted coalfish (bacalao). J. Near Infrared Spec., 14, 59–66 (2006). 30. Zhang, H. and Lee, T. Rapid near-infrared spectroscopic method for the determination of free fatty acid in fish and its application in fish quality assessment. J. Agr. Food Chem., 45, 3515–3521 (1997). 31. Huang, H., Yu, H., Xu, H., and Ying, Y. Near infrared spectroscopy for on/in-line monitoring of quality in foods and beverages: A review. J. Food Eng., 87, 303–313 (2008). 32. Benson, I. B. Near infrared absorption technology for analysing food. In: Food Authenticity and Traceability. ed., Lees, M. Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, U.K. (2003). 33. Karoui, R., Lefur, B., Grondin, C., Thomas, E., Demeulemester, C., De Baerdemaeker, J., and Guillard, A. Mid-infrared spectroscopy as a new tool for the evaluation of fish freshness. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 42(1), 57–64 (2007). 34. Marquardt, B. Wold, J.P. Raman analysis of fish: A potential method for rapid quality screening. Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft + Technologie, 37, 1–8 (2004). 35. Fito, P.J., Ortolá, M.D., De los Reyes, R., Fito, P., and De los Reyes, E. Control of citus surface drying by image analysis of infrared thermography. J. Food Eng., 61, 287–290 (2004). 36. Jacobsen, S. and Pedersen, W. Noncontact determination of cold-water prawn ice-glaze content using radiometry. Lebensmittel - Wissenschaft + Technologie, 30(6), 578–584 (1997). 37. Dittmar, M. Reliability and variability of bio-impedance measures in normal adults: Effects of age, gender, and body mass. Am. J. Phys. Anthropol., 122, 361–370 (2003). 38. Barbosa-Silva, M., Barros, A., Post, C., Waitzberg, D., and Heymsfield, S. Can bioelectrical impedance analysis identify malnutrition in preoperative nutrition assessment? Nutrition, 19, 422–426 (2003); Wirth, R. and Miklis, P. Bioelectric impedance analysis in the diagnosis of malnutrition. Z. Gerontol. Geriatr. 38, 315–321 (2005). 39. Bosworth, B.G. and Wolters, W.R. Evaluation of bioelectric impedance to predict carcass yield, carcass composition, and fi llet composition in farm-raised catfish. J. World Aquacult. Soc., 32, 72–78 (2001).

186

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

40. Duncan, M., Craig, S.R., Lunger, A.N., Kuhn, D.D., Salze, G., and McLean, E. Bio-impedance assessment of body composition in cobia Rachycentron canadum (L. 1766). Aquaculture, 271, 432– 438 (2007). 41. Barbosa-Silva, M. and Barros, A. Bioelectric impedance and individual characteristics as prognostic factors for post-operative complications. Clin. Nutr., 24, 830–838 (2005). 42. Cole, K.S. Electric phase angle of cell membranes. J. Gen. Physiol., 15, 641–649 (1932). (Full Text via CrossRef.) 43. Damez, J.-L., Clerjon, S., Abouelkaram, S., and Lepetit, J. Dielectric behavior of beef meat in the 1 kHz to 1500 kHz range. Simulation with the Fricke/Cole–Cole Model. Meat Sci., doi: 10.1016/j. meatsci.2007.04.028 (2007). 44. Yu, T.H., Liu, J., and Zhou, Y.X. Using electrical impedance detection to evaluate the viability of biomaterials subject to freezing or thermal injury. Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 378, 1793–1800 (2004). 45. Vidačeka, S., Medića, H., Botka-Petrakb, K., Nežakc, J., and Petraka, T. Bioelectrical impedance analysis of frozen sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax). J. Food Eng., 88, 263–271 (2008). 46. Martisen, O.G., Grimnes, S., and Mirtaheri, P. Noninvasive measurements of post-mortem changes in dielectric properties of haddock muscle–A pilot study. J. Food Eng., 43, 189–192 (2000). 47. Hennings, C. The “Interelectron Fish Tester V”–A new electronic method and device for the rapid measurement of the degree of freshness of “wet” fish. In: The Technology of Fish Utilization, R. Kreutzer, ed., Fishing News Ltd., London, U.K., pp. 154–157 (1964). 48. Thomas, B.J. Ward, L.C., and Cornish, B.H. Bioimpedance spectrometry in the determination of body water compartments: Accuracy and clinical significance. Appl. Radiat. Isotopes, 49, 447–455 (1998). 49. Taylor, H.B. Microwave moisture measurements. Ind. Electron., 3, 66–70 (1965). 50. Kraszewski, A. Microwave Aquametry, IEEE Press, Piscataway, NJ (1996). 51. Busker, L.H. Microwave moisture measurement, I & CS, 41, 89–92 (1968). 52. Felbacq, D., Clerjon, S., Damez, J.L., and Zolla, F. Modeling microwave electromagnetic field absorption in muscle tissues. Eur. Phys. J.–Appl. Phys., 19(1), 25–27 (2002). 53. Metaxas, A.C. and Meredith, R.J. Industrial Microwave Heating, IEE Power Engineering series 4, Peter Peregrinus Ltd., London, U.K. (1993). 54. Datta, A.K. and Anantheswaran, R.C. Handbook of Microwave Technology for Food Applications, eds., Datta, A.K. and Anantheswaran, R.C., Series of Food Science and Technology, Marcel Dekker, New York (2001). 55. Hewlett-Packard. Basic of measuring the dielectric properties of materials. Application note 1217–1. Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, CA (1992). 56. De los Reyes, E., Imágenes radar para el estudio de superficies agrícolas, 113, Dcbre. 1981, pp. 111–116 (1981). 57. Sempere, L. Radiometría interferométrica de microondas para la monitorización del contenido en humedad del suelo. Tesis doctoral de la Universidad Politécnica de Valencia. Director Elías De los Reyes (1999). 58. Fear, E.C., Hagness, S.C., Meaney, P.M., Okoniewski, M., and Stuchly, M.A. Enhancing Breast tumor detection with Near-Field Imaging. IEEE Microwave Magazine, 3(1), 48–56 (2002). 59. Catalá-Civera, J.M., Sánchez-Hernández, D., and y de los Reyes, E. Rubber vulcanisation for the footwear industry using microwave energy in a pressure-aided cavity. International Conference on Microwave Chemistry, Prague, Czech Republic (1998). 60. Plaza, P.J., Zona, A.T., Sanchís, R., Balbastre, J.V., Martínez, A., Muñoz, E.M., Gordillo, J., and de los Reyes, E. Microwave disinfestation of bulk timber. J. Microwave Power E.E., 41(3), 21–36 (2007). 61. Zona, A.T., Balbastre, J.V., Nuno, L., de los Reyes, E., Calderon, O., Perez, E., and Vivancos, M.V. Procedure to exterminate woodworm in wood timbers by microwave-power application. In Proceedings of Global Congress on Microwave Energy Applications GCMEA 2008 MAJIC 1st (2008). 62. WO/2005/009122. Microwave method of controlling mites In A Food Product Of Animal Origin (2005).

Physical Sensors and Techniques

187

63. Catalá-Civera, J.M. and de los Reyes, E. Enzyme inactivation analysis for industrial blanching applications: Comparison of microwave, conventional and combination heat treatments on mushroom polyphenoloxidase activity. ed., Acs., J. Agric. Food Chem., 47, 4506–4511 (1999) (ISSN 0021-8561). 64. Andrés, A., Bilbao, C., and Fito, P. Drying kinetics of apple cylinders under combined hot air-microwave dehydration. J. Food Eng., 63, 71–78 (2004). 65. Schiffmann, R.F. Microwave processes for the food industry. In: Handbook of Microwave Technology for Food Applications, Datta, A.K., and Anantheswaran, R.C., Cap. 9, 299–337. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (2001). 66. Anon, G. Tempers frozen fish blocks inside a cold storage warehouse, Quick frozen foods, 43(11), 64 (1981). 67. Ohlsson, T. Industrial uses of dielectric properties of foods. In: Physical Properties of Foods. 2. COST 90bis final seminar proceedings. eds., Jowitt, R., Escher, F., Kent, M., McKenna, B., and Roques, M., Elsevier Applied Science. London, U.K., pp. 199–211 (1987). 68. Catalá-Civera, J.M. Combined Microwave and air drying of apple (var. Granny Smith). In Proceedings of European Research towards Safer and Better Food, 74, 383–387 (1998). 69. Martín, M.E., Fito, P., Martínez-Navarrete, N., and Chiralt, A. Combined air-microwave drying of fruit as affected by vacuum impregnation treatments. In Proceedings of the 6th Conference of Food Engineering (CoFE’99), 465–470 (1999). 70. Bilbao, C, Albors, A, Gras, M.L., Andrés, A., and Fito, P. Shrinkage during apple tissue air-drying: macro and microstructural changes. Proceedings of the 12th International Drying Symposium IDS2000, Paper No. 330 (2000). 71. Sharma, G.P. and Prasad, S. Drying of garlic (Allium sativum) cloves by microwave-hot air combination. J. Food Eng., 50(2), 99–105 (2001). 72. Okamura, S., Tsukamoto, S. New sensor for high moist leaves in green tea production. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed., Kupfer, K., pp. 340–346. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany (2005). 73. Bircan, C. and Barringer, S.A. Determination of protein denaturation of muscle foods using dielectric properties, J. Food Sci., 67(1), 202–205 (2002). 74. Nelson, S.O. Dielectric properties of agricultural products–Measurements and applications. Digest of Literature on Dielectrics, ed. A. de Reggie. IEEE Trans. Electr. Insul., 26(5), 845–869 (1991). 75. Nelson, S.O. Dielectric properties measurement techniques and applications. Trans. ASAE, 42(2), 523–529 (1999). 76. Nelson, S.O. Radio frequency and microwave dielectric properties of shelled corn. J. Microwave Power, 13, 213–218 (1978). 77. Trabelsi, S. and Nelson, S.O. Universal Microwave Moisture Sensor. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed., Kupfer, K., pp. 232–235. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar. May 29–June 1, Weimar, Germany (2005). 78. Trabelsi, S. and Nelson, S.O. Microwave dielectric properties of cereal grain and oilseed. In Proceedings of the American Society of Agricultural Engineers, St. Joseph, MI, Paper No. 056165 (2005). 79. Trabelsi, S. and Nelson, S.O. Microwave dielectric methods for rapid, nondestructive moisture sensing in unshelled and shelled peanuts. In Proceedings of the American Society of Agricultural Engineers, St. Joseph, MI, Paper No. 056162 (2005). 80. Joshi, K. High resolution, non-destructive and in-process time domain aquametry for FMCG and other products using microstrip sensors. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 384–390. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany (2005). 81. Plaza-González, P.J., Canós, A.J., Catalá-Civera, J.M., and Peñaranda-Foix, F. Microwave non-contact sensor for on-line moisture measurement of laminate paper. International Conference on Sensor Technologies and Applications, pp. 52–55 (2007). 82. Lisovsky, V.V. Automatic Control of Moisture in Agricultural Products by Methods of Microwave Aquametry. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 375–383. MFPA an der BauhausUniversität Weimar. May 29–June 1, Weimar, Germany (2005).

188

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

83. Kent, M. Microwave dielectric properties of fish meal. J. Microwave Power, 7, 109–116 (1972). 84. Kent, M. Complex permittivity of fish meal: A general discussion of temperature, density, and moisture dependence. J. Microwave Power, 12, 341–345 (1977). 85. Wu, H., Kolbe, E., Flugstad, B., Park, J.W., and Yongsawatdigul, J. Electrical properties of fish mince during multifrequency ohmic heating. J. Food Sci., 63, 1028–1032 (1988). 86. Zheng, M., Huang, Y.W., Nelson, S.O., Bartley, P., and Gates, K.W. Dielectric properties and thermal conductivity of marinated shrimp and channel catfish, J. Food Sci., 63, 668–672 (1998). 87. Kent, M. Hand-held instrument for fat/water determination in whole fish, Food Control, 1, 47–53 (1990). 88. Kent, M., MacKenzie, K., Berger, Knöchel, R., and Daschner, F. Determination of prior treatment of fish and fish products using microwave dielectric spectra. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 210, 427–433 (2000). 89. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., and Berger, U. Composition of foods including added water using microwave dielectric spectra, Food Control, 12, 467–482 (2001). 90. Clerjon, S., and Damez, J.L. Microwave sensing for food structure evaluation. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 357–364. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar. May 29–June 1, Weimar, Germany (2005). 91. Hullberg, A. Quality of Processed Pork. Influence of RN genotype and processing conditions, P.H.G, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Uppsala, Sweden (2004). 92. Oehlenschläger, J. The intellectron fishtester VI an almostforgotten powerful tool for freshness/spoilage determination of fish on inspection level. 5th World Fish Inspection & Quality Control Congress, The Hague, the Netherlands, 20.10.–22.10 (2003) 93. Kent, M., Oehlenschlager, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., and Schimmer, O. Estimation of the quality of frozen cod using a new instrumental method. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 219, 540–544 (2004). 94. Kent, M., Oehlenschlager, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S., Manthey-Karl, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., and Schimmer, O. A new multivariate approach to the problem of fish quality estimation. Food Chemistry, 87, 531–535 (2004). 95. Knöchel, R., Barr, U.K., Tejada, M., Nunes, M.L., Oehlenschläger, J., and Bennink, D. Newsletter of the SEQUID (Seafood Quality Identification) project. European Commission Framework Programme V Quality of Life and Management of Living Resources RTD Project QLK 1-200101643 (2004). 96. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., Schimmer, O., Albrechts, C., Oehlenschläger, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S. et al. Intangible but not Intractable: The prediction of food ‘quality’ variables using dielectric spectroscopy. In Proceedings of ISEMA 2005, ed. Kupfer, K., pp. 347–356. MFPA an der Bauhaus-Universität Weimar, Weimar, Germany (2005). 97. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., Schimmer, O., Tejada, M., Huidobro, A., Nunes, L., Batista, I., Martins, A. Determination of the quality of frozen hake using its microwave dielectric properties. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 40, 55–65 (2005). 98. Kent, M., Knöchel, R., Daschner, F., Schimmer, O., Oehlenschläger, J., Mierke-Klemeyer, S., Kroeger, M. et al. Intangible but not intractable: The prediction of fish ‘quality’ variables using dielectric spectroscopy. IOP Publ. Meas. Sci. Technol., 18, 1029–1037 (2007).

Chapter 13

Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration
Yesim Ozogul Contents
13.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................190 13.2 Sensory Methods ...........................................................................................................190 13.2.1 The European Union Freshness Grading (EU or EC Scheme) ..........................191 13.2.2 The Quality Index Method ..............................................................................191 13.2.3 The Torry Scheme ............................................................................................192 13.2.4 The Quantitative Descriptive Analysis .............................................................192 13.3 Physical Methods ..........................................................................................................194 13.3.1 Texture Analysis ...............................................................................................194 13.3.2 The Torrymeter ................................................................................................194 13.3.3 The Intellectron Fischtester VI .........................................................................195 13.3.4 The RT-Freshtester ...........................................................................................195 13.3.5 The Cosmos .....................................................................................................195 13.3.6 Electronic Nose ................................................................................................196 13.3.7 Near-Infrared Reflectance Spectroscopy...........................................................196 13.4 Chemical and Biochemical Methods .............................................................................197 13.4.1 ATP and Its Breakdown Products ....................................................................197 13.4.2 Biogenic Amines ..............................................................................................199 13.4.3 pH....................................................................................................................199 13.4.4 Total Volatile Basic Nitrogen........................................................................... 200 13.4.5 Trimethylamine .............................................................................................. 200 13.4.6 Dimethylamine ................................................................................................201
189

190

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

13.4.7 Formaldehyde ..................................................................................................201 13.4.8 Lipid Oxidation Indicators ...............................................................................201 13.4.9 Lipid Hydrolysis .............................................................................................. 203 13.5 Microbiological Methods ............................................................................................. 203 References ............................................................................................................................... 204

13.1

Introduction

Seafood is generally considered to be a high-protein food, low in fat and saturated fat when compared with other protein-rich animal foods. It is well known that fish oil is the major and the best source of polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), called omega-3 fatty acids, especially eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA). Scientific evidence suggests that omega-3 fatty acids are essential for normal growth and development throughout the life cycle and inhibit the formation of atherosclerotic plaques, prevent arrhythmias, and contribute to the prevention or amelioration of autoimmune disorders, Crohn’s disease, breast, colon and prostate cancers, rheumatoid arthritis, and particularly cardiovascular diseases [1–6]. The Nutrition Committee of the American Heart Association recommends consumption of any type of fish two or three times a week. Therefore, it is important to prevent their loss due to oxidation. Freshness is the most important attribute when assessing the quality of seafood and is of great concern in the seafood sector [7]. The quality of seafood degrades after death due to the chemical reactions [changes in protein and lipid fractions, the formation of biogenic amines and hypoxanthine (Hx)] and microbiological spoilage. As a result of these events, sensory quality of seafood deteriorates [8–13]. Seafoods are rich in PUFAs, which are susceptible to lipid oxidation. It leads to the development of off flavor and off odors in edible oils and fat-containing foods called oxidative rancidity [14,15]. Because of their high degree of unsaturation, they are less resistant to oxidation than other animal or vegetable oils [14]. This chapter summarizes methods used for evaluation of freshness and spoilage of seafood. As it is well known, no single instrumental method is reliable for assessment of the freshness and spoilage of seafood. However, chemical, microbiological methods along with sensory methods have been applied by commercial seafood companies and many researchers to ensure that the seafood products meet expectations of consumers. The current regulation of the European Community (1996) establishes principles based on sensory, chemical, and microbiological analysis to control and certify the quality warranty in the seafood field (Council Regulation No.: 2406/96). The shelf life of fish is affected by many factors such as handling, storage condition from catch to the consumers, the kind of fishing gear, bleeding, gutting methods, season, catching ground, age, and life cycle of fish affecting the nutritional quality, freshness, and safety of seafood. Therefore, estimation of remaining shelf life of fish should be made with caution [7].

13.2

Sensory Methods

Sensory evaluation is the most important method in freshness assessments. Sensory evaluation is defined as the scientific discipline used to evoke, measure, analyze, and interpret reactions to characteristics of food as perceived through the senses of sight, smell, taste, touch, and hearing [16]. Sensory evaluation provides rapid measurements of freshness of seafood. There has been a trend to standardize sensory evaluation as an objective assessment of freshness. Sensory characteristics of

Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration

191

whole fish are clearly visible to consumers, and sensory methods are still the most satisfactory way of assessing the freshness quality since they give the best idea of consumer acceptance [17]. Freshness declines as storage life progresses until the product is no longer acceptable to consumers. The most appropriate method to assess freshness is a sensory panel. There are many factors affecting the measurement of sensory quality, including the sample under investigation, the assessment method, and the judges [18]. There are two types of sensory methods, subjective and objective. Subjective assessments of fish have been used for acceptability. They are often estimated generally using adjectives such as like/dislike or good/bad, which require subjective decisions. Fish freshness is most commonly determined by objective scoring based on organoleptic changes that occur as fish storage time is extended [19]. Objective scoring schemes require trained, expert judges, but the advantage is that panels can be small. These assessors individually use their appropriate senses (sight, smell, taste, and touch) to determine the level of each sensory characteristic in the defined grade standard appropriate for the seafood examined [20]. Subjective assessment, where the response is based on the assessor’s preference for a product, can be applied in the fields like market research and product development where the reaction of consumers is needed. Assessment in quality control must be objective [16]. Assessors must be trained and have clear and descriptive guidelines and standards to get reliable results for sensory analyses [21]. Sensory methods are also fast and nondestructive unless fish is cooked.

13.2.1

The European Union Freshness Grading (EU or EC Scheme)

The EU Freshness Grading was introduced for the first time in the Council Regulation No. 103/76 (for fish) and 104/76 (for crustaceans) and updated by decision No. 2406/96 (for some fish, some crustaceans, and only one cephalopod, the cuttlefish). The EU scheme is commonly accepted in the EU countries for freshness grading to market fish within the Union and generally carried out by trained personnel in auctions. Whole and gutted fish are assessed in terms of appearance of skin, eyes, gills, surface slime, belly cavity, odor, and texture of fish. There are four quality levels in the EC scheme, E (extra), A (good quality), B (satisfactory quality), where E is the highest quality and below level B (called Unfit or C) is the level where fish is discarded or rejected for human consumption. However, there are still some disadvantages; trained and experienced persons are required, since the scheme uses only general parameters for iced fish [16,22,23]. It does not take differences between species into account. In addition, it does not give information on the remaining shelf life of fish. A suggestion for renewal of the EU scheme can be seen in the Multilingual Guide to EU Freshness Grades for Fishery Products [24], in which special schemes for some fish species (whitefish, dogfish, herring, and mackerel) were developed.

13.2.2 The Quality Index Method
The quality index method (QIM) has been suggested as an alternative to the EU scheme. The QIM, originally developed by the Tasmanian Food Research Unit in Australia [25] and improved further, is considered to be rapid and reliable to measure the freshness of whole fish stored in ice [21,22]. This method is based on significant sensory parameters (skin, slime, eyes, belly, odor, gills, etc.) for raw fish [25,26], and the characteristics listed on the sheet are assessed and appropriate demerit point score is recorded (from 0 to 3). The scores for all characteristics are summed to give the overall sensory score. Quality index (QI) is close to 0 for very fresh fish, whereas higher scores are obtained as the fish deteriorates [16,26]. There is a linear correlation between the sensory

and is nondestructive and can be used as a tool in production planning and quality warranty work [27]. the words for describing the odor and flavor of the fish can be categorized into two groups. Pollachius virens. and flavor. QDA provides a detailed description of all flavor characteristics in a qualitative and quantitative way. QIM Rating system software was developed for cod.1) [34].2.192 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis quality expressed as a demerit score and storage life on ice. instrumental methods are also needed to satisfy the need for quality measurements in fish industry. herring (Clupea harengus) (Table 13. pollock. panelists evaluate the odor and flavor of cooked fillets. Melanogrammus aelefigus. expensive.min. In QDA. Therefore. fresh cod (Gadus morhua) [32]. and Scopthalmus maximus. Descriptive words should be carefully selected. However. Objective sensory methods are essential for quality control and estimation of shelf life of seafood. and not always practical for large-scale commercial purposes. and turbot (Scopthalmus rhombus. Sebastes mentella marinus. Rapid PC-based QIM is also available on the Internet at http://www. odor. saithe.5 may be used as the limit for consumption [21]. positive and negative sensory parameters based on whether fish are fresh fish or fish at the end of the storage period [37]. The average score of 5. common octopus (Octopus vulgaris) [33]. which makes it possible to predict remaining storage life on ice. Pandalus borealis. haddock. the QIM is suitable for early stage of storage of fish where other instrumental methods are not accurate [28]. herring. respectively) [21].dfu. medium fat. a higher score can be given for a single parameter [27]. nondestructive method based on direct observation of sensory parameters of fish and can also be specific for species. The scores are given from 10 (very fresh) to 3 (spoiled) (Table 13. often referred to as the Torry scale. The advantages of QIM are that it requires short training. and the panelists trained should agree with the terms. The most comprehensive scoring scheme to assess fish is the Torry Scheme [36]. During spoilage. is rapid and easy to perform. This method is considered to be a relatively fast. sole.3 The Torry Scheme In contrast to the QIM. The trained panel is handed a broad selection of reference samples and use the samples for creating terminology that describes all aspects of the product [16]. Pleuronectes platessa. In this scheme. QIM Eurofish published a manual [21] containing QIM schemes for 12 fish species and information about how to use the QIM schemes (QIM-Eurofish 2004). The method can also be used for texture.2). redfish shrimp. sensory methods are time consuming. 13. Objective terms should be used rather than subjective terms. is a descriptive 10-point scale and has been developed for lean. brill. trained personnel required. 13. Solea vulgaris.htm.dk/QIMRS/qim_0202. Hyldig [29] indicated that the QIM is expected to become the leading reference method for the assessment of fresh fish within the European community. The Torry Scheme. and redfish by the Danish Institute for Fisheries Research. the Torry Scheme was developed at the Torry Research Station for use with expert and trained judges.2. plaice. In addition. Recently developed QIM schemes were presented for raw gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) [30]. . farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) [31].4 The Quantitative Descriptive Analysis Quantitative descriptive analysis (QDA) is used by a trained sensory panel to analyze the sensory attributes of products such as texture. and fat fish species. It has been widely used in its original or modified forms.

developed by Nielsen..Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration Table 13. 37. Nordic Industrial Fund (in Danish). and Hyldig.. seaweedy.. 975. 2004. metallic Neutral Some off odor Strong off odor Score 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 1 2 3 ◾ 193 Sources: Modified by Jónsdóttir. brown Odor Fresh. S. . 1992. Int.1 QIM Scheme for Sensory Evaluation of Herring Quality Parameter Whole fish Appearance of skin Description Very shiny Shiny Matte Blood on gill cover None Very little (10%–30%) Some (30%–50%) Much (50%–100%) Texture on loin Hard Firm Yielding Soft Texture of belly Firm Soft Burst Odor Fresh sea odor Neutral Slight off odor Strong off odor Eyes Appearance Bright Somewhat lusterless Shape Convex Flat Sunken Gills Color Characteristic red Somewhat pale. D. Food Res. G. pp. With permission. matte. 37–59. Quality Standards for Fish: Final Report Phase II.

wood sap. during processing.3. A linear relationship was found between Torrymeter readings and sensory attributes for cod. Texture includes the most common characteristics such as hardness. boiled potato Milk jug odors. starchy. Baltic herring. 283.2 Torry Score Sheet for Freshness Evaluation of Cooked Cod Fillets Odor Initially weak odor of sweet. trace of “off” flavors Slight bitterness. rubber. Numerous mechanical methods have been used to measure texture. slight sulfide Score 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 Source: Shewan. acetic or butyric acids) decomposed grass. Dielectric properties of fish are used for determination of freshness.. hake. which immediately begin to break down the proteins after the harvesting. starchy. there is little agreement on which is the best method [42]. and cooking [39. sour milk. With permission. Food Agric. These changes occurring at microscopic level are related to alterations in appearance. . boiled milk. Fish muscle may become soft or mushy as a result of autolytic degradation or tough as a result of frozen storage [16]. blue whiting. 13. springiness. texture. seaweed..g. J. Dielectric properties of fish skin and muscle alter in a systematic way during spoilage as tissue components degrade.194 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 13. metallic. 4. boiled meat Loss of odor. J. however. TMA Strong bitterness. deciding the commercial value of the meat [41]. Among textural attributes.2 The Torrymeter The Torry fish freshness meter “Torrymeter” was developed at Torry Research Station in Aberdeen.M. turnip. Fish muscle has higher levels of indigenous proteases. “off” flavors. and chewiness of food. quality control.3 Physical Methods 13. soapy.1 Texture Analysis Texture analyses for seafood are extremely important in research. and product development in the seafood industry [38]. flounder. sour. et al. vanillin Condensed milk. improper handling storage. Sci. odor. and flavor during spoilage and have been used as quality indicators since the first commercial version of the Torrymeter in 1970 [43]. tallow Flavor Watery. Scotland.40]. Initially no sweetness but meaty flavors with slight sweetness may develop Sweet and meaty characteristic Sweet and characteristic flavors but reduced in intensity Neutral Insipid Slight sourness. reminiscent of boiled clothes Lactic acid. TMA Lower fatty acids (e. followed by strengthening of these odors Shellfish. hardness is the most important to the consumer. natural odor Wood shavings.3. 1953.. 13. mackerel.

partly frozen such as superchilled fish. and farmed Senegalese sole [43–49].Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 195 whole. [50] found that the Torrymeter readings obtained from six species of different origin were poorly correlated with sensory evaluation. [51] also studied the effect of washing with tap and treated seawater on the quality of whole scad (Trachurus trachurus) and found that Torrymeter and RT-Freshmeter readings were significantly (P < 0. conductivity. Therefore. as well as rapid and nondestructive. They are unsuitable for frozen or thawed fish. This could be explained by seawater containing ions. which interfere with the reading of both instruments as they are based on electrical properties of skin. season. The skin of fish could be affected by osmolarity and contact with electrically charged particles [51]. 13. portable. [50] found strong correlation between the organoleptic and Cosmos results for six species of fish and concluded that application of the “Cosmos” instrument for objective quantitative evaluation of fresh and chilled fish quality by determination of smell intensity appears to be practicable. and readings from all instruments decrease with storage time. works only on whole fish and fillets with skin on. 13. 13. therefore. The loss of skin and muscle integrity and deterioration of the skin caused by bruising during harvesting and packing operations would result in more variable Torrymeter values. allows automatic grading of 60–70 fish/min.5 The Cosmos The “Cosmos” instrument developed by Japanese is applied for the evaluation of fish quality by determination of smell intensity. RT-Freshtester reflects dielectrical properties of fish. iced gilthead sea bream. The Intellectron Fischtester VI gives reliable information about the days in ice and left of iced stored fish. RT-Freshtester.05) lower in fish washed with seawater than fish washed with tap water or unwashed. Inácio et al. the “Cosmos” instrument is handheld. . However. The method is based on conduction through skin and. However.3 The Intellectron Fischtester VI The basic principles of Torrymeter (the United Kingdom) and the Intellectron Fischtester VI (Germany) are similar.4 The RT-Freshtester Like Torrymeter and the Intellectron Fischtester VI. and fish-handling procedures. Like other instruments. these instruments need calibration depending on sample preparation. it could be used for evaluation of fresh and chilled fish in the seafood industry and on fishing vessels.3. Gelman et al. The electric properties of fish can change after death of the fish due to disruption of the cell membranes by autolysis. and capacitance) of the fish flesh [52].3. Gelman et al. Mechanical abuse and freezing can affect the readings. fast and nondestructive. The Fischtester readings can be used as an objective criterion for the state of freshness/spoilage together with sensory data across the fish chain. Fat also has an effect on the dielectric properties of fish and tends to make observed Torrymeter values more variable [47]. and fish chilled in refrigerated seawater [54].3. It has also reported that there is a linear correlation between the instrument readings obtained on the day of harvest/catch and the date of spoilage [53]. fishing grounds. measuring the electric properties (resistance.

However. Trggvadottir and Olafsdottir [64] also found that the response of all electronic sensor (CO. diff use reflectance infrared Fourier transform (DRIFT) spectroscopy has advantages. Compared with FT-IR. and acid compounds are produced by microbial activity and lipid oxidation during storage of fish [55. water-holding capacity of thawed fish muscle [81].56]. that is. Olafsdottir et al. cod caught by long line and gillnet [73]. [63] studied the freshness of iced redfish and found that there was a good correlation between the response of CO sensor and QIM method for both air and modified atmosphere storage of redfish. it can be operated on-/at-line. Fish freshness has also been evaluated by a computer screen photoassisted technique (CSPT)based gas sensor array. nondestructive method to measure volatile compounds. and it is nondestructive. H2O. and prototype solid-state–based gas sensor called the FishNose [57–62].67–71]. semiconductor dimethylamine (DMA) gas sensor. easy to handle. Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) spectroscopy is another technology that is a rapid. an electronic nose called FreshSense was developed and distributed by Element-Bodvaki in Iceland and has been found to be a rapid. The technique is characterized by speed and simplicity. and NH3). Data analysis is important in electronic nose measurements. and quality assessment of frozen minced red hake [82]. These are metal-oxide semiconductor gas sensors. However. This method has been applied for determination of fat. free fatty acid (FFA) in fish oils [79. chilled modified atmosphere packed (MAP) cod fillets [83]. has been analyzed by sensory panel or gas chromatography (GC). and N-cyclic compounds. NO. chemometric analysis such as principal component analysis (PCA). short-chain alcohols and carbonyls.196 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 13. amines. SO2. indicating spoilage of odors in seafood. This technique is based on the fact that a computer screen can be easily programmed to show millions of colors. electrochemical sensors (CO. 13. causing changes in protein and muscle structure. It has been indicated that a combination of electronic nose systems based on different sensor technologies improved the performances compared with the single technology for the codfish fillets [66]. it requires too much handling of samples.6 Electronic Nose Odor. N-cyclic. Studies on cod fillets and heads also gave similar results. and requires little training of operators [73]. and aromatic. SO2. The most important chemicals involved in fresh fish odors are long-chain alcohols and carbonyls. Different electronic noses have been employed for measurement of fish freshness.80]. thickness shear mode quartz resonators. Since these kinds of analyses are both time consuming and expensive. which are sensitive to volatile compounds. sulfur compounds. and protein content in fish [74–78]. Previous optics-based electronic noses relied on absorbance and fluorescence. NO. The most frequently used methods are artificial neural networks (ANNs). H2O. it has the ability to measure numerous samples within a short time.3.3. the main indicator of fish freshness. The concentrations of these compounds are related to the degree of spoilage. which determines the relation between sensor output patterns and the properties of the sample being analyzed [72]. . online industrial production chain. and NH3) results for haddock from different seasons showed a similar trend. bromophenols. and partial least-square regression (PLS-R). it is fast. nondestructive. combining wavelengths in the optical range [56]. water.7 Near-Infrared Reflectance Spectroscopy Near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy has been used in various analytical applications. On the other hand. static sampling system and electrochemical gas sensors. FreshSense is based on a closed. CSPT evaluates both effects [56. and thawed. and it was found that CO sensor showed the highest response [65].

leading to accumulation of adenosine diphosphate (ADP) and inosine monophosphate (IMP). the most used method to evaluate fish freshness is to combine several measurements obtained from different methods and correlate the findings with sensory analysis [59]. degradation of ATP proceeds according to the sequence . These objective methods should correlate with sensory quality. The traceability system can also be used for the determination of fish freshness. It has been indicated that there is a correlation between nucleotide catabolism and loss of freshness. cheap. this technique has been applied to sardine muscle during iced storage.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 197 its use is simple. In postmortem fish muscle. and it has been indicated that this spectroscopic technique is useful in assessing the freshness and quality of sardine during iced storage [84]. 13.1. sensitive.1 ATP and Its Breakdown Products Rigor mortis occurs in postmortem muscle tissue and is associated with stiffness of muscle or flesh. 13.1 shown.4 Chemical and Biochemical Methods Chemical and biochemical methods for the evaluation of seafood quality are more reliable and accurate. Currently.4. The oxidation Adenosine triphosphate (ATP) Adenosine diphosphate (ADP) Adenosine monophosphate (AMP) Inosine monophosphate (IMP) Inosine (Ino) Hypoxanthine (Hx) Xanthine (Xa) Uric acid (Uric) Figure 13. The initial stage of the reaction catalyzed by endogenous enzymes takes place quickly. The sequences of nucleotide catabolism proceed as shown in Figure 13. For the first time. This process results from breakdown of adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Traceability can be defined as the history of a product in terms of the direct properties of that product and/or properties that are associated with that product once these products have been subject to particular value-adding processes [85]. This alternative method could be cost effective and definitely more reliable. and requires a small amount of sample. Traceability is becoming a method of providing safer food supplies and of connecting producers and consumers. recording the product temperature from the moment of catch. and the chemical compound that is determined should increase or decrease as microbial spoilage or autolysis progresses [16]. The most used procedures for the objective measurements of seafood quality are given in the next sections. Nucleotide breakdown reflects both action of autolytic enzymes and bacterial action [16]. which is the main energy source for metabolic activity. since they eliminate personal opinions on the product quality.

[103]. [97]. [100]. although it was observed to decrease during the first 2 or 3 days of iced storage. P. The IMP is associated with fresh fish flavor. H values have been described by Luong et al. Ki. P value has been described by Shahidi et al. In addition. and AMP remain even after 2 weeks [97]. it is difficult to obtain meaningful G and P values since fatty fish deteriorate due to rancidity [103]. [102]. and Gill et al. which excludes ATP. Since adenosine nucleotides are almost converted to IMP within 24 h postmortem [96]. before its subsequent increase.13.99].9. [100] was found to be superior to Ki value for iced Atlantic cod. The K value includes intermediate breakdown products. and sea bream [104]. Determination of G and P values are useful with lean fish. The G value proposed by Burns et al. Luong et al. respectively.88–92]. Therefore. European eel [13]. [101]. ADP. Several methods have been proposed for the analysis of single or a combination of nucleotide catabolites. and it varies within species of fish [94. Karube et al. and Fr values are calculated by the procedures described by Saito et al. body location (dark or white muscle). season. Gill et al. [93] is a biochemical index for fish quality assessment based on nucleotide degradation. whereas inosine and Hx reflect poor quality [87]. The K value proposed by Saito et al. stress during capture.95]. [93]. the Ki value has been shown to increase very rapidly and then remain constant even though freshness quality continues to decrease greatly [98. G.106]. However. and adenosine monophosphate (AMP). the K value can be superior to the other values. [97] proposed the Ki value. Shahidi et al. The H value of iced Pacific cod was observed to increase steadily. ADP.198 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis of Hx to xanthine and uric acid is slower and is the result of endogenous enzyme activity or microbial activity [86]. Karube et al. handling. With some species. The rate of nucleotide degradation varies with species. in some species ATP. The formulas are as follows: lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ K (%) = ⎢ × 100 ATP + ADP + AMP + IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ K i (%) = ⎢ × 100 IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ G (%) = ⎢ × 100 ⎣ AMP + IMP + lno ⎥ ⎦ lno + Hx ⎡ ⎤ P (%) = ⎢ × 100 AMP + IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ Hx ⎡ ⎤ H (%) = ⎢ × 100 IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ IMP ⎡ ⎤ Fr (%) = ⎢ × 100 IMP + lno + Hx ⎥ ⎣ ⎦ . These results showed that measuring the concentration of single nucleotide degradation product to determine freshness quality of seafood is not appropriate. [102] also proposed Fr value for yellow fin tuna. The K. However. H. and storage conditions [105. but measuring the concentration of ATP and its degradation products can be useful in determining freshness quality [20]. [101] as an index of freshness quality. It was reported that K and related values increased linearly (except Fr value) with storage time in turbot [91]. but the high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method is the most reliable among them. Burns et al. The concentrations of ATP and its breakdown products have been used as indicators of freshness in many fish species [8. [103]. indicating its superiority to Ki value [101].

129]. Putrescine is also an intermediate of a metabolic pathway that leads to spermidine and spermine [119].123]. free amino acid content [112]. tryptamine. The most significant biogenic amines produced postmortem in fish and shellfish products are histamine. and stomach contents at death. GC [126. Since the amines are produced by spoilage bacteria toward the end of shelf life of a fish. Postmortem pH varies from 5. 2-phenylethylamine. spermidine. capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) [128. and the concentration of these increases with storage time [91. and 2-phenylethylamine is derived from phenylalanine. cadaverine. and pH [133].124.127]. In addition. cadaverine. HPLC [120. cadaverine. Biogenic amines are generated by microbial decarboxylation of specific free amino acids in fish or shellfish tissue [111]. histamine is potentially hazardous and the causative agent of histaminic intoxication [114]. The formulas used were as follows: QI = (histamine + putrescine + cadaverine)/1 + (spermidine + spermine) BAI = (histamine + putrescine + cadaverine + tyramine) QI is based on the increases in putrescine. and use of a biosensor [130–132].and diamine oxidase activity [116]. [121] for determination of quality of fish. respectively. There are various analytical techniques used to determine the concentration of biogenic amines.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 199 13. Among the biogenic amines. species. These problems may be more severe in sensitive consumers who have a reduced mono. The importance of estimating the concentration of biogenic amines in fish and fish products is related to their impact on human health and food quality. The biogenic amine content of fish depends on fish species.109. Cadaverine is derived from lysine. HPLC is mostly performed because of its sensitivity.125]. Process technology is influenced by rigor development. the enzyme responsible for its detoxification. their levels are considered as indices of spoilage rather than freshness [112].0 to 7. the disadvantages of using biogenic amines as an index of freshness quality are that their absence does not necessarily indicate a high-quality product [113]. The others especially putrescine and cadaverine have been reported to enhance the toxicity of histamine [115].11. and other factors . and agmatine. depending on the species being examined [10. and histamine and decreases in spermine and spermidine during storage of fish. tyrosine produces tyramine.S. the moment of capture. the presence of decarboxylase-positive microorganisms. and arginine leads to putrescine. Consumption of seafood containing high amounts of these amines can have toxicological effects. and reproducibility. spermine. tryptamine from tryptophan. Food and Drug Administration [117] and the EU [118]. The QI and the biogenic amine index (BAI) were proposed by Mietz and Karmas [120] and Veciana-Nogues et al. The hazardous concentrations of histamine are 5 mg/100 g and 20 mg/100 g fish—the legal limit for histamine set by the U. including thin-layer chromatography (TLC) [122. 13.108].107. tyramine.2 Biogenic Amines The concentration of biogenic amines has been reported to be a reliable method of measuring the quality of fish.4. putrescine.4. reliability. histidine yields histamine.3 pH The pH is also an important parameter to show depletion in tissue and quality of flesh during storage. postmortem temperature. since microbial flora vary seasonally [11]. By means of decarboxylation reactions.110]. putrescine. whereas BAI is based on increases in histamine. Among these techniques.5.1 depending on season. respectively. The formation of biogenic amines results from microbial degradation during the later storage of fish. and tyramine.

produced by spoilage bacteria).59]. The European Commission (Council Regulation No. 144]. 13. Low initial pH is associated with higher stress before slaughtering [13. affecting light scattering and the appearance of fish. 95/149/EEC of March 1995) on fish hygiene specifies that if the organoleptic examination indicates any doubt as to the freshness of the fish. TVB-N should be used as a chemical check. it could not be regarded as a good indicator of fish freshness and proved to be better as a spoilage index. However. Th is is caused by the depletion of energy reserves.151]. the levels of 30–35 mg N/100 g muscle are considered the limit of acceptability for icestored cold-water fish [17. However. The first one includes direct distillation of fish after adding magnesium oxide. Low pH also promotes oxidation of myoglobin and lipids [134].135]. Therefore. it affects reactions taking place during storage of fish.4 Total Volatile Basic Nitrogen In seafood. the level of TVB-N was not correlated with the time of storage of some fish species. It is well known that determination of TVB-N differs systematically according to the procedures used. as shown below: Following death of fish. with the production of lactate. It was found that there was a good correlation between three methods. ammonia (produced by deamination of amino acids and nucleotide catabolites).136–139]. total volatile basic nitrogen (TVB-N) primarily includes trimethylamine (TMA. Atlantic cod [143]. Low pH is used as an indicator of stress at the time of slaughtering of many animals.4.200 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis [134. The level of TVB-N in freshly caught fish is generally between 5 and 20 mg N/100 g muscle.141]. which is considered to be the main cause of off odors in fish products [58. farmed gilthead sea bream [147]. and it has been used as an indicator of marine fish spoilage: CH3 CH3 – N=O CH3 TMAO CH3 CH3 – N CH3 TMA . and direct distillation methods have been recommended as a rapid routine method. The EC reference method for TVB-N determination. involving preliminary deproteinization with perchloric acid. turbot [92]. pike perch [146]. and DMA (produced by autolytic enzymes during frozen storage). TVB-N level correlated with fish quality. Therefore. whereas the second one includes the use of trichloroacetic acid instead of perchloric acid [149]. The analyses of these indicators are considered unreliable because they reflect later stages of spoilage rather than freshness [140].4. Based on the results obtained from the literature.5 Trimethylamine The one type of spoilage caused by microorganisms often detected as a fishy odor is due to the decomposition of trimethylamine oxide (TMAO) via the enzyme TMAOase demethylase. TMA is produced by the decomposition of TMAO due to bacterial spoilage and enzymatic activity [150. A relatively low pH may cause a decrease in water binding to the myofibrils. 13. as shown in a variety of fish such as European hake [142]. was compared with two routine methods. and hake [148]. bacteria act upon TMAO to produce TMA. mainly glycogen. and European eel [13]. Since the activity of enzymes depends on pH. sardine [12. such as frozen eel [145].

This reduces the solubility of myofibrillar proteins [172]. but it can react with a number of chemical compounds such as amino acid residues. Several assays have been described for the determination of TMAOase activity in fish muscle [151. Seawater fish have 1–100 mg TMAO in every 100 g muscular tissue. time of year. 13. other species do not develop adequate amounts of DMA).4. location of catching. enzymatic and nonenzymatic lipid oxidation occurs. which is converted to TMA by bacteria in iced fish.8 Lipid Oxidation Indicators During processing and storage. DMA can be used as a spoilage index during frozen storage of some species such as frozen hake [170]. Fresh fish has a limited shelf life and is prone to deterioration. GC method [163. colorimetric method [160]. Conway microdiff usion and titration [159].Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 201 TMAO appears to be part of the system used for osmoregulation. Many analytical methods have been developed for the measurements of TMA. and methods employed for analysis. but values increase during spoilage. and environmental factors [152]. A close relationship has been found between lipid damage and quality of the final product [173]. whereas freshwater fish generally contain only 5–20 mg% [153]. biosensor using flavin-containing monooxygenase type-3 [168]. when bacterial growth is inhibited. The formaldehyde content of frozen seafood is generally used as a spoilage index. terminal amino groups. HPLC method [162]. . 13. including steam distillation [158]. fish size. The fish is considered stale when the rate of TMA production is higher than 30 mg/100 g cod [155]. which results in a dry and firm texture of the fish muscle [174]. resulting in rancidity. photometry [161]. type of storage and processing. The amount of DMA produced depends on species (except gadoid species. The formation of these products may cause severe quality changes or spoilage during prolonged frozen storage. However. age. and low-molecular weight compounds. 164]. Fresh fish has a very low amount of TMA with values less than 1. However. DMA. During chilled or frozen storage of fish. after which the rate of production of TMA parallels the bacterial proliferation pattern [154]. or TVB-N contents. flowinjection-gas diff usion method [167].4.4. and time.7 Formaldehyde The formaldehyde content in seafood products is generally considered as nontoxic. a capillary electrophoresis method [165]. this reaction is replaced by a slow conversion by an enzyme to DMA and formaldehyde [16. and solid-state sensors based on bromocresol green [169]. The TMAO content of seafood varies with species. stage of spoilage. lipid oxidation is the limiting factor in fatty fish species.157].5 mg TMA/100 g in fresh cod. semiconducting metal–oxide array [166].6 Dimethylamine As mentioned earlier. fish contain TMAO.156. but it appears after 3 or 4 days. TMA can be used as a spoilage indicator and not as an index of freshness. the storage temperature. The limiting factor of frozen storage in lean fish species is denaturation of proteins. its usefulness depends on time of year. TMA is not produced in a significant amount during the early stages of chilled storage of fish. 13. especially in gadoid fish.150]. causing denaturation and cross-linking of proteins [171]. whereas fish can be stored in a frozen state for several months without severe changes in quality.

(From Hamilton.K.. lipid oxidation compounds interact with proteins. Fish oil contains about 20% of their total fatty acids as long-chain PUFA.). Excess free radicals and peroxides in foods cause destruction of essential fatty acids and vitamins A. 1994. B6. and Hamilton. pp. which are the volatile products causing off flavor in products. fish and fish oils are highly susceptible to the development of oxidative rancidity. C. consequently.175–177].J. They also destroy pigments.C. heat) convert RH to free radicals (initiation phase). The amount of reactive compounds increases gradually. R. 3rd edn. and cause off flavor/odors [183]. moisture content. The major chemical indicators for the determination of the extent of oxidative rancidity . 1–22. and modification of electrophoretic profiles of proteins [172. leading to protein denaturation. E. Peroxides can also react with proteins and result in a decrease in their nutritional value. (Eds.) Off taste and off odor are usually defined as rancidity.2). R. light. trace of heavy metals) RH Propagation: O2 R RO2 + RH ROOH 2ROOH Termination: R+R R + ROO ROO + ROO RR ROOH ROOH + O2 RO2 ROOH + R RO + OH ROO + ROO + H2O R+H Figure 13. nutritional losses. ketones.C.180]. and free radicals react with oxygen to produce peroxide radicals (ROO). Peroxides are not stable compounds. forming stable deterioration products (termination phase) [181. There are three steps in autoxidation of unsaturated fatty acids. temperature. Initiators (such as light.182]. The hydroperoxide value is generally shortened to peroxide value (PV). and degree of exposure to light [178–180]. and alcohols. The peroxide radical can attack another lipid molecule RH. The amount of hydroperoxides can be used as a measure of the extent of oxidation in the early stages. Chapman & Hall. including the degree of unsaturation of the oil. and they break down to aldehydes. propagation. and pantothenic acid. Free radicals from oxidizing lipids can polymerize with proteins and destroy certain amino acids. unpleasant odors. Seafood has highly unsaturated lipid content. Many factors affect the onset and development of rancidity (oxidative and hydrolytic degradation of lipids). the type and concentrations of antioxidants. Several chemical and physical techniques applied alone or together have been used to determine the degree of oxidation and hydrolytic degradation of lipids in edible oils. Under chilled/frozen conditions... produce toxins. resulting in peroxide (ROOH) and new free radical (propagation phase).202 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Initiation: Initiators (heat.2 The autoxidation of fatty acids. oxygen availability. and then the quantity of radicals and peroxides decreases. thiamine. in Rancidity in Foods. London. pro-oxidants. U. and taints [179. off flavors. J. and termination (Figure 13. initiation. Allen.

PV.188. and also freshwater fish [194]. peptides. sardine. Microbial growth models can be used to determine the effect of various time/temperature combinations on shelf life of fish in production and distribution chain. or enterococci [195]. 13. [188] and it was found that fluorescence detection of interaction compounds can provide an accurate method to assess quality differences during frozen storage of sardine. Analysis of these interaction products by fluorescence detection as a quality assessment index for frozen-stored sardine was studied by Aubourg et al. Mathematics models have been well established for the growth of spoilage bacteria such as Photobacterium phosphoreum.193]. cod [192. coliforms. such as proteins.186]. and thiobarbituric acid (TBA). PV. which break down to secondary products of oxidation or react with proteins.9 Lipid Hydrolysis Hydrolysis leads to hydrolytic rancidity and involves hydrothermal or enzymic (lipase) hydrolysis to FFA and other products. 13.” or numbers of CFU of indicator organisms such as Enterobacteriaceae. and lean fish such as blue whiting. and phospholipids. and decline [184. reach a peak. spoilage domain such as the range of environmental conditions over which a particular SSO is responsible for spoilage and spoilage level [198]. Spoilage of fish and fish products is a result of the production of off odors and flavors mainly caused by bacterial metabolites [197]. haddock. PV measures primary products of lipid oxidation.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 203 are anisidine value (AV). AV. [80] also reported that PLS-R and near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy to monitor both oxidation and hydrolytic degradation of lipids in fish oil can be successfully employed. It was indicated that the main requirements for shelf life predictions are to collect information about SSO.5 Microbiological Methods Numbers and types of microbes present in foods are important indicators of safety and quality. Many methods have been employed for the measurements of lipid oxidation in foods as a means of determining the degree of damage [20. Microbial assessments have been carried out to monitor the numbers of various groups of microorganisms during the production process as part of food safety objectives and also hazard analysis critical control point (HACCP) systems [196].191]. and TBA values may increase. A gradual increase in FFA formation was obtained for all kinds of samples as a result of the frozen storage time for fatty fish such as tuna. horse mackerel [13. since they interact with myofibrillar proteins and promote protein aggregation [189]. European eel. Microbiological analyses of seafood involve testing for presence or absence of pathogens such as salmonellas and determination of numbers of colony-forming units (CFU) named “total viable counts (TVC)” or “aerobic plate count (APC). TOTOX (2VP + AV). However. It is possible to predict shelf life of seafood based on knowledge of initial numbers and growth of SSO.4. as oxidation proceeds the PV can start to fall.185]. Shewanella putrefaciens . since oxidation products are unstable and react with biological amino constituents. During prolonged storage of seafood. The numbers of specific spoilage organisms (SSOs) and the concentration of their metabolites can be used as objective quality indicators for determination of shelf life of seafood. AV and TBA values measure the secondary products of lipid oxidation. FFAs and their oxidation products would have an effect on muscle texture and functionality. free amino acids.190. Increase in the PV is most useful as an index of the earlier stages of oxidation. Cozzolino et al. there are some difficulties with common methods when quality has to be assessed. causing production of interaction products [187].

.B. and oligonucleotide probes give results in 1 day or even less [209–213]. 146. 21. enzyme-linked immunomagnetic chemiluminescence (ELIMCL)]. S. The decrease in impedance (or increase in conductance) is due to the breakdown of the substrate molecules in the media to smaller molecules (e.. H. and Annese. detection time—DT) at which bacteria have grown to a population of approximately 107 CFU/mL or higher..K. Importance of n-3 fatty acids in health and disease. Res. an accelerating change in impedance (or conductance) will occur in the growth media.. 3..M. followed by isolation. [206]. Dietary polyunsaturated fats in relation to mammary carcinogenesis in rats.. Cucchiara. 171S–175S. also lack in sensitivity. 5. de Caterina. L.. Branden. handling. and Salmonella spp.. 107(21). On the other hand. Lipids. Dig. Kang.. J. Food components with potential therapeutic benefits: The n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in fish oils.H. These methods are also not appropriate for online processing of seafood. 2. 89–97. Among the microbiological methods for determination of bacterial counts in a short time. Background. and Billman. 2005..204 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis [198]. feeding.. Quality management of stored Wsh. C.K. C. P. Arnesen. effects on risk factors and safety.X. 1986. Brochothrix thermosphacta [199].. J. Bremner (Ed.E. conductance. R. Clinical prevention of sudden cardiac death by n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids and mechanism of prevention of arrththmias by n-3 fish oils. 2002. Nutr.. impedance is the most promising [203]. S. and Kristensen. Liver Dis. Y. catching method.E. 7. 34(1).. 2003.. Conner.. 2632–2634. A.. E. 2002..F. L.. 22 PS omega-3 fatty acids supplementation in pediatric Crohn’s disease Italian multicentric study. and are costly. E.A. References 1. 115(3). A82. animal data. Kinsella. acids). Sferlazzas. Food Technol. 40. 2000. and capacitance) due to the growth of microorganisms in the culture media has been used for the rapid estimation of total bacterial counts [204]. and biochemical and serological identification. Clin. Roggero. The change in electrical properties (impedance. 6. G. Mathematical models along with impedance technique may provide reliable information on shelf life of seafood within 24 h.). reverse transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR)].. epidemiology. Marine n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids and coronary heart disease: Part I. Current microbiological culture methods rely on growth in culture media. 360–378.. H. pp. Am. The principle of the impedance measurement is based on the phenomenon that at a time point (i. 17(1). requiring a minimum of 1 or 5 days to recognize.D. Prediction of the remaining shelf life of seafood requires reliable estimates of the initial population of SSO. W. Thromb. A. antibody techniques [such as enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). and Carroll. which were shown to correlate with remaining shelf life of product and also correlated better than classical TVC measurements. In: Safety and Quality Issues in Fish Processing. 1986. Romano. Cambridge. 285–288. However.e. Listeria monocytogenes [200]. Schmidt. modern microbiological techniques [such as polymerase chain reaction (PCR). and storage after catch [202]... Rasmussen. Martinsdóttir. 163–170.E. Circulation.. These methods are laborious and time consuming. Woodhead Publishing Limited. U.. and Clostridium perfringens [201]. 4. coliforms [205].. Barabino..g. V. Xiao. K. because it varies from batch to batch due to season. Leaf. J. these methods have limitations in performing quantitative analyses. which have more charges than the substrate itself [207].

R.L. A. Food Sci. Evaluation of Seafood Freshness Quality. U. Y. Food Chem.. and Lougovois. Luten.C.). Lipids. Multilingual Guide to EC Freshness Grades for Fishery Products. K. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry. E. 1994. and Kikuchi. 12. and Hyldig. Hall (Ed.Y. the Netherlands. pp. 79. 1989..D. 56–65. 2004. 18.. chemical and microbiological assessment of farm-raised European sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax) stored in melting ice. A convenient. M. 49–57. Rome. R. 37(8). QIM: A European tool for fish freshness evaluation in the fishery chain. J. J. E. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness. 1–22. Sci.). 15. 279–286.. J. Hanna.J. and Martinsdóttir. 1985. pp. 9–23. . 1995. Heia (Eds. E. J.. 14. Food Hyg. 7.J. H. Bremner. Careche.C. and K. A. Quality and Quality Changes in Fresh Fish. 11. H. 20. 1999. Tommy Research Station.H. France. 1995. 26.. T.J. 85. G. C.. W.. Howgate. and Shewan.. Hamilton (Eds. Farnham. In: Rancidity in Foods.R. Sensory evaluation of fish freshness. QIM-Eurofish. 59–70. Control of Fish Quality. 745–751. Cambridge. Paris. Nawar.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 205 8. Chang... Fishing News Books Ltd. G.. Fennema (Ed. Food Chem. Dalgaard.” AIR3CT942283 (FAIR Programme of the EU) Nantes Conference. J.. and Pascual. 1997.. Food Chem... Verrez-Bagnis.M. Luten.. K. chemical and microbiological methods. November 12–14. E. G. Sveinsdóttir.). pp. J. J. In: Food Chemistry... Bringing fish inspection into the computer age. F. Martinsdóttir. 13... and Polat.. 24. Connell (Ed. O. Biochemical changes in freshwater rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) during chilled storage. pp. Besteiro. Farnham. 30. V. P.. U. 9.. J.. K. C.. P.. Sensory.C. C. 195 p. 21. Ijmuiden.S. and Pan. Fishing News Books Ltd. 25. Johnston. Schelvis-Smit. 682–686. Glasgow. Y. Blackie Academic and Professional. 245 p.B. I.J... 225–320.A. Connel. Careche.. 19. Hamilton. Luten.. November 12–14. pp. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry..K. Soc. 1995.K. 37. 1473–1480.P. 46. International Institute of Refrigeration. sensory and microbiological changes of sardines (Sardina pilchardus). microbiological and sensory changes of sea bass (Lateolabrax japonicus) under partial freezing and refrigerated storage. Freshness assessment of European eel (Anguilla anguilla) by sensory. The effects of modified atmosphere packaging and vacuum packaging on chemical.. easy to use system for estimating the quality of chilled seafood. A.. A. 23. Ozyurt. V.W... Chang.). Nielsen.).. 1992.J. 1980. Sensory and nonsensory assessment of fish. 16. London. VCH Publishers Ltd. 1985. A.R.. Martinsdóttir. A.. Kyrana. U.J. Rodríguez. Shiau. Fish Process. 1996. J.. pp. and Vail. 287–296. Ozogul. Cadaverine as a potential index for decomposition of salmonid fishes. J. Olafsdóttir. Bull.” AIR3CT942283 (FAIR Programme of the EU) Nantes Conference. 170–174. 2005. Food Agric.. 22. Food Technol. J. 275–300.. Marcel Dekker. M.). In: Reference Manual for the Fish Sector. Ozogul.. Kuley. Biochemical. 319–328. Australia. Sensory analysis in fish.K. J. Shiomi.. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness. 17. 92. International Institute of Refrigeration. and K.. 1997. Allen and R. Connel. Verrez-Bagnis. E. Heia (Eds. Aberdeen. Martinsdóttir. G.. Dalgaard. G. 2002.. Yamanaka.. U.. Olafsdóttir. J. New York. V. Technol. FAO. J... Huss. France. V. Scotland. pp. Polat.B. 10. Agric.. Luten. R. In: Fish Processing Technology. P. B. and Whittle.. Surrey. 1992. H. Branch. and Ozogul. Int. 2001.A.. Chapman & Hall. J.B. 1998. In: Advances in Fish Science and Technology.M. Rapid microbial methods and fresh fish quality assessment. J. 3rd Edn. F. Paris. Botta. J.K. Surrey. 352–355. Ozogul.

G.... L.)..N. A. and Kristbergsson. J. Chambers. Development of quality index method (QIM) scheme for fresh cod (Gadus morhua) fillets and application in shelf life study.). M.. Tucker.T. G. V.. G. 1993. D.. S. Texture measurements in fish and fish products. R. Comparison of methods of freshness assessment of wet fish. Food Technol. Fish. Martinsdóttir. Food Sci. Food Res.C. and Boeri.. B. 30. 1981. A. 32. 1980. 42. 2000.. J. Soule4. J.. Kazantzis.. Gibson. Nielsen. Noordwijkerhout. J. 161–168. E. Food Sci. 39. 15(3).. 23(3–4). 11. In: Quality Standards for Fish: Final Report Phase II. Food Sci.K. 237–245. J. The storage life of iced southern blue whiting (Micromesistius australis). and Bowers. 67(4). 37(10). J.. Laboratory assessments of commercial fish. 89–105. and Rand. Int. 29. 1570–1579. R. AIR3CT942283 (FAIR Programme of the EU) Nantes Conference..... .. 47.. 2004. S. 209–221. Quality Index Method. J. Food Control. Development of methods for quality index of fresh fish.. Quality index method (QIM) scheme developed for farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)... Giannini. 49. 55(1). L. 41. D.H. E. E.R. 55. 364–368. Storage life of chilled Patagonian hake (Merluccius hubbsi). the Netherlands. M.... 297–305. 352–358.. Jónsdóttir.. 1997. and De Vecchi...C. Sveinsdóttir. Hyldig.N.P. 185–197. Food Technol. 15(3). Pavlisko. 2002. Shewan.R. Food Control. and Manikantan. 71–80. Quality standards for herring. 1953. D. Y. Hansen.B. E. P.). S. R. 116–120. Karakoltsidis. Hattula. Degradation of oval-filefi sh meat gel caused by myofibrillar proteinases.F.L. 13(4). A.L. Careche. 43.R. Crupkin. and Ehrenberg... Food Eng. Martinsdottir.. Food Technol. H.. 1976. Verrez-Bagnis. Luoma.. G. M. and Tejada..A. Influence of handling procedures and biological factors on the QIM evaluation of whole herring (Clupea harengus L. Hydilg. 4.. Aquatic Food Product Technol. A.. pp. K. 44. Martinsdóttir. A. 65(7)... 16(2).. Food Technol. J. 1990. A. P. D. K.. In: Methods to determine the freshness of fish in research and industry. P. J Sci.M. M. Food Agric. Hyldig. Lupin. J. 336–340. Sveinsdottir. D. Aksnes. Boeri... T. A.M. Bonilla. International Institute of Refrigeration. 33. Proceedings of the Final Meeting of the Concerted Action “Evaluation of Fish Freshness”. Z.. Freshness assessment of six New England fish species using the Torrymeter. Food Agric. Pastor. Paris. Pivarnik. Kallio. and Vaz-Pires.. E... 35. Yamashita. G.. Barassi. 40.. 2007. 285–300. Barbosa. J. Soule. and Martinsdottir. Luten. Effects of proteinase inhibitors from potato on the quality of stored herring. Application of quality index method (QIM) scheme in shelf life study of farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). 18. Mackintosh.. 2004. Nordic Industrial Fund (in Danish). Food Sci. 1992. K. H. and Suuronen P. Jonsdóttir. 37–59.. A. J. A. J. P. 34.. L.G. Olafsdóttir. 1989. November 12–14. Kimoshita...H..S. An objective tool for determination of sensory quality. 117–122.. and Hyldig. 1990.. J. 1995.. 31. and Shimizu. 975–983. Pathare. Kostiainen.A.L. 1202–1205. Davidovich. Jørgensen.. Dalgaard... S. J.M.L.G. E. Evaluation of texture parameters of Rohu fish (Labeo rohita) during iced storage. Jason.. C. The development of a numerical scoring system for the sensory assessment of the spoilage of wet white fish stored in ice. 79–82. 81. C. Sakata.A. R. Sveinsdottir. 1992. and K. G. and Kristbergsson.. B. J. Heia (Eds. Toyohara. Sci. J. Jouko Poutanen. 2002. Giannini. 225–234. J. 38. 2007... Trucco.M.. Consumer perception of sensory quality in muscle foods. Huidobro. 37. H. J. 46.206 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 27. Davidovich. Food Qual..C... 36. France... 11(1). Nielsen. T.. 47(11).. Jorgensen. Burt. 283–298. 28. and Lupín..A. 2004.E.. pp. M. T. Aquatic Food Product Technol.. Part III. and Larsen. A rapid method for quality management. 45. K. Coppes. Jain. C.. and Nielsen. and Sanders. S. C. H. Quality index method (QIM): Development of a sensorial scheme for common octopus (Octopus vulgaris). Res.. D. K. 2003. 14. K. Quality index method developed for raw gilthead seabream (Sparus aurata). Constantinides.. In: FAR Meeting. Jhaveri. R.. Preference. R.G. Hyldig. Effects of catching method on different quality parameters of Baltic herring (Clupea harengus L.... M.

Paolesse. Actuat. G.C.. Hognadottir.. Paolesse. Mackie. G. Sens. P.A. A.. D’Amico.. Recognition of fish storage time by a metallophorphyrins coated QMB sensor array. Precision and application of electronic nose for freshness monitoring of whole redfish (Sebastes marinus) stored in ice and modified atmosphere bulk storage.. G.. 8. Kawaguchi. Dalgaard. Drabkin. E. 572–578. P. The National Food Centre. 1997. 1996. C.. and Olafsdottir. and D’Amico. Einarsson. C. B. and Einarsson. 2001. H. Alimelli.. 2000. 551–560. and D’Amico. 64. F.. 1975. 225. Technol. Lundby. S. R. 59.. 63. G. and Jónsson. S. J.S.. RT-freshmeter and sensory analysis. 2000. 2654–2659.J. Application of an electronic nose to predict total volatile bases in capeline (Mallotus villosus). G. Food Chem. W.. 258–266(9).. P.M... 77. 62. R.. B. Lauzon. and Jonsdottir. R.. Olafsdottir. and Egashira. E.. E. Y. S.. Faccio. Olafsdottir. Vahinger. P. 2003. Li. Iceland.. A. Trggvadottir. 48(6). H.. D’Amico. Marcq.. 2002. and Nilsen. Comparison of selected methods of assessing freshness quality and remaining storage life of iced gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata).. Changes in the quality indices during ice storage of farmed Senegalese sole (Solea senegalensis).. Bernando. G. Westad. texture... 2353–2359. and Di Natale. M. B: Chem. Food Res. 57.P.. 25. Rapid gas sensor measurements to predict the freshness of capelin (Mallotus villosus)... Technol. Henehan. Reykjavik. and Ferri. and Kyrana.. C.. Ireland.. Food Chem. FIGD analysis. 229–249..V.. 1997. Pennazza.. M. 220–226. 1994. M. Oehlenschläger.. For fish meal production. Sens. Meas. 50. J. Di Natale. 406–411. 52. Comparision and integration of different electronic noses for freshness evaluation of cod-fillets.R. and Jonsdottir.. 7. 61. J. Haugen. Boschi. 18(19). C. Fish freshness detection by a computer screen photoassisted based gas sensor array.. V. electronic nose. 320–328. 8(8). Sens.. Bungaro. R. Sens. Macagnano. Chim.. Sens. 116(1–2). F.. Project Report 02-01 FAIR CT-98-4076. Food Agric. Anal. 11(3/4).. 2003. Nielsen. The Intellectron Fischtester VI—A neglected and underestimated powerful instrument for fish freshness/spoilage determination.. E: Sci. S. I. T. E. Sci.. Methods to evaluate fish freshness in research and industry. Trends Food Sci. J. 2007. Martinsdottir. Actuat. Martinsdóttir. 51. Bazzo. The development of an electronic fish freshness meter.. 65.. Actuat. G.. Y. Ólafsdóttir. M. G.. D. A.. Kyranas. 826–830.. 380–382. 2000. 66. J. Jonsdottir. 2002..... Davide. E. 83(6). G. and Kent..Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 207 48. Eur.. S. Jason.. Agric. and Richards. texture and electronic nose to evaluate fish freshness. 217. Flair-Flow EUROPE Technical Manual. Freshness. 55.. Multisensor for fish: Questionnaire on quality attributes and control methods. Food Res. 2003.. Porphyrins-based opto-electronic nose for the volatile compounds detection. Undeland.E. F.. Characterisation of food freshness with sensor array. C. Technol. Oehlenschlager.. I. Salimbeni.V. Agric.. 2001. F. Lougovoisa. Martindottir. A. Teagasc. 2000. Di Natale. R. 2007.. F. E. J Phys. Tajeda. I. Instrum. E. Nakanishi.. J. Technol. Effect of washing with tap and treated seawater on the quality of whole scad (Trachurus trachurus). Paolesse.. and Vaz-Pires. Santonico.. Schweizer-Berberich. and Göpel.. L. 225–232. R. D.... Dublin. M. 36. X. 67. 54.. Olafsdottir... 580–585. M. 1995. V. Acta. Semiconductor dimethylamine gas sensors with high sensitivity and selectivity.. P. S. In: TAFT Trans Atlantic Fisheries Technologies Conference. 282–290. S. G. Brunink. 65. Eur.. Actuat. 45. and Olafsdottir. G.C... Di Natale. Inácio. Ólafsdóttir. 60. A rapid non-destructive method for fish quality control by determination of smell intensity. 56.H. Food Res. 58. 49. Takao. J. J. Trggvadottir. June 10–14... B. De las Heras. and Glatman. Aquatic Food Product Technol. Martinelli. Quality and Safety in Seafoods F-Fe 380a/00 (May 2000). . Multisensor for fish: Storage studies of cod in Reykjavik and Tromso.. Chanie. Int.... A. Filippini. B. B. A. 53.. Olafsdottir. Sci. 582(2).... Actuat. Dalgaard.R... 72–77. V. J. Project Report 04-00 FAIR CT-98-4076. T. 2006. Rapid control of smoked Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) quality by electronic nose: Correlation with classical evaluation methods. Lundström.. Paolesse. Gelman.. 1103–1114. A. J.. Jensen. M. Labreche. A. R... J. A. Shimizu.

and Quaglia. 347–356.. Bucarelli. R. J. 2001. Chemical and near-infrared determination of moisture. Mantini..S... 40.J.. 86. Anal. Am. Patterns of nucleotide catabolism as freshness indicators in flatfish from the Gulf of Alaska. Evaluation of the quality of frozen minced red hake: Use of Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. 82.I. 55(5).. Elsevier Science Publishers. H.. Food Chem. A. 1236–1238. L’Omelette. Food Sci... and Martens. J. Janzen. P. 1990. Technol. P. Macagnano. New York. and Lee.. Jhaumeer-Laulloo. B. C. Colorimetric sensors array for molecular recognition. Di Natale. M..M. A. M. A. A. 579–588. A.. Agric. Technol. LWT-Food Sci... E. Freshness assessment of thawed and chilled cod fillets packed in modified atmosphere using near-infrared spectroscopy. J. Greene. S. Naczk. 382. C.C.. 77.. D. Nilsen. Mencaglia. D. K.. 88. Rakow. and Careche.M... R. M... 85. 103(3). Sánchez-González. Food Chem. 1998. 1998.. Food Eng.. T. 8414–8415. 2005. Dublin. Soc. fat and protein in tuna fishes. C. Bøknæs. K. 79. F.B. 2002. 31(7–8)..R. J. I.S.. A. and Sen. K. White.... Downey.. E. G. and Mann. Rodriguez-Casado. 2007.. D. Review of high-pressure lipid chromatographic methods for measuring nucleotide degradation in fish muscle. 628–634.. G. and Manzini R. 821–828. E. Paolesse.. 60.A. D. Howgate. 1996. T. J. Anelectronic nose transducer array of vapoluminescent platinum(II) double salt. Paolesse. J. 1997.208 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 68. Bechmann. and Esaiassen. P. Di Natale. Chreeb....G.. O. A. 83. 84. Chem. 50(3). Agric. Non destructive determination of fat and moisture in whole Atlantic salmon by near-infrared diff use spectroscopy. IEEE Sens. LWT-Food Sci. Regattieri. A comparison of selected rapid methods for fat measurement in fresh herring (Clupea harengus). Food Chem.R.M.Z.M. Nortvedt.M. Kennish. H.. 734–736.. Mignani.D.R.. 75. Rapid assessment of quality parameters for frozen cod using near infrared spectroscopy. M. P. Wold.. 669–675. .. Chemometr.E. 1165–1174.. Lab. 38. Andersen. Technol. J. 76. Di Natale.. protein and dry matter in Atlantic halibut filet. J... Kauer.F Kramer and J.H. Moreno. 1024–1030........ I. 1987. A. and Isaksson. 3515–3521... Structural changes in sardine (Sardina pilchardus) muscle during iced storage: Investigation by DRIFT spectroscopy. Dickinson. 81(2). F. 5. Int.E. 209 p. and Walt. K. E. 1996. B: Chem. K. Electronic nose and sensorial analysis: Comparison of performances in selected cases.. Carmona. J.. Jensen. Gormley. 71. Predicting sensory score of cod (Gadus morhua) from visible spectroscopy. D. J. A. Rapid near-infrared spectroscopic method for the determination of free fatty acid in fish and its application in fish quality assessment. 2007.. 2005. 72. Food Compos. Application of near-infrared transmittance spectroscopy in the determination of fat. 2007. Food Sci. Traceability of food products: General framework and experimental evidence. Liston (Eds. Tarizzo.. A. Intell. A. J. K. A. N. Kinetics of degradation of adenosine triphosphate in chill-stored rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). R. 95–99. Ramasami. A.... and Reond.. N. Torrissen. and Pink. A chemical detecting system based on a cross-reactive optical sensor array. 205–215. and Rondeau. 2002. 1997. 11133–11138. Pink..M. Buss... 38(1). P. Murraya. Technol. S. 1998. Cozzolino. Khodabux. T. and Tuene. 2004. J.... 102. 697–700. Syst... 70. LWT-Food Sci. M..... Array of opto-chemical sensors based on fiber optic spectroscopy. D.R. Food Chem. H. LWT-Food Sci. 1998. Tetrahedron. Nature. In: Seafood Quality Determination. G. 55(3). 62.K. 87... Drew. Suslick... and Jørgensen. Vogt.. 2005. Sens.... and Somersw. D’Amico. 81.. 80. 2005. 45(9). 199–207.. Sinesio. J. J. 35.. C. Babbitt. and D’Amico. 78. J. Moneta. Non-invasive and non-destructive percutaneous analysis of farmed salmon flesh by near infra-red spectroscopy. P. J. Food Chem.. Zhang. Gamberi. Scaife.S. Gerard Downey. J. S. C.. 42. 46.).N. D. Technol.. Actuat. Macagnano. 15. Multivariate determination of free fatty acids and moisture in fish oils by partial least-squares regression and near-infrared spectroscopy.. 246–252. and Kramer.. 3667–3672. T. 69. 123. 74. 305–311. Food Sci. Macagnano. 648–652. 73. MacEwan.

. 1373. Suzuki. 109.. D. F. 24.I.. Int.. 515–522.. 94. Chong. Effects of freshness on ATP-related compounds in retorted chub mackerel. A. 257–258. Shahidi. 51.. D.. J.. 101.. 105. Hypoxanthine and other purine-containing fractions in fish muscle as indices of freshness. M. 2007. Thompson.. C.B.. Scomber japonicus. 2002.. 1990.. Change of K value and water state of yellowfin tuna Thunnus albacares meat stored in a wide temperature range (20 to 84°C). 103.. Agric. 100. and Gibbs. Soc.H. and Nguyen. 306–313.. N... K. Fish. Polyamine and histamine content of rockfish. Anal..A. 40. 55. Goto. Luong.. Karube. and Kose. C.. 35. M. 2006. 1997. and Karmas. 1978..... Y. C. K. T. U. J. U. 179–183.. J. Food Chem. D.. Kuda. 37...H. Biochemical.. 62.R. J. E.. Technol. 107.. Production of histamine and tyramine by bacteria isolated from Portuguese vacuum-packed cold-smoked fish. 93. 14. J. Characterization of quality deterioration of yellow fin tuna.L. Hagiwara. J.D.. Food Chem. 97. T. 2006.R. Agric. Sci. and Özogul. 335–340. 1987. 13. D. E. J. A. 92. Ozogul. Food Chem. 104. Storage of yellowtail (Seriola quinqueradiata) white and dark muscle in ice: Changes in content of adenine nucleotides and related compounds.. Ferreira. Taylor. B. Agric.. and Irvine. Ozkutuk. 1985. Scott. 99.. 1992. LWT-Food Sci. 19–22. Objective procedure for fish freshness evaluation based on nucleotide changes using a HPLC system. 580–583. Food Sci.... 2039–2045. from the Black Sea. Determination of fish freshness with an enzyme sensor system. 2002. E.B.. and Toyama. 50. and Shahidi.. Comparative quality assessment of cultured and wild sea bream (Sparus aurata) stored in ice.. 106. E. Plestilová.. 1959. Food Sci. Hypoxanthine ratio determination in fish extract using capillary electrophoresis and immobilized enzymes. S.V. Saito. Watanabe. K. Off. Gill.D. Chem. Freshness quality of harp seal (Phoca groenlandica) meat. M. T.B. Food Sci.B.. Alasalvar.A. 1988. Report Fish. Food Control. 868–872.. 1986. salmon... and Matsuyoshi. Matsuoka.. J. Biogenic amines formation in Atlantic herring (Clupea harengus) stored under modified atmosphere packaging using a rapid HPLC method. and Dunajski. Beyer. Fujita.T.. Ozogul. Applications of polarography for assessment of fish freshness. 32. J. 139–145. 77–81. Gould. 2002. Biogenic amine content and biogenic amine quality indices of sardines (Sardina pilchardus) stored in modified atmosphere packaging and vacuum packaging. T. Tech. 67. da Silva.H.. R..D. 52.L.. Murata. S. Male. 1965. and Bernatt-Byrne. Burns.. 314–319. Pinho. Y. 457–461. and Takai. Kee. Gokbulut. Bull.. 57. J. Özogul. Kuley. T.W. Erikson. 1477. and Özogul. Gill.. H. Aquat. S. and Male. J.. 42. P.B. R. 95. X. I. Ryder. K.T.. Food Sci. T. 1984.N. and Sigholt. Suzuki.H.). LeBlanc. 56. J.. F. Buisson..A. P. J. J. 91. T..Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 209 89. Y. 1984.T.. Greene. M.. A.. 96. and Fletcher..M.. Storage of New Zealand Jack mackerel (Trachurus novaezelandiae) in ice: Chemical.. F. M. Assoc. microbiological and sensory assessment. 2001. 321–326. T. F. Development of a new biosensor system for the determination of the hypoxanthine ratio.. J.. I. Sci. J.C. H. Luong... Tanaka. 752–758. P. 98. M. Enzyme Microb. Surette. 99. M... 1453–1456. Muscle high-energy phosphate and stress affect K-values during ice storage of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar).. Fishing News Books Ltd... Food Sci. Fish. 1992. Adenosine triphosphate catabolites as flavor compounds and freshness indicators in Pacific cod (Gadus macrocephalus) and Pollock (Theragra chalcogamma). L. T.W. Mietz.. Can. A new method for estimating the freshness of fish. Agric. Food Chem. sensory and microbiological attributes of wild turbot (Scophthalmus maximus). Technol. Food Chem. J. Huynh. Taylor...J. 99(3).. Ishizaki. Kreuzer (Ed. Özogul. Luong.. 1186–1190... G.. . Quantick. Male.. Sci. Jones. during chilled storage. Food Chem. Technol. 1994.A. F.. E. and Yano. Arai. K. J. 61(1). O. and Sherwood.A. Food Sci. 108. G. T.K. pp.. lobster and shrimp as an indicator of decomposition. an indicator of fish freshness. Food Sci. J. In: The Technology of Fish Utilisation. 90. and Sakaguchi M. 36.. P. 574–578. 49..J.. Food Sci. 1991. Masson. 125–130. 102. 43–47. Jpn.. K. S. 110. 749–750.H. London. Biochemical basis of postmortem nucleotide catabolism in cod (Gadus morhua) and its relationship to spoilage.S. Agustini.

S.. Moret. 119. 2041–2044.. Taylor. M. G.H. 1–47.. Histamine Poisoning Associated with Fish. Chemical quality index of canned tuna as determined by high-pressure liquid chromatography.H. 132. 363–369. Amsterdam. T.M. I. Wang. MD. 127. 23–30. Ohashi. 1997.-H. Bodmer.. 1997. Proceeding of an International Symposium. U.. and Wasserman. L. Zampacavallo. H. The formation of non-volatile amines in relation to concentrations of free basic amino acids during postmortem storage of the muscle of scallop (Pecten maximus). VPH/FOS/85.S. S. Mietz. High-performance liquid chromatographic evaluation of biogenic amines in foods. Oxygensensorbased simple assay of histamine in fish using purified amine oxidase. 133. K.. 1986.. 367–372 1995. Shimakura. Blacksburg. the Netherlands. J. Imark. 1996. 113. J.-Y. Res. 1991. 1997. Biogenic amines in food. 131. A.. Food Chem..J. Yamanaka. J. 170–176. Objective analysis of seafood quality. and Roberts. H. and Karmas. M.. Cheese and Other Foods. and Conte. Food Chem.. 42. Concentrations of polyamines in fresh water fishes.J.. J. Poli. 296–300.L. Hwang. Flesh foods and their analogues.. 39. 291–295.R. Analysis of Biogenic Amines in Finfish. 128. Life Chem. 693. putrescine and cadaverine.L. Int. S. 1987. 6(4).. Archiv für Lebensmittelhygiene.C. Kikuchi.E.525.A.. J. Spinelli. 48. and Sumner. 335–348. Rios. Feier. M. T. Poli. J. K... A. 1997.. Ritchie. Otsuka. 122. G. Inflamm. canned tuna and related species. 118...E. 1999.R.. 46(3/4). Shiua. H.M. Adv. P. A.240. and Arakawa. Bonilla. 4324–4328.. 44(6). 1991. Kramer and J. S. 1994..J... Mackie....-F. and Goetsch.H. F. Res. Food Rev. Biosensor for food freshness..J. A.. 125. 60(3). McNair. K. and Macsini. E. Mascini. 116. 120. July. Chang. Suzuki. Shiomi. Chromatogr. Chromatographia. Lakritz. Taylor. 519–522. Gaithersburg. G... 1985. Biogenic amines in fresh and canned tuna. 155–158. Adachi. D..... 329–365. H. . M.. 134–135.G.. EEC. L. and Pearson... and Nakamara. Rep. 681. N.L. D. 540. 1996.. Evidence that histamine the causative toxin of scombroid fish poisoning. L. A. M. Y.).. Biosensors applied to biochemical fish quality indicators in refrigerated and frozen sea bass reared in aerated or hyperoxic conditions. Rawles. 1994. N Eng.D. 324.. Rowland. T.. J.1.T. Parisi. Effects of canning on biogenic amine contents. pp. Veciana-Nogues. Inter.. G... In: Food Texture Measurement and Perception. Morrow. World Health Organization. A. Food Chem. D. sec. Nomura. Food Chem. An analysis of different methods of sample preparation in relation to food characteristics. 123. M.. M.. A.. Aquacult.S.. Enriquez-Ibarra.D. Effects of processing on the amine content of pork bellies.-J. S. Virginia Tech. Chromatogr. High-pressure liquid chromatographic determination of biogenic amines in fish implicated in food poisoning. Agric.. Histamine and food processing. M. Agric. 236–246. C.. Inter-laboratory studies on precision characteristics of analytical methods. Pirie. S. Gill. 126. A Progress Report. 52. 124. and Chai. O. Council Directive (EEC) 91/493/EEC. Food Sci. Food Nutr. 1990. M. 8. 130. 112. Liston (Eds. Shalaby. and Flick. 235–245.V.. 11. M. 716–720. frozen tuna and mahi-mahi. M. Decomposition and histamine in raw.. 2000. herring (Clupea harengus) and mackerel (Scomber scombrus). and Kneubühl.) Elsevier Science Publisher.. Med.. 1993. 114. Food Sci. and Vidal-Carou.M. and Valcarcel. Compliance Policy Guides 7108.L.. 115. L. and Yamanaka. Arce. G. 729. 1977. 22. Greaser. B. semiquantitative method for determining biogenic amines in foods. Aspen Publication. 1994. Determination of biogenic amines in fish and fish products—HPLC method. Determination of histamine. Rosenthal (Ed. J. 1999.. VA. pp. L. A. Marine-Font. 1026–1029. A. 45. FDA.. B. Selective and rapid determination of biogenic amines by capillary zone electrophoresis... Multidetection.. Iida. Nihon Suisan Gakkaishi. 289–301. 59. In: Seafood Quality Determination.. C. 117. 53. B.. Margolis.. 1974. A. 121.M. Laying down the health conditions for the production and the placing on the market of fishery products. pp. 129. 1996.. J. L. J.210 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 111.... Biogenic amines in fish and shellfish. and Flick.

.E. Flick. Özyurt.. B. Fish.. L. R. and van de Vis.J..E.H. Polat. A. K.. Özkütük. p. Veciana-Nogués. Simeonidou. S.. S.). In: Chemistry and Biochemistry of Marine Food Products. In: Safety and Quality Issues in Fish Processing. Composition of fish. 123–132. G. 40. 1989. Food Sci.. 148. Azam.E. .F.. C.. A. S. In: Farmed Fish Quality.Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 211 134. and Vareltzis. 2003.M. Z Lebensm Unters Forsch A. 139..) on quality and welfare. New York. 2002. The role of enzymes in determining seafood color.. 34.M. J. M. Fishing News Book. Özogul... Perez-Villarreal.. 24. and Busta. H. Determination of the quality parameters of pike perch Sander lucioperca caught by gillnet.. Food Res... Effect of methodology on total volatile basic nitrogen (TVB-N) determination as an index of quality of fresh Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). Havemeister. C.A. U. Food Microbiol. and D. 149–304. O. Ouadhi. 1982. Methods of stunning freshwater fish: Impact on meat quality and aspects of animal welfare. van de Vis. pp.. 135. 412–420. Food Agric. Woodhead Publishing Limited. Bremner (Ed. 1998. C. Y. A sensitive trimethylamine-N-oxide aldolase assay in two steps without deproteinisation. H. M. Govaris... In: Industrial Fishery Technology. A.E. Avi.F. F. Cambridge.. Y... Govaris. 282–286. Morzel M. CO.G. M. Vyncke. Hydrolysis and oxidation of European eel oil during frozen storage for 48 weeks. 13.V. Nielsen. Composition of European hake..D. H. Archiv für Lebensmittelhygiene. 234–248. 33.. Brunner B. I. N. 1963.). Münkner.. Rehbein.. Simeonidou. 1–7. 2000. and Howgate. R. Hofmann. K. Oxford.T. and Smith. S. Özogul. Baixas-Nogueras. B. Sotelo. Mackie.. Stansby. 6504–6510. 2007. and Jewer. Oehlenschläger. 1982. 1997.. 145. E. J.E. 137. 1996. Kuhlmann. 224.E.. 30(7).. 1–11. 1997. The effect of slaughter method on the quality of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) during storage on ice. 347–356. Effect of the slaughter method on the quality of raw and smoked eels (Anguilla anguilla L. W. J. 2006. Aquacult. 132. 150.. Technol. Chemical and sensory changes in Mediterranean hake (Merluccius merluccius) under refrigeration (6°C–8°C) and stored in ice. Warriss (Eds. Marx H. 49. longline and harpoon in Turkey. 149. Int. 153. Archiv für Lebensmittelhygiene. 44–48. Effect of commercial and experimental slaughter of eels (Anguilla anguilla L. Italy.. 197.R.). B.. H. 142. Hebard. Özyurt. F. M.R.. Quality of farmed gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) during ice storage related to the slaughter method and gutting.A. Fresh Fish: Quality and Quality Changes.. W. Merluccius.. Huss. 734–736..K. Rome. and Stolle. and Martin. Souibri. C.. M. Food Sci. W. Reinhold Pub. Lauder. S. 140. Sci..H. D. 147.. Haard. Food Res. 750.K. H. 141. Bover-Cid. 144.. 2002. Zeitschrift fur Lebensmittel-Untersuchung Und-Forschung. Özoğul.. Flick.. G. 69–79.. H. M. M.. 221–254. A.A. J. 151. 73.. K. Technol. K. J.. J. Ababouch. 204A. L..). H. J. 47. 479–484.. 215.. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations. flavor and texture. Agric.K.. 1987. Food Res.. Gökbulut.. A.. 204.. and Küley. J. Effect of frozen storage on the quality of whole fish and fillets of horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus) and Mediterranean hake (Merluccius mediterraneus). and Küley. Hebard. 1996. Kestin and P... 110–112. Res.M.. G.. Chapter 26.. E. and Huidobro. Özogul. 33–37. Robb. W. Eur. Technol. A..J. Quality assessment of seven Mediterranean fish species during storage on ice..H. Ersoy. R... Comparison of the official EC method for the determination of total volatile bases in fish with routine methods... U. 80. J. Sci. Sci.. J.S. 136.S. pp. pp. and Schelvis-Smit. 1984.. A. Food Agric. F. and Vareltzis. Int.. Botta. 50. 143. P.C. 2001.. Occurrence and significance of trimethylamine oxide and its derivatives in fish and shellfish. 146. Rhaliby.. 1988. Eur. Martin. 2002. Quality changes in sardines (Sardina pilchardus) stored in ice and at ambient temperatures. 138.. Ward (Eds. G. 152. Food Chem. and Olcott. Battal. Westport. 405–410. and Oehlenschlager. Zur zusammensetzung der TVB-N fraktion in sauren extrakten und alkalischen destillaten von seefishfillet. Weinzierl. and Jørgensen. J.. Tejada. and Vidal-Carou.. Rehbein.

575–610. 49–56. and Nielsen. Physiol. K. K. M. trimethylamine and trimethylamine-imageoxide in fish extracts by capillary electrophoresis with indirect UV detection. 57. characterization and partial purification of TMAO-ase. Rehbein. L... Crosby Lockwood and Sons. Food. Diamonda.. Havemeister. Trimethlyamine N-oxide demethylase (TMAO-ase) of saithe (Pollachius-virens) kidney-a study of some physicochemical and enzymatic properties. B. and Valle.. 168. Chem. B. 43–49.. 162. 1989. 1994.H. A. New York. 70. 756–760. U. 1996... Biochem.. A.. J. 569–573.).... Sotelo.. T. 169.S. Nutr. Micheals.. McLaughlin. 2004. R. J. Cottin. Frisby. Jørgensen. Chem. 67. products. Food Res.T.... Quality Assurance in Seafood Processing: A Practical Guide. and inhibition with emphasis on fish.C. P. Lindsay. R.. Talanta. Rapid quantitative determination of trimethylamine using steam distillation. Marquis. Trimethylamine biosensor with flavin-containing monooxygenase type 3 (FMO3) for fish-freshness analysis. Assoc. and Ducastaing. 2007.. Malle.. 155. and Jørgensen. Hashimoto. Bo M. 174. 84. 1947. . 43–47. A. Zhi. A.. R.. J.. 1990. VA. 2006.. 33. Del M. and trimethylamine N-oxide using capillary gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.. M. Development of a volatile amine sensor for the monitoring of fish spoilage. 50.. Arlington. Z. H.. and Adhoum.. Chapman and Hall. AOAC. B.. Shahidi and J.T. B. J. Sci. A. Flavour of fish. Food Chem. Chem. 156. Mackie. Chapman and Hall.. Int. 175. 79. Ann daCosta. A. The measurement of dimethylamine. 2004. J. 463–467. Rios. 52. Assay of biogenic amines involved in fish decomposition.. 171.. pp. Eur. Hanching. dimethylamine. M.212 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 154. Trimethylamine nitrogen in seafood. Kon. Food Agric. M. Validation of a flow-injection-gas diff usion method for total volatile basic nitrogen determination in seafood products. Quilty. 75–82.. Localization. T.. Shahidi (Eds.E.. Food Chem. Pan. 164...... Comp. J. p. Simultaneous determination of ammonia. Chapman & Hall.. 1996. B. 170. Mitsubayashi... pp. Dhaouadi.K. Technol. M.. 515–520. Joly... García. 9. and Navarro. P. 163. Bo M. M. 71B. Izquierdo-Pulido.E. and Jørgensen. B.T. 69.). Res. and F. and Kolakowska. Oickle. Vrbanac. and Vida-Carou. Lau..S. AOAC Official Method 971. B. In: AOAC Official Methods of Analysis. and Nakakura. Actuat. 74–75.. Albala-Hurtado. Food Chem.A. In: Seafoods Chemistry.. J. Z. and Vetelino.. Botta (Eds. Timm. Changes in protein in frozen stored fish. 158. London.G. 1987. 1992. Great Britain. Oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids: Mechanisms. K. Validation of a gas-chromatographic method for volatile amine determination in fish samples... 161. and Paulson. 1994. Nielsen. W. The effects of freezing on flesh proteins. Gill.. F. U.. Anal. E.. Monser. In: Seafood Proteins. I. 160. M. 103. S. Direct determination of trimethylamine in fi sh in the flow-reversal injection mode using a gas extraction sampling device. and Kinsella.K. 29–34. Kubotera. 1995. A. Sikorski. Hsieh. Malle.P. Anal. 3814–3822. M.. Sens. Food Res. Álvarez-Pontes.. 1993. 167. Rey-Mansilla. 187(2). H.D. 76. 99–112. Off. 234–239.. Sens. 165. 166. A semiconducting metal-oxide array for monitoring fish freshness. trimethylamine. 157. Conway. Yano. K. 1995. S. D. S. C. Aubourg.. Sci. 7. 2001.14. 59. S. Anal. Y.. P.. 1994.R. J.M. 871–877. B. 103(3). Actuat. 261–267.J. 159. Hammond. Pacquit. 173.. Quantitative relationship between trimethylamine oxide aldolase activity and formaldehyde accumulation in white muscle gadiform fish during frozen storage. Food Agric. 2002. Z. Bonnell.. and Tao. Castrillón. 113–122.T.. A.. A..C. Adv. Agric. N. 233–341. 509–518.K. pp. and Zeisel.K. Veciana-Nogues. Y. J. M. Microdiffusion Analysis and Volumetric Error. M.. 172. J. 213. Sadok. London. P. L. S. Sikorski. 2002.. Segee.... Food Protect. Processing Technology and Quality. M..L. Influence of frozen storage and defrosting on the chemical and nutritional quality of sardine (Clupea pilchardus). Biochem. 1982. Food Rev. 1049–1053. and Valcàrcel. 1996.. Localization of formaldehyde production during frozen storage of European hake (Merluccius merluccius).

190. N.L. Soc. 5–10. Aubourg. Technomic Publishing Company... 195. 77(8). Kim.L. Modelling of microbial activity and prediction of shelf life of packed fresh fish. Microbiological Testing in Food Safety Management.J.. Technol. Chan. J. 1999. Food Sci. Lingnert.D. 1990. 37(7). F. and Medina. J.. T. pp. Food Chem. H. M. M. 2002. 40–47. 1997. Y.G. 2000.. 198. 579–586. 1987. Lancaster..Methods for Freshness Quality and Deterioration ◾ 213 176. I. W. 24. An AVI Book. 9. Kolle.. and Jarvisc. 192. Sci..W. S.K.. 191. 1995. Effect of brine pre-treatment on lipid stability of frozen horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus). 47. Food Microbiol.W. 19. Food Chem. and Howell..). 19. London. and Sriwirat. Gram. Benjakul.M. Food Agric.. H.. Food Sci.... 60(2). and Fukuda..). 502–507. L. R.. Micro-organisms in Foods 7... Eur. 193–199.A. and Pierce. Processing and Biotechnology.. B.. Technol.. N. 117–136. 188. Food Technol.. Food Microbiol. 183. Padley. 161–178. Agric. 2000. M. 2004.. Hamilton. In: Autoxidation of Unsaturated Lipids. and H. R. 1998. H.. J.. B. the Netherlands. Series of Monographs. Baranyi. The mechanism of autoxidation. Assessment of quality hanges in frozen sardine (Sardina pilchardus) by fluorescence detection.J. Prisk.W.. 208. 189–193. Quality loss related to rancidity development during frozen storage of horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus)... and Spie. 2002. 177.E. 193. S. 1999. Saeed. J. 575–580. Aubourg. and Robles-Burgueňo. S. H..M. Academic Press.B.. 186. 187. Food Science and Technology. 1983. L.. 199. Boogard. 1985. Sci.. JAOCS. W. R. Food Agric. U. J. 652–657. Chemistry of free radicals in lipids. J. Food Agric. J.. 33. Shahidi. Food Chem. 1110–1117.J.K. Food Biochem. 1997. Jones. J. Undeland. Piñeiro. Aubourg. E. 2075–2081. Sci.. Corry... 1999... Melton.. Food Microbiol. 182.. Deman. 305–318. Miao. A 13C-NMR study of lipid alterations during fish canning: Effect of filling medium. 75(5). M. Borquez. 185. 1943–1948.. Chan (Ed. 65(1). J. I. 38–80. 2nd Edn... T. Chantachum.. Leake. 1–16. and Pérez-Martín. C.. Int. 91–95. In: Seafood Safety.. Lipid Res. Aubourg.. R. 1993.S.. Dalgaard. and Labella. . Influence of storage time and temperature on lipid deterioration during cod (Gadus morhua) and haddock (Melanogrammus aeglefinus) frozen storage. S. Sotelo. J. 184.. JAOCS.J. 82. Int.. and Karel. United States. 179. P.. S. Kalu. Measurement uncertainty of the EU methods for microbiological examination of red meat.. Kluwer. Eur. Int.E. Rey-Mansilla.P. 196. pp. Lugo-Sánchez. Hedgesb. 2007. Aubourg. Kelly. Microbiological spoilage of fish and fish products. W. C. A rapid method to determine the oxidation kinetics of n−3 fatty acids in fish oil. F.S. Effect of lipid oxidation and frozen storage on muscle proteins of atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus). S. and Aubourg. Overview of current seafood nutritional issues: Formation of potentially toxic products. Medina I. Pacheco-Aguilar. Wolf. Sacchi. 111–116. R. R. 445–450. 81(7). Food Microbiol. Differential lipid damage in various muscle zones of frozen hake. Kaneniwa. 1996..D. 79. and González. A predictive model for the combined effect of pH. Lipid oxidation in fillets of herring (Clupea harengus) during frozen storage. C.. 178. sodium chloride and storage temperature on the growth of Brochothrix thermosphacta. 30. Am. 189.. E..H. and Ugliano. ICMSF. 180.. Postmortem biochemical and functional characteristic of monterey sardine muscle stored at 0°C. Separation and quality of fish oil from pre-cooked and non pre-cooked tuna heads. Comparison of analytical methods for monitoring autoxidation profiles of authentic lipids.. S. Technol. J. Tucker. J. Yuan. 289–294.. S.. 28. Food Res.P... 197. 215. 671–678.. 121–137. M. C. Influence of prefreezing storage. Lida.. 181. 69.. J. 2007. Methodology for following lipid oxidation in muscle foods. 2002.E. 1995. J.P. Lipid components and enzymatic hydrolysis of lipids in muscle of Chinese freshwater fish. PA. P. McClure. M. Y. S. Oil Chem. 194. 825–831. C. Nature of fluorescent compounds generated by exposure of protein to oxidizing lipids. M. 69. pp. Principles of Food Chemistry.. and Huss.. H. 1997. F. Food Res. and Roberts. S.. 1987. and Sotelo. and D. Amsterdam. A.. S. Kitts (Eds.

J. 201.. Nowak. 208..214 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 200. Huang.E. 221–226. P. C. and Hartung.. J. Wu. 3528–3534. and Zurera. R. J. 2003. Food Microbiol. Andreotti. A. 115. 2007. R.. J.. 2007. 211.. 2007. 66. Marcobal.H. Lee. 1993. R.. 114.. P. Ogden. R.. I.. G.. A. 259–267.. Enzyme-linked immunomagnetic chemiluminescent detection of Escherichia coli O157:H7. G. Reed. J. J.. Abe. Lett. Salmonella contamination in pigs at slaughter and on the farm: A field study using an antibody ELISA test and a PCR technique. 202. Bacteriol.. Int.. Food Microbiol. Carrasco. 204.. Landete.. Brandi. Danbara. 63–74. B.E. Methods. Rapid detection of oxacillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus in blood cultures by an impedance method. S. E. Appl... 1999..M.P. Wakayama. 2004.. H.. Dai.. 114(2).K.. V. Matsui. Int. S. J. Juneja. 385–391. T. K. K.V. Huang. 53. 209.. Food Microbiol.. G. Giammarini. M. Rapid impedance detection of salmonella in confectionery using modified LICNR broth. 1307–1311. Gehring.. and Nychas. Detection of pathogenic bacteria in shellfish using multiplex PCR followed by CovaLinkk NH microwell plate sandwich hybridization.. 2000... . Molecular methods for the detection of biogenic amine-producing bacteria on foods. K.H. Immunol.-J. P. Rapid and sensitive method for detection of Salmonella strains using a combination of polymerase chain reaction and reverse dot-blot hybridization. 49(1–2).M. Management of microbiological safety of ready-to-eat meat products by mathematical modelling: Listeria monocytogenes as an example. A. 85–92. Appl.C... Food Control.G. J. 210. 203. S. 167–172. 212.-J.. A. Drosinos. 1983. Amagliani. June 1997. Microbiol. G.E. 1137–1142. Microbiol. Use of conductance methods to predict bacterial counts in fish. J.L.. 206. H. de las. 2007. Pérez-Rodríguez. and Klein. C. A predictive model for the non-thermal inactivation of Salmonella enteritidis in a food model system supplemented with a natural antimicrobial. Bullock. 97–106. Methods. 18.. J.H. Valero. Microbiol. K.. Food Microbiol. L. 61. 110. F. J. FEMS Microbiol.A.. D... and Muñoz.. 117. and Chang. 258–269. 1460–1464.. Int. Omiccioli. R.. Evaluation of a rapid impedimetric procedure for the quantitative estimation of coliforms.. Panicker.. Environ. Lida. and Nychas. Bacteriol. Food Microbiol. 213. García-Gimeno.. G. Rivas. Koutsoumanis.. A.. J. and Handley. Taoukis. 207. G. J. Applicability of an Arrhenius model for the combined effect of temperature and CO2 packaging on the spoilage microflora of fish. 293. 48. H. S. Lambropoulou. 1986. and Frodsham. H. and Bej. Firstenberg-Eden. 1989.D. T. Appl. B. 199–209. Irwin. 205.. C. 66.. and Kawahara.. and Thippareddi..S.. K.. Akhavan-Tafti. 2006. A. E. Koutsoumanis. Predictive model for growth of Clostridium perfringens in cooked cured pork.K. Müffling. Clin.D.... J. Food Sci. E. and Magnani. Chaunchom. Tu.H...J.Y. Int.S... Detection of Listeria monocytogenes using a commercial PCR kit and different DNA extraction methods. Int. J. 263–268.

.................................................................... 220 14......................................6.2 Morphological Examination.........................................................1 Sample Preservation ........................5.........3 Genetic Analysis ........................................................................................................................6 Stable Isotopes .....................3.........217 14......................................216 14............................... 219 14..........3......................................................................... 222 14.......................... 222 14...............217 14................................................................4...................2 Lipid Extraction and Gas Chromatography ...........1 Introduction .4..................... Marit Aursand.............3 Analysis of Proteins ..................................................................1 Sample Preservation and DNA Extraction Methods .......................................6......................................................................... and Michiaki Yamashita Contents 14....................................4......... 224 14.......................................Chapter 14 Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood Iciar Martínez......................4 Analysis of Proteins .. 225 215 ...............................................................218 14.............. 225 14......5 Analysis of the Lipid Content .....................................................221 14..............3 1H NMR and 13C NMR Analyses ............. 220 14...............5............................................................2 Protein Extraction ................218 14............................................................ Inger Beate Standal....................1 Sample Preservation. Yumiko Yamashita..........................................2 SNIF–NMR and IRMS ...............2 DNA Markers ................. 222 14.....................5..216 14.....1 Sample Preservation ....................................

7 Trace Element Fingerprint........... For example.... Drug.... but wild specimens may contain parasites harmful to humans. and these are seldom present in farmed seafood..................2 ICP-MS .....7.................................................2 Also in an earlier study......... and the United States (The Federal Food.. Correct information about the production method of seafood is also important......... salar parr.....1 Sample Preservation .............. and Cosmetic Act and The Fair Packaging and Labeling)............ Farmed cod often present unattractive black lines consisting of layers of melanin-filled cells associated with blood vessels due to overabundance of copper in commercial feeds. farmed........................... analytical methods should be made available to confirm it................................................. The later study showed that the environmentally induced phenotypic divergence increased with age and with the numbers of generations under domestication..... Standards for organic farming are still under development in many countries.......... the set of technologies to apply are basically the same as those described here................. The production method is also part of the information essential to fulfill the traceability of a product and..... 228 14.1 Introduction The implementation of analytical methods to differentiate farmed from wild-produced seafood is important to ensure correct consumer information and avoid fraud: Information about the production method of seafood is obligatory in the EU (CR EC No 2065/2001 of October 22.......1 14............ 227 Acknowledgments . Although in this work no special mention is made to organic farming...... 227 14.....7..... 226 14.... and caudal peduncles could be used for a total correct classification of wild........................... 226 14...... stable isotope analyses combined with fatty acid (FA) profiles have proven particularly useful when tested......... analysis of the protein and lipid contents... In particular.............5 The flesh of farmed cod sometimes presents ....... of 1999)... shape of the head..216 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 14...................... and smaller head4 as well as backbone malformations in farmed specimens............... In cod...3 it was shown that the morphology of the head.... 100% discrimination between farmed (AquaGen strain) and wild parr was achieved by examining the body form....... fins.................. because farmed and wild organisms carry different hazards and are therefore submitted to different regulations and analytical controls....... as well as examination of the stable isotope and trace element profiles............ including morphological examination...................... size of the eyes and mouth............................................................. and length of the pectoral fin..... genetic analyses.......... therefore.... Several methods have been successfully applied to differentiate farmed from wild seafood....2 Morphological Examination There are few publications and no official guidelines for the morphological differentiation of farmed and wild aquatic organisms.......... JAS Law.. commercially farmed specimens may contain residues of veterinary drugs whose presence is unlikely in wild seafood........... the most prominent differences are the higher condition factor.... In small Salmo salar................................................... and sea-ranched S............ 227 References .8 Other Methods .......... larger liver.................... 2001 laying down detailed rules for the application of CR EC No 104/2000 regarding informing consumers about fishery and aquaculture products) and similar laws apply in Japan (Law on Standardization and Proper Labeling of Agricultural and Forestry Products........

such as Qiagen. in most breeding programs the fish are indeed selected based on commercially interesting traits such as growth performance. Wizard (Promega).Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 217 a translucent grayish aspect. Dynal (Invitrogen). we recommend preservation in 96% ethanol. Delays and the use of preservations methods will diminish the quality and the yield of DNA. the best method is to freeze it in liquid nitrogen or in a biofreezer. If this policy had been followed.7 proposed that the genetic diversity of aquacultured stocks of fish should be maintained and their genetic impact on wild stocks minimized by using breeding programs designed to generate genetic diversity. in particular if it has a high enzymatic activity (for example if it contains the hepatopancreas in a crustacean). Then. classification based on morphological criteria demands the presence of the morphologic diagnostic characters. Genomics analyses are dealt with in more detail in Chapter 4 of this handbook.17 suggested that it was possible to assign accurately a fish sampled from the market place to either the farmed population or the wild using either microsatellite or single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) markers. thus limiting its application.8. The DNA .3. Nucleospin (Clontech). and others. The DNA is then separated from the contaminating cellular components by salt precipitation.11–13 and a loss of rare alleles has usually been observed in the farmed populations.11. 14. Each kit is provided with a detailed description of how to use it.3 Genetic Analysis Doyle et al.6 However. which are usually absent in many intermediate products as well as in the ready-to-eat dish. and the liver in farmed cod is much bigger than the liver of wild fish. Many commercial kits. treatment with Chelex.9 resistance to diseases or to stress.1 Sample Preservation and DNA Extraction Methods The sample should be extracted as soon as possible after sampling. which is the most common analysis.18 or gel filtration. If the sample must be preserved. 14.10 and optimal adaptation to different environments. sonication. To extract frozen samples we recommend to start the procedure before the sample is completely thawed. E. in contrast to the white opaque color of the wild. or by the use of Proteinase K) and proteins are removed usually by incubation with Proteinase K. and then recovered by ethanol or isopropanol precipitation. since enzymatic activity also takes place at subzero temperatures. One requisite condition for any genetic analysis is the obtention of good quality DNA suitable for PCR amplification. a normal freezer (−20°C) may also be used. for example by chelating divalent cations using EDTA and EGTA.A Stool DNA Isolation Kit (United Bioinformatica Inc. Th is step is not necessary in samples preserved in ethanol. it would be relatively difficult to find markers for wild and farmed fish. For very long periods.Z. give satisfactory results.). chloroform extraction. Samples fi xed in ethanol must be allowed to dry completely. Depending on the type of sample and its use. and then be rehydrated in water or in the extraction buffer. The basic steps in all DNA extraction methods include the inactivation of nucleases.N. However. the cells are opened (by heat treatment. since diversity would be one of the selected traits in the farmed fish. so that all the ethanol is evaporated.). GeneRelease (Bio Venture Inc. Amersham Biosciences (GE Healthcare). because the enzymes are inactivated by the fi xation.14–16 Hayes et al.9 Genetic analyses have allowed the differentiation of wild from farmed fish populations in a variety of species.

sample preparation. cod. tilapia.14 In addition. personal communication). In these samples the pellet may be practically invisible. has the potential to be useful to differentiate farmed from wild specimens of a given species. The outcome of these programs is already producing lists of genetic markers linked to traits of interest. On other occasions. pH 8. catfish. Spain. which may be used to identify the strains of the farmed individuals that display an increased frequency of the desired traits. it is possible to amplify the DNA of a sample by simply dehydrating it and placing a small amount directly into the PCR amplification mixture. Japan. that the Norwegian company GenoMar has patented a method to trace back farmed individual Atlantic salmon.27 tissues between farmed and wild salmon and cod have been reported. such as Norway. shrimp. traits. we have found it helpful to leave the tubes after the first precipitation of DNA with isopropanol in a freezer at −20°C or at −80°C for a few hours before centrifugation (Marian Martinez de Pancorbo. and production method. Arctic charr).24 The method requires that all parent fish of the brood stock are DNA typed as well as all the individuals under examination. In the future. cod. and also for forensic studies. several countries. and sea bass. which markers and how many of them are necessary to differentiate a wild from a farmed specimen are completely dependant on the species and the breeding stock and need to be examined on an individual basis.17 However.19 the Chelex method. the United States. Three more methods that have reputedly produced good quality DNA suitable for amplification. whether microsatellites. .23 In principle. 14. which is washing the pellet with 50% ethanol. This method has been successfully used by the authors of this paper (unpublished results) and by Bucklin and Kochert22 with whole individuals of Calanus. must be performed very carefully not to lose the sample.20. however. genomic. SNPs. trout.218 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis pellet is usually washed at least once with 70% ethanol.3. have started programs to map the whole genome of some species.15. DNA analyses may be performed using chips that permit the determination in one fast step of many characteristics simultaneously. tilapia. China.0). by using a series of SNP and microsatellite polymorphisms by PCR and by oligonucleotide ligation assay (OLA). differences in the protein pattern of liver25 and muscle26.). so the next step.18 and the salt extraction method.21 When using the salt extraction method with heavily degraded samples.11. since some alleles are more frequent in one group than in the other. which further increases the amount of samples that can be processed. and bass. any marker. breeding stock. However. India. 14.2 DNA Markers In recent years. etc. the alcohol is allowed to evaporate. salmonids (salmon. It is worth mentioning. however. and others. from food matrices include the use of hexadecyl–trimethyl ammonium bromide (CTAB). including oysters.4 Analysis of Proteins No clear protein marker has been identified to discriminate farmed from wild seafood. including the species.13. Atlantic halibut. or mitochondrial. and the DNA is reconstituted in double-distilled sterile water or in a slightly alkaline buffer (50 mm Tris–EDTA. protein markers commonly used for genetic analyses have the potential to be used as markers for farmed or wild. University of the Basque Country. An additional advantage is that it is possible to use robots for many of the steps (DNA preparation.

lectins. which is reflected in the composition of their organs. usually considered negative. loss of functional groups. Zn. several enzymes involved in anabolic metabolism were downregulated in fish fed the diet rich in soybean meal. Using proteomic analysis. and they hypothesized that the greater concentration of insoluble collagen present in wild salmon may contribute to their firmer texture. Interestingly.35. indicating increased emphases on catabolism relative to anabolism in the fish fed this diet. Optimal methods include fast freezing and frozen storage using temperatures as low as possible. that is. However.)29 that may have adverse effects on fish.33. Thus. it has been shown that components in fish feeds may contain very high levels of metals (Cu. and Ca)34 and that vegetable meals may contain antinutritional factors (protease inhibitors. neither feeds nor breeding conditions may be optimal for farming. −20°C . have prompted the development of feed formulations based on vegetable oils and proteins. the depletion of the wild stocks of pelagic fish and the high price of feeds based on fish meal and oil. and the proteasome.38 found that the reason for the softening in this species did not seem to be the faster growth of the farmed fish. it is common to apply directly to new species those conditions that have proven successful for other species.27 also registered the altered expression of five enzymes implicated in the glycolytic pathway and citric acid cycle in farmed cod.4. Johnston et al. Mg.26 examined the protein expression in skeletal muscle of farmed and wild cod by high-resolution twodimensional electrophoresis and found differences between the two. a preservation procedure that minimizes the modifications (denaturation. and they require high levels of dietary protein (30%–60%). which were attributed to increased proteolytic activity in the muscle of the farmed compared with the wild cod. aggregation. lysosomal cathepsins. which they use as their preferred energy source. For short periods of time. Texture is an important quality attribute of the fish flesh. Thus. Olsson et al. and this may induce stress in the farmed animals.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 219 Industrial fish farming is a relatively new activity compared with farming of land animals. including heat shock proteins. Proteins and proteomic analyses are dealt with in more detail in a different chapter of this handbook. The authors noted a downregulation of some structural proteins in fish-fed soy proteins.37 Martinez et al..25–27 In addition. 14. Soft texture. antigenic proteins. Although feeds and breeding conditions need to be developed and optimized for each species.33 Moreover. several enzymes. the amino acid profiles of plant proteins do not meet the essential amino acid requirements of fish. attributed to the fish’s increased requirement for energy metabolism.28–31 The source of protein in teleost fish is very important.1 Sample Preservation The optimal case would be when the extraction of proteins can take place on the sample immediately after the experimental treatment. In addition.36 Martin et al. no study has identified yet the main system/s responsible for the soft texture in farmed fish or the spots that may be used as markers to discriminate farmed from wild fish. these authors identified 33 differentially expressed proteins.32 Unfortunately. Some enzymatic systems that may be responsible for the muscle softening are metalloproteases and collagenases. and structural and FA-binding proteins. etc. and feed diets based on plant protein require supplementation with synthetic amino acids. which would be a natural diet.25 attributed the alteration in the protein expression in the liver of rainbow trout to the presence of antinutritional factors in feeds containing soy protein. When this is not possible. neutral calcium-activated calpains. and then modify them depending on the results. with no preservation at all. is more common in stressed and in farmed than in wild fish. Fe. and proteolysis) of the proteins in the sample should be chosen. optimal freezing would be achieved immediately after excision by submersion in liquid nitrogen and storage at −80°C or by freezing and storing directly at −80°C.

and peptide mass fingerprinting of the digests is then . for a wide screening. In addition to published works. etc. but they will hamper the study of protease activities that may be relevant in some other works. therefore. Both first and second-dimension gels can be purchased as precast. It is common to use several buffers with increasing concentration of chaotropic agents (urea. alkylated. usually 8%–20% or 12% PAGE. Since current studies are still trying to identify markers. and. silver (high sensitivity. The pictures of the gels containing similar samples of wild and farmed specimens obtained after scanning are compared using adequate software (such as Bionumerics or PDQuest) to identify differentially expressed spots that are then excised from the gels. Some authors have claimed that the use of DNase I and RNase in the extraction buffer increases the number of spots in the gels. The tryptic fragments are cleaned from contaminants.).4. dithiothreitol (DTT). We therefore recommend not to use such enzymes. one should be very careful when comparing samples preserved and stored under different conditions. However. but 3–10 are commonly used for wide screenings. Their use should be evaluated for each particular study. In our experience. and. reduced. After separation.220 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis may be acceptable. Afterward. as well as the different degrees of processing to which the sample may have been submitted (freezing.3 Analysis of Proteins As already mentioned. its application is widespread in many fields.2 Protein Extraction There are many methods for extraction of proteins. Proteomics permits the separation of many proteins (often thousands) from a complex protein mixture in one step. depending on the proteins one wishes to examine.4. ready to use gels from several companies. Proteomic techniques have a clear advantage in this field. SDS). The proteins are separated first according to their pI in 3% polyacrylamide gels in which a pH gradient is created using a mixture of ampholytes. there are many methods suitable for protein analyses. usually with trypsin. but not all protocols are compatible with MS). thiourea).25–27 BioRad39 and GE Healthcare Amersham have some excellent manuals about protein extraction and analysis. therefore. The first step in proteomic analyses is to extract as many proteins as possible from the sample. The use of protease inhibitors should always be considered: use of some inhibitors and cocktails may help to preserve the sample during the extraction procedure. and reducing agents (b-mercaptoethanol. The choice of method depends on the protein and the property one wishes to examine. and fluorescent labeling or staining (of intermediate sensibility and also compatible with MS). this may be because some commercial preparations of these enzymes are contaminated with proteases. It should be noted that any preservation procedure will alter the protein profile in the sample. and there are special protocols for each application. cooking. the gels can be stained by Coomassie Blue (low sensitivity but compatible with mass spectrometry (MS) analysis necessary for subsequent peptide fingerprinting and sequencing). the strip containing the proteins separated by their pI is loaded on top of the second-dimension SDS-PAGE gel. and digested. Triton X-100. the optimal extraction procedure for any given sample must be determined empirically. due to the great diversity and properties of the proteins contained in the edible tissues of seafood. The optimal pH range to choose depends on the sample. 14. 14. we focus on the use of techniques with the potential to identify such markers. detergents (CHAPS. tributylphosphine) to solubilize the widest possible spectrum of proteins. destained.

linseed. whereas C18:1n9.5 Analysis of the Lipid Content The analysis of the triglyceride (TG) fraction. the total amount of TGs alone may be used as a criterion to differentiate farmed from wild fish. but C22:1 (several isomers) is relatively more abundant in Coho salmon. has often given correct classification of farmed and wild specimens. because farmed fish usually have a much higher content than wild ones. spot cutters. and ELISA format will permit the routine analyses of many samples. Proteomic analysis is a complicated procedure necessary to identify the biological markers. however. or menhaden. For example.55–58 Specific FAs are selectively retained or used. C18:2n6. very different staining intensities. soybean. However. so that the concentrations in flesh were higher than in the diet. The FA profile of vegetable oils (such as corn. Once the diagnostic proteins are identified. 14. palm. olive. C22:1n11. identification of diagnostic spots.60 The FAs C18:1n9 and 18:2n6 may act as markers .59 Other studies in the same species showed that the flesh had higher levels of C18:1n9 and C22:6n3 and less C20:5n3 than the feeds. and sand eel and C22:6n3 is more abundant (over 10%) in Atlantic and Coho salmon. due to frequent errors in the automated spot identification procedure (because of imperfect spot separation and identification caused by overlapping of spots. capelin. and C18:3n3 were selectively metabolized. lateral flow strip tests permit in situ easy and fast screening of seafood samples.25 and reviewed by Granvogl et al. Development of protein chips will facilitate the simultaneous screening of many targets and samples. In Atlantic salmon for example.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 221 usually performed by matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight (MALDI-TOF) MS.43 The changes in the FA composition of the TG fraction following changes in the composition of the diet have been explained using a dilution model. it has been shown that there was selective deposition and retention of C22:6n3. the FA profile of TGs reflects that of the feed. which FA is more abundant is species dependant. cottonseed. sand eel. As in vegetable oils. in control laboratories.). NCBI) using suitable software (MASCOT.41 The workload can be reduced by using precast gels and automated procedures with suitable software and robotic stations (sample and gel handling and staining. the whole process can be greatly simplified by targeting only the biomarkers: raising or synthesizing antibodies targeting those proteins in order to use them in several formats. etc. the final identification and assignment of the spots in the gels must be performed visually by trained personnel. The whole procedure is described in detail by Martin et al. herring. in particular when combined with stable isotope composition (see the following paragraph). and sardines than in capelin.44 and this FA fingerprint has often been successfully used49–52 as a diagnostic to identify the production method. that is.45–48 In addition. This is probably the most time consuming step of the whole procedure. and often a single FA may account for about 50% of the total FA content in these oils. and sunflower) used as partial substitutes for marine oils in fish feeds53–57 have in common a very low or undetectable amount of the long-chain omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) C20:5n3 (EPA) and C22:6n3 (DHA) characteristic from fish oils.). for example.42. and it is seldom that only one of them makes more than 25% of the total. The FA composition of fish oils is more complex. The proteins are afterward identified by searching in databases (National Centre for Biotechnology Information.44 Frequently. ProteinLynx Global SERVER). rapeseed. herring. etc.53. there are more FAs present in detectable amounts. C16:0 and C18:1n9 are relatively abundant in all fish oils. which uses MS data to identify proteins from primary sequence databases.

since in a one-dimensional spectrum each peak is produced by those nuclei placed in an identical local chemical environment. the latter seems to be the most persistent after a dietary switch to fish oil diet. 23Na.61 As indicated by Refsgaard et al. The most commonly measured nucleus is 1H (the most receptive isotope at natural abundance). The major advantage of 1H NMR spectroscopy compared with 13C NMR is the higher sensitivity and thereby shorter acquisition times per experiment. which.52. that is.and light-tight containers and stored at low temperatures.3 1 H NMR and 13C NMR Analyses High-resolution nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (HR-NMR) has emerged as a popular technique in the analysis of foodstuff. which leads to less overlapping of signals. 19F. 35Cl. −80°C. For detailed descriptions of the analysis of fish samples. NMR spectroscopy can be used to identify functional groups. Fresh samples should be kept wrapped in air. 13C. NMR spectroscopy exploits the magnetic properties of certain nuclei: nuclei that contain odd numbers of protons or neutrons have an intrinsic magnetic moment and angular momentum. and polymerization.5. If freezing is required.63. which may be used as a rapid profiling technique. it is best to use as low a temperature as possible.. 2H.50. and an inert atmosphere. the ratio n3/n6 was not fully restored. 29Si. The spectrum is often used to obtain information about the number and type of molecules in a mixture.222 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis for vegetable oils. together with the special feed formulations used for organic farming and the fact that escaped farmed fish and wild fish eating around farms may display intermediate lipid profiles.64 may contribute to the difficulty of performing correct classifications as wild/ farmed based only on the FA composition. 31P. 195Pt).g. and in particular. because it provides multicomponent information and can be applied nondestructively. The most commonly used HR-NMR techniques in wild/farmed classification are 1H NMR and 13C NMR. HR-NMR has been particularly valuable in the study of marine lipids. 14N.1 Sample Preservation Due to the high levels of PUFAs. 14. 14. including fish and fish products. 11B.2 Lipid Extraction and Gas Chromatography Procedures for lipid extraction are described in another book chapter of this series. 15N. but NMR is applicable to any nucleus possessing spin (e.5. and even after the levels of C20:5n3 and C22:6n3 were restored to the original high levels. it is particularly important to exercise care when working with marine lipids: it is recommended to use low temperature (work in ice or in a cold room) and avoid or minimize exposition to air and light in order to prevent lipid hydrolysis. both of which are able to detect a range of metabolites in a nontargeted way.5. 14. and is the preferred tool in lipid analysis when interpretation of ..65 NMR gives a fingerprint of the sample analyzed. 17O. 13C NMR has a greater range of chemical shifts. On the other hand. 10B. the reader is directed to several publications46.62 one must always take into account the very wide variation in the concentrations of lipid components that can be found in apparently homogeneous populations of farmed salmon. oxidation.52 that give detailed descriptions of the procedure.

8% CDCl3). although this approach has still not been widely used for authentication purposes. pH. The assignment of spectral resonances gives information about the chemical composition of the samples. Multivariate methods are frequently applied to study differences among NMR spectra.67 1H NMR has been used to perform quantitative measurements of total n-3 FAs and of the levels of DHA.71 Another technique that in the future may be used more often is the analysis of intact tissue by high-resolution magic angle spinning (HR-MAS). although the optimal sample size depends on the instrument.77 It is advisable to check that all spectra have acceptable linewidth and lineshape after the NMR analysis. or differences in relative concentrations of the samples analyzed.69 This analysis can be carried out with a high degree of automation and gives a rapid fingerprint (2–5 min) of the lipid profile. such as instabilities in apparatus.68. which is easily evaporated. 99. Both the area/ intensities of peaks and full spectra can be input for multivariate analysis. temperature variations. the whole procedure from sample preparation to analysis by a data exploration technique can be affected by factors unrelated to the sample characteristic of interest. ideally for screening many samples with short acquisition time.66 Potential problems about inconsistencies in ppm values between samples in the data analyses should be solved by manual alignment or data pretreatment methods. Factors that affect the exact chemical shift of NMR signals include the type of solvent used. in conjunction with chemometrics. Regions without signals or unwanted signals are removed before multivariate analysis. a semiquantitative 13C NMR approach has been chosen. However. The application of multivariate statistics to NMR spectral data increases the potential of the technique considerably. will increase the sample throughput significantly.78 . even though the signal intensities within each spectrum are not quantitative. When full spectra are used. because it may interfere with the multivariate data analysis.77 Regarding reproducibility issues. the chemical shift scale is referred to the shift of TMS or indirectly to TMS by the peaks from chloroform at 7. Normally. hydrogen bondings.70. due to the fact that quantitative measurements require a considerable longer experimental time. may lead to erroneous classification.8 mL solvent is used.e.0 ppm for 13C NMR. 1H NMR has also been applied to differentiate between wild and farmed salmon and sea bream of different origins.66.73 which is of value for authentication purposes.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 223 spectra is the goal. they are normally converted to ASCII or JCAMP file formats. 13C NMR and 1H NMR spectra are fi rst obtained by Fourier transformation of the resulting free-induction decay (FID) function after applying a prospective line-broadening function. Typically. but it is not necessary for classification purposes..75 and it is important that all the samples contain the same volume. leaving the sample ready for analysis. a sample size of 50–100 mg of lipid in 0. have allowed the differentiation between wild and farmed salmon74 and cod51 of different origins. the relative intensities for corresponding signals across different spectra are comparable. interactions with metal ions.75 Small differences in experimental conditions. Typically.5–0. phasing and baseline correction are applied but no zero fi lling. inhomogeneities in the applied magnetic field. Standardized procedures should be followed to ensure repeatability and comparability. The most commonly used solvent in the analysis of neutral lipids is deuterated chloroform (i. Both HR 1H and 13C NMR. It is expected that in the future the use of flow injection systems. Tetramethylsilane (TMS) is usually added as a chemical shift and intensity reference.71 13C NMR gives information about FA composition of fish72 and the positional distribution of PUFAs in triacylglycerols and phospholipids.76 In some studies.28 ppm for 1H NMR and by the triplet of CDCl3 at 77. and other intermolecular interactions.

51. depending on their diet and their position in the trophic chain: the higher its position in the trophic chain. exhibit limited variation.37%).204%). In addition.75. 17O (0. nitrogen. A significant kinetic fractionation is already found in the initial fi xation of carbon dioxide in photosynthesis: the isotopic signature of C3 plants (plants that form a three-carbon compound as the first stable intermediate in the incorporation of CO2. Differences in the 15N/14N ratio also result essentially from diet.38‰) but depleted in lipid-corrected carbon (d13C: mean = −20. the abundance of stable isotopes varies among different compounds.79 Carbon exists as two stable isotopes: 12C (abundance 98. Moreover. In contrast.037%). d13C of individual FA. since the physical properties of molecules containing heavier isotopic forms are different.52 were able to classify correctly according to the production method. they were also able to correctly classify the fish according to their geographic origin.759%). SD ± 0. . and O2. mostly broadleaf plants and plants in the temperate zones) shows a higher degree of 13C depletion than the C4 plants (where the CO2 is converted first into a four-carbon organic acid: these plants are mostly found in warm sunny regions. Aursand et al. SD ± 0. while typical d13C mean values of C3 plants may be −26/−28‰. typically tropical grasses. Some atmospheric gases. equilibrium reactions also lead to a fractionation of the isotopic forms. although many broadleaf plants are also C4). and C22:1n-9) together with the overall isotope ratio 2H/1H of the fish oils and three deuterium molar fractions obtained by site-specific natural isotope fraction studied by NMR (SNIF–NMR). resulting in a complete separation of the two groups. and they reflect both significant isotopic fractionation by microbes and the different biological substrates producing these gases. Usually animal products become enriched in the heavier isotope (15N and 13C). For example. C4 plants may have d13C mean values of −12/−14‰. the 13C/12C ratio for both milk fat and cheese protein give information on the type of forage fed to the cows. N2. Thomas et al. Thus. and 18O (0. the higher the proportion of the heavier isotope.63) and 15N (0.11%). such as CO2. and oxygen has been proposed as a method suitable for food authentication. C16:1n-9.224 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 14. Since a molecule containing heavier isotopic forms has stronger chemical bonds. Using the d15N of choline and the d18O of total oil.6 Stable Isotopes The variation in the abundance of the stable isotopes of carbon.80 The natural isotopic abundance largely varies depending on the chemical forms.23‰) than the aquaculture specimens. N2O and CH4 exhibit wide isotopic variation. Samples of muscle tissue of wild salmon were significantly more enriched in nitrogen (d15N: mean = 12. Bell et al. because the enzymatic reaction rates on substrates that contain the lighter isotopic forms are faster than in reactions involving the heavier isotopic forms.81 This is because the 13C/12C ratio depends almost exclusively on the photosynthetic mechanism used by the plants for CO2 fi xation. For example.46 were equally successful classifying sea bass using the FA profile.89%) and 13C (1. 171 Atlantic salmon specimens originating from three continents and 15 different geographic regions. the abundances of the stable isotopes differ between substrate and product. nitrogen as two: 14N (99. Introducing the percentage of C18:2n6 as a third variable in their model. plus the kinetic fractionations occurring in animal metabolism. and oxygen as three: 16O (99.82 Dempson and Power83 examined the potential of using stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen 13C and d15N) by isotope ratio mass spectrometry (IRMS) to identify escaped farmed Atlantic (d salmon. a kinetic fractionation occurs.50 were also able to correctly classify Atlantic salmon according to their geographic origin and production method by using four FA compositions (C16:0. C18:1n-9. such as maize. The isotopic abundances in animal tissues and animal food products are the summation of the feeds ingested throughout all their life.

The light elements. are typically determined with a gas isotope rationing mass spectrometer.1 were able to differentiate wild.86 To facilitate comparisons between specimens with differing lipid contents. and oxygen isotopes.1 Sample Preservation It is very important not to contaminate the sample during handling.88 Stable isotope ratios are expressed in delta (d) notation with measurements consisting of parts per thousand difference (‰) between the isotopic ratio of a sample relative to an international standard. The research of Sweeting et al. ground tissue is used in the simultaneous analysis of stable C and N isotopes. The gas is introduced in the mass spectrometer and is ionized by removal of an electron in the ion source. whereas IRMS can be applied to all except 12 elements. and environmental conditions on fish tissue. pulverized to a fine powder using a ball mill grinder. 14. Interestingly. carbon as CO. as follows: d = (R sample/R standard − 1) × 1000‰. such as carbon. respectively (for carbon 13C:12C. and stored in glass desiccation vials until analyzed. The assumption that fractionation was independent of body mass was upheld for muscle and heart tissue but not for liver.6. Approximately 1 mg of dried. Usually. For example. and the abundance ratios of the heavy and light isotopic species are then calculated. Molkeltin et al. nitrogen. the d15N values of heart and liver were also affected by environmental temperature. 14. However. and d15N of the glycerol choline fraction of flesh phospholipids. The ionized gas is then introduced in the flight tube under vacuum or carried by helium. An advantage of SNIF–NMR over IRMS is that it produces a distinct isotopic fingerprint giving information on the frequency of each isotope in a given molecule and the position of the isotope in the molecule. for nitrogen 15N:14N).6. The instrument consists of an ionizing source.85.2 SNIF–NMR and IRMS Two methods are used to assess stable isotopes: SNIF–NMR and IRMS. and commercially farmed Atlantic salmon measuring d13C and d15N by IRMS in raw fillets. Enriched samples contain relatively more of the heavier isotopes. probably reflecting the metabolic functions of these tissues and their associated turnover rates. d13C values are normalized for lipid content following techniques developed by McConnaughey and McRoy87 and validated by Kline et al.48 NMR techniques have been described previously. a flight tube with a magnet. the paths of isotopic species are deflected by the magnet by an angle that is a direct function of their mass over charge ratio.84 has helped to understand the nitrogen isotopic variations in fishes. The C and O isotopic profiles of fish tissues may be altered if CO is used for stunning or killing. All international standards are . and a detector to measure the different isotopic species. it must not be washed in the laboratory after collection (which may alter the O and H profile of the sample). organic. experimental duration. since these authors assessed the effects of body size. and oxygen as CO2.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 225 d13C and d18O of total muscle oil. thus hydrogen is introduced as H2. whereas IRMS gives only an average value of the isotopic forms in the molecule. where R is the heavy:light isotopic ratio of the sample or standard. the ions are finally detected at the detector. and so on. The element is converted to a gaseous form to be analyzed by the mass spectrometer. SNIF–NMR can only be applied to the few isotopomers possessing spin. the collected tissue samples are dried at a constant temperature of approximately 50°C for 48 h. nitrogen as N2.

Thirteen elements were shown to be the most diagnostic. as well as vitamin K and its metabolites. Recently. Taiwan.91 In the case of fish. The sample may be stored in a centrifuge tube at a temperature of −40°C or lower until analyzed. lead. were shown to be of relevance to determine the origin of eels. Multivariate analysis showed that differences in elemental composition in the muscle between Japanese and imported clams were mainly due to two factors: Factor 1. attributable to manganese and vanadium levels. false labeling problems were encountered in which imported live Japanese eels from Taiwan were illegally sold as being of Japanese origin. quality. and price. The first step in the analysis is the digestion of the sample: 0. and often the geographic origin of both farmed and wild seafood may be of relevance for its safety.1 Sample Preservation As for stable isotope analysis. attributable to cobalt. Carbonate rock from the Pee Dee Belemnite formation89 and nitrogen gas in the atmosphere90 are used as the standards for carbon and nitrogen. and they found distinct patterns for each of the three origins. Biochemical analytical techniques using multiple elemental analysis. Korea. have been used to differentiate the geographical distribution of origin of farmed Japanese eel.95 By using ICP-MS analysis the sensitivity in the determination of rare trace elements can be increased from the nM to pM level. cadmium and arsenic levels in the muscles of clams from China and Korea were higher than those of clams from Japan. copper. The same research group (Yamashita et al. The .92–94 Otolith chemistry is useful for identifying the natal origin and assessing the relative contribution of different nursery areas to mixed adult stocks.7. and vanadium. such as uranium. respectively. 14. cadmium. multiple elemental analysis could also be used in this case to identify imported clams from China and Korea. Rare trace elements taken from the environment. it is very important to avoid contaminating the sample during sampling. multivariate trace elemental analysis is expected to be helpful in determining whether the fish was farmed and its geographic distribution. Each sample should be separated from the tissues using ceramic knives and scissors and Teflon-coated tweezers to avoid contamination of metals. The origins of farmed and wild eel collected from different regions in Japan. unpublished data) examined the trace element composition of the muscle and shell of littleneck clams collected in Japan. All implements and containers should be cleaned with 0.5 M nitric acid and rinsed with Milli-Q ultrapure deionized water. and it must be accurately weighed with a microbalance.7 Trace Element Fingerprint Sometimes. in particular since the analysis may detect contaminants at the pM level. and strontium levels and Factor 3. Thus.226 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis set at 0‰ by convention. In addition. handling. and analysis. and China. 14. Therefore. and China were compared by analyzing the trace and heavy metal contents in the muscles to determine the differences among the fish farms for cultured eels and also to identify the river where wild eels had been caught. farmed and wild specimens of the same species have different geographic distributions. in addition to DNA-based species identification techniques. otolith chemistry is used as a recorder of time and environmental conditions..1–1 g of tissue samples are placed into 50 mL Teflon tubes and 8–16 sample volumes of a mixture of concentrated trace-metal-grade nitric acid/hydroperoxide mixture (5:3) is added. Multivariate trace elemental analysis is increasingly used as a technique to differentiate the geographic origins of foodstuff. with the exception that clams from Miyagi had high arsenic content.

much of the astaxanthin used in fish feed nowadays is produced from cultured microalgae or from krill. and the last 10 samples are analyzed again. the total mercury concentration is determined by cold vapor atomic absorption spectrometry. For internal standardization. 14.42. For the determination of mercury.7. five internal standards are used: Sc. the Norwegian Research . atomization. Each solution (5 mL) of the microwave samples is applied to the atomic absorption spectrophotometer. To initiate the proper operating configuration of the instrument and data system. an internal standard mixture is added. In the farming of salmon for example. Multiwave 3000 Microwave Oven. and stored at room temperature until use. the use of carotenoids is allowed. Y.97 using an automatic mercury analyzer (Hiranuma HG-200. Japan). In. which suffers from severe memory effects.8 Other Methods Depending on the species. most artificial feeds contain a mixture of canthaxanthin and astaxanthins of different origins (both natural and synthetic). Tb.2 ICP-MS Multielement determination of trace elements is usually measured by inductively coupled plasma mass spectroscopy (ICP-MS). Ions transmitted through the quadrupole are detected by continuous dynode electron multiplier assembly. a calibration blank and calibration standards are used as surrogate test samples after every 10 analyses. there might be specific requirements that may be targeted to identify the production method. and the ion information is processed by a data handling system. To verify that the instrument is properly calibrated on a continuous basis.3′S) that does not occur naturally and can therefore be used as a marker for farmed salmon. where energy transfer processes cause desolvation. but although the diet of wild salmon contains astaxanthin. Perkin-Elmer). If the measured concentration deviates from the true concentration by more than 10%. 14. the mass calibration and resolution are checked using diluted metal solutions as standards. Acknowledgments This work was carried out with the financial support of the EU-STREP Project Sigma Chain: “Developing a Stakeholders’ Guide on the Vulnerability of Food and Feed Chains to Dangerous Agents and Substances” Contract No FOOD-CT-2004-506359. the samples are diluted to a final volume of 50 mL in Digitube (SCP Science.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 227 digestion may be carried out by placing the tubes in a microwave oven (for example. and Bi. Canada). Afterwards. Analysis by chiral chromatography can be used to identify a chiral form (the meso form 3R. and the resulting digest is a clear liquid with a yellow tint. and ionization.96 Samples digested as described above are introduced by pneumatic nebulization into a radio frequency plasma. The ions are extracted from the plasma through a differentially pumped vacuum interface and are separated on the basis of mass-to-charge ratio by a quadrupole mass spectrometer that has a minimum resolution capability of 1 atomic mass unit (amu) peak width at 5% peak height.98 However.98 making this approach more unreliable than it used to be. the instrument is recalibrated.

Fish Biol. Genetic improvement of fanned tilapias: Composition and genetic parameters of a synthetic base population of Oreochromis niloticus for selective breeding. Ø. 261. Fish. Skaala. K. Genetic relationship between broodstocks of olive flounder.A. 18..). Chromatogr. 17. 43. I. 1988.. A... J.. 18. 63. and Martinez. 137. 14. Coughlan. 4692. 69.Ø. 52. E. Skaala. and Polesky. References 1. 1466. 1997. NAR. et al. Mar. Jobling. 37.. O.J..K. Aquat. 2006. 2007. 16. 2006. Fish Biol.. J. 1995.. Ø. Identification of organically farmed Atlantic salmon by analysis of stable isotopes and fatty acids. 1.. Eur.. 250. Int. 8.and intra-population morphological differences between wild and farmed Atlantic salmon juveniles. Fevolden. 2006. M. Aquaculture. Aquaculture. Sci. Berg. Aquacult. A. Food Control. B. and by grants from the Fisheries Research Agency and the Ministry of Agriculture. J.K. Bailey... 70. 13. G.. 137. Cooper. Sonesson. 240. S. B. 2007. 209. 1994. 20. Phenotypic divergence of sea-ranched. SINTEF Fisheries and Aquaculture. 2808. Solem. 21.. A. 701. Genetic comparison of experimental farmed strains and wild Icelandic populations of Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua L. Technol. 2005.. 2006. Aquaculture.E. 2007. Eknath. 12. 916. and Gross. 15. Ø.. Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). M. Jonsson. Paralichthys olivaceus (Temminck and Schlegel) using microsatellite markers... Aquacult.A. Evaluation of three strategies using DNA markers for traceability in aquaculture species. K. 343.R.J.. and Kjønes. Fish. 148. B. 224.F. 67. Kang. et al. 535.. S. S.. H. 10. 1988. Taggart. M. Can. Aquaculture. Dahle. 820.. 216. 2003. C. 2. ICES J. Fish Biol. 25.W. and Midling K. 19. Genetic characteristics of broodstock collected from four Norwegian coastal cod (Gadus morhua) populations. et al.M. 5.H. 238.. Evaluation of three methods for effective extraction of DNA from human hair.. D. J. 6.P. J. . 4. Res. M. Microsatellite analysis in domesticated and wild Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L. et al. Inter. 131. Aquaculture. I. Fleming. 9. 2004. 11. 48. 1991.W. Can. 16.H. Microsatellite DNA variation in wild populations and farmed strains of turbot from Ireland and Norway: A preliminary study. J. 7.228 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Council. Sci. with particular reference to growth under farmed condition. Molkentin. J.. B.K.. Blood vessel melanosis: A physiological detoxification mechanism in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). Friars. A. et al. R. Aquat. Digestive enzyme activities in starved pre-slaughter farmed and wild-captured.E. 1215. Applications of selection for multiple traits in cagereared Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Chapela. Gildberg. Aquaculture. J. Forestry and Fisheries of Japan. A review of the physiological and nutritional energetics of cod. Pampoulie. and Nakamura. 2005.D. Selective diversification of aquaculture stocks: A proposal for economically sustainable genetic stock conservation.. Food Res. 51.): Allelic diversity and identification of individuals. 2006. 2005. NAR. Genetic differences between five major domesticated strains of Atlantic salmon and wild salmon. H. et al.. Aquaculture. J. Aquaculture. et al. 3.. Aljanabi. Comparison of DNA extraction methods from muscle of canned tuna for species identification. 67. farmed and wild salmon... Universal and rapid salt-extraction of high quality genomic DNA for PCR-based techniques. J. Dykes. 213.B. and Gunnes.M. and Gjerde. F. Roed. Miller. 1211.. G. et al. Gadus morhua L.. 1. J.. K. 556. and O’Flynn. 273. and Fjalestad. A combined salt and confinement stress enhances mortality in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) selected for high stress responsiveness. 118.. Sci. 1998. 70. Hayes. et al. 2004. Doyle. Suenaga. 15. A simple salting put procedure fore extracting DNA from human nucleated cells.

Lea. B.Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 229 22. I. C. A. Granvogl. 257.. Handbook 80-6429-60AC. Comp. Replacement of fish meal by plant-proteins in diets for rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss)-effect of the quality of the fish-meal based control diets on digestibility and nutrient balance. S. H. G. 17. 37. and Dauksas. Biophys. High resolution two-dimensional electrophoresis as a tool to differentiate wild from farmed cod (Gadus morhua) and to assess the protein composition of klipfish. Safety and Processing of Wild and Farmed Fish. Soybean proteinase inhibitors affect intestinal trypsin activities and amino acid digestibilities in rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss).B.F.141.. 1994. J.. Olsson. I. Ichthyol. Aquaculture. and Westgaard. R... et al.L. Proteomic sensitivity to dietary manipulations in rainbow trout. and Olli. Krogdahl. Fast growth was not associated with an increased incidence of soft flesh and gaping in two strains of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) grown under different environmental conditions.I. Sample preparation by in-gel digestion for mass spectrometry-based proteomics. 38. 185. 1995. 35. and Becker. T. T. 2004. Quality... Res. et al. 38. Olsson. 23. Pre or post mortem muscle activity in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). (http://www1.. Genomar... 30. Eds. Aquaculture. 2007. 11. Source regions for recruitment of Calanus finmarchicus to Georges Bank: Evidence from molecular population genetic analysis of mtDNA. Delghandi.. 349. 2007.A.nsf/Content/2A3643B6787 885E0C 12570BE000DC671/$file/ 80642960. G. Aquacult...M. 2000. Gelatinolytic activity in muscle of farmed and wild Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua) related to muscle softening. Vielma. Lie. Aquaculture. Partial or total replacement of fish meal by soybean protein on growth.freepatentsonline. Carter. J.pdf.S.. 199. Martinez.. E.com/EP1472366A2... E.com/aptrix/upp00919. Fish meal replacement by plant meals in extruded feeds for Atlantic salmon. Simultaneous analysis of six microsatellite markers in Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua): A novel multiplex assay system for use in selective breeding studies. 31. 26. 197.J. Bioanal. 1665. 2-D Electrophoresis. nutrient utilisation and thyroid status. 2001.. 2004. II. 148. 1995. Verification of food origin based on nucleic acid pattern recognition. M. Bio-Rad. 504. 24. Mar.P. Potential o f plant-protein sources as fish meal substitutes in diets for turbot (Psetta maxima): Growth. 257. D.G. G. et al. 2006..C. 43. Principles and Methods. Metabolic disorders in muscle of farmed Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua). 107A. 2006. L. 27.. Aquaculture. . Antinutritional factors present in plant-derived alternate fish feed ingredients and their effects in fish. et al. J. in Seafood from Fish to Dish. 133. protein utilization. 34. Technol. 299. 161.. Ploscher. J. 40. 183. 102. 28.. 205. 2000. Chem.. Aquaculture. 363. 31. 991. EP1472366. 1995. et al.A. Water Sci.. 2-D Electrophoresis for Proteomics: A Methods and Product Manual. 39. J. S. and Arildsen. 36. Johnston. C. Aquaculture. et al. The effect on rigor mortis and the physical properties of flesh.. A. gelifesciences. 29. A.. and Kochert. Kaushik. Aquaculture. cholesterolemia and flesh quality in rainbow trout. J.com/LifeScience/pdf/Bulletin_2651. Biochem. Cowey. et al. L.A. Biochim. Oncorhynchus mykiss. 651. Anal. Biotechnol. 1996. Protein and amino acid requirements: A critique of methods. Burel. Garfin. 5.. 33.. Makkar. Physiol. et al.B. 2001. 2007. Appl. Martin. Luten. 41. 2007. Francis.. Deep Sea Res. 2000. Eds.. Slinde. Salmo salar L.. potential estrogenic or antigenic effects. and Eichacker. 2003.B.. GE Healthcare. 2003.B. 389. 215. Food Chem. http://www. http://www. Gomes.. Bucklin. B.html... O.B.. 265. C.. et al. et al.D. and Hauler. 504. the Netherlands.biorad.. Asa (NO). K. Slizyte.. Wageningen Academic Publishers. 25. 188. and Heerdet. E. Roth. R. 1223.. Acta. Influence of dietary soy and phytase levels on performance and body composition of large rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) and algal availability of phosphorus load.. 199. Mortensen.pdf. M. 32.

Martinez. in Fishery Products: Quality. 59. p. and Axelson. I. Seasonal variations in chemical and sensory characteristics of farmed and wild Atlantic halibut (Hippoglossus hippoglossus). 2002. Bell. Henderson. 61. J. Oehlenschläger. Acta. et al. Discrimination of cod liver oil according to wild/farmed and geographical origins by GC and 13C NMR. Nutritional Value of Australian Seafood II. 49... Differentiation of cultured and wild sturgeon based on fatty acid composition.. Nutr.. 2008.. Influence of high contents of dietary soybean oil on growth.T. High-resolution C-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy pattern recognition of fish oil capsules. F. J.. Wageningen Academic Publishers.. 289. 272.G.. 551.K. J. Agric. 58. Gunstone. Rapeseed oil as an alternative to marine fish oil in diets of post-smolt Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): Changes in flesh fatty acid composition and effectiveness of subsequent fish oil “wash out. F. 2008. 2007. I. et al. et al. Aquaculture. J. Safety and Processing of Wild and Farmed Fish.. 77. 56. heart histology and standard oxygen consumption of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) raised at two temperatures. and Lie. Replacement of fish oil with rapeseed oil in diets of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) affects tissue lipid compositions and hepatocyte fatty acid metabolism.D. 2004.. muscle lipid composition.. Standal. 218. Bell. B. 1535. 2007.. I.G. 2002. Quality..B. Gunstone. H. Aquaculture. N. B. Compositional and organoleptic quality of farmed and wild gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) and sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax) and factors affecting it: A review. 55.S. 2009. et al. Aursand. and Elliot. M.L. 2006... 56. feed utilization.. Torstensen.D. J. 515. stable isotopes and trace elements. Influence of dietary blends of menhaden oil and canola oil on growth. J. G.J.J. Chapman & Hall. 2006. F. Aquacult.8.B.. J. B.. 52. p. F. Fish Physiol. Thomas. Evaluation of the profile of lipids as a tool to discriminate wild from farmed salmon. 232. 50. ISBN 978-87-7075-001-1. Eds. Polyunsaturated fatty acid composition of the salmon (Salmo salar L.. 2003.D. Standal. Chen. SEAFOODplus report 6. Martinez. R. et al. 1996. D.. Blackwell Publishing. 51.G. Hobart. Authenticity assessment based on other principles: Analysis of lipids... J. J.. Jobling. Food Chem. M. 5934. et al.G. 2003. Aursand. Dosanjh. K. JAOCS. 47. P. I.. 198pp. 10. Bell. Ø.. 19. 541. Grigorakis. 388. Martinez.) tissue and lipoprotein lipid composition and lipogenic enzyme activities. London. 2004.. G. 55. 989..... 85.. et al. The Lipid Handbook. Bell. J. 54. 131. F. 53.. Froyland. M. U. 191. 45.. Aquaculture.. Food Chem.B. tissue fatty acid composition. 60.. the Netherlands. I. et al. B. M. 631.. CSIRO Marine Research and FRDC.E. 2001. Replacing dietary fish oil with increasing levels of rapeseed oil and olive oil—Effects on Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L. Revision of analytical methodologies to verify the production method of fish. Discrimination of wild and cultured European sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax) using chemical and isotopic analyses. Mooney. ISBN 1-876-996-07-2..B. Luten. 38.. 207. 55. 217. Are modifications in tissue fatty acid profiles following a change in diet the results of dilution? Test of a simple dilution model. 1998. and Park. 123.) pineal organ: Modification by diet and effect on prostaglandin production. Biochim. 57.D. Determination of origin of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar): The use of multiprobe and multielement isotopic analyses in combination with fatty acid composition to assess wild or farmed origin. 1994.3. 311.. Safety and Authenticity.. Nutr.. Agric. and Rehbein.. Eds.” Aquaculture. 2000. 44. Aquaculture. 60. J. Eds. Biophys. Agric.. 175. Food Sci. 1299. Mabon.E. Tasmania. JAOCS. Characterization of farmed and wild salmon (Salmo salar). and thyroidal status of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) in sea water. 1995. I.. 55.B. et al. . Nichols. Harwood. 46. and Padley. 2nd ed.G.. Grisdale-Helland. Olsson. 43.. Food Chem. 52 p. in Seafood from Fish to Dish. J. 2007. 48. 105. et al.. Biochem.. L. 659.. Australia.230 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 42. and Martin.

. 2004. and Epstein. Reson. and Spanish cheese... J. J. Annu Rep. S. Steindachner. Am. Magn. Rezzi. Agric. J. Aursand. 2003.. H. 189. I. 62. and Martinez. Aursand.E.. 41. Schuppe-Koistinen. 80. 77.. Acta 487. Aquaculture Res.B. Anal.. Am. 39. S.. 1. London.. S. Holmes. 70. Aursand. Gribbestad.. Fernandez-Jover. et al. and Jacobsson. 387. et al. Agric. 999. 70. I. J. Application of support vector machines to 1H NMR data of fish oils: Methodology for the confirmation of wild and farmed salmon and their origins. T. Lindon. 1993.. Camin. M. M.J. 79. Mar. M. 201. 971.. Classification of gilthead sea bream (Sparus aurata) from 1H NMR lipid profiling combined with principal component and linear discriminant analysis. I. Spectrosc. Nucl. G. Reson. Skog. Spectrosc. J. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance rapid and structure-specific determination of w-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids in fish lipids. M.. Soc. 161. et al. G. Phys.. Changes in body condition and fatty acid composition of wild Mediterranean horse mackerel (Trachurus mediterraneus. 28. 6592. Prog.. 808. 74.. J. in Handbook of Modern Magnetic Resonance Modern Magnetic Resonance. 71. P. Anal. 1499. Recent developments in food authentication. Oil Chem. Webb. et al. 906. Chim. 1. 52. Analyst.. J. RSC Books. D. Amsterdam. M. Defernez.. et al. L. and Alam.. Alam. Soc. 1868) associated to sea cage fish farms. Chemometric analysis of NMR spectroscopy data: A review.. 225. J... 123. F. E.... 250. Carbon isotopic evidence for different feeding patterns in two hyrax species occupying the same habitat. Springer.. Eds. 46. 931.K.. I. 66. 2007. Biological variation of lipid constituents and distribution of tocopherols and astaxanthin in farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Forshed. and Grasdalen. Aursand. 2003. 81. and Grasdalen.. et al. 78. D.. 1993. Soc. Pattern recognition methods and applications in biomedical magnetic resonance. Sacchi. I. Lipids. NMR Spectrosc. 63. Refsgaard.A.M. 2005. the Netherlands. T. M. in Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: A View to the Future. Chem. fillets and extracts of farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) for quality assessment and compositional analyses. R.S.J. Quantitative high-resolution 13C and 1H nuclear magnetic resonance of fatty acids from white muscle of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)... 55. 75. and Grasdalen.. Gribbestad. Food Chem..Analytical Methods to Differentiate Farmed from Wild Seafood ◾ 231 62.. 293. Italian.W. and Nicholson. 63. Webb. and Jensen. De Niro. 70. 2006. Aursand. M. Food Chem. 1992. H. 2005. 76. 1998. . 73. 54...F. J. 64. 1996.. 2001. 67. Aursand. 1995. Science.. Food Chem. 72. 239. Peak alignment of NMR signals by means of a genetic algorithm. Positional distribution of n-3 fatty acids in marine lipid triacylglycerols by high-resolution 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. 2001. Salmon farming affects the fatty acid composition and taste of wild saithe Pollachius virens L.. Res. Phytochemistry. et al.. 1978. B. Bioanal. Prog. 2007. 69. 1009. 2007..P. p. M.. Environ. Metabolite profiling by one-and two-dimensional NMR analysis of complex mixtures. and Colquhoun I. 68. H. Ed.S. 445. Application of multielement stable isotope ratio analysis to the characterization of French.A. Aquaculture. 227... Dennis. Brockhoff. K. M. High resolution 1H magnetic resonance spectroscopy of whole fish..H... Factors affecting the robustness of metabolite fingerprinting using 1H NMR spectra. U.. J.E. Rainuzzo. Origin recognition of wild and farmed salmon (Norway and Scotland) using 13C NMR spectroscopy in combination with pattern recognition techniques. 9963. S. Nucl. Magn. 72. 2003. Oil Chem. 65. T... Jørgensen. Oil Chem. Agric. Omega-3 fatty acid content of intact muscle of farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) examined by 1H MAS NMR spectroscopy. 1998. and Axelson. 34. Masoum. C. M. Chem. 62. M. H. Interpretation of the 13C NMR spectra of omega-3 fatty acids and lipid extracted from the white muscle of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Am. 151R. Fan. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry. and Martinez. Biological and Marine Sciences. K.

S.. 96. 685. Prog. 493. 43.. 97. 290. 55.. J. T. Technol. Franke. 84. Ecol.. and Okazaki. et al. 93. Chemistry and composition of fish otoliths: Pathways. et al. Geochim. J.. Thorrold. Dempson. and McRoy. Acta.. 133. Taiwan. Medic. 12. Freshwater Fish.J. 86. 89. 13. J.14. Oceanogr. 348. 2006. 95. AOAC Int..R.B. Trace elements in waters and wastewaters. Wilson.. R. Canada. Can. Alaska. 2005. J. Food-web structure and the fractionation of carbon isotopes in the Bering Sea. H. Ecol. Exp. 1494. 12. 89.232 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 82. Guiguer. 340. First action. Oceanogr. 85.. 92. 257. Trace element signatures in otoliths record natal river of juvenile American shad (Alosa sapidissima)... Sci. et al. 87. 72. 2003. Nature 303. Yamashita.. 263.elements of an analytical approach to its authentication. Ghidini. Evidence for anadromy in a southern relict population of Arctic charr from North America. and Goering. Rooker.J. 90. 75. M.E. Stable isotopes determination in food authentication: A review. 1983.P. et al. Biol. . 2007. 98. Food Res. T. Identification of northern bluefin tuna stocks from putative nurseries in the Mediterranean Sea and western Atlantic Ocean using otolith chemistry. 1998. Craig. 1826. 94. C. S. McConnaughey.. et al. Committee on residues and related topics—Metals and other elements. Fish. Distinct regional profiles of trace element content in muscle of Japanese eel Anguilla japonica from Japan. 1997. AOAC Int.R. Mariotti.. Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometric method. et al.. Aquat. 84. 2006..R. R. et al. 176. 188. Salmo salar. 221. Albert. J. J. A. and Power. Campana. 1957. Vet. Mar. Sci. Natural isotope indicators of fish migration at Prudhoe Bay. Rapid liquid chromatographic method to distinguish wild salmon from aquacultured salmon fed synthetic astaxanthin. 1999.. B.1998.. E. mechanisms and applications. Eur. 622. 80. M. K..C.. 2006. S. W. Sweeting.R. Ser. Di Parma. Ann. Ihnat. 1993. Biol.A. J. Cosmochim..R. Use of stable isotopes to distinguish farmed from wild Atlantic salmon. Fish Biol.. Fish Biol. 60. Kline. AOAC Official Method 993. Omura.. XXVI. Mar. 1999. 53. Nunavut. 88. Atmospheric nitrogen is a reliable standard for natural 15N abundance measurements... Geographic origin of meat . Using stable isotopes to confirm the trophic ecology of Arctic charr morphotypes from Lake Hazen. Effects of body size and environment on diet-tissue d15N fractionation in fishes.. Limnol. 83. Ecol. 1979. 1109. 2004. J. 55.. et al. Fish. C. 193.J. 2002.. 91. J. Doucett.. Mar. Fish. 1.. Isotopic standards for carbon and oxygen and correction factors for mass spectrometric analysis of carbon dioxide. Y.. Fac. and China.M.. Y.

..........................................................................................................8 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons..............2............................1 Liquid Smokes...249 15...................... 234 15............................9 Legislative Aspects... 241 15... 246 15......................Chapter 15 Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood Vincent Varlet.....................6 Organoleptic Roles of Volatile Compounds of SF ............. 237 15..4 Chemical Composition of Liquid Smokes ..4 Smoke By-Products .........................................5 Role of SF Process Parameters in Volatile Compounds Generation .............6.................1 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Odor ............................6.................................1 European Regulations on PAH Found in SF ............. 236 15........3 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Texture .......1 Properties and Toxicology ................. 237 15....... 245 15..............................................................................................3 Use of Smoke Flavorings .......................4 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Aspect and Color ................................. 248 15............................................ Thierry Serot....................................................................249 15.......................8.........9.7 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in Preservation ....................................... and Carole Prost Contents 15..................2... 239 15............................... 248 15..........................2 Smoke Oils ......................................................................................................................249 233 .................... 240 15.............................................................2................3 Smoke Powders ..................................................... 246 15.....................6........1 Introduction ..........................................................................6........2............................................................241 15........ 238 15.....................2 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Flavor .....247 15.......................................8... 237 15.............................2 Extraction and Analysis Methods of PAH in SF and Seafood Treated by SF ..............................................................2 Smoke Flavoring Process ............................... 234 15........

.......... obtained after a settling out time (several days) of the smoke condensates in the settling tank... and their uses in the seafood industry are increasing.......... aqueous solutions.....) with a wide range of organoleptic qualities. especially thanks to the industrial benefits brought about by their use. or concentrated...251 15...... that is....10 Conclusion ... A simplified version of SF processes is presented in Figure 15... are recycled and directed also to .... which give rise to new perspectives in the food industry [3]. and provides a higher diversity of smoked food [1].......... However.. between 20% and 30% of European smoked food is treated by liquid smokes........... the use of SF allows an easier storage (SF bottles versus wood logs)....... the chemical composition of soft woods is responsible for the generation of higher quantities of contaminants as PAH.......... SFs are obtained by the condensation of wood smoke and can be further fractionated... The heavy oil by-products......250 References ....... a better preservation of the combustible......2 Smoke Flavoring Process The first liquid SF was developed and patented by the Kansas pharmacist Wright in the late of nineteenth century [2].2 European Regulations on PAH Concentration in Food Treated by SF ..... oils.. the smoking process has two main inconveniences: the production of carcinogenic contaminants—polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)—during the incomplete pyrolysis of wood used to produce smoke and the release of smokes in the atmosphere....... In United States where 75% of smoked foods are treated by liquid smokes..... the legislation and the organoleptic quality of SF and products treated by SF constitute critical points that show the necessity of better improvement and harmonization of this technology....234 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 15. it allows decreasing microorganism activity.... wood smoke imparts desired organoleptic characteristics such as smoky flavor......250 15......... The combustible gases are recycled and directed to the furnace..... purified..... 15. a water-soluble phase.......... This kind of smoke flavoring (SFs) appears as an alternative to the smoking process as it is carried out in Europe..... The main woods used for smoke production are oak.. allows a better control of PAH in the final product............. Simultaneously.... By comparison with the smoking technology.......... The fractionation of smoke condensates allows obtaining a high diversity of SFs (powders......9......... and reduced risk of accidents due to fire...1.... However..... liquid smokes are commercialized since the end of the nineteenth century........ This industrial process leads to more homogenous products smoked with a repeatable intensity and provides an easier cleaning of the smokehouse.......... Moreover....1 Introduction Smoking is the oldest food preservation technique............ wood smoke phenolic components are known to be antioxidants. SFs are widely used in the meat industry........... and a water insoluble tar phase......... beech... It also allows the reduction of the PAH final concentrations....... Coupled to salting and drying steps............ The smoke is filtered to eliminate particules and condensed................... After condensation... etc...... Indeed........... The gaseous smoke can be cooled down by water or by organic solvents. the crude smoke condensates are separated in three phases: a water insoluble heavy oil by-products phase........ mainly hard woods. the use of liquid smokes avoids the release of smokes. Indeed. Wood sawdust is pyrolyzed in a furnace with low oxygen content.... and marple... hickory... Today...........

Condensing tower Filter stage two Settling tank Oil exchange system Filter stage one Dryer/blender Further processing Aqueous smokes Recycled combustible gases Smoke oils Patented furnace Recycled heavy oil by-products Smoke powders Wood dust by-products Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood Figure 15. ◾ 235 .1 Diagram of fabrication of SFs.

.236 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Smoke extracts Smoke distillates Primary products Liquid smokes Smoke oils Aqueous flavours Soluble aqueous flavours Concentrates of liquid smoke Buffered aqueous flavours Smoke powders Figure 15. or smoke by-products) can be obtained after different steps of filtration. smoke powders. Therefore. due to their low pH. Soluble aqueous flavors are aqueous flavors that contain an emulsifier such as polysorbates. They can be employed in sauces or marinades of seafood products. Concentrates of liquid smokes consist of concentrated versions of aqueous flavors and require lower usage quantities. concentrates of liquid smokes. Finally. 15.1 Liquid Smokes Different kinds of liquid smokes are available: aqueous flavors. separation. the furnace because they cannot be used for human consumption. buffered aqueous flavors are partially neutralized or buffered aqueous flavors. flavors) and also the characteristic aspect and color of smoked food. However. soluble aqueous flavors. can be used directly or diluted for applications requiring lower concentrations [4].2 SFs from primary products. or drying/blending of these PP. and buffered aqueous flavors.2. smoke condensates obtained from PTF and PSC are named primary smoke products (PP). Aqueous flavors. The water-soluble phase leads to primary smoke condensates (PSC). These products have a pH greater than 4 and can also be added to the brine. allowing better water solubility. They are used when intermediate product dispersion is required as in brine. Different SFs (liquid smokes. a purified extract of the high-density water insoluble tar phase can be used for the production of SFs and is called primary tar fraction (PTF). This form of SF is especially used for the smoky taste that it confers to the food. smoke oils.2. They are employed to confer smoky organoleptic qualities (tastes. They are presented in Figure 15. They are especially used when the final water rate in the treated food must be low.

salmon. whereas liquid smokes are used for the characteristic smoky odor and color of smoked products. Today. these SFs are not used much in seafood industry. are present in the market. consequent to the reaction between amino acids and nitrite. Smoke extracts are produced by way of more or less selective extraction of smoke constituents directly from the smoke aerosol (by countercurrent circulation of water or organic solvents) or from the PP. . As smoke oils. Smoke by-products constitute more complex SFs. We must distinguish dry salting and wet salting. Therefore. A reaction between the phenolic compounds of SFs and these nitrited salts or powders can lead to a nitrosation and to nitrophenols. The final composition of smoke powders must be known in order to avoid the presence of allergens or other nonrequired additives such as nitrited salts. Consequently. smoke powders used in the meat industry should be different from those used in seafood industry in order to avoid nitrited salts in seafood treated with smoke powders. Therefore. Indeed. their uses are really characteristic of a product and cannot be employed for a wide variety of food due to their typical organoleptic qualities. because smoke oils are especially employed in food preparations such as emulsions. Therefore.3 Smoke Powders Smoke powders are obtained by blending liquid smokes and dry powder carriers such as maltodextrines or barley and corn flours and drying them [5].2. Dry salting (or dry curing if nitrited salts are used) is made with dry salt deposited directly on food. 15. These smoke powders can be added to salt used for salting steps or to dehydrated sauces or soups elaborated from seafood products. 15. smoke manufacturers can control their products and can create smoke by-products whose uses are recommended for a kind of fish. As seafood emulsions are not very common. generally forbidden in seafood industry according to the countries.2. but their uses are specific to a food: smoke aromatic preparations can be produced to treat certain kinds of meat and cannot be used for fishes for example.4 Smoke By-Products Smoke by-products are constituted by smoke extracts and smoke distillates [6]. or fish oils. Smoke powders can also be rehydrated and used in brine as liquid smokes. SFs for herring. They are less acidic than aqueous flavors and allow to exhibit more complex smoky tastes. Nitrited salts.2 Smoke Oils Smoke oils are made by blending liquid smokes with vegetable oils. However.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 237 15. smoke oils can be only used in preparations such as taramas. the liquid smokes and smoke powders can be added to salt or in brine but not smoke oils. in seafood industry. hundreds of smoke by-products are available. most frequently in 90:10 (v/v) proportions. it is very important to consider the salting step made with common salt mainly authorized for seafood and the curing technology made with a salt treated by nitrite and nitrate authorized for meat. The distillation is commonly performed with steam water at atmospheric pressure. the organoleptic qualities can vary in a high range changing the food matrix. and so forth. These molecules can increase the generation of carcinogenic nitrosamines.2. Smoke distillates are obtained by the fractionating distillation of PP. can be added to the smoke powders used in the meat industry to improve simultaneously the storage of food and to confer smoky characteristics to the final product. smoke powders are mainly used to confer smoky tastes to the final product. Consequently. Wet salting (or curing if nitrited salts are used) is made with brines spread on food or in which the food is dipped. fish sauces.

From a physical point of view. Direct addition consists in the incorporation of SFs during the fabrication of the food products. atomization of SFs consists in the vaporization of liquid smokes. They provide a better water solubility and prevent the heterogeneity of layer formation on the product surface or the product separation during storage. Therefore. The final organoleptic qualities (color. because the products are immersed in the SFs solution instead of pouring the SFs solution on the products.3 Use of Smoke Flavorings There are four techniques to incorporate or deposit SFs in or on seafood products: showering. Smoke oils are preferred for lipidic emulsions or lipidic sauces. liquid smokes are also employed in the curing brine. etc. In France. which can be injected into the product as for the salting step. but aqueous liquid smokes are the most used SFs in this technique. from the granulometry point of view. especially in the labeling of the smoked products. Indeed. mainly liquid smoke concentrates on the products in a smokehouse. the composition of liquid smoke mist is not similar to real wood smoke. Water-based composed SFs such as soluble aqueous flavors or buffered aqueous flavors are commonly used in this technique.) are dependant of the dilution of SFs in water according to proportions varying between 20% and 25% for SFs and 75% and 80% for water. and this technique appears as an alternative to the smoking process. However. Liquid smoke solution is therefore recycled and filtered and the concentration is readjusted. between 15 and 20 mm. because to guarantee the homogeneity of the SFs during the treatment and to prevent the settling out of smoke condensates in water. This difference constitutes a critical point in the liquid smoking status. Showering is a technique currently used in North America. which carries a particulate or dispersed phase [8]. meat treated by this process is considered as smoked but « smoked by liquid smoke » must appear on the package. drenching/soaking. an emulsifier must be added in the SFs.238 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis The development of synthetic SFs must be also noticed. SF is sprayed with air under pressure through special nozzles and forms a wood smoke mist in the cell of smoking. However. composed entirely of synthetic compounds or partly from a liquid smoke base [7]. Other devices have been optimized in order to generate a similar physical composition of . especially used for meat products. SFs can be incorporated directly with the ingredients during the formulation or through injection needles when the shape of the product cannot be modified. direct addition. the synthetic SFs created are not sufficiently similar to real wood smoke or to SFs. vaporized liquid smoke is similar to real wood smoke. SFs are so easy to produce that it would not be profitable to create synthetic SFs when natural ones are available at a cheap price. Drenching/soaking is the opposite of showering technique. and atomization. there are different carriers of SFs. that is. 15. taste. Smoke powders are preferred when water use is impossible as in dehydrated mixes. wood smoke is composed by a gaseous phase formed by the most volatile compounds. Finally. Besides. Soluble aqueous flavors or buffered aqueous flavors are mainly used. Diluted SFs fall by gravity through perforated plates on the hung products. Indeed. but it is also employed in the seafood industry. The progress made during the last decades in elucidating the chemical composition of wood smoke gave rise to attempts aiming at producing SF. The mist obtained is constituted of small droplets with a similar size as in real wood smoke. According to the final product. Products are dipped in SFs solution for short periods (from 5 to 60 s). in numerous European countries. products treated by liquid smoke atomization are considered as flavored and not smoked. The mist generated is composed only by small droplets and there is no gaseous phase.

a good knowledge of the food matrix to be treated is required to apply SF in the best conditions and to reach the expected organoleptic qualities controlled by SF chemical composition. the methods of production and the possibilities of applications of SF are very wide. The SF is sprayed on a surface at high temperature. The pyrolysis of lignin can also lead to alkyls aryls . methanal. The thermal decomposition of pentosans provides a higher amount of furans than hexosans. and sometimes small quantities of furans and phenolic compounds. hydroxyacetaldehyde. ventilation must be planned in order to reduce the moisture. which favors the vaporization of SF [9]. According to the liquid smoke used. and air moisture are also essential in the SF final composition. of 1. The moisture control is essential. The volume of liquid smoke mist is controlled by the number of nozzles and the smokehouse size. wood moisture. Important moisture favors the smoke penetration and strong smoky organoleptic characteristics. The main characteristics that permit the differentiation of hardwoods and softwoods are the guaiacol:syringol (G/S) and guaiacol:phenol (G/P) ratios. furanones. The role of pyrolysis parameters as pyrolysis temperature. water. The pyrolysis of cellulose initiates the hydrolysis of glucose followed by dehydration to 1. but the optimization of the parameters to have a similar particulate or dispersed phase is not easy. A high knowledge of the biochemical composition of the wood used and the parameters of the combustion are essential to generate SF. Finally. Glucuronic acids decompose to carboxylic acids. Hardwoods lead to G/S and G/P ratios. it creates a gaseous phase.4 Chemical Composition of Liquid Smokes The chemical composition of SF depends on the composition of the wood raw material used and especially the relative amounts and structure of its main components: two polysaccharides namely cellulose and hemicellulose and lignin. hence the high acidity of liquid smokes. The adjustments are carried out on the flow of liquid smoke from the tank owing to a temporization on the liquid admission and on the flow of air under pressure. liquid smoke atomization is the most used technique of SF. The surface must present a beginning of protein coagulation.6-anhydroglucose (betaglucosan) and finally to acetic acid and its homologues. whereas weak moisture gives to the product a good color but a weaker smoky taste. Hemicellulose pyrolysis leads to furan and its derivatives and aliphatic carboxylic acids. and various anhydroglucopyranoses (mostly levoglucosans) [11]. formic acid. Therefore. to favor the deposition of smoke components. 15. which decompose to form alpha cellulose and provide a higher amount of PAH. acetaldehyde. lignin thermal decomposition provides compounds considered as most important for the smoke flavor. acetic acid. In fish smoking. hemicellulose in hardwood (nonconiferous woods) is mainly constituted by pentosans whereas hemicellulose in softwood (coniferous woods) is mainly composed by hexosans. Therefore. The compounds generated from hemicellulose pyrolysis depend on the nature of the wood.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 239 wood smoke with liquid smoke atomization. Indeed. first to control the drying of the product and second. the drying step is necessary to prepare the surface of the fillets. This step must take into account the initial water rate of the raw material and the composition of the final product. The smokehouse must be hermetically closed during atomization. Similarly. such as alkyl phenolic compounds and derivatives like phenolic ethers with methoxy groups in ortho position (guaiacol derivatives. airflow. hence the limitation of the use of softwoods for smoking. The wood polysaccharides lead to methanol. respectively.5 and 2. which confers a subtle glossy and sticky aspect. In seafood industry. predominant in softwoods) and in para position (syringol derivatives predominant in hardwoods). furfural and homologues. The SF composition can be complexified by the addition of spices and aromatic herbs [10].

24]. As the best pyrolysis temperature to obtain the required volatile compounds are between 380°C and 500°C. and 400°C for lignin [17]. phenol amount is multiplied by two between 450°C and 650°C. the wood granulometry and moisture. According to the pyrolysis process. whereas syringol quantity is tripled. An optimal moisture is planned in the industry between 17% and 20%. The air velocity indirectly influences the SF composition by the modification of pyrolysis temperature or smoke temperature [21. it seems difficult to generate the desired organoleptic volatile compounds without PAH contaminants. The wood moisture appears as the second important parameter [20]. Indeed. differences can be observed depending on the molecules. Therefore. A slow combustion is reached with weak air velocity. A step of filtration is almost obligatory to avoid these contaminants. After the water release (close to 120°C–150°C). because their contents in smoke or in food increase from 400°C to 1000°C. and trimers [12]. and humidity of air constitute key parameters of SF composition. lignin dimers. Therefore. known as the smoky skeleton of SF. the furannic derivatives. but they have a weak impact on the smoky flavor of SF and food processed with SF [13]. different groups of compounds are formed. From 200°C to 600°C. The generation of volatile compounds is dependent on the wood pyrolysis temperature [16].19]. Wood granulometry can also influence SF composition. 15. steps of SF purification through filters or apolar solvent washes are often required to decrease the PAH levels.22]. exothermic reactions of pyrolysis of wood components occur between 200°C and 250°C for hemicellulose. the main organoleptically active volatile compounds generated during the pyrolysis process can be sorted in three groups of molecules: the phenolic compounds. the pyrolysis temperature. the velocity. a lower temperature is reached and allows increasing the generation of smoke volatile compounds and minimizing PAH formation. The combustion is faster when the granulometry of the wood raw material is important [23. The high moisture allows to reduce the wood combustion efficiency. the quantity of phenolic compounds increases with a maximum close to 500°C and decreases after 500°C. Then. A temperature of 450°C–500°C was reported to lead to the best composition for the creation of carbonyls. furannic compounds. The rate of acids is higher for temperature lower than 300°C and decreases after 300°C with the increase in temperature. The use of hardwood. and phenolic compounds [10. The manufacturer can choose SF according to the required result on the organoleptic characteristics of the final product. because it plays a role in the pyrolysis temperature. the diversity of settings of pyrolysis parameters can explain the diversity of organoleptic volatile compounds and the diversity of qualities of SF. PAH must also be surveyed. with a lower water rate than that in softwood. is recommended because it burns slower.18. Due to their . For example.240 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis ethers from lignans. and the enolones derivatives [14]. However. whereas a rate between 20% and 30% has been reported as optimal to reduce the emission of particules [11]. between 280°C and 320°C for cellulose.5 Role of SF Process Parameters in Volatile Compounds Generation Except the wood type that influences the smoke quality strongly [15]. Air moisture is also very important and must be set in adequation with air velocity to keep the water rate constant in the air during the combustion. Lower concentrations of oxygenated compounds have been found to be caused by an oxygen depletion during combustion [20]. The rate of carbonyl compounds increases gradually with the temperature from 200°C to 600°C.

phenolic compounds are not sufficient to explain the SF role in smoked fish odors.2). Phenolic compounds are known to constitute the odorant “smoky” skeleton of wood smoke and smoked fish. and preservation of the product.1) [14. which gather furannic and enolone derivatives. 15.34] (Table 15. Table 15. the diversity of SF causes diverse consequences on the texture. and methylsyringol has a pure and characteristic smoky flavor [10]. taste. and alkylguaiacol may also contribute to imparting a smoky flavor to smoked fishes [13.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 241 chemical composition.34].6 Organoleptic Roles of Volatile Compounds of SF 15. syringol.6. color.1 Odorant Thresholds of Various Phenolic Compounds Phenolic Compounds Phenol o-Cresol m-Cresol p-Cresol Guaiacol 4-Methylguaiacol 4-Ethylguaiacol 4-Vinylguaiacol Vanilline Syringol Eugenol Ethylvanilline Odorant Thresholds in Water (μg/L) 5900 650 680 55 3–21 90 50 3 20–200 1850 6–30 100 References [25] [25] [25] [26] [25] [25] [27] [26] [25] [25] [26] [25] . guaiacol. odor.33. but it may not be the main contributor to wood smoke flavor.28. A much more complex mixture of compounds is responsible for the characteristic aroma of smoked fishes [35]. Similarly. making them odorant at low concentrations.29]. Many studies have indicated that phenolic compounds present in the vapor phase of smoke may be odor-active compounds [30–32].1 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Odor Even if the concentrations of odorant volatile compounds in SF can be various. The medium-boiling fraction (91°C–132°C) composed of isoeugenols. They are the major compounds in SF with a wide range of odorant thresholds (Table 15. Some of them have very low odorant thresholds. Phenolic compounds of low-boiling fraction (60°C–90°C) composed mainly of phenol. two main classes of odor-impact molecules can be defined: phenolic compounds and carbonyl compounds. cresols. These observations have been recently corrected [14. The role of syringol is important. Phenolic compounds of medium volatility have been considered as the most important odorant molecules.

spicy Spicy.27 ± 0. LRI MS.Table 15. STD MS. LRI.6-Dimethylphenol 1130 .98 20.97 23. STD MS.74 ± 27.34 (24.6-Dimethylpyridine 890 2. STD MS.07 (1. chemical.4-Hexadienal 904 2-Methyl-2-cyclopenten1-one 920 2-Acetylfuran 925 5-Methylfurfural 970 Phenol 992 Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 2-Hydroxy-3-methyl-2cyclopenten-1-one 1036 2.27 ± 2. mushroom Cooked. LRI.64 ± 18.17 ± 26. STD MS. ink Marine. metallic. milk Cooked/soup.94 49.55 ± 9. green Cooked vegetable. STD MS.75) MS.3-Dimethyl-2cyclopentenone 1052 o-Cresol 1068 p-Cresol 1093 Guaiacol 1110 2. LRI. green Odorant Attributes Given by the Judgesb Number of Judgesc Average Intensity d 242 ◾ Compounds LRI (DB5) Furfural 859 4-Methylpyridine 865 Furfuryl alcohol 875 2. LRI.18 ± 37. burnt. STD MS. LRI MS.22 ± 9.53) 8.2 Odorant Characteristics and Concentrations of the Most Potent Odorant Volatile Compounds in Salmon Fillets Treated by Liquid Smoke Means of Identificationa Mean ± SDe 124. green Cooked vegetable. LRI. LRI.53 360. STD MS.33 ± 1. STD MS.44 17. vanilla. roasty Chemical. Animal.48 ± 8. burnt Smoked. earthy. spicy/ woody (3) (2) 5 6 (2) 4 4 3 5 6 7 (2) 4 4. LRI. fatty Roasty.50) 65. STD MS. STD MS. spicy.90 (1. LRI. green.55 ± 39.25 6 (5) 6 7 (4) 7 7 6 8 8 8 Chemical. LRI. wood fire.04 7 4 16.62 74.12 42. potato Cooked potato.45 ± 172. burnt. spicy. LRI. milk Smoke.63 ± 13.24 ± 63. chemical Green. STD Cooked.37 ± 3. LRI MS. LRI. LRI MS.

25 ± 4. spicy. smoke.95) 8. burnt Smoke. STD MS.87 ± 1.49 ± 6. STD MS.12 4.26 ± 1. green.21 ± 7. green.15) 86. LRI. LRI MS.2.17 15.51 ± 18.5Dimethylphenol/ (E)-2-nonenal MS.72 44.4-Decadienal 1330 Syringol 1365 Eugenol 1370 Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood 4-Propylguaiacol 1382 1400 ◾ 1. fatty Burnt rubber.36 1132 MS Cooked.4Trimethylcyclopenten-1one MS MS.35 3-Ethyl-2-hydroxy-2cyclopentenone 1140 1. STD MS.25 ± 10. rotten. LRI. LRI.97 2. spicy.3-Trimethoxy-5methylbenzene 243 . green Spicy. LRI MS.50 18.5-Dimethoxytoluene 1282 4-Ethylguaiacol 1287 Indanone 1307 4-Vinylguaiacol 1330 (E.15) (continued) 2. spicy.71 (3. spicy Oily. medicinal 7 4 10.86 (2. STD MS. green. chemical Green.15 ± 243.79 (6.2.and 2. clove Green.85 ± 40. violet. STD MS.91 36. STD Cucumber.3. milk Burnt.24 ± 1. LRI. LRI.2-Dimethoxybenzene 1147 2. smoke.16 ± 5. LRI. spicy Spicy.61 ± 22. LRI MS. vanilla. smoked Candy. STD MS.13 6. green.46 Solvent. clove Sawdust. smoked Cooked vegetable. green 6 3 11. LRI MS. spicy 6 5 17.3-Dimethoxytoluene 1247 (E)-2-Decenal 1266 3. LRI.62 ± 4. green.E)-2. LRI 1160–1180 4-Methylguaiacol 1192 482.15 ± 1. vanilla Cooked.82 ± 6. STD MS.96 ± 10. LRI. LRI MS. earthy 6 (5) 8 7 (3) 7 8 8 8 (5) 7 7 5 4 3 (3) 6 4 (2) 5 5 5 5 (2) 8 6 Ashes.4. fatty.

Number of judges (out of eight) who have detected an odor. chemical 6 4 Smoke.39 6. When only MS is available for identification. In micrograms equivalents of dodecane per 100 g of smoked salmon. spicy 6 3 Odorant Attributes Given by the Judgesb Number of Judgesc Average Intensityd 244 ◾ Compounds LRI (DB5) (Z)-Isoeugenol 1423 (E)-Isoeugenol 1473 2. green.5 is rounded to 5 and an intensity between 5. spectrum. J.48) 1.3. LRI. LRI. roasty 7 4 Burnt rubber. woody (4) (2) Clove. STD MS. roasty. . mass spectrum (identified using the mass spectra of the compounds). 55. Agric. 2007. LRI. a b c Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis d e Means of identification: MS. Note: Frequency of detection. An intensity between 5 and 5.87 ± 2.Table 15..23 ± 0. Food Chem. 9 = very strong odor intensity). LRI Animal. V. Means of three fillets. The odor given corresponds to the odor detected by the judges during olfactometric analysis for its retention time but not surely due to the compound that we try to identify.2 (continued) Odorant Characteristics and Concentrations of the Most Potent Odorant Volatile Compounds in Salmon Fillets Treated by Liquid Smoke Means of Identificationa Mean ± SDe 7. and odor description of the injected standard of this compound).81 ± 11. LRI MS.5 and 6 is rounded to 6 (1 = very weak odor.55 ± 8. rotten 7 4 Spicy. et al. spectrum. 4518.. it must be considered as an attempt of identification.40 ± 3.77 24.5-Trimethoxytoluene 1527 4-Allylsyringol 1615 8-Heptadecene 1680 Source: Varlet. STD. standard (when the retention time. Average intensity of the eight judges is rounded to the nearest whole number. LRI MS.68 MS. odor intensity. and odor description of an identified compound correspond to the retention time. linear retention index (when the LRI of the identified compound corresponds to the LRI in the literature). and quantities of odor-active compounds detected by fewer than six judges are indicated in parenthesis.35 (20. STD MS.

Then. For several decades. and very little information is available. and seem to contribute little to overall aroma. The taste thresholds of some phenolic compounds were determined [40] and showed a high diversity between the molecules. reactions between liquid smoke compounds and the components of the matrix can occur through Maillard and Strecker reactions. The determination of the role of SF components in the final product odor is complex due to the odorant interactions that can occur between the odor-active compounds. whereas syringol and 4-methylguaiacol showed the same but lower effect than guaiacol [40]. the physical state of SF can also influence the aroma. . Furannic compounds were thought to contribute to soften the heavy smoky aromas associated with phenolic compounds [37.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 245 Carbonyl compounds have also been reported as contributors to the smoky aroma of wood smoke. 4-methylguaiacol. early works performed on individual phenolic compounds have identified the impact of guaiacol on the smoky flavor. Synergic or masking effects are possible and make the final odor complex. The results of this fractionation are given in Table 15. they may contribute in mixture to the overall odor. The fractionation of a commercial liquid smoke preparation evaluated by a sensory panel concluded that the phenol fraction was essential but not complete from a sensory standpoint [42]. furannic compounds were found to play a role in cold smoke odors of liquid smoke or fishes treated by liquid smoke [14. The amino acids from the seafood matrix and the carbonyl compounds from the SF can generate furannic compounds and nitrogen-containing compounds with roasty/smoky aromatic notes [19. liquids.3.39]. the determination of the effects of compounds of SF on the flavor is complex. Moreover. Enolone derivatives are compounds derived from cyclopentenone. A polyfunctional carbonyl subfraction was isolated from wood smoke and possessed a caramellic/burnt sugar aromatic note [36]. The oils used in smoke oils can soften the smoke aroma. However.6. The high-boiling fraction of phenolic compounds (133°C–200°C) was described with an acid and chemical property that was judged of poor quality. it was commonly admitted that syringol derivatives impart a smoky odor and guaiacol derivatives contribute to a smoky flavor. 4-methylguaiacol perception was superior to that of syringol and guaiacol. Two categories of carbonyl compounds can be differentiated: furannic compounds and enolone derivatives. Concerning the bitter taste. as the other minor odor-active compounds. Furthermore. Sensory analysis performed on standards confirmed the importance of guaiacol and o-cresol in the smoky flavor and dimethylphenol. More recently. As for the assessment of the odor. phenolic compounds are not the only flavor-active compounds.2 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Flavor Phenolic compounds were shown as the major contributors of the smoky flavor [35]. They were isolated early from wood smoke and described as grassy.34]. guaiacol derivatives and more generally the phenolic compounds of low-boiling fraction molecules (60°C–90°C) have been shown to cause the odor. and isoeugenol in spicy/sweet flavor [41]. 15. Furfural and homologues exhibit cooked/roasty aromatic notes. However. and the odorant contribution of odor-active compounds cannot be the same if the SF is in the form of powders. or oils. the same compounds responsible for the odor should be involved in the flavor that SF confers to seafood. However. if they do not have a strong individual influence. but taste was not investigated as much as odor.38]. because they are not the compounds mainly detected in SF and seafood treated by SF odors by sensory analysis [37]. sometimes cooked. Recently.

The acidic aqueous SF can also increase the coagulation of proteins and act on the texture.3 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Texture The texture of smoked products is due to coagulation of proteins. the eventual dilutions of SF.4 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in the Aspect and Color The color of seafood treated by SF can derive from physical and chemical reactions. and lysine residues [44]. A brief drying after smoke absorption can cause a higher level of dehydration and lead to higher amounts of Maillard products. furannic compounds could also have an effect on the flavor [43]. 15. can react with proteins. 11 = highest value. 15. However. which can vary from golden yellow to dark brown according to the nature of the wood. Formaldehyde.246 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 15.6. 1. 2. Indeed. melanoidines could be created by polymerization through aldolic condensations. After scission and dehydration. These . Formaldehyde seems to be involved in the texture of smoked fishes and to be responsible for the layer at the dried surface of fishes [45]. and the intensity of the process. the product must also be placed in a dry and hot ambient atmosphere for short periods in order to favor color formation. cysteine.6. which have brown/yellow characteristic color. According to their concentrations found in the different SF. Maillard and Strecker compounds can also be responsible of the color of the smoked product [45]. Their physical deposition of SF on seafood can confer its color to the product. distilled at 91°C–132°C. 4. However. smoke condensates are colored mainly due to phenolic compounds. phenolic subfraction. 6. 3. Thus. because they are added in the product during its fabrication. histidine.3 Sensory Taste Intensities of Liquid Smoke Fractions Fractionb Taste Property a 1 6 3 1 1 2 7 1 1 2 3 3 2 3 3 4 11 0 0 0 5 4 6 1 0 6 10 1 0 0 Smoke taste intensity Tarry taste intensity Chemical taste intensity Acidulous taste intensity a b Intensity scale: 0 = below threshold. the deposition of Maillard compounds leads to a darker color of fish flesh [46]. Other compounds such as enolone derivatives could also play a role in the SF flavor. they could play a role in the inner texture of the product. distilled at 67°C–90°C. terpene subfraction. whole liquid smoke. In the liquid smoking process. SFs under powder or oil forms do not act on the surface texture. 5. Formaldehyde was shown to react with the amino group of the N-terminal amino acid residue and the side chains of arginine. Studies on standards have shown that cyclotene was a flavor-active compound [41]. which has been reported in wood smoke and smoked meat [41] but not in smoked fishes until now. distilled at 133°C– 200°C.

methylglyoxal. A part of the fi nal color could derive from phenolic compounds with aldehyde function. Food industries are working to develop new applications of smoke condensates. As in odor and flavor. Carbonyl compounds and esters are nearly not implied. the activity of compounds must take into account the synergic or antagonist effects in mixture. Protein-bound lysine.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 247 compounds give to the final product a brown color. They lead to resinous substances (phenoplasts). The antioxidant activity of guaiacol. phenolic compounds can easily support the lack of electrons. The phenolic compounds can give an electron to stabilize the oxidant molecule and with their ringlike structure and mesomeric forms. The most active compounds are polyhydroxyphenolic compounds such as pyrogallol and resorcinol. 4-vinylguaiacol. the glossy aspect noticeable on certain smoked products is the result of reactions between phenolic compounds and aldehydes [48]. Glycolic aldehyde. it seems that phenolic compounds and carboxylic acids play an inhibitory role. The polymerization is favored by the heat. and hydrocarbons are not influential. . Finally. A synergic effect has been shown between high-boiling point phenolic compounds and oxidized phenolic compounds and it prolongs the antioxidant action [44]. especially against bacteria [51]. Therefore. Coniferaldehyde and syringaldehyde are considered to be irreversibly bound to proteins and to contribute orange tints to the products [24].7 Role of Volatile Compounds of SF in Preservation Smoking process is the oldest preservation technique because of the antimicrobial and antioxidants properties of wood smoke. Concerning the antimicrobial effect of wood smoke condensates. and 4-vinylsyringol is lower. but no information is available concerning this pathway [47]. which could contribute to product safety by controlling the growth of foodborne pathogens. The antioxidant compounds of wood smoke condensates are those with an active phenolic function. syringol. the antioxidant properties depend on the radical located in the para position from the hydroxy group as in 4-methylguaiacol. but a loss in arginine and histidine is also observed. and 2-oxopropanal are considered to be important color precursors [6. 15. Among monohydroxyphenolic compounds. is considered as a major source of the amino components in such reactions. Carbonyl-amino reactions as Maillard reaction could play a main role in smoked food. there is a critical concentration that must not be overcome to avoid an inversion of antioxidant effect that can become prooxidant. Studies on the antimicrobial activity of some smoke condensates have revealed very variable effects on the growth of microorganisms [50]. the most prevalent essential amino acid in fish. could be responsible for most of the antimicrobial properties. phenolic compounds and carboxylic acids.24]. that is why some researchers have concluded the absence of relation between the inhibitory effect of essential oils and their phenolic content. An oxidant molecule acts by electronic capture and can trouble the preservation of the product by the initiation of lipid oxidation. or 4-propenylsyringol. because of its terminal amino group. alone or in synergy. 4-methylsyringol. However. The antioxidant behavior is increasing with the temperature of the boiling point of the phenolic compounds [44]. and the degrees of reticulation of the molecule vary as a function of time [49].

PAHs are generated during smoke production by wood pyrolysis.3). especially benzo[a]pyrene (B[a]P) [59]. B[a]P is the first PAH whose toxicity and carcinogenicity was assessed from the observations of Sir Percival Plott in 1775 at St Bartholomew hospital of London about cancer of the scrotum of the chimney sweepers. They are considered as carcinogenic contaminants.8-dihydrodiol OH B[a]P glutathion conjugate OH OH B[a]P 7. PAHs are formed by the incomplete burning of carbon-containing material. Therefore. Hundreds of individual PAHs may be formed and released during the process of incomplete burning of the wood. As they can be absorbed by animals. In SF. PAHs comprise fused aromatic rings made up of carbon and hydrogen atoms: up to four fused benzene rings.3 Benzo[a]pyrene metabolization.54]. which are constituted by less than four benzene rings.10-epoxyde Glutathion S OH OH OH O B[a]P 7.58]. they are considered as environmental pollutants and can contaminate the human feed raw material [53.8-catechol O OH S O COOH O O OH OH OH OH OH O B[a]P sulfo-conjugate B[a]P glucuronide Detoxification products Figure 15. However. particularly smoked food [57. hence their toxicity (Figure 15. home cooking and industrial food processes represent the major source of human contamination [55].8 15.248 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 15. PAHs are considered as carcinogenic contaminants of processed food [56].8 epoxyde OH B[a]P 7. Owing to their lipophilic properties (log Kow between 4 and 7). because their catabolism leads to poly-hydroxy-epoxy-PAH suitable for binding to DNA adducts. Therefore.8-dihydrodiol-9. . it is used as the leading substance to illustrate PAH contamination. the uses of SF in food industrial processes must be ruled out in order to guarantee food O DNA adducts OH Benzo[a]pyrene:B[a]P OH B[a]P 7. they are considered as heavy PAHs. These compounds have been studied for several years.8.1 Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Properties and Toxicology PAHs are well known as being food contaminants and carcinogens [52]. more toxic than light PAHs. PAHs can cross the biological membranes and accumulate in tissues.

these PAHs were considered as toxic at low levels. Environmental Protection Agency (US-EPA) identified a list of 16 PAHs as the most frequently found [60].8. gas chromatography and liquid chromatography are the most used techniques [55].Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 249 safety avoiding PAH contamination. supercritical fluid extraction (SFE) [66] or solid-phase microextraction (SPME) [67]. in Italy. For the separation of the PAHs extracted from SF or seafood treated by SF. Indeed. Other extraction devices have been developed to investigate PAH in smoked food such as accelerated solvent extraction (ASE) [65].2 Extraction and Analysis Methods of PAH in SF and Seafood Treated by SF The quantification of PAHs in SF and seafood treated by SFs is performed in two steps: an extraction step and the analysis step. such as bidimensional chromatography at the gaseous phase (GC/GC) [71] or liquid phase (LC/LC) [72]. Moreover. a liquid–liquid solvent extraction is often used [61–63]. purification and/or delipidation steps such as saponification are often applied to reduce the fat matter rate of samples [64]. flame ionization detector (FID) [60]. the concentrations of benzo[a]anthracene (B[a]A) and benzo[a]pyrene (B[a]P) must not exceed 20 and 10 mg/kg of liquid smoke. The eight heavy PAHs left were shown as being carcinogenic or mutagenic contaminants and gave rise to serious health concern. a European regulation set the maximum contents of PAH in the primary products (PP) of smoke condensates used for the production of SF. Thus. because they do not have the same toxicity. Apolar solvents or mixes of apolar and semipolar solvents are used to extract the maximum of PAHs. For example. to our knowledge.9. In the 1980s. that is. which can disturb the extraction. The nature of the SPE cartridge phase is linked to the extraction method and the biochemical composition of the initial matrix. respectively [73]. 15. it is essential to quantify only the toxictargeted compounds. but. Parameters of the chromatographic separation and detection must be adjusted to avoid coelutions with interferences from lipids. This harmonization was necessary to homogenize the legislation about SFs. PSC and PTF.9 Legislative Aspects 15. cause chromatographic coelutions. Therefore.69]. with a weak toxicity but high concentrations in the samples analyzed. and lead to mistakes in the identification. but solid-phase extraction (SPE) cartridges are now more frequently employed. In the case of solid seafood treated by liquid smoke. the chromatography must be sufficiently efficient to separate isomers of PAH. solid–liquid extraction can be carried out. and liquid chromatography is coupled to ultraviolet or fluorimetric detector [59–63]. the analysis step is the most critical point. eight light PAHs were considered as environmental contaminants. Purification was especially performed on an alumina or silica column. they have not been applied to SF or seafood treated by SF. or tandem mass spectrometry [70]. Several devices are therefore developed to optimize the analysis. The extraction step must integrate the composition of the matrix. the U. Gas chromatography is coupled to mass spectrometry [58. and stir bar sorptive extraction (SBSE) [68] but not on liquid smokes or seafood treated by SF. 15. even if they were found in weak quantities. . Among them. PAHs are often coextracted with fat matter.S. Although all steps are important. the maximum levels of B[a]A and B[a]P were set at 20 and 10 mg/kg of liquid smoke. which combines a separation step and a detection step. In both condensates. In the case of liquid matrices as liquid smoke. However.1 European Regulations on PAH Found in SF In 2003. respectively [74].

it can lead to problems of labeling. However. because these values were set for PP and not SF. Therefore. it leads to lower PAH contents. 15. The main criticism that can be formulated against SF is the lack of control of the final organoleptic qualities of such processed food. brown meat of crab. important differences in PAH concentrations are noticeable [57. The content of PAH in SFs and in the final product can be better controlled than during traditional smoking. a European regulation set the maximum content of B[a]P in foodstuffs treated by SF at 0. the smoking regulations set a maximum B[a]P value of 5 mg/kg of smoked fishery products and smoked crustaceans. for meat industry. according to the origin of SF and industrial manufacturers. SFs are used in higher quantities than those employed in flavoring processes. The high maximum values authorized in PP do not seem well adjusted with the weak final PAH contamination of SF. Moreover. 0.69. atomization of liquid smoke must be lower than 0. very small amounts. the respective legal B[a]P amount is 5 mg/kg. it is paradoxical to apply flavoring regulations to the smoking process. excluding bivalve molluscs. This value is the result of the necessary harmonization between the national laws of European countries [79]. However.9. Thus. Indeed. that is. Finally. In certain countries such as France. the toxicity of other heavy PAHs was recently demonstrated and the monitoring of these PAHs was recommended by a European regulation published in 2005 [76]. this process can also be considered as a flavoring of the surface of the product. Th is fact can be understood by the use of smoke condensates in flavoring quantities.2 European Regulations on PAH Concentration in Food Treated by SF In 1988. Therefore.10 Conclusion A wide range of SFs and uses of SFs are now available to flavor seafood products. Moreover.03 mg/kg.03 mg/kg. the 2003 maximum values must be reviewed again. the PAH contamination reached in SF is largely below the values authorized in PP [60. Nevertheless. SFs appear as a safe alternative to smoking techniques. and head and thorax meat of lobster and similar large crustaceans [76. but it could also initiate an international consideration of labeling of smoked and flavored food. it is legitimate to wonder if the exclusive monitoring of the B[a]A and B[a]P in PP is adequate to illustrate the PAH contamination of SF. 15. As for SF. the PAH contamination was only set for B[a]P [77]. leading to less PAH contaminated food by comparison with the traditional smoking techniques [80]. This value is very low compared to those authorized in PP.78]. However. the vaporization of SF in a smokehouse causes a loophole in the legislation. that is.250 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis However. whereas food is treated by SF and not directly by PP. Therefore. All these benefits could help to reconsider the status of atomization of liquid smoke and the maximum PAH contents related. .03 mg/kg and leads often to noncompliant smoked products. atomization of liquid smoke in a smokehouse is considered as a smoking process but the maximum level of PAH must not overcome that of flavoring legislation. Indeed. Indeed. Indeed. if it is considered as smoking technique. Moreover. In this case.75]. atomization of liquid smoke would constitute the smoking technique. the liquid smoking process decreases the emissions of PAH compounds to the environment. it is necessary to better control the composition of SFs and to improve knowledge about the influence of the pyrolysis parameters (wood nature. as drenching or showering.63] which justifies controls and regulations.

181. Maga. Food Chem. 2005. Fleischwirtschaft Int. 1996. M. 17. Nonier.H.E. Pure Appl. 79. 5. Hollenbeck. Indeed. Food Rev. W. Pyrolysis-gas chromatography/mass spectrometry of Quercus sp.D. R. Ed.. Volatiles composition and flavour profile identity of smoke flavourings. Guillén. Sep. 49. 1995.. 1999. the processed food cannot be consumed. D. Guillén. Food Agric... temperature.. and Baryłko-Pikielna. Agric. Contam. Food Qual.. M. 635.. Gomaa. M. P. M. 55. Sci. Mol.. 28. CRC Press. 7. Z. 1987. SFs are forbidden for the smoking of organic products from aquaculture. Chem. 10(5). the traceability of SF must be improved. M.. and Manzanos.L.A. Agric. E. Kostyra.. Pref.. Studies of the smoking process for foods. M. 21. 251. 137. Legkaja i Pishchevaja Promyshlennost. 1990. 1961. according to allergic people and religious groups. 1995. 19. 1267. J. Pyrol.. Relationships between the maximum temperature reached in the smoke generation processes from Vitis vinifera L. in Seafood: Resources.J. and today no information is available.I. Anal. 1996.M. Guillén. 1996. J.. 1977. Sikorski. 2005. Smoke and liquid smoke. et al. 2002. Guillén. shoot sawdust and composition of the aqueous smoke flavoring preparations obtained. K. References 1. J. 49. N. 85.. P. R. Besides.E.. Agric.. Factors affecting elimination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons from smoked meat foods and liquid smoke flavourings. Miler.D. and Sikorski. 10.. Pyrol. 75(2). 79. 4. However. J.. 9.. J.E..D. 13. 18.. FL.F.. Novel concepts in technology and design of machinery for production and application of smoke in the food industry. Jira. 17(1–2).. 139. Kuoppala. 2005. Food Agric.B. J. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked food products and commercial liquid smoke flavourings.. Application to structural elucidation of macromolecules and aromatic profiles of different species. et al. Composition and analysis of liquid smoke flavouring primary products. 1993. Smoking. Food Addit. 3.... The role of smoke particles. Appl. .. and Manzanos. 4518. moisture. 871. 163. Study of an aqueous smoke flavouring from the aromatic plant Thymus vulgaris L. 70.. and Campbell. which could contribute to give to the SF a less processed characteristic... Int. E. 15. Moscow. Food Technol. Z. J. M. V.. M. J. 55. The flavor chemistry of wood smoke. Tour highlights production and uses of smoke-based flavors. Simon. L.D. 44.J.A. M. Varlet. 503. Principles of Smokeless Smoke Curing. and Ibargoitia. V. The problem can come from the emulsifiers that are sometimes added in SFs... Formation of the main degradation compound groups from wood and its components during pyrolysis. C. Olfactometric determination of the most potent odor-active compounds in salmon muscle (Salmo salar) smoked by using four smoke generation techniques. 2. 1687. 2005.W.D. January. Šimko. 2006. Study of the components of a solid smoke flavouring preparation. Food Chem. E. et al. Study of the volatile composition of an aqueous oak smoke preparation. and Oesch..J. 4. 8. J. 6. Finally. Food Chem. and Manzanos. Sci. Nutritional Composition. Sci... Pszczola. 9. wood. M. 637. Food Chem. Food Chem. Boca Raton.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 251 wood size. 12. Appl. et al. Anal. Guillén. Study of a commercial liquid smoke flavoring by means of gas chromatography/mass spectrometry and Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. etc. Foster. 2007.. 3(1–2). Alén. 463. 36. Simpson. and Zabala. 1984. Nutr. the optimization of SFs effects on food products must be done avoiding PAH generation.M. D.. 43... whereas SFs are produced from natural wood.). 16.. 14. and Preservation.. 283.J. p.. T. in France. Food Res. Manzanos. 11. M.. Chemical reactions of smoking. Kurko. 1302. W.

252 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 20. Agric. PA. 78(4). 1667. wood.. 42. N. Agric. Caractérisation des composes volatils responsables des qualities odorants du saumon fume (Salmo salar) et evaluation des contaminants du fumage (Hydrocarbures Aromatiques Polycycliques). Proc. Identification of flavour constituents in carbonyl.M.G. Food Chem. M. 1974. Food Chem. 28.S.. Smoke flavor as related to phenol. 49.. Swan. Chem. Fazzalari.L. Compilation of odor and taste threshold values data.. and Eyo.-Wiss. Guillén. Hamm. et al. 38. 27(7). Food Chem.. G.C. 25.. Food Sci. 1976. Workers. Analysis of smoke and smoke products. and Vaisey. and Toledo. Lantz. 87. 49. 240... Bratzler. 4126. 21. Chan. Agric.. Biol. 29. 27.L. Kurata. 3. Board Can. 2002. W..T. 40. J. J. Buttery.. Effects of the smoking process on odour characteristics of smoked herring (Cuplea harengus) and relationships with phenolic compound content.. 2007. 22. and Fujimaki.S. Meat Res. Contribution of volatiles to rice aroma. 49. . 1201. Res. Agric. R. 34. Cardinal. 40. 7(2). Adv. A.. R. Effect of smokehouse temperature.. Rev. 23. Fiddler. R.. 1655.D. C. M. 31.. 96.E. J. 44.. 1978. 1975.. M. Food Sci.. Pure Appl. 137. 1977.. University of Sciences of Nantes.. H.G. J. Chemical references in sensory analysis of smoke flavourings. and Potthast. Identification of formaldehyde-induced modifications in proteins: reactions with model peptides.B. 1984. 5(3). Fish. F 7:1. A. M. Radecki. 2004. J. Agric. Smoking of foods. Thesis. 111.. and Ibargoitia. S. Pure Appl. et al.. Food Chem. Food Chem. 22. Wasserman. The development of flavour in potable spirits.. et al. Ojeda. 2001.M. Process Biochem... 2006. Baryłko-Pikielna. 934. 6235. Carbohydrate and nitrogenated compounds in liquid smoke flavorings. 38. J. 433. Food Sci. 279. J.L. 43. J. M. T..A. and Burtles. 31. 35.. M. 32. and Ling. humidity. Contribution of smoke compounds to sensory.. 36(5) 1006. Physical and chemical processes involved in the production and application of smoke. 30. Food Res.Z. 24.. Toth.. 41.. 49. 53. K. 1969. Varlet. 2395. 2004. and Ibargoitia. Chemical composition and application of smoke flavor. Effect of smoking processes on the contents of 10 major phenolic compounds in smoked fillets of herring (Cuplea harengus). J. 29. Sérot... S. Acta Aliment. J. Philadelphia.A.. Manzanos. Turnbaugh. Guillén. carbonyl and acid content of bologna. Wasserman.A. and air velocity. Food Chem. 1988.. Soc. humidity and air flow on smoke penetration into fish muscle. Chem. Chem. Boca Raton. Daun. noncarbonyl neutral and basic fractions of aqueous smoke condensates.J. June/July. 1005. Olsen. Chem. M. 1977. Burdock. 85..D. Influence of the moisture content on the composition of the liquid moke produced in the pyrolysis process of Fagus sylvatica L. CRC Press LLC. 201. Tang.C.. M. American Society for Testing and Materials. U. T. 1977.. et al. Metz. 1966. Meet. M. L. Lebensm. 18(5)... 36. FL. and Miler. 37. W. 102. F. 146. 1977. V. 203. 1999.. L. 39.. 26. Pol. 1972. 1978.. 34. Chem. 47.. J. and Doerr. A “smoke” flavor fraction of a liquid smoke solution. Isolation and identification of some components of the lower-boiling fraction of commercial smoke flavourings. 2002. L. et al. B. 33. 1970. K. Pure Appl. et al. 1639.. Feranoli’s Handbook of flavor Ingredients. Chemical aspects of the smoking of meat and meat products. Biol. Sensory properties of phenolic compounds isolated from curing smoke as influenced by its generation parameters. Rusz.J. Food Chem.E. A. M. Flavor effects of different woods on whitefish smoked in a kiln with controlled temperature. Organoleptic evaluation of three phenols present in wood smoke. B. A.N.-Technol.. 1980. Eur.. Chem. 1970.. K..W.. J. A. ASTM Data Series DS 48A. Clifford.. 8... Kim. bacteriostatic and antioxidative effects in smoked foods...

Mol. Volatile aldehydes in smoked fishes: Analysis methods. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked fish—A critical review. B...Y.. 40. Lavoisier. E.. C. R. 55. La fumaison. and Partearroyo. A. Aristimuño.. Food Chem. Validation (in-house and collaborative) of a method based on liquid chromatography for the quantitation of 15 European-priority polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoke flavourings: HPLC-method validation for 15 EU priority PAH in smoke condensates. P. Chromatogr. 1991. Palme. Int. 1629. 2003. V. Eur. marinage. 48. Food Chem. P. Food Chem. E. Šimko.. C.. 47. Parisod. Food Addit. Food Res. 3. W. Sainclivier.. J. Agric. Suñen. and Anklam. Varlet.. M. 50.. and Sérot.. 71(1).. 2000. B. Nyman. Single-laboratory validation of a gas chromatography–mass spectrometry method for quantitation of 15 European priority polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in spiked smoke flavourings. C. and Anklam. P. 59. Z. Des techniques ancestrales à leurs réalisations contemporaines: salage. 91(2).. J. 46. Mottier. Mutagen. A. 49. 104(2). 53. 1160. 171. 1993. 49. 64. Wang. 105. 111. C. 56.. 126. Activity of smoke wood condensates against Aeromonas hydrophila and Listeria monocytogenes in vacuum-packaged. J. 218. S. 2002.P. A GC/MS method for the determination of carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) in smoked meat products and liquid smokes. D. Study of several aspects of a general method for the determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in liquid smoke flavourings by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. 44. Fleischwirtsch. 1996.J. 489. W. P. séchage.387. 57.. R.. 1991. fumage.. Food Chem.E. 62. Girard.. Environ.J. 61.. 54. 1985. 18. Guillén.. and Mahadevan. Hooven. P.. Antibacterial activity of smoke wood condensates against Aeromonas hydrophila. J. 2004. Evaluation of analysis of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in meat products by liquid chromatography. occurrence and mechanisms of formation. M. 2005. 1103. Food Addit. Simon... Müller.M.J.. and Fernandez-Galian. 2001. 303.. 208. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in commercial liquid smoke flavorings of different compositions by gas chromatography–mass spectrometry. Jira. 36. 51.P. 48. 106.. 2007.. Stołyhwo. cold-smoked rainbow trout stored at 4°C.. Food Chem. 2000.. T. J. and Chiu. E.. The phenomena of quality in the smoke curing process.. S.D. Opinion of the Scientific Committee on Food on the risks to human health of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in food (expressed on 4 December 2002). Simon... Pure Appl.A. hydrolysats. Quantitative determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in barbecued meat sausages by gas chromatography coupled to mass spectrometry.. 17(1). Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked meat products and smoke flavourings additives. Suñen. Tilgner. and Aristimuño. Food Res. J. 293. Yersinia enterocolitica.. Palme.. Prost. 48. Agric. R. Agric. Sopelana.. Technol. L. Paris. 61. Food Chem.Smoke Flavoring Technology in Seafood ◾ 253 45. and Turesky. P. M. Contam.. 2000.. Fernandez-Galian.H.. B. Chromatogr.D. C. Carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbonDNA adducts and mechanism of action.. . M.. 1988..A. B.. Changes of benzo(a)pyrene contents in smoked fish during storage. 2244.. Food Microbiol.. in Technologie de la viande et des produits carnés.. 770. V. 45. SCF/ CS/CNTM/PAH/29 final. M. 876. Sopelana. Comparison of two clean-up methodologies for the gas chromatographic/ma ss spectrometric determination of low nanogram/gram levels of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in seafood. Bulletin scientifique et technique de l’Ecole Nationale Supérieure Agronomique Centre de Recherches de Rennes. 60. Contam.. Šimko. 27. 10(5). 63. Food Chem. 1536. Chem.. 2002. Curing and smoking.A. B. W.. et al. and Listeria monocytogenes at low temperature. 58.. Scientific Committee on Food (SCF). 2007. 307. 219. 2005. E. and Partearroyo. Baird. Guillén. and Sikorski.D.. 2006. Chen. 52.. 1977. L’industrie alimentaire halieutique.

. Union. D. 72.. 521... Allegato III... 78. Accelerated solvent extraction and gas chromatography/mass spectrometry for determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in smoked food samples. Wenzl. Varlet et al. 897. Popp. L. 1473... L. A. U. Analytical methods for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in food and the environment needed for new food legislation in the European Union. EC 2005/108. J. 2007. Contam. Toxicol. J. EC 1881/2006. Relat. Union. G. Use of supercritical fluid extraction-high performance chromatography in the determination of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons from smoked and broiled fish. Union. 67. R. 74. Italian Law Decree. P. Järvenpää. J. Off. 364: 5. Commission Recommendation of 4 February 2005 on the further investigation into the levels of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in certain foods. 1–2. Wang. 2006. Evaluation of acute toxicity and genotoxicity of liquid products from pyrolysis of Eucalyptus grandis wood. J.. Purcaro. 184. Dos Santos Barbosa. 2005. 1996.J.. Food Chem. Eur. Agric. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in vegetable oils using solidphase microextraction—Comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography coupled with time-offlight mass spectrometry. J. 2006.. Environ. 284. 523(2). Off. Assessment of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon content of smoked fish by means of a fast HPLC/HPLC method. Regulation (EC) No 2065/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 10 November 2003 on smoke flavourings used or intended for use in or on foods. 259. Readman.S. 169. 1. 101. L 34: 43.254 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 65. Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons from wood pyrolysis in charcoal production furnaces. 79. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in water by solid-phase microextraction–gas chromatography–mass spectrometry.. et al. 1062. 1999. Eur. 47.. 2003.. et al.L. Food Chem.M. 66.. 744. 68. 1988. Technol. 70. and Dean. Res. Liq. A. 75. G. Pimenta. Conte. A. Eur. Agric.. W. 69. A. 24(7). EC 2065/2003. 1999. 1.. 34. Chromatogr. et al.. P. and Zhou. Lebensm. Huopalahti.. 716. N.-Wiss. Ré-Poppi. Environ. 71. . Hattula. 73. Chim. Off. Moret. Arch. S. Chromatogr. 80. 2007. Determination of PAH profiles by GC-MS/MS in salmon muscle processed according to four different smoking techniques. et al. Union. EC 88/388. et al. J. Eur.. 153. J. Council Directive of 22 June 1988 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to flavourings for use in foodstuffs and to source materials for their production. 304. 19(9). Use of liquid smoke flavouring as an alternative to traditional flue gas smoking of rainbow trout fillets (Oncorhyncus mykiss). 309.-Technol. Chem. and Tapanainen.. E. Decreto Legislativo N°107 del 25/01/1992. 47.. 1161. J.. et al. 77. Contam. 2006. J. 2003. J. 25(7).. Food Addit. Acta. 2000. attuazione delle direttive 88/388/CEE e 91/71/CEE relative agli aromi destinati ad essere impiegati nei prodotti alimentari ed ai materiali di base pere la loro preparazione.. 2001. J. L. 1367. 2004. T. L. M. Off.. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in wastewater by off-line coupling of solid-phase microextraction with column liquid chromatography.. T. Trends Anal. Commission Regulation of 19 December 2006 setting maximum levels for certain contaminants in foodstuffs. Chromatogr. and Santiago-Silva. 76. Anal. 38. King.

NUTRITIONAL QUALITY III .

.

.......................... 258 16.....................7..........7 Calories ............................... 269 16.4............................................................................1 Nutritional Aspects ....................................................................4...3 Determination of Total Nitrogen .............................................5 Determination of Carbohydrate Content .........267 16....3.....................6 Determination of Water Content ..................................................3.... 258 16..................................................................1 Nutritional Aspects ...............Chapter 16 Composition and Calories Eva Falch.........................................4 Direct Methods for Soluble Protein Determination ...................5 Nondestructive Analysis of Proteins ...................276 257 . 269 16.............................................274 16....................................2 Methods for Protein Determination ........................2 Indirect Measurements of Energy......267 16....... Ingrid Overrein.....................................................................................................................................................................................7.......................................................................................................2 Methods for Determination of Total Lipids ..................................................................274 16..............................1 Introduction .. 268 16..............................................7...3 Food Composition Tables and Databases ........................................................1 Direct Measurement of Energy ..................... and Rasa Slizyte Contents 16.....................................3...........270 16........................276 References ..270 16...............................................................4................................................................ 269 16...........4 Proteins ..............2 Nondestructive Analysis of Total Proximate Composition...........3...................................................274 16...4 Comparison of Methods ........... 273 16........................3 Lipids .........275 16........................................ 273 16...... Christel Solberg...............................4........4.............270 16...............................................................267 16.3 Nondestructive Methods ...............

Nearinfrared spectroscopy (NIR) is the most common method for such analysis and is therefore comprehensively presented in this chapter. and so on. and a lead sulfide. or reflected depending on the interaction with NIR wavelength and physical status of the sample as transparent or nontransparent.fishbase. 600. When Williams was running the program for the Canadian Grain Commission.1 Introduction The proximate composition in most fish and shellfish is primarily water. stages of maturity. Methods for simultaneous determination of the major components are therefore valuable. There are several methods available to analyze the major components in seafood and the main methods along with their advantages and limitations are presented in Table 16. to ensure obtaining data on the exact proximate composition. proteins.org). The development of NIR in food analysis started with the development of analysis of cereal grains and oilseeds in Canada [2]. an indium gallium arsenic covers the range 800–1700 nm. transmitted. vitamins. The NIR radiation interacting with a sample may be absorbed. The first instruments on the market were filter instruments measuring in reflectance mode. The NIR spectrum is defined between the wavelength 800 and 2500 nm. As well as increased efficiency of the Canadian wheat segregation program. in this spectral region the spectrum of the transmitted light is very compact and no single peaks are visible. The end result is a calibration equation from which the constituent of interest is calculated from a linear combination of spectral data. analysis should be performed on the specific samples.5 m per year and a saving for the environment by replacing the Kjeldahl system. rapid. making it difficult to use this spectral range before the development of multivariate calibration technology.000 Kjeldahl analyses were conducted per year and incidentally producing 47 ton of caustic waste in the process.7 deals with the different methods to determine and calculate calories in fish and shellfish. Section 16. and lipids.2 Nondestructive Analysis of Total Proximate Composition Analysis of each nutrient separately is time-consuming and requires a diverse set of equipments. the adoption of NIR testing resulted in a total cost saving of CAN$ 2. making it possible to measure over the whole NIR spectrum and not only on a small number of selected filters. and minerals [1]. and easy to perform nondestructive analysis for simultaneous determination of the major components in fish. NIR has been found to be a reliable. however. cheese. The spectral data will be reduced by principal component analysis. Therefore. where the weak absorptions enable useful data to be obtained using sample thickness of 1–2 cm of samples such as meat. Proximate data on different fish species are collected in databases such as the FishBase (www. During the 1980s monochromator instruments were developed. and then one can perform a linear regression on the principal components. which involves concentrated sulfuric acid and heavy metal catalysts. . 16. and the other minor constituents include carbohydrates. or whole grain.258 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 16. geographical locations. the range 1100–2500 nm. the silicon detector covers the range 400–1100 nm.1 and further discussed in the text below. However. such as the introduction of partial-least squares (PLS) by Martens in 1982 [3]. by the chemical-free NIR method. the chemical composition of fish generally varies due to seasons. and sizes. In fish meat these constituents make up about 98% of the total mass. but the available detectors cover a smaller range. Diff use transmittance measurements are usually carried out in the 800–1100 nm region of the spectrum.

Nondestructive and can be used on live fish. lipids. water. physiological and physical states can affect values of conductivity. fully automated. Calibrations need to be made against reference methods. and protein content noninvasively.173] Total body electrical conductivity (TOBEC) May obtain data on water. can be used on live fish Samples are placed in an electromagnetic field and electric conductivity is measured Specific for different species.172–174] (continued) ◾ 259 . or transmission of nearinfrared light (850–1700 nm) Ultrasound Measurement of ultrasonic velocity Rapid. Calibrations require skilled personnel. [4–6. and can be performed online [17–20.1 Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products Advantages Drawbacks Selected References Methods Principle Total Proximate Composition Rapid method simultaneously analyzing fat. precise. displacement of reflectance spectrum by moisture content. The equipments are relatively expensive. and disturbance by particle size in samples Ultrasonic properties of tissue depend on composition and temperature [11. and protein. can be nonsensitive. nondestructive. nondestructive.Table 16.8] For reflectance instruments (surface analysis) some drawbacks such as interference by starch and lipids. transflection.133] NIR/NIT Reflection. Different calibrations for different species and organs. expensive Few articles on fish composition Need more research Composition and Calories [21.

less exposure to chemicals (compared with manual solvent extraction) No laboratory facilities are required No use of chemicals A simple and inexpensive method [43] Possibilities to further characterize the lipids extracted Requires laboratory facilities [26–31] Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Manual solvent extraction Extraction of minced samples generally using chloroform and methanol as solvent Gravimetric determination Automatic solvent extraction Extraction of minced samples by solvents in automatic systems (Soxhlet. fexICA). nondestructive (See under NMR below) [13–15. Fosslet. lipid content. Need of sample specific calibrations Weaknesses due to quantification of proteins without combining with destructive methods Drawbacks Selected References Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products 260 ◾ Methods Principle Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) Nuclei of atoms in a sample provide spectra when the sample is exposed to a magnetic field Total Lipid Determination Chemical Extractions: Provides high total lipid yield Time-consuming Use of health hazard chemicals Destructive technique Requires well-trained laboratory personnel May discriminate structured fat (such as phospholipids) Requires laboratory facilities Physical and chemical changes might occur during examination Precision level may be dependent on sample (maturity stages of the fish.Table 16.57] Excellent for determination of fat and water content or even distinguish lipid classes and water properties. processing) [46] Automatic. etc.) Microwave drying The sample is dried and from the water content found. (SoxTech. location of lipids.1 (continued) Advantages Rapid.55. the fat content can be calculated theoretically by the formula Fat% = 80 − water % .22.

The NMR mouse is rapid. Low-field NMR See NMR above Composition and Calories NMR mouse ◾ Nondestructive and rapid. may also provide other nutrient data in the same analysis Some portable instruments are available Allows in vivo measurements Expensive. location of lipids. nondestructive. rapid. and portable Allows in vivo measurements Nondestructive and rapid Broad range of applications. easy.8] [46.51–52] Relatively inexpensive.Nondestructive Methods: No laboratory facilities are required Precision level may be dependent on sample (maturity stages of the fish.22. portable (small size). requires specific calibrations Traditional low-field instruments require withdrawal of homogeneous samples for analysis (invasive) [14–16. processing) Needs to be calibrated for the individual species Most suitable for neutral lipid determination See NIR/NIT above [4–6.55] Fat meters Determination of water by analyzing the dielectric properties using a microwave strip (calculation of lipids as for the drying method). NIR/NIT Transmitted or transflected Near Infrared light (800–1700 nm). lipid content.50. and nondestructive and allows in vivo measurements (continued) 261 .

easy to perform. 74.120. trapping of ammonia. interference by nonprotein nitrogen compounds. inexpensive to use. since all nitrogen in foods is not in the form of protein. hazardous. independent of physical state of sample Does not give a measure of the true protein. and titration with acid Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Dumas combustion method High temperature combustion and detection of N by thermal conductivity detector [53. Absorbance depends on the type of protein analyzed .133] Direct Protein Determination on Soluble Proteins Rapid. distillation. and environmentally friendly High initial costs. safe (no chemical exposure). low sensitivity.67.133] Kjeldahl Sample digestion followed by neutralization. potentially toxic chemicals are used Rapid. inexpensive to use and sensitive to low concentrations of proteins Limited to soluble proteins Most samples must undergo steps of sample preparation before they can be analyzed. Difficult to obtain the accurate protein concentration [53. time-consuming. standard method for comparison.Table 16.1 (continued) Advantages Drawbacks Selected References Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products 262 ◾ Methods Principle Protein Determination Proteins Total Nitrogen Determination Widely used internationally. high precision and good reproducibility.

easy to perform. buffers salts. color development depends on amino acid composition [67. interference from ammonia. Other compounds can interfere. interference by UV-absorbing compounds (nucleic acids and nucleotides). nondestructive.176. technique is less sensitive to protein type: it utilizes absorption involving peptide bonds that are common to all proteins.133] A violet-purplish color is produced when copper(II) ions interact with peptide bonds under alkaline conditions.Biuret method (Alkaline copper reagent test) Negligible interference from materials that absorb at lower wavelengths.175] High sensitivity and easy to perform Standard curve is nonlinear. interference from common laboratory chemicals. Unstable reagents are used. and reaction products are detected between 500 and 750 nm Rapid. detergents [133. The amount of absorption is proportional to the protein present Color formation and binding depend on proteins present. variation of binding capacity for different batches of commercial grade dyes [68. Absorbance at 540 nm Lowry protein assay Copper(II) ions in alkaline solution react with protein to form complexes.131. easy to perform Relatively low sensitivity compared with other UV-visible methods.177] Composition and Calories Near-UV absorption Measurement of UV absorption (280 nm) [133] ◾ Rapid. and internationally accepted Dye-binding (Bradford) method The protein and dye complex causes a shift in the absorption maximum of the dye from 465 to 595 nm. High amounts of endogenous proteases may cause errors. protein-dye complex adsorbs on glass surface. high sensitivity. which react with the Folinphenol reagent. no addition of reagents required Low sensitivity. depends on amino acid composition 263 (continued) .133.

Table 16. complex calibration See NIR/NIT above [133] Infrared absorption Absorption at 780–2500 nm NIR/NIT Transmitted or transflected Near-infrared light (800–1700 nm) . low interference from nucleic acids and nucleotides Interference by oxygen and UV-absorbing compounds (buffer. chromatographic separation. influence by lipids and sample particle size. nondestructive. option to quantify free amino acids.133] Faster than ion exchange chromatography.1 (continued) Advantages Rapid.97. value for net protein. and detection of amino acids with UV absorbance. hydrolysis destroys some of the amino acids. multicomponent analysis See NIR/NIT above Strong interference by water. low dependency of signal response on amino acid composition. 108. no addition of reagents required. might interfere [90–92. fluorescence Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Nondestructive Determination Rapid. high sensitivity. nondestructive. derivatization.96. Derivatization agents: OPA: no derivatization with secondary amino acids. salts) [132.178] Drawbacks Selected References Overview of the Most Common Methods for Analysis of Proximate Composition in Fish and Fish Products 264 ◾ Methods Principle Far-UV absorption Measurement of UV absorption Highperformance chromatography (HPLC) Hydrolysis. quantifies amino acids. sensitive Most methods do not include all amino acids. FMOC: less soluble.

. Vacuum drying: may be difficult to keep uniform temperature distribution in the oven Air or vacuum drying The sample is dried until constant weight (e. Infrared drying Microwave drying Drying by irradiation Dean and Stark method Volumetric analysis of water after boiling in toluene See NIR/NIT above Possible to distinguish between free and bounded water NIR/NIT See NIR/NIT above NMR See NMR above Composition and Calories ◾ 265 . Air drying (101°C) may lead to thermal damage.178] [151] Long analysis time. For the microwave method it is possible to analyze many samples simultaneously Risk of overheating [40] Faster than oven drying methods Requires laboratory facilities Uses health hazard chemicals (toluene) See NIR/NIT above Calibrations are needed and knowledge on chemometry is an advantage [152.Water Determination Simple to use and inexpensive equipments required [151] Shorter analysis time compared with air and vacuum drying. 12 or 24 h) and water evaporated is determined.g.

266

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Near-infrared transmittance (NIT) instruments are particularly suitable to the analysis of fish. Generally, the sample has to be minced, and it is usually possible to run several subsamples. The results are averaged to obtain more representative spectral data from the sample. The spectral data are then used to perform multivariate calibrations against the chemical or physical data. The same spectral data will be used against the different selected variables, so one can simultaneously predict, for example, water, fat, and protein content from the same spectral data as accurately as the traditional “wet” chemical methods [4]. To analyze directly on a fillet one needs an interactance probe; this involves illumination and detection at laterally separated points on the sample’s surface. It is normally accomplished using a fiber-optic probe in which one set of fiber-optic bundles carries the incident radiation and another carries the reflected radiation. Due to the striped structure of fish muscle, it is necessary to have a large interactance probe, usually two times 2 cm. With this type of probe it is possible to make analysis directly on the fillet, without previous mincing, but with a slightly lower accuracy [4–6]. Portable instruments are now available [7], and successful results are also obtained for whole fish [5] and for live fish [8]. Instead of a conventional monochromator, instruments are now also made with diode arrays, making it possible to measure the whole spectrum at the same time and in that way reducing the time for measurement, making online analysis possible [8]. NIR absorption will change with temperature and calibration, and NIR measurements must therefore be made on samples with approximately the same temperature [9]. Moreover, the measurements are affected by texture and whether the sample has been frozen and thawed [10,11]. Due to the requirement of extensive sample specific calibrations, the analysis should be performed by skilled personnel [12]; however, once calibrated the analysis is easy to perform. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is another nondestructive technique that enables determination of fat and water, and recent studies have shown that it might be possible to also gain data on protein levels in dried samples [13]. The low-field NMR instruments commonly in use require withdrawal of cylindrical samples of 10–40 mm diameter for analysis [14,15]. The method is fast, accurate, and easy to use when the calibrations are performed. A new handheld portable NMR instrument (NMR mouse) has recently been developed [16,14], and it enables an analysis time of less than 20 s and can even be used in vivo on living fish [14]. Less common methods for nondestructive analysis of proximate composition in fi sh are ultrasound techniques [17–20], the total body electrical conductivity (TOBEC) technique [21], and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) [22]. The ultrasound method is rapid, automated, and can be used online, and empirical equations have been developed to relate the ultrasonic velocity to composition [17]. A weakness in this method is the variations in ultrasonic properties of fi sh tissue due to temperature [17]. For nonfatty fi sh, the solid nonfat content can be determined from a single measurement; however at least two temperatures are suggested during analysis of fat and solid nonfat in fatty tissue [17]. In the TOBEC method the live fish is placed in a low-frequency electromagnetic field, and the distinct electrical characteristics of body fat and fat free tissue provide the proximate data [21]. MRI can provide valuable information on proximate composition and distribution of chemical constituents in fish samples [14]; however, these imaging instruments are expensive and are used primarily in certain research laboratories. Calculation of fat content by measuring the water content is possible with cheap, robust instruments (see below), but they can be used only when the protein content is stable.

Composition and Calories

267

16.3

Lipids

16.3.1 Nutritional Aspects
Marine lipids contain the omega-3 fatty acids such as C20:5n-3 (EPA) and C22:6n-3 (DHA) with well-documented beneficial health effects [23–25]. These fatty acids are found in all parts of the fish and are constituents of different lipid classes such as phospholipids, triacylglycerols, lysophospholipids, partial glycerides, esters, and free fatty acids. Marine lipids are the only source of EPA and DHA, and extraction and utilization of these fatty acids is a major industry. The market shares for higher value applications such as food ingredients, health care products, and medicine are increasing owing to the supply to aquaculture business.

16.3.2 Methods for Determination of Total Lipids
The lipid content in fish can be determined by several different methods varying in efficiency, total lipid yield, accuracy, skill requirement, and cost. The main methods are shown in Table 16.1 ranging from organic solvent extraction, microwave drying, to nondestructive techniques. Fish lipids are generally composed of polar and neutral lipid compounds. Although the triacylglycerols dominate in the lipid classes of fatty fish such as the pelagic species, the phospholipids are the main lipid class in lean white fish species. In addition, other derivatives of fatty acids (partial glycerides, free fatty acids, esters etc.), sterols, fat-soluble vitamins, and carotenoids are found in fish and comprise the large group called total lipids. Chemical methods: Traditional methods for determination of total lipids are generally based on solvent extraction followed by gravimetric determination. The lipid yield obtained is highly dependent on the solvent system, and using a combination of polar and nonpolar solvents it is possible to extract the total lipids and not only the free lipids such as triacylglycerols. Differences in lipid yield among the methods are claimed to correlate with the extraction efficiency of the more tightly bounded polar lipids such as phospholipids [26]. A combination of chloroform, methanol, and water is most often used for manual extraction of total lipids in fish [27,28]. The methanol penetrates the tissue while the chloroform dissolves the fat. The samples are first homogenized and after several extraction steps, followed by evaporation of solvents, the total lipids are gravimetrically determined. The Bligh & Dyer method (B&D) was originally used on fish muscle and less solvent volumes were used compared with the Folch method. A comparison between the Folch and B&D method has previously shown that the B&D method underestimates the lipid yield when the lipid content in fish muscle is above 2%, whereas no significant differences are found at lower levels [29]. Modifications of the B&D method are widely reported in the literature [30,31], although these specific modifications are rarely described in detail [29]. One recent study demonstrated that a modified B&D method using NaCl and electrolyzed cathode water gave higher lipid yield compared with the conventional method [32]. Generally, the crude lipids extracted by B&D compose a broad range of lipid classes, and the method demonstrates a high efficiency in extracting both polar and neutral lipids. However, parameters such as solvent ratio, order of solvent addition, and number of extraction steps are important parameters that affect the lipid yield and might be individually suited for specific sample material differing in lipid class composition. An example is the increased lipid yield obtained when using higher amounts of methanol, which was explained by a better extraction of phospholipids in a study by Smedes and Askland [31].

268

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Due to the high lipid yield generally obtained by the B&D method, it has been widely used as a reference to test the efficiency of other methods, and it is particularly used in research laboratories. Additionally, this extraction allows the successive characterization of lipids such as lipid classes (tri-, di-, and monoacylglycerols, free fatty acids, phospholipids etc.), lipid oxidation products, and fatty acid composition. Hence, manual extraction is relatively time-consuming, requires laboratory facilities, and the solvents used are toxic to humans and environment. Less toxic solvents are used in some studies [31,33–37] without achieving the same lipid yield as that obtained by using the traditional solvents. Solvent extraction of animal tissues in general and procedures for preparation of samples are comprehensively discussed by Christie [38] and by the same author in the Lipid Library Website (http://www.lipidlibrary.co.uk/topics/extract2/index.htm). Another commonly used method for solvent extraction of fatty fish species is the ethylacetate method [39] without the use of expensive equipment. The method even specifies what part of the fish should be included in the analysis. Ethylacetate has replaced the health-harmful benzene that was used in the early extractions. Among the automatic solvent extraction techniques, the Soxhlet method [40] and modifications of this method have been most widely used for determination of total lipids in fish. The sample is lyophilized before solvent extractions, removal of solvents, and gravimetric determination [41]. Petroleum ether and diethyl ether are the most common solvent used but the use of hexane and acetone are also reported in some studies [41,26]. The original Soxhlet method was developed by Soxhlet in 1879. This was originally a time-consuming method (16 h); however, today, there are more rapid methods available based on the same principle with commercial instrumentation such as the SoxTec equipment. New developments in this field are continuously reducing the analysis time, and a new microwave-integrated Soxhlet may run samples in less than an hour [42]. Lipid content can also be determined without the use of chemicals such as in the microwave drying method. This is a simple and inexpensive method that indirectly calculates the lipid content from the water content analyzed [43]. The principle behind this method is a reported reverse intercorrelation between water and lipid content in clupeid fish [43–45] calculated from the following formula: Fat content% = 80% − water content % [43]. Limitations in this method lie particularly in the lack of fitness of the intercorrelation between water and lipids during different maturity stages for the fish [46] and also variations between different locations in the fish [46–50]. Furthermore, this intercorrelation is affected by processing, particularly heat treatment, that might reduce the water content.

16.3.3 Nondestructive Methods
The intercorrelation between water and lipids in fish is also applied as the principle for the nondestructive portable Fat Meters developed by Kent [44,51–52]. The sample is irradiated by microwaves with a microwave strip, the water is measured by the dielectric properties, and the lipid content is then calculated. These instruments (Fish Fat Meters and Torry Fat Meters) are calibrated for a range of fish species [45], and they are simple to use. However, these methods share some of the same limitations as those in the microwave drying method such as the lack of fitness during spawning, and additionally, the accuracy of the Fat Meters has also been reported to be dependent on the lipid content in the fish [46]. Although the Fat Meter is limited to determining fat and water content, methods such as NIR spectroscopy may simultaneously determine the content of lipids, proteins, and water from the surface of the sample in a few seconds [4,53]. The NMR technique has particularly been applied

Composition and Calories

269

in quantification of lipids in fish [15,46,54–56], and the low-field NMR can distinguish between different lipid classes [57]. When increasing the field strength to high-resolution NMR, a range of different lipid constituents can be detected [58,59]. The ultrasound velocity technique has provided data that enable classification of salmon muscle into low, medium, and high fat [20]. See earlier section in this chapter for further information on these methods.

16.3.4 Comparison of Methods
Nondestructive and rapid techniques are of particular importance for fatty fish such as herring, mackerel, and some farmed fish species. The lipid content in these species usually shows large variation, and analysis results are valuable on board the fishing vessel or processing plant for sorting into groups based on their lipid content. Vogt et al. [43] who compared the lipid yield obtained by Torry Fat Meter, NIR, the microwave method and a modified Soxhlet, found that the NIR- and microwave methods were closest to the reference solvent extraction (R 2 = 0.90). A high correlation (R 2 = 0.96) has been found between ethyl acetate extraction and NIT analysis of whole minced capelin [60], and another study [46] demonstrated a good correlation between NIR and solvent extraction in specific locations of the fish (middle part of fish and fi llet skin side) (R 2 = 0.80–0.93). NMR measurements, in the same study, showed a good correlation with the solvent extraction when the analysis was performed on minced samples. Generally, the solvent extraction techniques obtain the higher yield, which might be explained by the contribution of other lipid classes than triacylglycerols, such as polar lipids and sterols that are not always included in the rapid analyses. However, readings from the Fat Meter have been reported to show higher yield than reference values in samples of herring [61], which might be explained by the variation in the intercorrelation between water and lipids. Th is same study demonstrated a bigger difference between the methods at higher lipid content in the samples. Higher variation between methods are reported when analyzing lean fish compared with fatty fish high in unpolar lipids [26]. The statement of what is the most suitable method for lipid determination is highly dependent on the applicability and what criteria are the most important for the analysis such as accuracy, robustness, time of analysis, use of solvents, and portability, and so on.

16.4

Proteins

16.4.1 Nutritional Aspects
Due to its favorable content and balance of essential and nonessential amino acids, fish protein is regarded to be of high nutritive value. Seafood proteins are also highly digestible, which adds to the understanding that digestibility of raw fish meat is in the range 90%–98% and that of shellfish about 85% [62]. Protein and amino acid requirements vary through life and are generally higher among young growing children compared with adults [63,64]. These nutritional aspects are more comprehensively described in other chapters in this book. Fish and marine invertebrate tissue contains from about 11%–24% (ww) crude protein depending on species, nutritional conditions, and the type of muscle. Although amino acid composition might vary among different types of tissue, there is a high similarity in the same tissue among species as pointed out by Mambrini and Kaushik [65]. The total body composition of amino acids shows high similarity among various cultured fish species [66].

270 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

16.4.2

Methods for Protein Determination

Several of the most important methods for protein determination in food date from the late 1800s (Dumas, Nessler’s reagent, Biuret, Kjeldahl, Folin-Ciocalteau, and Dye binding) [67]. Quantification of total protein in fish and fish products can be determined by total organic nitrogen followed by conversion into crude protein or by a set of direct methods.

16.4.3

Determination of Total Nitrogen

Determination of proteins by analysis of total nitrogen (N) multiplied by a specific factor is a common procedure in fish analysis [68]. The N content of food is commonly determined using the Kjeldahl [69] or the Dumas [70] methods. Kjeldahl includes digestion of material and quantifies only N that is transformable to NH4+ using titration, colorimetry, or an ion-specific electrode [71]. In the Dumas method, all N is converted to N2 through combustion using a nitrogen element analyzer. Generally, the Dumas method gives higher N values than the Kjeldahl method [72–74], and a Kjeldahl-N to Dumas-N ratio of 0.80 for fish has been calculated [71]. The conversion factor for N was originally 6.25, based on average nitrogen content in different proteins of 16%, which might not be suitable for all protein sources, as they vary in amino acid composition. Generally, studies on fish have shown lower values with a more specific conversion factor of 5.8 presented for fish filet [75,76], and a factor of 4.94 (nitrogen to net protein) for protein estimates for fish and fish products are suggested by Salo-Väänänen and Koivistoinen [77]. More specific conversion factors based on the N content in isolated proteins are frequently applied for different categories of food [78]. Salo-Väänänen and Koivistoinen [77] showed that the true conversion factor was 5%–20% lower than the general 6.25 in a line of food products. Moreover, up to 40% variations were found in a comparison study of the 6.25 factor against foodspecific factors or sum of amino acids [79]. These differences indicate a significant contribution of nitrogen from other than amino acids or protein structures. Large amounts of those compounds are found in fish and fish products, probably due to both natural composition and degradation products [77]. These other N contributions might originate from nucleic acids, nucleotides, trimethylamine n-oxide (TMAO), free amino acids, or others. Contributions of N from products such as urea might appear in sharks, skates, and rays. There are, however, options to separate protein N from nonprotein N by precipitation and filtration after solvent extraction if required [80]. The nitrogenous compounds that do not originate from proteins can also be separated using methods such as ion-exchange chromatography (IEC), gas chromatography (GC), thin-layer chromatography (TLC), and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) [81,82].

16.4.4

Direct Methods for Soluble Protein Determination

Protein is amino acids linked together via peptide bonds, and quantification of these amino acids might give more accurate values for protein estimates [68,77,83]. The term “net protein” is often used for those values that are corrected for added water during analysis. There are options to exclude or include the free amino acids during sample preparations, or they have also been analyzed separately using HPLC methods [84–86]. A more extensive description of various methods and techniques used in protein analyses are covered by Owusu-Apenten [67]. Acid hydrolysis followed by amino acid quantification such as by HPLC [87–90] or the more traditional IEC [89,91–93] are direct and specific methods for protein determination. During IEC, the derivatization of amino acids takes place postcolumn in most methods using, for

Composition and Calories

271

example, ninhydrin [94,89] or O-phthalaldehyde (OPA) [95]. Common derivatization reagents for quantification of amino acids in HPLC methods are OPA [90,96] and 9-fluorenylmethyl chloroformate (FMOC) [96], which are often used in combination with 2-mercaptoethanol, ethanethiol [90], or 3-mercaptopropionic acid [90,96]. An additional derivatization agent 2-(9-anthryl)ethyl chloroformate showed good correlation with the use of FMOC and lower detection limits for amino acids when analyzed in UV absorbance due to better spectral properties of the produced chromophore [97]. Other derivatization reagents are discussed in Sarwar and Botting [91] and in Fekkes [92]. In HPLC methods both pre- and postcolumn derivatizations are used with variable mobile phases based on methanol and acetonitrile. The reaction time, choice of solvents, and the concentration of 2-mercaptoethanol determine the efficiency of the reaction between OPA and amino acids with influence on quantification of the amino acids [90] (generally, 2-mercaptoethanol should be kept in the lower concentration range for optimization of the method [90]). OPA does not react with secondary amino acids, and FMOC is, among others, less soluble and might create interference reactions, but by combining those both, the primary and secondary amino acids can be detected [98]. Further optimization of this approach and adding an online dialysis step have improved the method with separation of 25 amino acids, and quantification of most of them [96]. Hyp (hydroxyproline), which is primarily found in connective collagenous tissue [99], might otherwise be quantified through derivatization with 7-chloro-4-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole [100,101] or N2-(5-fluoro-2,4-dinitrophenyl)-l-valine amide [102]. Alternative methods are the spectrophotometric determination of Hyp as a measure of collagen [103] or collagen/gelatin in fish skin [104], the latter using a modified spectrophotometric method for Hyp determination by Bergman and Loxley [105]. The destruction of Trp (tryptophan) during hydrolysis in hydrochloric acid can be omitted by replacing with a line of others, including methane sulfonic acid containing 3-(2-aminoethyl) indole [106,107]. Enhanced signal of tyrosine, phenylalanine, and Trp has also been obtained using online photolysis with chemoluminescence methods in the HPLC system [108]. A more comprehensive overview of alternative methods for quantification of Trp is otherwise reviewed by Molnar-Pearl [109] and includes both alkali hydrolyses along with more complex derivatization and detection methods. During amino acid determination with the HPLC methods, detection of Cys (cysteine/ cysteine) might require special procedures during extract preparations such as iodoacetic acid [110] or 3,3′-dithiodipropionic acid as used in Glencross et al. [111]. Some nitrogenous compounds such as nucleic acids and amines, the latter originating mainly from microbial decarboxylation of amino acids in food such as putrescine, cadaverine, spermidine, spermine, tyramine, and histamine [112], can also be separated using methods such as HPLC [113,114] and reverse-phase HPLC [115,116]. Amino acid determination is often used in nutritional studies on fish, and requirements are frequently determined after analysis using IEC or HPLC methods [111,117–119], or alternatively 13C-NMR after extraction has been applied in such studies [120]. Quantification of the individual amino acids in HPLC methods is based on standards (amino acids) and use of an internal analytical standard such as a-butyric acid (ABA), responses to those, and molecular weight make the basis for calculating the amino acids. The protein values are calculated as the sum of all amino acids corrected for water added during hydrolyses, and the free amino acids might be removed through the extraction procedure or analyzed separately. Proteins can also be determined by a number of spectrophotometric methods. Some of these analyses are based on the ability of proteins to absorb (or scatter) light, whereas in other analyses, proteins are chemically or physically modified to absorb (or scatter) light. Due to variation of amino acid composition in proteins, most of these methods give results that can be different from absolute protein concentrations [83].

272 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

Methods where proteins are chemically or physically modified for determination (colorimetric assays) can also be divided in to two groups: dye-binding reaction and redox reaction with proteins [121]. In the redox spectrophotometric methods, analyses are based on reaction with Folin reagent, and the following methods could be mentioned: Biuret reaction [122], Lowry protein method [123], and bicinchoninic acid (BCA) assay [124]. In the Biuret reaction Cu(II) with proteins in alkaline medium is reduced to Cu(I), which binds to protein forming a Cu(I)–peptide complex with purplish-violet color [121]. The same principle is used in BCA assay, where Cu(I) is detected by reaction with BCA, which gives an intense purple color [125]. One of the most popular methods in this group is the Lowry protein method [123], which is initially based on the Biuret reaction, where peptide bonds react with Cu(II) in alkaline medium to produce Cu(I). Later Cu(I) reacts with the Folin reagent. The reaction gives a strong blue color [83]. The intensity of color partly depends on the amount of Tyr and Trp in samples but can also be influenced by other components such as N-containing buffer or carbohydrates [121]. The amounts of proteins in sardine determined by the Lowry method were comparable to those determined by Kjeldahl method [121]. The Lowry method is suitable for protein extracts such as actomyosin, which is an important component in surimi-based products [126]. However, the BCA assay is shorter compared with the Lowry method (where two steps are needed), more flexible and stable in alkaline conditions, and has a broad linear range. The BSA assay can also be interpreted by the usual chemical components such as EDTA, thiols, reducing sugars, hydrogen peroxide, or phospholipids [121,125]. The dye-binding spectrophotometric assay is based on the reaction between acid dye and positively charged amino acid residues in proteins [121]. In acidic conditions, the created insoluble complexes are removed and the unbound dye is determined by measuring its absorbance. The amount of protein is proportional to the amount of bound dye. Coomassie dye in acidic conditions binds to proteins and creates complexes that influence a color shift from a maximum from 465 nm to 595 nm, using the Bradford method [127]. Absorbance of Coomassie dye-protein complex is measured at 595 (575–615) nm, because the difference between the two forms of the dye is greatest in this area. Within the linear range of the assay (∼5–25 mg/mL), the protein amount is proportional to bounded Coomassie [127]. This method is suitable for determination of extractability of proteins [128] or protein content in extracts [129–131]. Th is technique is simple, sensitive, and uses shorter analysis time compared with the Lowry method. Moreover, the dye-binding assay is less affected by reagents and nonprotein components from biological samples [132]. Proteins in solution can be quantified in a simple spectrophotometric analysis by near- or farUV absorbance [133,134]. Absorption in the near UV by proteins depends mostly on the content of Tyr and Trp and less on the amount of phenylalanine (Phe) and disulfide bonds. This absorbance measurement is simple, sensitive, needs no reagents, and the sample is recoverable [133,134] Crude protein extracts or individual fractions of proteins [135] can be measured at 280 nm. Disadvantages of the method include interference with other components such as nucleic acid, which absorbs in the same wavelength region [133]. Far-UV absorption can also be used for determination of protein content: peptide bonds absorb in the area with the maximum at about 190 nm. Different proteins give a small variation in absorbance, and the method can be considered as accurate for protein determination. However, oxygen also absorbs at these wavelengths, and to avoid interference, measurements at 205 nm is used. It should also be mentioned that components such as carbohydrates, salts, lipids, amides, phosphates, and detergents interfere [133,134].

Composition and Calories

273

16.4.5 Nondestructive Analysis of Proteins
Recently, other advanced and nondestructive methods have become more common for determining protein. NIR is one of these [4,53], and it was originally developed for protein analysis and has since that time been developed and calibrated for a range of fish species. Low-field NMR is generally not suitable for protein determination in a nondestructive manner. See earlier text for more information on the nondestructive techniques.

16.5 Determination of Carbohydrate Content
Carbohydrates are often classified into three broad groups: sugars (mono- and disaccharides), oligosaccharides (three to nine monosaccharides) and, polysaccharides (more than nine). The content of carbohydrates in fish muscle is low [136,137] and is further influenced by conditions experienced before and during capture, which may lead to depletion of glycogen stores and thereby a decrease in the carbohydrate level. Under anoxic conditions postmortem, glycogen will continue to be metabolized, resulting in increased lactic acid along with reduced pH and eventually a gradual loss of the sweet, meaty character of fresh fish. Some marine invertebrates on the other hand are characterized by a high content of carbohydrates; up to 10.2% and 12.5% total sugars can be found in subcuticular tissue of spiny lobster and blue crab, respectively, with the highest amounts of glucose followed by galactose and mannose [138]. Glycogen stores of scallops are highly dependent on season (temperature, food availability, and lifecycle), and highest levels are usually reached after the summer period [139], showing levels up to 23%–25% glycogen of dry weight of adductor muscle [139,140]. Seasonal variations of glycogen content in mussels (Mytilus edulis) are also high, showing values in the range 4%–37% of tissue dry weight [141,142]. Among the line of methods suitable for seafood, the amount of total carbohydrates in shellfish can be determined by using the phenol-sulfuric acid procedures described by Dubois et al. [143] as used for scallop (Pecten maximus) in Maguire et al. [144] and silver carp in Gnaiger and Bitterlich [144]. This method is based on hydrolysis of polysaccharides and does not measure all sugar molecules in the materials equally accurately, because the carbohydrates are absorbed at different maximum wavelengths and in addition differ in the ability to form the chromogenes formed in the method. If measurements are performed at 488 nm and a standard curve is prepared using glucose, this will lead to a possible underestimation in the case of chemical characteristics of monosaccharides deviant from glucose. This relatively simple method is often used, because it gives a good estimate of total carbohydrates in tissue that contain 10% or more of hexose polymers [145]. Glycogen from seafood can also be determined after preparation of solution of glucose units using a range of assay kits for glucose followed by colorimetric determination (Boehringer Mannheim, Cayman chemicals, Biovision or others), as described for Abalone tissue using a combination lipid and glucose extraction method in studies of Allen et al. [146]. Glycogen levels in small amounts of tissue can additionally be analyzed using the anthrone methods with spectrophotometric determinations [147–149], which have been demonstrated as useful for scallop [150]. Carbohydrates are frequently calculated and expressed as total carbohydrates by difference, which is the remainder after subtraction of moisture, crude protein, total fat, and ash and includes fibers if present in the analyzed material. An excellent overview of definitions and internationally used carbohydrate tag names along with applicable analytical procedures for food in general is given by Munro and Burlingame [151].

274 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

16.6 Determination of Water Content
Water content in fish can be determined by simple drying methods. Using conventional air ovens, a common practice has been to dry the sample at 105°C for 12 h, which by experience has shown satisfactory drying of fish and fish products. To ensure complete drying, the sample can be dried to constant weight. Other methods [40] refer to 101°C for 24 h by conventional ovens and 70°C for 24 h using vacuum ovens. The sample is weighed in a container, and after heating the sample is cooled and weighed again. The water content is determined by the following formula: Water content (%) = (Weight of wet material − weight of dried material) × 100 Weight of wet material

Infrared and some microwave ovens may allow an analysis time of 1–2 h [152]. Further, the new nondestructive methods such as NIR/NIT, NMR, or Fatmeter, which are described previously in this chapter, may be used for fast determination of water, and the low-field NMR technique can even distinguish between free and bounded water [15,153]. In a volumetric method (Dean & Stark), the samples are boiled in toluene before measuring the volume of water. This method is relatively fast but uses toluene, which is hazardous to health [152].

16.7

Calories

The energy content of food is generally given in kilocalories (kcal) and kilojoules (kJ), which have a conversion factor of 1 kcal = 4.184 kJ. Seafood show variable composition of proteins and fat, and energy content is dependent on this distribution, which often might also be highly influenced by seasonal variations. In a seasonal study of 35 fish and shellfish species, Soriguer et al. [154] found a substantial variation in biochemical composition, where even mackerel known as fatty type of fish, in parts of the year could be classified within the lean fish category. The lipid level in particular has high significance for the calorie content of fish, with implications for calculations in dietary studies and databases; this is important to bear in mind when these are used.

16.7.1 Direct Measurement of Energy
The gross energy content of food (measured as heat of combustion, kcal/g) may be determined directly by using a bomb calorimeter (micro- or macromethods), which includes burning food with oxygen in an insulated container of constant volume [155,156]. The heat is adsorbed in water, and the energy is determined from the mass of water, its temperature rise, and its specific heat. Dichromate wet oxidation with potassium dichromate is also sometimes used as a direct method, giving rise to slightly lower energy values in fish samples than when measured by bomb calorimetric methods [157,158]. Food composition databases are not based on direct measurements of gross energy, because those are not equal to energy requirements [159]. Instead the metabolizable food energy is used, which accounts for the energy in food remaining after losses through the feces, gas, urea, and the body surface [160].

Composition and Calories

275

16.7.2 Indirect Measurements of Energy
The energy released by oxidation of protein, fat, and carbohydrate is the basis for sets of conversion factors. The Atwater general factor system is the foundation for the most frequently used systems for energy conversion [161], which originates from combustion with adjustments for losses in digestion, absorption, and excretion of urea. The Atwater general energy conversion values are 4.0 kcal/g for proteins, 9.0 kcal/g for lipids, and 4.0 kcal/g for carbohydrates (calculated by difference, i.e., subtracting water, ash, proteins, and lipids). Originally no differences were determined between the fiber and available digestive carbohydrates, but exploring more specific heat of combustion led to factors of 3.75 kcal/g when used for monosaccharides and 4.2 kcal/g for polysaccharides, with application in the Atwater system [162]. However, the specific conversion factor used for carbohydrates in shellfish is 4.11 kcal/g [163]. For other food material, energy factors for dietary fiber have been developed, taking into account availability, provided also by the microorganisms in the colon giving values recommended by FAO [164] of 8.0 kJ/g (2.0 kcal/g). A more specific set of factors for energy conversion were developed due to different combustion rates and digestibility of various sources of proteins and fats and additional impact caused by processing. The specific set of factors presented in Merrill and Watt [163,165] arrived at 4.27 kcal/g for protein and 9.02 kcal/g for fat in meat and fish. It is, however, important to consider the choice of analytical methods regarding conversion of proteins to calories. Both the variable nonprotein N and the variations in amino acid composition in different protein sources might have implications on the calculated energy levels if based on N analysis (see above). When energy contributions from proteins are set, the most accurate method will be as the sum of amino acids (free and protein bound). Alternatively, Kjeldahl or Dumas techniques are used with more source-specific conversion factors such as those used by Jones [166] or others, when these are known. In terms of conversion to energy, the more specific conversion factor of 5.65 kcal/g for protein was suggested [167] and tested in combination with direct energy measurements for use with fish tissue, resulting in slightly higher values compared with bomb calorimetric methods [157]. Calculation of energy contribution from fat might include analysis of fatty acids with total fat calculated as triacylglycerol equivalents [160]. For fatty fish muscle the factor 0.90 is used in conversion of total fat to total fatty acids, whereas 0.70 is used for white fish muscle [169]. Gravimetric methods are also used for energy calculations, which (depending on methods used; see above) would include weight of the additional lipid components that are not transformed to energy, per se. The calorie content of extracted lipids (methanol/chloroform extraction) from fish tissue as found by microcalorimetric methods suggests the use of a lower energy conversion factor such as 8.49 kcal/g [157]. Gross energy levels obtained from bomb calorimetry might deviate from energy when based on analysis and conversion factors due to the lipid calculations. A high level of lipids in tissue is usually accompanied with high energetic content by both methods. However, with high levels of sterols, the gross energy by bomb calorimeter can be higher than the metabolic energy level calculated from the analysis by use of conversion factors. Th is method deviation was pointed out for low-lipid squid samples by Krishnamoorthy et al. [169]. In the study of feed, fish, and feces by Henken et al. [158] three different methods for calculating energy content were compared (I, dichromate wet oxidation; II, bomb calorimeter; or III, chemical analyses followed by conversion factors 5.65, 9.45, 4.2 kcal/g [proteins:fat:carbohydrates]). Proteins were calculated with N*6.25, fat analyzed by Soxhlet with hexane extraction, and carbohydrates calculated by difference. Agreements were obtained in methods II and III and lower energy values were obtained with method I. Inadequate protein oxidation by dichromate method

276 ◾

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

[170] was solved by correction factors but still resulted in lower values in fish, feed, and feces compared with bomb calorimetry or direct analyses followed by conversion factors. In recent years the field of nutrition has become highly complex due to developments in both analytical and physiological methods. A variety of different analytical methods are in use along with various sets of conversion factors, which again are based on their own specific analytical methods. In scientific work it is particularly important to specify methods and calculations made in the presented results. Standardization of analytical methods and energy conversion factors might improve the use of nutrient databases for energy calculation.

16.7.3 Food Composition Tables and Databases
Food composition databases are practical tools providing a line of useful information on foodrelated subjects. For the users it is convenient to find further links, reports, published works, nutrient composition tables, and so forth, through a database. Researchers are requested to make relevant publications available through these pages, adding to the up-front knowledge in the area. When food databases contain original analytical results, the values can be trusted to represent more accurate levels and are more useful for governmental and research purposes. There are several general databases available to the public both on international, regional, and national levels such as those of The International Network of Food Data Systems (FAO/INFOODS), United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Pacific Island Food Composition Tables (PIFCT), and German Nutrient Database (BSL). The user groups for food databases are among others found within the groups of food researchers and industry, dieticians, epidemiological and health researchers, and national and governmental authorities. National and regional food composition tables are important, because they may reveal specific dietary traits of subpopulations important for health and epidemiological research. Differing nutritional definitions are also common as with different sets of energy conversion factors, which is important to be aware of when food tables are used. Databases as such FishBase provide specific tables for seafood such as proximate data and energy levels of different organs and ecological data of harvested species in specific regions. However, the databases might have a potential for improvement with regard to expected variability in the composition of food items, which might be due to seasonal variations, variations experienced during the growth, production phase, or as influenced by storage or processing conditions. Additionally, processed food with many ingredients is complex, some nutrients are labile, and constituents such as fat and moisture might be added and/or removed during food preparations. As it might be practically impossible to obtain the full detailed composition, there is selection of constituents in food tables. Most databases contain 10–25 food groups [160], but some also contain more than 100 nutrients and food components such as the Nutrition Data System for Research (NDS-R) in the United States [171]. Skills and knowledge in the analytical methods on which the values are based on, advantages, and drawbacks in the table values are required.

References
1. Sikorski, Z.E., Kolakowska, A., and Sun Pan, B., The nutritive composition of the major groups of marine food organisms. In: Seafood: Resources, Nutritional Composition and Preservation, Ed., Sikorski, Z.E., CRC Press, 29–54. Boca Raton, FL, 1990. 2. Williams, P.C., Application of near infrared reflectance spectroscopy to analysis of cereal grains and oilseeds, Cereal Chem., 52, 561–576, 1975.

Composition and Calories

277

3. Martens, H. and Russwurm, H., Food Research and Data Analysis, Applied Science Publisher, London, U.K., 1982. 4. Solberg, C., NIR–A rapid method for quality control. In: Seafood from Producer to Consumer, Integrated Approach to Quality, Eds., Luten, J.B., Børresen, T., and Oehlenschläger, J., Elsevier Science, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, pp. 529–534, 1997. 5. Wold, J.P. and Isaksson, T., Non-destructive determination of fat and moisture in whole Atlantic Salmon by near infrared diff use reflectance spectroscopy, J. Food Sci., 62, 734–736, 1997. 6. Downey, G., Non-invasive and non-destructive percutaneous analysis of farmed salmon flesh by near infrared spectroscopy, Food Chem., 55, 305–311, 1999. 7. Shimamoto, J., Hiratsuka, S., Hasegawa, K., Sato, M., and Kawano, S., Rapid non-destructive determination of fat content in frozen skipjack using a portable near infrared spectrophotometer, Fish. Sci., 69(4), 856–860, 2003. 8. Solberg, C., Saugen, E., Swenson, L.-P., Bruun, L., and Isaksson, T., Determination of fat in alive farmed Atlantic salmon using non-invasive NIR techniques, J. Sci. Food Agr., 83, 692–696, 2003. 9. Solberg, C., Rapid on line non-destructive measurement of fat in live and filleted salmon. In Near Infrared Spectroscopy: Proceedings of the 11th International Conference, Ed., Davies, A.M.C. and GarridoVaro, A., NIR Publications, Sussex, U.K., pp. 471–474, 2004. 10. Uddin, M., Okazaki, E., Turza, S., Yumiko, Y., Tanaka, M., and Fukuda, Y., Non-destructive visible/NIR spectroscopy for differentiation of fresh and frozen thawed fish, Food Chem. Toxicol., 70(8), 506–510, 2005. 11. Uddin, M., Okazaki, E., Ahmad, M.U., Fukuda, Y., and Tanaka, M., NIR spectroscopy: A nondestructive fast technique to verify heat treatment of fish-meat gel, Food Control, 17, 660–664, 2006. 12. Osborn, B.G., Fearn, T., and Hindle, P.H., Practical NIR Spectroscopy with Application in Food and Beverage Analysis. Longman Scientific and Technical, Essex, U.K., 90–144, 1993. 13. Lundby, F., Sørland, G.H., and Eilertsen, S., Determination of fat, moisture and protein in fish powder within 30 min, by combining low resolution NMR techniques and microwave technology, Abstract from the 8th International Conference on the Applications of Magnetic Resonance in Food Science, 2006, Nottingham, U.K. 14. Veliuylin, E., Van der Zwaag, C., Burk, W., and Erikson, U., In vivo determination of fat content in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) with a mobile NMR spectrometer, J. Sci. Food Agr., 85, 1299–1304, 2005. 15. Aursand, I., Veliuylin, E., and Erikson, U., Low-field NMR studies of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), In: Modern Magnetic Resonance, Modern Magnetic Resonance. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry, Biological and Marine Sciences, Ed., Webb, G.A., 895–903, 2006, Springer, Dordrecht, the Netherlands. 16. Blumich, B., Blumer, P., Eidman, G., Guthausen, A., Haken, R., Schmitz, U., Saito, K., and Zimmer, G., The NMR MOUSE: Construction, excitation and applications, Magn. Reson. Imaging, 16, 479–484, 1998. 17. Ghaedian, R., Coupland, J.N., Decker, E.A., and McClements, D.J., Ultrasonic determination of fish composition, J. Food Eng., 35(3), 323–337, 1998. 18. Suvanich, V., Ghaedian, R., Chanami, R., Decker, E.A., and McClements, D.J., Prediction of proximate fish composition from ultrasonic properties: Catfish, Cod, Flounder, Mackerel, and Salmon, J. Food Sci., 63(6), 966–968, 1998. 19. Sigfusson, H., Decker, E.A., and McClements, D.J., Ultrasonic characterisation of Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus), Food Res. Int., 43, 15–23, 2001. 20. Shannon, R.A., Probert-Smith, P.J., Lines, J., and Mayia, F., Ultrasound velocity measurement to determine lipid content in salmon muscle; the effect of myosepta, Food Res. Int., 37, 611–620, 2004. 21. Jaramillo, F., Bai, S.C., Murphy, B.R., and Gatlin, D.M., Application of electrical-conductivity for nondestructive measurement of channel Catfish, Ictalurus punctatus, body-composition, Aquat. Living Resour., 7(2), 87–91, 1994.

278

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

22. Veliuylin, E., Borge, A., Singstad, T., Gribbestad, I., and Erikson, U., Post-mortem studies of fish using magnetic resonance imaging. In: Modern Magnetic Resonance, Modern Magnetic Resonance. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry, Biological and Marine Sciences, Ed., Webb, G.A., 949–956, Springer, Dordrecht, the Netherlands, 2006. 23. Dyerberg, J., Bang, H.O., Stofferson, E., Monkada, S., and Vane, J.R., Eicosapentaenoic acid and prevention of thrombosis and atherosclerosis? Lancet, 117, 1978. 24. Uauy, R. and Valenzuela, A., Marine oils: The health benefits of n-3 fatty acids, Nutrition, 16(7–8), 680–684, 2000. 25. Vanshoonbecek, K., de Maat, M.P., and Heemssterk, J.W., Fish oil consumption and reduction of arterial disease, J. Nutr., 133, 657–660, 2003. 26. Ewald, G., Bremle, G., and Karlsson, A., Difference between Bligh and Dyer and Soxhlet extractions of PCBs and lipids from fat and lean fish muscle: Implications for data evaluations, Mar. Pollut. Bull., 36(3), 222–230, 1998. 27. Folch, J., Lees, M., and Stanley, G.H.S. Preparation of lipid extracts from brain tissue, J. Biol. Chem., 226, 497–509, 1957. 28. Bligh, E.G. and Dyer, W.J., A rapid method of total lipid extraction and purification. Can. J. Biochem. Physiol., 37, 911–917, 1959. 29. Iverson, S., Lang, S.L.C., and Cooper, M.H., Comparison of the Bligh and Dyer and Folch method for total lipid determination of a broad range of marine tissue, Lipids, 36(11), 1283–1287, 2001. 30. Lee, M.C., Trevino, B., and Chaiyawat, M., A simple and rapid solvent extraction method for determination of total lipids in fish, J. AOAC Int., 79(2), 487–492, 1996. 31. Smedes, F. and Askland, T.K., Revisiting the Bligh and Dyer total lipid determination method, Mar. Pollut. Bull., 38(3), 193–201, 1999. 32. Toge, Y. and Miyashita, K., Lipid extraction with electrolyzed cathode water from marine products, J. Oleo Sci., 52(2), 1–6, 2003. 33. Hara, A. and Radin, N.S., Lipid extraction of tissue with a low toxicity solvent, Anal. Biochem., 90, 420–426, 1978. 34. Burton, G.W., Webb, A., and Ingold, K.U., A mild, rapid and efficient method of lipid extraction for use in determining vitamin E/lipid ratios, Lipids, 20(1), 29–39, 1985. 35. Undeland, I., Harrod, M., and Lignert, H., Comparison between methods using low-toxicity solvents for the extraction of lipids from herring (Clupea harengus), Food Chem., 61(3), 355–365, 1998. 36. Woitke, P., Haarich, M., and Harms, U., Co-factors in biota: Results of a German interlaboratory exercise on the determination of total lipids in fi sh tissue, Accredit. Qual. Assur., 5, 499–503, 2000. 37. Jensen, S., Heggberg, L., Jorundsdottir, H., and Odham, G., A quantitative lipid extraction method for residue analysis of fish involving nonhalogenated solvents, J. Agr. Food Chem., 51(19), 5607–5611, 2003. 38. Christie, W.W., Ed., in Advances in Lipid Methodology–Two, Oily Press, Dundee, U.K., pp. 195–213, 1993. 39. Norwegian Standard (NS 9402), Atlantic Salmon: Measurement of Colour and Fat, 1st edn., Oslo, Norway, 1994. 40. AOAC Official methods, 960.39. In: Official Methods of Analysis, 15th edn., Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Arlington, VA, 1990. 41. Bremle, G., Okla, L., and Larsson, P., Uptake of PCBs in a contaminated river system: Bio concentration factors measured in the field, Environ. Sci. Technol., 29(8), 2010–2015, 1995. 42. Virot, M., Tomao, V., Colnagui, G., Visinoni, F., and Chemat, F., New microwave-integrated Soxhlet extraction. An advantageous tool for the extraction of lipids from food products, J. Chrom., 1174, 138–144, 2007. 43. Vogt, A., Gormley, T.R., Downey, G., and Somers, J., A comparison of selected rapid methods for fat measurement in fresh herring (Clupea harengus), J. Food Compos. Anal., 15, 205–215, 2002.

Composition and Calories

279

44. Kent, M., Measurement of dielectric properties of herring flesh using transmission time domain spectroscopy, Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 25, 26–38, 1990a. 45. Clerjon, S. and Damez, J.L., Microwave sensing for food structure evaluation, Meas. Sci. Technol., 18, 1038–1045, 2007. 46. Nielsen, D., Hylding, G., Nielsen, J., and Hauch Nielsen, H., Lipid content in herring (Clupea harengus L.)–influence of biological factors and comparison of different method of analyses: Solvent extraction, Fatmeter, NIR, and NMR, Lebensm Wiss. U. Technol.-Food. Sci. Technol., 38, 537–548, 2005. 47. Aursand, M., Bleivik, B., and Rainuzzo, J., Lipid distribution and composition in commercially farmed Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), J. Sci Food Agr., 64, 239–248, 1994. 48. Undeland, I., Hall, G., and Lignert, H., Lipid oxidation in fillets of herring (Clupea harengus) during ice storage, J. Agr. Food Chem., 47(2), 524–532, 1999. 49. Katikou, P., Hughes, S I., and Robb, H.D.F., Lipid distribution within Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) fillets, Aquaculture, 202(1–2), 89–99, 2001. 50. Toussaint, C., Fauconneau, B., Medale, F., Collewet, G., Akoka, S., Haff ray, P., and Davenel, A., Description of the heterogeneity of lipid distribution in the flesh of brown trout (Salmo trutta) by MR imaging, Aquaculture, 243, 255–267, 2005. 51. Kent, M., Hand held instrument for fat/water determination in whole fish, Food Control, 1, 47–53, 1990b. 52. Kent, M., Seasonal variation in the calibration of microwave fat: Water content meter for fish flesh, Int. J. Food Sci. Technol., 27, 137–143, 1992. 53. Khodabux, K., L’Omelette, M.S.S., Jhaumeer-Laulloo, S., Ramasami, P., and Rondeau, R., Chemical and near-infrared determination of moisture, fat and protein in tuna fishes, Food Chem., 102(3), 669–675, 2007. 54. Jebsen, S.M., Pedersen, H.T., and Engelsen, S. B., Application of chemometrics to low-field 1H NMR relaxation data of fish flesh, J. Sci. Food Agric., 79, 1793–1802, 1999. 55. Toussaint, C.A., Medale, F., Davenel, A., Fauconneau, B., Haff ray, P., and Akoka, S., Determination of the lipid content in fish muscle by a self-calibrated NMR relaxometry method: Comparison with classical chemical extraction methods, J. Sci. Food Agric., 82, 173–178, 2001. 56. Shimamoto, J., Hasagawa, K., Sato, M., and Kawano, S., Non-destructive determination of fat content in frozen and thawed mackerel by near infrared spectroscopy, Fish. Sci., 70, 345–347, 2004. 57. Sørland, G.H., Larsen, P.M., Lundby, F., Anthonsen, H.W., and Foss, B.J., On the use of low-field NMR methods for the determination of total lipid content in marine products. In: Magnetic Resonance in Food Science, Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, U.K., 299, pp. 20–27, 2005. 58. Aursand, M., Rainuzzo, J., and Grasdalen, H., Quantitative high resolution 13C and1H nuclear magnetic resonance of fatty acids from white muscle of atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), J. Am. Oil. Chem. Soc., 70(10), 971–981, 1993. 59. Falch, E., Størseth, T.R., and Aursand, M., Multi-component analysis of marine lipids in fish gonads with emphasis on phospholipids using high resolution NMR spectroscopy, Chem. Phys. Lipids, 144(1), 2006. 60. Solberg, C. and Fredriksen G., Analysis of fat and dry matter in capelin by near infrared transmission spectroscopy, J. Near Infrared Spec., 9, 221–228, 2001. 61. McAdams, D., Measuring fat by meter, Seafood Int., 11(9), 35, 1996. 62. Acton, J.C. and Rudd, C.L., Protein quality methods for seafoods. In: Seafood Quality determination, Eds., Kramer, D.E. and Liston, J., Elsevier, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, 1983. 63. Pellett, P.L. and Young, V.R., Nutritional Evaluation of Protein Foods. Publication no. WHTR-3/ UNUP-129, United Nations University, Tokyo, Japan, 1980. 64. FAO/WHO/UNU Expert Consultation, energy and protein requirements, World Health Organization Technical Report Series 724, 1985. 65. Mambrini, M. and Kaushik, S.J., Indispensable amino acid requirements of fish: Correspondence between quantitative data and amino acid profiles of tissue proteins, J. Appl. Ichthyol.-Z. Angew. Ichtyol., 11, 240–247, 1995.

280

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

66. Wilson, R.P., Amino acids and proteins. In: Fish Nutrition, 3rd edn., Eds., Halver, J.E. and Hardy, R.W. Academic press, San Diego, California, 144–179, 2002. 67. Owusu-Apeten, R.K., Food Protein Analysis. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 2002. 68. Greenfield, H. and Southgate, D.A.T., Food composition data. production, management and use, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, 2003. 69. Kjeldahl, J., A new method for the determination of nitrogen in organic matter, Z. Anal. Chem., 22, 366–382, 1883. 70. Dumas, J.B.A., Procedes de l’analyse organique. Ann. Chim. Phys., 247, 198–213, 1831. 71. Simonne, A.H., Simonne, E.H., Eitenmiller, R.R., Mills, H.A., and Cresman, III C.P., Could the Dumas method replace the Kjeldahl digestion for nitrogen and crude protein determinations in foods? J. Sci. Food Agr., 73(1), 39–45, 1997. 72. Thompson, M., Owen, L., Wilkinson, K., Wood, R., and Damant, A., A comparison of the Kjeldahl and Dumas methods for the determination of protein in foods, using data from a proficiency testing scheme, Analyst, 127(12), 1666–1668, 2002. 73. Jung, S., Rickert, D.A., Deak, N.A., Aldin, E.D., Recknor, J., Johnson, L.A., and Murphy, P.A., Comparison of Kjeldahl and Dumas methods for determining protein contents of soybean products, J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc., 80(12), 1169–1173, 2003. 74. Miller, E.L., Bimbo, A.P., Barlow, S.M., and Sheridan, B., Repeatability and reproducibility of determination of the nitrogen content of fishmeal by the combustion (Dumas) method and comparison with the Kjeldahl method: Interlaboratory study, J. AOAC Int., 90(1), 6–20, 2007 75. Sosulski, F.W. and Imafidon, G.I., Amino acid composition and nitrogen to protein conversion factors for animal and plant foods, J. Agric. Food. Chem., 38, 1351–1356, 1990. 76. Gnaiger, E. and Bitterlich, G., Proximate biochemical composition and caloric content calculated from elemental CHN analysis: A stochiometric concept, Oecologia, 62, 289–298, 1984. 77. Salo-Väänänen, P.P. and Koivistoinen, P.E., Determination of protein in foods: Comparison of net protein and crude protein (N × 6.25) values, Food Chem., 57(1), 27–31, 1996. 78. Jones, D.B., Munsey, V.E., and Walker, L.E., Report of committee on protein factors, J. Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 25, 118–120, 1942. 79. Heidelbaugh, N.D., Huber, S.C., Bednavzk, J.F., Smith, M.C., Rambaut, P.C., and Wheeler, H.O., Comparison of three methods of calculating protein content of foods, J. Agr. Food Chem., 23, 611–613, 1975. 80. Orban, E., Nevigato, T., Lena, G.D., Masci, M., Casini, I., Gambelli, L., and Caproni, R., New trends in the seafood market. Sutchi catfish (Pangasius hypophthalmus) fillets from Vietnam: Nutritional quality and safety aspects, Food Chem., 110, 383–389, 2008. 81. Cinquina, A.L., Cali, A., Longo, F., De Santis, L., Severoni, A., and Abballe, F., Determination of biogenic amines in fish tissues by ion-exchange chromatography with conductivity detection, J. Chromatogr. A, 1032(1–2), 73–77, 2004. 82. Karovicova, J. and Kohajdova, Z., Biogenic amines in food, Chem. Pap., 59(1), 70–79, 2005. 83. Waterborg, J.H., The Lowry method for protein quantitation. In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn, Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 84. Flynn, K.J., Some measurements of dissolved free amino acids in natural waters and within microalgae by the use of HPLC, Chem. Ecol., 3, 269–293, 1988. 85. Quereshi, G.A. and Qureshi, A.R. Determination of free amino acids in biological samples: Problems of quantification, J. Chromatogr., 491, 281–289, 1989. 86. Duun, A. and Rustad, T. Quality changes during superchilled storage of cod (Gadus morhua) fillets, Food Chem., 105, 1067–1075, 2007. 87. Ishida, Y., Fujita, T., and Asai, K., New detection and separation method for amino acids by highperformance liquid chromatography, J. Chromatogr., 204, 204, 143–148, 1981. 88. Blundell, G. and Brydon, W.G., High performance liquid chromatography of plasma aminoacids using orthophthalaldehyde derivatisation, Clin. Chim. Acta, 170, 79–84, 1987.

Composition and Calories

281

89. Bütikofer, U., Fuchs, D., Bosset, J.O., and Gmur, W., Automated HPLC-amino acid determination of protein hydrolysates by precolumn derivatisation with OPA and FMOC and comparison with classical ion exchange chromatography, Chromatographia, 31, 9/10, 441–447, 1991. 90. Dorresteijn, R.C., Berwald, L.G., Zomer, G., Goojijer, C.D.de., Wieten, G., and Beuvery, E.C., Determination of amino acids using o-phthalaldehyde-2-mercaptoethanol derivatisation, effect of reaction conditions, J. Chromatogr. Part A, 724, 159–167, 1996. 91. Sarwar, G. and Botting, H.G., Evaluation of liquid chromatographic analysis of nutritionally important amino acids in the food and physiological samples, J. Chromatogr., 615, 1–22, 1993. 92. Fekkes, D., State-of-the-art of high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis of amino acids in physiological samples, J. Chromatogr. Part B, 682, 3–22, 1996. 93. Wu, T. and Mao, L., Influences of hot air drying and microwave drying on nutritional and odourous properties of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idellus) filets, Food Chem., 110, 647–653, 2008. 94. Hamilton, P.B. and Anderson, R.A, Ion-exchange chromatography of amino acids-semi-automatic method of operation with cationic-exchange resin columns, Anal. Chem., 31, 1504–1512, 1959. 95. Benson, J.R. and Hare, P.E., O-Phthalaldehyde: Fluorogenic detection of primary amines in the picomole range. Comparison with fluorescamine and ninhydrin, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA., 72, 1, 619–622, 1975. 96. Heems, D., Luck, G., Fraudeau, C., and Verette, E., Fully automated precolomn derivatisation, on line dialysis and high performance liquid chromatographic analysis of amino acids in food, beverages and feedstuff, J. Chrom. Part A, 798, 9–17, 1998. 97. Björklund, J., Einarsson, S., Engström, A., Grzegorczyk, A., Becker, H-D., and Josefsson, B., Automated amino acid determination by high-performance liquid chromatography with 2-(9-antryl)ethyl chloroformate as precolumn reagent, J. Chromatogr. Part A, 798, 1–8, 1998. 98. Schuster, R., Determination of amino acids in biological, pharmaceutical, plant and food samples by automated precolumn derivatization and high-performance liquid chromatography, J. Chromatogr., 431, 271–284, 1988. 99. Adams, E. and Frank, L., Metabolism of proline and the hydroxyprolines, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 49, 1005–1061, 1980. 100. Welch, R.W., Acworth, I., and Levine, M., Coulometric electrochemical detection of hydroxyproline using 7-chloro-4-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole, Anal. Biochem., 210, 1, 199–205, 1993. 101. Dugan, M.E.R., Thacker, R.D., Aalhus, J.N., Jeremiah, L.E., and Lien, K.A., Analysis of 4-hydroxyproline using 4-chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazol derivatization and micellar electrokinetic chromatography combined with laser-induced fluorescence detection, J. Chromatogr. Part B, Biomed. Sci. Appl., 744, 1, 195–199, 2000. 102. Langrock, T., Garcia-Villar, N., and Hoff mann, R., Analysis of hydroxyproline isomers and hydroxylysine by reverse-phase HPLC and mass spectrometry, J. Chromatogr. Part B, 847, 282–288, 2007. 103. Wold, J.P., Lundby, F., and Egelandsdal, B., Quantification of connective tissue (hydroxyproline) in ground beef by autofluorescense spectroscopy, J. Food Sci., 64, 3, 377–383, 1999. 104. Intarasirisawat, R., Benjakul, S., Visessanguan, W., Prodpran, T., Tanaka, M., and Howell, N.K., Autolysis study of big eye snapper (Priacanthus macracanthus) skin and its effects on gelatine. Food Hydrocolloids, 21, 537–544, 2007. 105. Bergman, I. and Loxley, R., Two improved and simplified methods for the spectrophotometric determination of hydroxyproline, Anal. Chem., 35, 1961–1965, 1963. 106. Simpson, R.J., Neuberger, M.R., and Liu, T-Y., Complete amino acid analysis of proteins from a single hydrolysate, J. Biol. Chem., 251, 7, 1936–1940, 1976. 107. Chiou, S.H. and Wang, K.T., Simplified protein hydrolysis with methanesulphonic acid at elevated temperature for the complete amino acid analysis of protein, J. Chromatogr. Part A, 448, 404–410, 1988. 108. Bolden, M.E. and Danielson, N.D., Liquid chromatography of aromatic amines with photochemical derivatization and tris(bipyridine)ruthenium(III) chemiluminescense detection, J. Chromatogr. A, 828, 421–430, 1998.

282

Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis

109. Molnar-Perl, I., Tryptophan analysis in peptides and proteins, mainly by liquid chromatography, Review. J. Chromatogr, A, 763, 1–10. 1997. 110. Campanella, L., Crescentini, G., and Avino, P., Simultaneous determination of cysteine, cystine and 18 other amino acids in various metrices by high performance liquid chromatography, J. Chromatogr. A, 833, 137–145, 1999. 111. Glencross, B., Hawkins, W., Evans, D., Rutherford, N., McCafferty, P., Dods, K. and Sipsas, S., Assessing the implications of variability in the digestible protein and energy value of lupin kernel meals when fed to rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss, Aquaculture, 277, 251–262, 2008. 112. Vacha, F., Krizek, M., and Pavlieck, T., Content of biogenic amines in common carp (Cyprinus carpio). In: Towards a Predictable Quality. Aquaculture Europe ‘99. Trondheim, Norway, August 7–10, 249–250, 1999. 113. Ozogul, F., Taylor, K.D.A., Quantick, P., and Ozogul, Y., Biogenic amine formation in Atlantic herring (Clupea herengus) stored under modified atmosphere packing using a rapid HPLC method, Int. J. Food. Sci. Tech., 37, 515–522, 2002. 114. Korös, A, Hanczkó, R., Jámbor, A., Qian, Y., Perl, A., and Molnár-Perl, I., Analysis of amino acids and biogenic amines in biological tissues as their o-phthalaldehyde/ethanethiol/fluorenylmethyl chloroformate derivatives by high-performance liquid chromatography A deproteinization study, J. Chromatogr. A, 1149, 46–55, 2007. 115. Krause, I., Bockhardt, A. Neckermann, H., Henle, T., and Klostermeyer, H., Simultaneous determination of amino acids and biogenic amines by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography of the dabsyl derivatives, J. Chromatogr. A, 715, 67–79, 1995. 116. Pereira, V., Pontes, M., Camara, J.S., and Marques, J.C., Simultaneous analysis of free amino acids and biogenic amines in honey and wine samples using in loop orthophthalaldehyde derivatization procedure, J. Chromatogr. A, 1189, 435–443, 2008. 117. Berge, G.E., Sveier, H., and Lied, E., Nutrition on Atlantic salmon (Salmon salar); the requirements and metabolic effect of lysine, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. Part A, 120, 477–485, 1998. 118. Refstie, S., Bakke-McKellop, A.M., Penn, M.H., Sundby, A., Shearer, K.D., and Krogdahl, Å., Capacity for digestive hydrolysis and amino acid absorption in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) fed diets with soybean meal or inulin with or without addition of antibiotics, Aquaculture, 261, 392–406, 2006. 119. Espe, M., Lemme, A., Petri, A., and El-Mowafi, A., Assessment of lysine requirement for maximal protein accretion in Atlantic salmon usin plant protein diets, Aquaculture, 263, 168–178, 2007. 120. Conceicao, L.E.C., Grasdalen, H., and Dinis, M.T., A new method to estimate the relative bioavailability of individual amino acids in fish larvae using C-NMR spectroscopy, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. Part B, 103–109, 2003. 121. Sozgen, K., Cekic, S.D., Tutem, E., and Apak, R., Spectrophotometric total protein assay with copper(II)-neocuproine reagent in alkaline medium, Talanta, 68(5), 1601–1609, 2006. 122. Noll, J.S., Simmonds, D.H., and Bushuk, W.C., A modified biuret reagent for the determination of protein, Cereal Chem., 52, 610–616, 1974. 123. Lowry, G.H., Rosenbraugh, R.J., Farr, A.L., and Randall, R.J., Protein measurements with the Folin phenol reagent, J. Biol. Chem., 193, 263–275, 1951. 124. Smith, P.K., Krohn, R.I., Hermanson, G.T., Mallia, A.K., Gartner, F.H., Provenzano, M.D., Fujimoto, E.K., Goeke, N.M., Olson, B.J., and Klenk, D.C., Measurement of protein using bicinchoninic acid, Anal. Biochem., 150, 76–85, 1985. 125. Walker, J.M., The bicinchoninic acid (BCA) assay for protein quantitation, In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn., Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 126. Liu, R., Zhao, S.-M., Xiong, S.-B., Qui, C.-G., and Xie, B.-J., Rheological properties of fish actomyosin and pork actomyosin solutions, J. Food Eng., 85, 173–179, 2008. 127. Bradford, M., A rapid and sensitive method for the quantitation of microgram quantities of protein utilizing the principle of protein-dye binding, Anal. Biochem., 72, 248–254, 1976.

Composition and Calories

283

128. Sarkardei, S. and Howell, N.K., The effects of freeze-drying and storage on the FT-Raman spectra of Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus) and horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus), Food Chem., 103, 62–70, 2007. 129. Benjakul, S. and Bauer, F., Physicochemical and enzymatic changes of cod muscle proteins subjected to different freeze-thaw cycles, J. Sci. Food Agr., 80, 1143–1150, 2000. 130. Hultmann, L. and Rustad, T., Iced storage of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)–effects on endogenous enzymes and their impact on muscle proteins and texture, Food Chem., 87, 31–41, 2004. 131. Sovik, S. L. and Rustad, T., Effect of season and fishing ground on the activity of lipases in byproducts from cod (Gadus morhua). LWT-Food Sci. Technol., 38, 867–876, 2005. 132. Kruger, N.J., The Bradford method for protein quantitation. In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn, Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 133. Aitken, A. and Learmonth, M.P., Protein determination by UV absorption. In: The Protein Protocols Handbook, 2nd edn., Ed., Walker, J.M., Humana Press Inc., Totowa, NJ, 2002. 134. Van Camp, J. and Dierckx, S., Proteins. In: Handbook of Food Analysis, Physical Characterisation and Nutrient Analysis, Volume I, 2nd edn., Revised and expanded, Ed., Leo, M.L., Nollet, F. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 2004. 135. Watts, M., Munday, B.L., and Burke, C.M., Isolation and partial characterisation of immunoglobulin from southern bluefin tuna Thunnus maccoyii Castelnau, Fish Shellfish Immun., 11, 491–503, 2001. 136. Mendel, B., Kemp, A., and Myers, O.K., A colorimetric micro-method for the determination of glucose, Biochem. J., 56, 639–646, 1954. 137. Schultz, M., Liese, A.D., Mayer-Davis, E.J., D’Agostino, R.B., Fang, F., Sparks, K.C., and Wolever, T.M., Nutritional correlates of dietary glycaemic index: New aspects from a population perspective, Br. J. Nutr., 94, 397–406, 2005. 138. Kimura, S., Studies on marine invertebrate collagens. V. The neutral sugar composition and glucosylated hydroxylysine contents of several collagens, Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish., 38, 1153, 1972. 139. Ansell, A.D., Storage and utilization of reserves in Pectinid bivalves with particular reference to the adductor muscle. Proceedings of the Scallop Workshop, Brest, France 8–13 May, 17pp, 1978. 140. Epp, J., Bricelj, V.M., and Malouf. R.E., Seasonal partitioning and utilization of energy reserves in two age classes of the bay scallop Argopecten irradians (Lamark), J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol., 121, 113–136, 1988. 141. Zwann, A. de. and Zandee, D.I., Body distribution and seasonal changes in the glycogen content of the common sea mussel Mytilus edulis, Comp. Biochem. Physiol. A: Physiology, 43(1), 53–58, 1972. 142. Dare, P.J. and Edwards, D.B., Seasonal changes in flesh weight and biochemical composition of mussels (Mytilus edulis L.) in the Conwy estuary, North Wales, J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol., 18(2), 89–97, 1975. 143. Dubois, M., Gilles, K.A., Hamilton, J.K., Rebers, P.A., and Smith, F., Colorimetric method for determination of sugars and related substances, Anal. Chem., 18, 350–356, 1956. 144. Maguire, J.A., Fleury, P.G., and Burnell, G.M., Some methods for quantifying quality in the scallop Pecten maximus (L.), J. Shellfish Res., 18(1), 59–66, 1999. 145. Gerhardt, P., Murray, R.G.E., Wood, W.A., and Krieg, N.R., Chemical analysis. In: Methods for General and Molecular Bacteriology, 2nd edn., Am. Soc. Microbiol., pp. 518–520, 1994. 146. Allen, V.J., Marsden, I.D., Ragg, N.L.C., and Gieseg, S., The effects of tactile stimulants on feeding, growth, behaviour, and meat quality of cultures Blackfoot abalone, Haliotis iris, Aquaculture, 257, 294–308, 2006. 147. Carroll, N.V., Longley, R.W., and Roe, J.H., The determination of glycogen in liver and muscle by use of anthrone reagent, Department of Biochemistry, School of Medicine, George Washington University, Washington, D.C., J. Biol. Chem., 583–593, 1955. 148. Templeton, M.C., Microdetermination of glycogen with anthrone reagent, Northwestern University, Dept. Medical Anatomy, Publn no. 658, 670–672, 1961. 149. Van Handel, E., Estimation of glycogen in small amounts of tissue, Anal. Biochem., 11, 256–265, 1965.

D. Miller. Epidemiology. Lipid. D. S.org/es/ESN/nutrition/requirements_pub_en. Calorie conversion factors. New data for nutrient tables. Can. Munro.. 1970. 117–127.. 1945. B. United States Department of Agriculture. Gallart-Jornet.S. P. J. M.K.Fish.. Carbohydrates in human nutrition.B. Chevassus-Agnes.E. DC. Southgate. F. 195–201. and Watt. 9. A. meanings. Newell. Technol. Department of Agriculture. J. P. Comparative estimations of the energy content of fish tissue from bomb calorimetry.stm. and Talling. 153. Venkataramiah. 13.F.C.T.. Craig. Rome.284 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 150. Reinhold Publishing Corporation. FAO. Atwater. New York. fish and faeces samples.. Agriculture Handbook No. S. 100–118.L.. 1986. 160. I.I. Rome. R. Br. 169. Food. 29–33. 619–632.. Soc. 501–508. basis and derivation. 74. A. Report of a technical workshop. D.S. United States Department of Agriculture Office of Experiment Stations. A. 155.L. No. Food Technology International (Europe). An experimental reassessment of the factors used in the calculation of the energy value of human diets. Comp.. Kinsella. Faulks. and Biesiot.M. Energy value of foods. Factors for converting percentages of nitrogen in foods and feeds into percentages of proteins.. Agriculture Handbook.V. Charrondiere. 161. Report of a joint FAO/WHO expert consultation. 166. Rome. B. 165. Government Printing Office. B. Nutr.. and uses... G.R. and Lees. 1125–1127. Int. and Machiels. Impact of different macronutrient definitions and energy conversion factors on energy supply estimations. An evaluation of the wet oxidation technique for use in determining the energy content of seston samples.. Developing an international food energy system. E. United States Department of Agriculture Circular No.. U. 2003. 58. and Livesey. Jones. Kenley.V. 1959. A. FAO Food and Nutrition Paper 66.J. 8. Aursand. J.A. Anal.K. Sci..R. S. Tijssen. 164. Food energy-methods of analysis and conversion factors. Serna. Agric. Washington DC. DC. Agric... 2004. updated in 1941. Freshwater Biol. W.. 1996. L. 56. R. D.. Christie. 152. Oil Chem. Bioenergetics and Growth. Valverde.F.E. 27(5). 1993.. 517–535. A. Merrill... 151. 1975. Pareja. Tinahones.. J. 1931. 168.. protein. 2008. 157. Beltran-Lugo. T. U. Food and nutritional paper 77. G. Lipids and fatty acids of important finfish. Erikson. The chemical composition of American food materials. Kent.. Food. H. Martin-Reyes. 1896. DC. Marroni. J. Aquaculture.. 1955. M. Broody. shellfish. Anal.. B. Nutr.. Chem. Am. J. Seasonal variations in chemical.. M. 183. 156. J. Pacheco-Aguilar R. Krishnamoorthy. 1982. I. 154–159. 159. 2006... and Payne. B. 167. J.. Esteva.. A comparison between methods used to determine the energy content of feed. F. 1997..... Henken... and Rustad. and molluscs commonly eaten in the south of Spain. Aquaculture. 20(2).. and Durnin. basis and derivation. A. J. 6252–6260.. 13.. Aquat. C. A. Lucas. Br.. J.. http://www. J.J.N.K.. 39. M.. 1998. Food Comp. Merrill. ... R. R. 258. Brown J. Carbohydrates and related food components: INFOODS tagnames. J. 585–590.G. S.74. and Watt..O.... Caloric densities of shellfish meat and fats. 1985. J. U. Food Sci. A ballistic bomb calorimeter. 24. 163. 52. 158.... and Woods. Burlingame. 1383–1388. FAO/WHO..T. 1978. 339–360. Exler. Soriguer. Maeda-Martinez. Water distribution in brine salted cod (Gadus morhua) and salmon (Salmo salar): A low field NMR study. and Watt.D. Hernando. Microwave and infra-red drying versus conventional oven drying methods for moisture determination in fish flesh.A. A. Washington. 1973. 17.. 154.M.. Energy value of foods.G. 162. wet oxidation and proximate analysis.I. Eur. J. and microstructural properties of adductor muscles of Pacific lions-paw scallop (Nodipecten subnodosus). Bulletin 28. J.A. 1997.fao. H..M.A. and Nolasco-Soria. and Burlingame. P.G. A. J. Soriguer. 451–463. textural. 1979. Axelson. physical. J.. Food Chem. Lakshmi.. and calorie content of different Atlantic and Mediterranean fish. 170. Washington. Washington.

1979. De Klerk. Food Chem. J.) by electrical conductivity. Lantry. Maintaining a nutrient database in a changing marketplace: Keeping pace with changing food products–A research perspective. 3. Milisits.. 905–908. 175. K. Availability of and needs for reliable analytical methods for the assay of foods. 97. J. S. 172.. J. A. 315–322. Hancz.. 179. M. Dordercht. Shono.. D. Tierzucht–Archives of Animal Breeding 46. E. Ed... 176. Lipid content determination in whole fish using ultrasonic pulse backscatter. I. Lab Delo.F. Part 1: Applications in Chemistry. advantages and disadvantages. Food Comp.T. Publisher IEEE. and Mills. the Netherlands. 180.L.. Chromatogr. E. Ed... Failure of total body electrical conductivity to predict lipid content of brook trout. Arch. Food and Nutr. 5(2).... P. N. 178. H. In: Modern Magnetic Resonance.. G. 71–79. Bull. and Baskaeva. 2003. and Martinez Del Rio.A. C. D.S. 161–165. 30–39. 174. 14.A.. Southgate. 2001.F. and Horn. Biological and Marine Sciences. M. 1974. B. C. 69–76.M. In vivo measurement of total body lipid content of common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.. Bradford’s method of determining protein: Application. In: Ultrasonic Symposium Conference. 397–402.. Anal. .. D. G. and Hamid. 1989. Novinger. 2001. 1999..M. C. 913. Derivatisation and chromatographic behaviour of the o-phthalaldehyde amino acid derivatives obtained with various SH-group containing additives.K. Molnar-Perl.A. Springer. Bull. 283–302. Jørgensen. 2006.J.Composition and Calories ◾ 285 171. Drawbacks in the use of the Biuret method for determination of the same protein in differently treated fish samples. J.. Webb. P. Schakel. 1983.. 1999. 173. and Jensen. 4–7. Fish. Rand. Stewart. Manag.. Evaluation of total body electrical conductivity to estimate whole body water content of yellow perch (Perca flavescens) and alewife (Alosa pseudoharengu). Fish. Freese... North Am.N.. Water distribution and mobility in fish products in relation to quality.I. B. 19(4). 4. Turgut. 177. 4.

.

...... 299 17...... 300 17......1 High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Methods.............. not all proteins have the same nutritional value................................................................... Amino acids may also be found in free form..................1 Cation Exchange Chromatography ........................................................................1....... 287 17... 292 17...... in general......................................................Chapter 17 Essential Amino Acids M.................. 290 17.. However..................2.1 Introduction Amino acids are the basic components of the muscle protein structure of seafood................................. especially in all the essential amino acids necessary for physical and mental well-being.......3 Seafood Essential Amino Acid Analysis........................................................3...................................3.... 288 17.......3........................................4 Mass Spectrometry .....3................................ 298 17............1 Sample Preparation for Free Essential Amino Acid Analysis ...2 Sample Preparation for Total or Hydrolyzed Essential Amino Acid Analysis...............2 Sample Preparation for the Analysis of Seafood Essential Amino Acids ...... because protein quality strongly depends on its amino acid composition and digestibility.1......................................................................2 Reversed-Phase High-Performance Liquid Chromatography ................3 Capillary Zone Electrophoretic Methods . 288 17................... seafood proteins are considered as highquality proteins because of their balanced content in amino acids...............................................................................4 Conclusions ..............291 17.....................................2 Gas Liquid Chromatographic Methods ....1 Fish and....................3...........3 by generation of volatile 287 . 289 17.291 17............1 Introduction ..... 300 References ..............................2.... Concepción Aristoy and Fidel Toldrá Contents 17..... which contribute to fish taste and indirectly to aroma 2...................3....... 298 17...

13. which confers numerous biological functions to this amino acid (precursor to the antioxidant glutathione). The extraction solvent can be hot water.11 17.22 trichloroacetic (TCA). sulfur-containing amino acids (methionine and cystine/cysteine). It is usually achieved by homogenization of the ground sample in an appropriate solvent by using a Stomacher. Once homogenized.21 perchloric (PCA). Although classified as nonessential. the analysis of essential amino acids in seafood is important for the evaluation of both the nutritive value and the sensory quality of seafood.13 5% of trichloroacetic acid.4 Branched-chain essential amino acids (valine. then. sulfosalicylic (SSA). Several chemical methods include the use of concentrated strong acids such as phosphotungstic (PTA). in rare cases.23–25 and picric .5–10 Thus.1 Sample Preparation for Free Essential Amino Acid Analysis Sample preparation for free essential amino acids includes their extraction and the cleanup or deproteinization of the extract. and so forth. The extraction consists in the separation of the free amino acid fraction from the insoluble portion of the matrix (fish muscle). and leucine). are described.20 have been successfully used as extraction solvents.18. Sample cleanup is necessary to eliminate proteins and polypeptides by means of the deproteinization process. (2) its ability to cross-link proteins. with the additional advantage that proteins are not extracted and. which increases the protein stability in the harsh extracellular environment by conferring proteolytic resistance.288 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis compounds through Maillard reactions and Strecker degradations. A more detailed description of amino acid methods of analysis may be found in the work of Aristoy and Toldrá.16. Sample preparation will depend on whether free or total essential amino acids have to be analyzed. isoleucine. 0.14 6% of perchloric acid. the elderly.01–0. the sample is centrifuged at more than 10.000 g under refrigeration (4°C) to separate the supernatant from the nonextracted materials (pellet) and filtered through glass wool to retain any fat material remaining on the surface of the supernatant. methods for the analysis of amino acids in seafood. 17. there is no need for further cleaning up of the sample. which can be achieved through different chemical or physical procedures. cysteine may be essential for infants.2. In some cases. and individuals with certain metabolic disease or who suffer from malabsorption syndromes. especially of those considered essentials.1 N hydrochloric acid solution. In this chapter. or (3) its Maillard reaction with sugars yielding characteristic flavors. Free amino acids initiate important changes at early postmortem and during storage and can be very useful as quality indices of processing and storage. concentrated strong acid solutions such as 4% of 5-sulfosalicylic acid.2 Sample Preparation for the Analysis of Seafood Essential Amino Acids Free or total essential amino acids are analyzed from the whole amino acid profile. Special attention is also devoted to the analysis of the sulfur amino acid cysteine for several reasons: (1) the high reactivity of its thiol group.12. and aromatic amino acids (phenylalanine and tyrosine) are the most important from this point of view. Polytron. or by means of a simple stirring in warm solvent. or diluted phosphate buffers.15 or a rich alcohol-containing solution (>75%) such as ethanol16–18 or methanol19.

Some comparative studies have been published on these deproteinization techniques.000 Da) that allow free amino acids through while retaining large compounds.29.000. Typically. Proteins must be hydrolyzed into their constituent amino acids before the analysis.000. addition of constant boiling hydrochloric acid and additives. Digestion at 145°C for 4 h has also been proposed.000. because it gives information on the nutritional value of fish meat. which permits the alternative air evacuating/inert gas purging. The use of organic solvents. which is easily separated by centrifugation. compatibility with derivatization (pH.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 289 (PA)26–28 acids or organic solvents such as methanol. by mixing two or three volumes of organic solvent with one volume of extract.6 N PCA.18. An additional advantage is the easy evaporation to concentrate the sample. presence of salts. Upon heating.39.35–38 These temperatures in such acidic and oxidative medium may degrade some amino acids. The presence of appropriate antioxidants/scavengers during hydrolysis can prevent losses of the most labile amino acids. When limited amounts of sample are available. is well suited to hydrolyze large amounts or complex samples. The hydrolysis may be accomplished using either liquid-phase or vapor-phase methods. One of them is the Pico-Tag Workstation that includes special vessels (flat-bottom glass tubes) fitted with a heat-resistant plastic screw cap equipped with a Teflon valve. thus excluding nonvolatile contaminants. which is easily neutralized by the addition of KOH or potassium bicarbonate. creating an appropriate atmosphere inside the vessels to ensure low amino acid degradation. and so forth. Liquid-phase. proteins precipitate by denaturation. the tubes containing the samples are located inside large vessels containing the acid. In the vapor-phase hydrolysis method. ethanol. to rend insoluble potassium perchlorate.22 Under these conditions.39 Some commercial systems are available. where the hydrochloric acid contacts the sample directly. oxygen is removed and substituted by nitrogen or other inert gas.). and performance under vacuum) is similar to that of a conventional oven. 30. Therefore. etc. Nitrogen atmosphere and sealed vials are required during the hydrolysis to minimize the degradation. or separation method (interferences in the chromatogram. the vapor-phase hydrolysis method is preferred to minimize contaminants coming from aqueous 6 N hydrochloric acid.40.30 All these methods give a sample solution rich in free amino acids but free of proteins. resulting in a very simple deproteinization procedure with no interferences. samples are treated with constant boiling 6 N hydrochloric acid in an oven at around 110°C for 20–96 h. etc. all of them . also disposes of an oven to accomplish the hydrolysis. The most common method used for complete hydrolysis of proteins is acid digestion.34 17.). but the duration of the treatment is shorter (less than 20 min).41 The use of microwave technology for the hydrolysis has been assayed by some authors. or acetonitrile. 10. Hydrolysis may be improved by optimizing the temperature and time of incubation41 or with the addition of amino acid oxidation protective compounds. In both cases. whereas free amino acids remain in solution. a system capable of alternative air evacuating/inert gas purging to get a correct deaeration inside is valuable.2. 5.2 Sample Preparation for Total or Hydrolyzed Essential Amino Acid Analysis The total essential amino acid profile is usually requested. only the acid vapor comes into contact with the sample. Differences among all these chemical and physical methods are caused by several aspects such as differences in the cutoff molecular weight. A good choice may be the use of 0. liquid phase or vapor phase.22. has also given very good results.31–33 with amino acid recoveries around 100% for all them. Some physical methods consist in centrifugation through cutoff membrane filters (1. recovery of amino acids.42 Sample manipulation (sample evaporation to dryness.

36. and cysteic acid making its analysis rather difficult. chymotrypsin.43–50 improves cysteine (and methionine) recoveries. although considerable recoveries have been found if no oxygen is present. cysteine sulfinic acid.63–66 for a better tryptophan determination. LiOH. with or without the addition of 1% (w/v) thiodiglycol for 18 h at 110°C. and tryptophan. A third way to hydrolyze proteins is enzymatic hydrolysis by proteolytic enzymes such as trypsin.36. The previous performic acid oxidation of cysteine to cysteic acid. Derivatization is a usual practice in amino acid analysis. improve the recovery of nearly all of these amino acids except tryptophan and cysteine. carboxypeptidase. presence and concentration of oxidation protective agents. Additionally. making the posterior analysis easier. such as chromatographic (liquid or gas chromatography (GC)) or capillary electrophoresis (CE) techniques. and so on. importance of a correct deaeration. being enough for the requirements of any food industry.62 An alternative to acid hydrolysis is the alkaline hydrolysis with 4.55. acid-to-protein ratio.60 and books.1% sodium sulfite. serine. because each possible methodology has advantages and drawbacks. Before or after this separation. KOH. thermolysin. a compromise of conditions offers the best overall estimation for the largest number of amino acids. In fact. threonine. protective agents currently used.67–69 17. yields acceptable results for the majority of amino acids. This option is chosen to analyze specific amino acid sequences or single amino acids because of their specific and well-defined activity. cysteine.30. or pronase. the pyrolysis from 500°C for 3 h57 to 600°C overnight58 of all glass material in contact with the sample is advisable as well as the analysis of some blank samples to control the level of background present.56 As can be observed in this section. Good recoveries have been achieved by using 3-bromopropionic acid.2 M of either NaOH. has been extensively reported in papers35. The optimization of conditions for hydrolysis based on the study of hydrolysis time and temperature. the 22–24 h acid hydrolysis at 110°C (vapor-phase or liquid-phase hydrolysis) with the addition of a protective agent like 1% phenol.54 or 3. unless a very selective way of detection is used.59.3¢-dithiodipropionic acid. The effect of a derivatizing agent is evaluated based on the following aspects: (1) It must be able to react with both primary and secondary amino acids.3 Seafood Essential Amino Acid Analysis The analysis of individual amino acids needs a previous separation of all others.61. such as tyrosine. or BaOH. which is recommended by many authors47. . Cyst(e)ine is partially oxidized during acid hydrolysis yielding several adducts: cystine.38 Alkaline hydrolysis instead of acid hydrolysis is also proposed (see below).58. The choice mainly depends on the equipment available or personal preferences. Some additives have been proposed to protect tryptophan against oxidation as is the case of thioglycolic acid. When high sensitivity is required.52 4-vinyl pyridine53. papain.51 3-bromopropylamine.290 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis essential amino acids. 41. Thus. Tryptophan is often completely destroyed by hydrochloric acid hydrolysis. in which methionine is also oxidized to methionine sulfone. amino acids used to be derivatized to allow their separation or to enhance their detection. methionine. The separation of the individual amino acids in a mixture requires very efficient separation. The use of alkylating agents to stabilize the previous hydrolysis of cysteine constitutes a valid alternative. (2) give a quantitative and reproducible reaction. up to 1% phenol or 0. no single set of conditions will yield the accurate determination of all essential amino acids. adequate hydrolysis procedure as the performic acid oxidation before the hydrolysis is a good alternative. In general. when the analysis of cyst(e)ine would be necessary.

the more acidic amino acids elute first. Tryptophan also possesses native fluorescence (l ex = 295 nm. speed.1.1. as it is a very unspecific detection wavelength. which facilitates a more selective detection. 17. amino acids were converted into colored ninhydrin derivatives for spectrophotometric (colorimetric) detection. The elution involves a stepwise increase in both pH and sodium or lithium ion concentration. recent improvements of the ninhydrin derivatization method71–73 . (4) have mild and simple reaction conditions. although unidentified. The original method required two separate columns and needed about 4 h to achieve a complete analysis. and (7) have no interferences due to by-products or excess of reagent.3.38. The derivatization reaction can be performed after separation of the amino acids (postcolumn derivatization) or before separating them (precolumn derivatization). are always present. (6) have good stability of the derivatization products.3. The classical procedure has been improved with a new polystyrene matrix that offers better resolution power due to smaller particle size. The HPLC techniques to analyze amino acids are cation exchange and reversed-phase (RP) chromatography and are described in Sections 17.3. precolumn techniques can be run either offline or online. because reagent-consuming amines.1 Cation Exchange Chromatography This methodology is based on the amino acid charge. the spectroscopic detection of amino acids requires their previous derivatization to obtain an UV absorbing or fluorescent molecule. l em = 345 nm). 17. Under these conditions. The second type are derivatives that allow gas chromatographic amino acid separation by increasing their volatility and temperature stability. and those with more than one primary amino group or possessing a guanidyl residue elute at the end of the chromatogram. The first type are derivatives that enhance amino acid detection in liquid media. absorb at 210 nm and thus cannot be used for spectroscopic detection.3. or 4-fluoro-7-nitrobenzo-2. Although postcolumn techniques should be run online for maximum accuracy.1. It must be remarked that the use of sufficient amount of reagent is of special importance when dealing with biological samples.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 291 (3) yield a single derivative of each amino acid.1. in their native form. Nevertheless.68 Thus. The latest generation of Moore and Stein amino acid analyzers also use o-phthaldialdehyde (OPA). pellicular packaging. permitting 5–10 pmol sensitivity as standard. because their spectral (high-ultraviolet (UV) absorbing or fluorescence properties) or electrochemical characteristics will affect the sensitivity and selectivity of detection.2. Amino acids.15. and tryptophan) have a chromophore moiety that confers a suitable maximum absorbance for more specific UV detection (280 nm for tyrosine and tryptophan and 254 nm for phenylalanine). and they include derivatives for spectroscopic or for electrochemical detection. (5) have the possibility of automation. and better detection systems. tyrosine.1 High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Methods HPLC is the preferred technique to analyze amino acids.3-oxadiazole postcolumn derivatization to obtain highly fluorescent derivatives with enhanced sensitivity.12 Two types of derivatives are obtained depending on the chosen separation and/or detection technique. After separation. and thus the underivatized amino acids are separated using sulfonated polystyrene beads as the stationary phase and aqueous sodium citrate buffers as the mobile phase.1 and 17.70 fluorescamine. The formed derivatives will be separated by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) as it is important to choose the most adequate derivative. Only three amino acids (phenylalanine.

Precolumn amino acid derivatization may be necessary to confer hydrophobicity to the amino acid molecule. biological fluids. Hitachi.e. but.. the separation times for the 20 amino acids naturally occurring in fish proteins take around 1 h and somewhat longer (2 h) for physiological amino acids.76 There are other reports of applying this technique to the amino acid analysis in food and tissues.70. the derivatizing reagent is pumped into the effluent from the column system. plants). Biotronik. the formed molecule improves sensitivity and selectivity at the detection by allowing the spectroscopic (UV or fluorescent) detection of amino acids.42. especially in a dry condition. The advantage of this method is the accurate results for all known sample types (food. In this way. each new methodology must contrast its results with those obtained by cation exchange chromatography (CEC). There are many manufacturers (Beckman. the main drawback of this type of derivatization method is the required additional equipment: another pump to introduce the reagent as well as mixing and sometimes heating devices.) who offer integrated commercial systems including the column. making it adequate for partition based on chromatography. feed. All PTC-amino acids have similar response factors. which constitutes an advantage. 17. This method has been employed in the classical Moore and Steintype commercial amino acid analyzers. Phenylisothiocyanate (PITC): This methodology involves the conversion of primary and secondary amino acids to their phenylthiocarbamyl (PTC) derivatives. plants. some difficulties to analyze some essential or sulfur-containing amino acid derivatives). and the long time of analysis. time for sample preparation and amino acids separation. or the stability of formed derivatives. 66.74 Nowadays. because it requires only a standard equipment that can be shared by different types of analysis. and an optimized methodology with the advantage of ease of use and reliability. which are detectable at UV (254 nm) with detection limits around 5–50 pmol.1. Dionex.75. etc. LKB. the analysis requirements for free or hydrolyzed amino acids or required sensibility. . biological fluids. The most usual derivatizing agents for tissue amino acids are described below. which makes it a reference method for amino acid analysis. Kontron. and finally the derivatized amino acids reach an online detector system. with which many of them have been marketed.3. tissues. To choose the most appropriate method some aspects must be taken into account such as the following: the disposable detector (fluorescence or UV). Obviously.2 Reversed-Phase High-Performance Liquid Chromatography RP-HPLC has been widely used. the highly complex mobile phase composition. The PTC-amino acids are moderately stable at room temperature for 1 day and much longer when kept under frozen storage.77 After separation. The main drawbacks of this methodology are the high cost of the ion exchange amino acid analyzer and its maintenance. Amersham Biosciences. The resulting system is simpler and cheaper compared with the combination of cation-exchange plus postcolumn derivatization and permits choosing among a great number of possible methodologies. possibility of automation of the derivatization reaction (in the autosampler). Pickering. buffer system. (i.292 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis together with the low sensitivity requirements of fish amino acid analysis still make this method the most used. through a mixing manifold. postcolumn derivatization is not suitable for narrow-bore HPLC. and tissues). followed by a reaction coil. This fact and the proliferation of precolumn derivatizing agents have stimulated the development of RP-HPLC methods to analyze amino acids in all kind of matrices (food. Another disadvantage is the peak broadening produced by the dead volume introduced behind the column. Although this broadening may not affect when using standard-bore columns with flow rates above 1 mL/min. also.

5). which is more critical when amino acids from acid hydrolysis are analyzed.78–80 The chromatographic separation takes around 20 min for hydrolyzed amino acids and 60 min for physiological. the residual PITC reagent left after evaporation will cause damage to the column package. 700 Ala 600 Gly 500 Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) Glu 400 lS Lys Asp 200 Ser 100 OHpro 300 Arg Thr Leu Pro Tyr Val Met lle Phe His 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 Retention time (min) Figure 17. respectively. which is achieved by the addition of triethylamine and includes several drying steps.78–80 Sample preparation is quite tedious: it requires a basic medium (pH = 10.29. Milford. internal standard nor-Leucine. This method is available as a commercially prepackaged system named Pico-Tag (Waters Associates. Moreover. which makes the quantitation of free cystine nonfeasible with this method. standards.81 reported a modification of the method in which the analysis of 27 physiological amino acids could be performed in 22 min (30 min including equilibration). because no buffer is used during the reaction. which includes the analytical column. Sarwar et al. IS. Massachusetts). The reaction time is less than 10 min even though 20 min are recommended for a complete reaction. Both examples applied to the analysis of total amino acids from hake and free amino acids from salmon are shown in Figures 17.2.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 293 The methodology is well described in the literature. and solvents.29. as some columns are more resistant than others. It is important to ensure a basic pH to get adequate derivatization recoveries. The only limitation is the determination of PTC cystine that gives a poor linearity.82 The selection of the column is critical to get a good resolved separation especially when the analysis of physiological amino acids is involved. .1 and 17. the last one being the elimination of the excess of reagent that may cause some damage to the chromatographic column.1 Reversed-phase HPLC chromatogram of PTC amino acids from hydrolyzed hake muscle.

4-Dimethyl-aminoazobenzene-4′-sulfonyl chloride (Dabsyl-Cl): This reagent was first described in 1975 for use in amino acid analysis. IS. However. taurine. Tau. Detection limits are in the low picomole range. the reaction conditions . The sample derivatization is rather simple.5. 15 min at 60°C. because it is especially affected by the presence of high levels of some chloride salts. Reaction efficiency is highly matrix dependent and variable for different amino acids.84 Derivatives are very stable (weeks) and can be formed from both primary and secondary amino acids. anserine.84 Detection is by absorption in the visible range. The dansylated amino acids are stable for 1 day85 or until 7 days when kept at −4°C86 and protected from light. Commercial System Gold/Dabsylation Kit™ uses this technique (Beckman Instruments. l em = 510 nm) although UV (l = 250 nm) detection may also be used.83. Ans. Nevertheless. Stocchi et al. around 9.58 obtained a good separation of 35 dabsyl-amino acids and by-products in a 15 cm C18 column packed with 3 mm particle size. Palo Alto California. The high wavelength of absorption makes the baseline chromatogram very stable with a large variety of solvents and gradient systems.294 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 1400 1200 Glu Ans Absorbance at 254 nm (mAU) 1000 800 Gly 600 Tau βAla His Ala 400 Asp 200 OHpro Ser Lys Pro Thr Arg Tyr Val Met lle lS Leu Trp Phe Orn 0 0 Asn Gln 10 20 30 Retention time (min) 40 50 Figure 17. 1-Dimethylamino-naphthalene-5-sulfonyl chloride (Dansyl-Cl): Dansyl-Cl reacts with both primary and secondary amines to give a highly fluorescent derivative (l ex = 350.2 Reversed-phase HPLC chromatogram of PITC-free amino acids from salmon muscle extract. and a reaction time of 1 h at room temperature (in the dark). standard amino acid solution should be derivatized under similar conditions.33 To overcome this problem and obtain an accurate calibration.58. The reaction time is around 15 min at 70°C and takes place in a basic medium with an excess of reagent. By-products originating from an excess of reagent absorb at the same wavelength and thus they appear in the chromatogram. presenting a maximum from 448 to 468 nm.87 or even 2 min at 100°C. United States). internal standard nor-Leucine. and only needs a basic pH.

94 into the automatic sample preparation protocol described by Schuster. OPA derivatives can be detected by UV absorption (338 nm) as well. The first option was included in the automated AminoTag method90 developed by Varian (Varian Associates Limited). and tyrosine. this methodology reveals excellent linearity for cystine and also cystine-containing short-chain peptides. the excess may interfere in the chromatogram and for this reason it must be extracted (with pentane or diethyl ether) or converted into noninterfering adduct before injection.94–96 2-mercaptoethanol. l em = 315 nm) and is detected at the femtomole range. such as FMOC/amino acid ratio. many automatic injectors are programmable and able to achieve automatic derivatizations.32 . this will commonly form multiple derivatives with histidine. The yield with lysine and cysteine is low and variable. cysteine and cystine are quantified together. itself or hydrolyzed. Tryptophan adducts do not fluoresce and histidine and cyst(e)ine adducts fluoresce weakly. and the reagent itself is not fluorescent. several methods have been proposed before derivatization. temperature.88 Even so.91 This method is preferred because the addition of ADAM is more easily automatized. this problem is overcome by standardizing the time between sample derivatization and column injection by automation.89 9-Fluorenylmethyl chloroformate (FMOC): This reagent yields stable derivatives (days) with primary and secondary amines.93 The fluorescence is recorded at 455 or 470 nm after excitation at 230 or 330 nm. and excess of reagent) must be carefully fi xed to optimize the product yield and to minimize secondary reactions. ethanethiol. The derivative is fluorescent (l ex = 265 nm. This is relatively easy because the reaction is fast and no heating is necessary. These methods include the conversion of cysteine and cystine to cysteic acid by oxidation with performic acid or carboxymethylation of the sulfhydryl residues with iodoacetic100.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 295 (pH. The major disadvantage is due to the reagent.82 Another problem is the large excess of reagent needed to assure a quantitative reaction. In order to obtain reliable and precise results. Another proposal102 consists of a slight modification in the OPA derivatization method by using 2-aminoethanol as a nucleophilic agent and altering the order of the addition of reagents in the automated derivatization procedure. The derivatization is fast (1–3 min) and is performed at room temperature in alkaline (pH 9. reinforcing the poor reproducibility of its results.32 In these methods. o-Phthaldialdehyde (OPA): This reagent reacts with primary amino acids in the presence of a mercaptan cofactor to give highly fluorescent 1-alkylthio-2-alkyl-substituted isoindols. OPA amino acids are not stable. Some reports have been published proposing several ways of automation. which is present in excess as it is highly fluorescent and probably interferes into the chromatogram as a huge peak. which is not the case with any essential amino acid. Nowadays. The reaction time is fast (45–90 s) and does not require any heating.98 and some of them have been patented and commercially marketed (AutoTag OPA from Waters Associates). On the contrary.5) medium. as well as reaction time. The choice of the mercaptan can affect derivative stability. as it is highly fluorescent and then.97. because it guarantees the repeatability of parameters. the reaction of the excess of reagent with a very hydrophobic amine as 1-adamantylamine (ADAM) gives a late-eluting noninterfering peak.82. have to be optimized very carefully. using 3. This excess is hydrolyzed to dansyl sulfonic acid. Histidine gives a very poor fluorescence response (10% of the other amino acids). lysine.92. In the second option. An automated precolumn derivatization routine. reaction conditions. One of the main disadvantages of this procedure is the inability of OPA to react with secondary amines. and 3-mercaptopropionic acid are the most frequently used. and fluorescent intensity. chromatographic selectivity. which includes the addition of ADAM. The addition of detergents like Brij 35 to the derivatization reagent seems to increase the fluorescence response of lysine.99 In the case of cysteine.86. is of great advantage.101 or the formation of the mixed disulfide S-2-carboxyethylthiocysteine (Cys-MPA) from cysteine and cystine.3′-dithiodipropionic acid55 and incorporated by Godel et al.

In this case. The presence of residual uncapped silanol groups on the silica surface. Cystine and cysteine may be analyzed after their conversion to cysteic acid (CisH) by performic acid oxidation. Furthermore.2 to 10. and proteins. and the separation of physiological amino acids is improved. different selectivity may be found among same columns. and other compounds naturally occurring in biological samples and foods.and di-derivatives are the initial adducts from tyrosine.108 If the choice of the derivative reaction is a challenge. Only columns manufactured in the same batch are guaranteed to give the same selectivity if the rest of parameters are fi xed.3B shows the same sample but submitted to a performic acid oxidation before the hydrolysis in which the CisH peak appears by 7. or charge. the addition of a strong cation (i. whereas Figure 17. which are separated by RP-HPLC. Only amino acids with aromatic rings or sulfur-containing side chains are sufficiently electrochemically active to be detected by this method. and UV detection at 254 nm may be used for its analysis. In these cases. can cause unwanted tailing of peaks (especially for the basic amino acids). columns are more carefully manufactured with these silanol groups blocked or inaccessible by steric impediment avoiding the tailing. making them very adequate for biochemical research. OPA/mercaptoethanol or OPA/sulfite104. Nowadays. Any electrical measure. as a consequence. Massachusetts. The chromatographic separation of these derivatives has been optimized for the amino acids from hydrolyzed proteins.. which is only weakly fluorescent at the amino acid derivatives detection conditions and does not interfere in the chromatogram.296 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 6-Aminoquinolyl-N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbamate (AQC): It reacts with primary and secondary amines from amino acids. but 10 min at 55°C would be necessary if a tyrosine monoderivative is required. . such as current. Reaction time is short. Sensitivity is in the femtomole range. because they are molecules with electroactive functional groups. even those made by the same manufacturer. the optimum pH for the reaction is in a broad range.3A shows the separation of hydrolyzed amino acids from salmon. mainly octadecylsilane.50).105 in addition to fluorescent properties possesses electroactivity (750 mV) and PITC106 has again the advantage of reacting with secondary amines. The excess of reagent is consumed during the reaction to form aminoquinoline (AMQ). The fluorescence of tryptophan derivative is very poor. Milford. yielding very stable derivatives (1 week at room temperature) with fluorescent properties (l ex = 250 nm. Due to these variables. accessible to sample molecules. the AMQ peak is very large at the beginning of the chromatogram and may interfere with the first eluting peaks (see Bosch et al. The most used column packaging consists of alkyl-bonded silica particles.e. l em = 395 nm). 1 min.107. the choice of the RP column is not an easy subject because of the great variability of commercially available RP columns. because the resulting CisH is well separated inside the chromatogram. The methodology has been marketed as a prepackaged AccQ Tag kit (Waters Corporation. United States). triethylamine) to the mobile phase can overcome the problem. because both mono. from 8. potential.5 min. Figure 17. lipids. different selectivity. detergents. UV detection (254 nm) may also be used. conductance.103 The main advantage of this reagent is that the yield and reproducibility of the derivatization reaction are scarcely interrupted by the presence of salts. is related to the analyte concentration. It means that when transferring a published method to a particular set of samples. Some of these derivatives are also susceptible to electrochemical detection. Indeed. peptides. it will be necessary to readjust the chromatographic conditions to get a good separation of all amino acids. the selectivity obtained with each trademark column is different due to the particular chemistry employed in their manufacture rendering different density of bonded-phase coverage on the silica particle and hydrophobic behavior and. Both facts facilitate sample preparation. Electrochemical detection consists in one electrode or an array of electrodes mounted in a cell with an applied potential difference. However.

Mobile-phase composition combines an aqueous buffered phase .3 Reversed-phase HPLC chromatogram of AQC amino acids from hydrolyzed salmon muscle (A) without and (B) after performic acid oxidation. packed with 5 mm particle size or shorter columns (10 or 15 cm length) when packed with less than 3 mm particle size. aAba. 1MeHis. 1-methylhistidine. cysteic acid. Typical analytical column dimensions are 15 cm (for hydrolyzed amino acids) or 25–30 cm (for physiological amino acids). MeS. Mobile-phase requirements consist in the ability to dissolve the sample while keeping it transparent to the detection system. methiomine sulfone. a aminobutyric acid used as internal standard. CysH.Essential Amino Acids 200 (A) ◾ 297 Leu 150 Val lle Phe 100 Ala NH3 Arg Asp Thr Gly Ser His Glu Met Tyr Pro αAba Lys 50 Fluorescence (% FS) 0 1MeHis 200 (B) βAla 150 100 MeS 50 CysH 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Retention time (min) Figure 17.

3. and low amount of sample make this technique very interesting when compared with classical electrophoresis and chromatographic techniques. GLC is.113.112 milk. anserine.109. The difficulty of separating amino acids by this technique relies on their structure. and the equipment is very versatile and usually available in any analytical laboratory. Reactions consist of two stages: an esterification with an acidified alcohol followed by N-acylation with an acid anhydride in an anhydrous medium. whereas thermionic-N-P (NPD) or flame photometric detector (FPD) are selective toward organic compounds containing phosphorous and nitrogen. physiological amino acids has to be analyzed. which is universal and the most widely used. the technique is very efficient and it is worth mentioning the separation of 32 nonprotein amino acids from edible seeds. United States). speed. neutral. especially. has been developed. carnosine. Some applications67. Recently. phosphothreonine. including amino acids. and even though a particular pH can significantly .117–119 where the separation was achieved by using chiral-GC stationary phases.121 The high efficiency. plasma.2 Gas Liquid Chromatographic Methods The extremely high-resolution capacity is the main advantage of GC. The NPD was used by Buser and Erbersdobler115 and FPD by Kataoka et al. and acidic constituents. GLC has been combined with mass spectrometry (MS) for detection and identification. California. The main advantages of these detectors are their high sensitivity and wide linear range. and beans111 or other results obtained in honey.298 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis with an organic phase constituted by acetonitrile and/or methanol and/or tetrahydrofuran. and amines. and the derivatives are stable and ready for GC/FID. GLC is not very expensive because no solvent is used. Described applications are available for the analysis of physiological amino acids in blood. and urine matrices but not in tissues in which the presence of natural dipeptides. dipeptides. The buffer may be constituted by less than 100 mM concentration of acetate or phosphate. the amino acids must be converted to volatile and thermostable molecules. The detector used is the flame ionization detector (FID). 17.114 In their analysis by GLC. Gas liquid chromatography (GLC) is not often used for the determination of amino acids from tissues or foods.110 comparing GLC with cation exchange chromatography reported different conclusions when analyzing some hydrolyzed food samples. although applications on meat samples are scarcely described. Amino acids constitute a mix of basic. especially in the analysis of D isomers. especially since the capillary columns appeared. or GC and LC with MS detection. a very fast GC analysis of physiological amino acids. 17.3. In many cases.120. nuts. a very highly efficient technique adequate for the amino acid analysis. and balenine may complicate the amino acid analysis. GC/NPD.116 to analyze phosphoserine. This methodology has been patented as EZ:faast and commercialized by Phenomenex (Torrance. Nevertheless. and phosphotyrosine. A finely adjusted binary (most used) or ternary gradient elution is often necessary when the overall amino acid profile from hydrolyzed and.3 Capillary Zone Electrophoretic Methods Capillary zone electrophoretic technique is extremely efficient for the separation of charged solutes.113 and cheese. Protein removal is not required. capable of separating 50 compounds. which are much more sensitive than FID for such compounds. in summary. The method yields a full amino acid profile (33 amino acids) in 15 min including a 7 min extraction-derivatization step plus 8 min for the gas chromatographic separation. in comparison with liquid chromatographic techniques.

although this detector may be used for more complex identifications as in d. allowed a rapid development and the onset of these complementary techniques.146.118.119 have been reported.133–135 PITC. Under the conditions of electro-osmotic flow in CE. The identification of the 22 protein amino acids may not be a problem. Good separations have been reported for precapillary derivatized amino acids with dansyl-Cl. Terabe et al.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 299 improve the resolution of one kind. This technique has also been termed micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography (MECC or MEKC). compatible with MS.3. o-tyrosine analysis.137. although other additives such as dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide. which can be resolved on the basis on their mass-to-charge ratios that are characteristic of each ion and allow its identification. Nevertheless. When sensitivity is the target.141–143 The CE coupled to electrospray ionization (ESI) MS (CE-ESI-MS) allows direct amino acid analysis without derivatization.144. Other additives commonly used in this analysis are organic modifiers (acetonitrile. CZE shows poor ability for the separation of neutral compounds. etc. nonprotein amino acids. tetrahydrofurane. isobutanol. With few exceptions. to enhance UV detection. methanol. biomedical or pharmaceutical research. and others. . Application in foods such as in the identification of nonprotein amino acids. microcolumn liquid chromatography. the high cost of purchase and maintenance of mass spectrometers has inhibited their more widespread use in the food industry and/or food control. etc.127–131 derivatization is used to improve separation.138 Tween 20.139 which is usually enough for food analysis or an LIF (laser-induced fluorescence) detector.136.140 or even urea141 have been assayed.124 Basic theoretical considerations on this technique125 and its food applications126 are described elsewhere.113 o-tyrosine in chicken148 or pork149 tissues. A good compatibility between both techniques.4 Mass Spectrometry MS is based on the conversion of components of a sample into rapidly moving gaseous ions.and l-isomer mixtures. SDS is indeed the most used additive to form micelles in this kind of analysis. Unfortunately.). 19 amino acids were analyzed by CE-ESI-MS in only 17 min with a minimal sample preparation and no matrix interference.) and instrumentation (CE. The effect of these additives on the electro-osmotic mobility and electrophoretic mobility of the micelle has been studied.147 17. it is relatively easy to analyze low picomol levels of OPA derivatives in micellar solutions by using a conventional fluorometric detector. the species with different charge can be simultaneously analyzed but with serious doubts in their adequate resolution. This report includes the optimization of important parameters like the choice of a volatile electrolyte (1 M formic acid) for the electrophoresis. Some reviews covering high-sensitivity detection following CE have been published.).136 phenylthiohydantoin. and so forth. etc. in particular when capillary columns were available. reports in the literature of its applications are increasing rapidly. Mass spectrometer detectors were first connected to GC equipments. it is likely to cause overlap with the others. showing that higher efficiency is obtained by the MECC methods with sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) as micelle-forming substance.145 when looking for more selective and sensitive detectors with a wide linear dynamic range (3 orders of magnitude) to cover new high-sensitivity applications (chiral analysis.138 and OPA139 compared with the separation of OPA-amino acid derivatives by CZE with normal and micellar solutions. which constitutes an important limitation of this technique. or to allow fluorescence or electrochemical132 detection of amino acids.123 introduced a modified version of CZE in which surfactant-formed micelles were included in the running buffer to provide a two-phase chromatographic system for separating neutral compounds together with charged ones in a CE system.21 chiral amino acids.122.131 and thus. and the composition and flow rate of the sheath liquid to obtain the best sensitivity.125.

Catignani. Particular hydrolysis problems related with certain amino acids are described in Section 17. such as phenol. T. and so on. The requirements in resolution are not so exigent as those for physiological amino acids. The convenience of purchasing commercially available kits must be evaluated. the analytical technique for a determined sample must be carefully chosen based on the literature. . Nevertheless. Res. The highest resolution is obtained by GC with the capillary column technique.151. References 1. Fisheries Sci. Shimada. and taking care of avoiding the presence of oxygen with vacuum and nitrogen purging. a complete resolution of the whole peaks is really difficult. K. Konosu. but tedious and time-consuming sample derivatization is required. S. atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI). Adv. In general. The connection of HPLC and MS detector is much more problematic than with GLC because of the incompatibility between both techniques (solvents from chromatography.300 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis MS has also been used as a spectroscopic detector after HPLC or CZE. Since many peaks corresponding to protein and nonprotein amino acids.. and the technique is widespread although it is still expensive. Hayashi. 62. once again.. nucleosides. and many applications can be found in other matrices like cheese or meat. The best results were obtained by using AP-MIPI in conjunction with a dual oscillating capillary nebulizer. high mobile-phase flow rate vs. cation exchange and postcolumn derivatization or RP-HPLC precolumn derivatization techniques are the preferred methods. Any separation strategy may give good results. Protein digestibility: In vitro methods of assessment. which means a minor sample manipulation. vacuum). In general. 35.152 A very careful control of the derivatization reactions and chromatographic conditions are necessary for a consistent and reproducible analysis. nowadays these difficulties have been overcome with the development of new interfaces. offering the additional advantage of analyzing the amino acids without derivatization. H. 185–236. 46. J. because fewer peaks appear in the chromatogram.L. 2. Post-mortem biochemical changes in the muscle of Japanese spiny lobster during storage. 1996.E. Yamanaka. and. G. and ESI. However. RP-HPLC methods with precolumn OPA or PITC derivatization are very convenient methods to use. Swaisgood. One of the main requirements for samples to be analyzed by MS is that analytes. 1991. acid hydrolysis with HCl 6 N (110°C for 22 h or 145°C for 4 h) with an oxidation protective agent. atmospheric pressure microwave-induced plasma ionization (AP-MIPI). R. reduced problems related with matrix interferences or poor resolution between peaks. Sensory analysis of taste-active components in the extract of boiled snow crab meat. The majority of published reports in which seafood amino acids are analyzed have used the cation exchange method. Therefore. must be ionized.4 Conclusions To obtain the total essential amino acids profile of a given seafood. the convenience of purchasing commercially available prepackaged kits should be considered.2. 1981. is enough for the majority of purposes. 479–483. 17. may appear in the chromatogram. Yamaguchi.. were compared by Kwon and Moini150 in relation to sensitivity.. H.2. the most important factors to take into account are the resolution power and selectivity. 821–824. amino acids in this case. and. Three types of ionization modes. the first decision is the choice of the hydrolysis method. 3. which may be consulted. small peptides. Food Sci. due to its high specificity. Food Nutr. When amino acids from seafood proteins have to be analyzed.

Application of high-performance liquid chromatography to the determination of free amino acids in physiological fluids. 20. Meat: Chemistry and biochemistry. Food Sci. Moral. et al. Food Chem. Y. Aihara. 863–866.. Nollet. R. 1. A.. 2001. A 214.H.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 301 4. Technol. Toldrá.. Ardö. 476–481. 28–1 to 28–18.R.. Ibañez. Food Chem. Sci. Part 2. Lebensm.C. 86. 8. I. 2001. A 212. E. R.L. Y. 575–582. 1992. 23. U. F. 24–32. S. Antoine. 1989. Effect of pre-ripening on microbial and chemical changes in dry fermented sausages. et al. 7–11.. Chem. 1991. 5–83 to 5–123. Ruiz-Capillas. 39. 21. et al. Boca Raton. Toldrá. Y. 16.C. Chromatogr. Determination of amino acids after precolumn derivatisation using 9-fluorenylmethylchloroformate. Nollet. 59.. 17. Ohshima. Fohlin. Ma. tissues.... Forsch. C. Onodera.. ornithine. urine and foodstuffs with electrochemical and fluorometric detections.R. A.M. 1999.. Otsuka Y. I.. McMeekin. C.L... M. C. 337. A. FL. et al. et al.. 23.. M. 1993. L..). 72–77.. F. Moral. Characterization of the casein hydrolysis of Idiazabal cheese manufactured from ovine milk. Food Sci. 1475–1481. Ripening of Ossau-Iratzy cheese: Determination of free amino acids by RP-HPLC and of total free amino acids by the TNBS method.H. Littell. Changes in free amino acids and biogenic amines during ripening of fresh and frozen sardine. J.. Bull... S.. J. 2004. 18. Culbertson. Aristoy.M..A. U. C. CRC Press. Deproteinization techniques for HPLC amino acid analysis in fresh pork muscle and dry-cured ham. 16. R. 25. Ruiz-Capillas.L. Goncalves. 319–323.. Measurement of free amino acids in human biological fluids by high-performance liquid chromatography.I. Toldra. Food Agric. 1991. 1994. Dairy Fed. Changes in free amino acids and creatine contents in yellowtail (Seriola quinqueradiata) muscle during ice storage. Food Chem. 521–528. 199.D. 6. Koizumi.. C. E. Moral. Mendes. J. Change in the contents of arginine. W. Food Microbiol. Food Chem.. et al. 22. Technol. Agric.. 91–100. Unters. 81. M.. 1. Vol. P.Y. Biosci. 22–25.M. 14. Manley. J Chromatogr. Foldi.. A. Aristoy. 1984.Y. 19. J. P. L. Rahman. Hagen. et al.C. 2002. 10. Agric. Ludiwg. 1984. F. J. Marcel Dekker.R. K. Nunes. 47. J.. Murata. C. Graser. Torre. 2089–2095. Sakaguchi. M. Xiong. 12.). J. J. E.I. F. 2000. Food Biochem. 55. C. (Eds. 85–91..C.. Changes in free amino acids during chilled storage of hake (Merluccius merluccius L. Grings. (Ed. H. Technology and Engineering. et al. G.. Agric. Littell. 295–306. Quantitative determination of free amino acids in cheese. free amino acids and organic acids in rice bran fermented sardine (Etrumeus teres) during processing and subsequent storage. M. In: Handbook of Food Analysis. F. Agric. Tanaka S. 15. 2006. 1792–1795. 13.L. 56. Comparison of the amino acid composition and connective tissue protein contents of selected bovine skeletal muscles. Y.. 66. 9. Y. Changes in composition of lipids. HPLC method for analysis of free amino acids in fish using o-phthaldialdehyde precolumn derivatization.) in controlled and modified atmospheres during chilled storage... C. T.and white-muscle fish as determined by o-phthaldialdehyde precolumn derivatization. 1999. Eur.. Sanz.. Toldrá. T. Inc. Nguyen.. In: Handbook of Food Science.. 297. F.. Effect of controlled and modified atmospheres on the production of biogenic amines and free amino acids during storage of hake. Ali Qureschi. C. 1992. 1999..) in controlled atmospheres and their use as a quality control index. . and urea in the muscle of marine invertebrates stored in ice. Wei. F.C. Arnold. 49–61.H. Food Res. Vol.. Biol. Kuhn. Biotech. Precolumn phenylisothiocyanate derivatization and liquid chromatography of free amino acids in biological samples.. Wei. J. Hui. 302–307. Food Res. 1662–1666. 2004. Z. Toldrá. Zarkadas. Godel. 24. M. Büetikofer. J.. C. A. Shibata. Augustin.S. Barcina. T. Chang. 11.. 47. Izco. 7. Biochem. Guerrero-Legarreta. Int.. Analysis of free amino acids in green coffee beans. Li-Chan. R. P. 1279–1286. 1997. 14. 1982. Nishigaki K. A.G. Free amino acids in dark. New York. 37.K. Flores. Duncan. High-performance liquid chromatographic measurement of tryptophan in blood. Food Control 11. M. L. 5. Nip. Free amino acids in muscle of Norway lobster (Nephrops novergicus L.I. Q. Dairy Sci.M.C. Ordóñez. J. 1998. Food Chem. Amino acids. Torre. Bergström. J. F. S. Kawai. Eur. Antoine. 297.. 5100–5107. Ruiz-Capillas. J.

. 38. R. methionine. Assoc. Evaluation of the relative efficacy of various techniques for deproteinizing plasma samples prior to high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis. I. 1963. Neckermann. d-amino acids in dairy products: Detection. R. Rexroad. Anal.. 171–174. Assoc. Off. Aristeus antennatus (Risso).L. M. T. et al. 811–821. 431. 36. R. and nine other amino acids by a single oxidation-4 h hydrolysis method. 1995. 174. Oxidation and hydrolysis determination of sulfur amino acids in food and feed ingredients: Collaborative study. Khalifa. 43–46. Chromatogr. origin and nutritional aspects. 1985. R.. Quantitative analysis of cystine. Amino acid determination in pure proteins.S. 123–133. J. 7. 68.L. J. Meredith. Woodward. S.H. J.. and Norway lobster. Rosa.J. Chem. Performic acid oxidation. L.I. Chromatogr. 1991. foods. 68. Off. M. 826–829.. MacDonald. Wall. Anal. Off. Chem.H. Assoc. 1172–1175. 45. 73. et al. Assoc.. Kim.. Bockhardt.W. H. M. 1–16. 84. Strydon. C.A. Food Agric.R. I. Elkin. 31. Chem. 1987a. Griffith.L. Lucas. Biol. Krueger. A 708. Off. Off. Rapid analysis of nutritionally important free amino acids in serum and organs (liver.. . Krause. C.. H. L. J. Hydrolysate preparation for analysis of amino acids in sorghum grains: Effect of oxidative pre-treatment. 1984.. 35. 42. 41. et al. G.H. R. Sci.. Appl. 36. Determination of amino acids in biological. R. 40. 1132–1135. R. 70. Molnár-Perl. S. and feeds using two different acid hydrolysis methods. 553. Keller. Biochem.302 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 26. 40–45. Assignment of an unknown peak on the high performance liquid chromatogram of free amino acids isolated from fresh chicken egg albumen using picric acid as the deproteinizing agent. 61. A. 235–237.W. 1990. Engelhart W. J. Oh. Chem.M. 55. J. 271–284. 34. 1170. 30. 28. Anal. Gilman. Botting. J. J. Biomed. Nunes. 89–94.. J.. 470–475. et al. 2004. R. McCarthy. Schisla. J. Ion-exchange separation of amino acids with postcolumn orthophthalaldehyde detection. C. 349–356. F.G.B. 1982. Food Chem. Sample preparation for chromatography of amino acids: Acid hydrolysis of proteins. Gehrke. J.B. fermented milk. M. Barbera. Nephrops norvegicus (Linnaeus).H.. 37.. Ashworth. 70. 36.H. Rapid gas chromatographic screening of edible seeds. brain. 357–360. J. J. pharmaceutical. On the determination of cystine and cysteic acid. J. Kim. B. Agric. Hirs. Food Sci. 1988.G. Simultaneous determination of amino acids and biogenic amines by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography of the dabsyl derivatives. Parapenaeus longirostris (Lucas). J. Chromatogr. 1988. 29. 892–893.H. Gehrke. Chem. J. et al. 1993. J. Chem. A. Sotelo. Milchwissenschaft.R. 45. Sci. Moore. 455–460. 33. Off. M. Itoh. Nutritional quality of red shrimp. Zootech.. I. Hausch. Sugawara. Chem. J. Farre. I. 1990.A..E. Anal. Alegría.. Brüeckner. Leffler.M. 1990. Amino acid analysis utilizing phenylisothiocyanate derivatives. J. and heart) by liquid chromatography of precolumn phenylisothiocyanate. M.. R. J. Bothmiedema. 197–199. plant and food samples by automated precolumn derivatization and high-performance liquid chromatography. C. 1987. 1985. 39.. Tryptophan analysis simultaneously with other amino acids in gas phase hydrochloric acid hydrolyzates using the Pico-Tag™ Work Station. 47. nuts and beans for non-protein and protein amino acids. 395–398. Adachi. 43. et al. 32. 1117–1121. Anal.G. Molnár-Perl. 248–252. E. Assoc. 48. lysine. A 715. Amino acid concentrations and comparison of different hydrolysis procedures for American and foreign chestnuts. Jap. 1988.. Chromatogr.. K. Jansen. Anal. Milk. J.. Advantages and limitations of precolumn derivatization of amino acids with dabsyl chloride.. 1994. Int Lab. Absheer. 1967. fresh cheese and acid curd cheese. 1985. pink shrimp.. 46. C. Anal. Anal. Schuster. Methods Enzymol. 123. Assoc. J.W. 1995. S. H. Sept. Khalifa.. LC-GC Int. 1996. 226. Chromatogr. 67–79. Vandenberg. Blanchard. 27. R.. An evaluation of microwave heating for the vapor phase hydrolysis of proteins. 11. HPLC method for cyst(e)ine and methionine in infant formulas. 131–141.. 44. Chromatographia 36. 1981. Biochem. 243.W. A. Analysis of foodstuff amino acids using vapour-phase hydrolysis. Sarwar. Cohen. H. P. J.

M. 216. G. J. Biochem. et al. Nutritional composition of soluble and insoluble fractions obtained by enzymatic hydrolysis of fish-raw materials. Barkholt. 1995. McCrae. D. 1987. The use of 3-bromopropionic acid for the determination of protein thiol groups. 147–151. S. Alegria. Chang. Int. Stocchi. 1981. Cz. 2003.M. A.F. Agric. Espe. Anal. Bosch.B.I. 63. Jue. J.. Biol. C. 176–183.and dimethylaminoazobenzene thiohydantoinamino acid derivatives for amino acid analysis and microsequencing studies at the picomole level. Alegría. 1684–1691. J. Fullmer. Biochem.K. V. J. Proc. 2008.. 1984. 119–137. In: Amino Acid Analysis.. 67.Y. Nutr. Jandasek. Sci. R. et al. M.3-diazole for determining cysteine and cystine in cereal and legume seeds. Zarkadas. Beidler.E. A. Chem. Yu. Determination of the tryptophan content of proteins by ion-exchange chromatography of alkaline hydrolysates. Biochem. 2375–2379. 3535–3540. Farré. Biochem. 68. 1997. 54. 65. 131.. Moore. Amino acids analysis for meat protein evaluation. B. Assoc. 62. 52.S..P. 70.. Chromatogr. Faboya. R. 142. J. Comparison of the contents of intramuscular amino acids in different lamb hybrids. Kaiser.. 178. Tuan. Reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography separation of dymethylaminoazobenzne sulfonyl. J. Amino acid profile of milk-based infant formulas. Jensen. 48. 1989.E.. Z. 318–322. Application of the 6-aminoquinolyl-N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbamate (AQC) reagent to the RP-HPLC determination of amino acids in infant formula. U. R. 1985. . Farre. R. Liaset. Chem. In HPLC in Food Analysis. 70. Albin. J. R. Determination of tryptophan content in infant formulas and medical nutritionals.H. 66.).. B 831. 61–66. New York. 43. M. 1996.E. Phillips. Kracmar. 36. Agric. R.H. A. L. 285–311. Chichester. Chem. Hale. R. 247. 1986. Standards and accuracy in amino acid analysis. J. 70. 177.G. 57.. 58.and sorghum-based diet and digesta samples. Determination of the number of cysteine residues in high molecular weight subunits of wheat glutenin. Ihekoronye A. Baxter. A. Ambler. A. O. 77–83. Hugli. J. 50. Food Agric. 1989. 1999. 2000. Magnani. 2303–2307. Optimized determination of cystine/cysteine and acid-stable amino acids from a single hydrolysate of casein.. Anal. 493–496. Academic Press. et al.S. Anal. Food Sci.. Use of 7-chloro-4-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1. 59. J.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 303 49.. Anal..L. 47. C. J. 75. Y.P. Akinyele...).M.P. 80–85. 1004–1012. Quantitation of cysteine residues alkylated with 3-bromopropylamine by amino acid analysis. Anal. Biochem.. Chem. Identification of cysteine-containing peptides in protein digests by high-performance liquid chromatography. J. 2006. Piccoli. B. 107–117. Agric.E. 53. Liquid chromatographic determination of amino acids after gas-phase hydrolysis and derivatization with (dimethylamino)azobenzenesulfonyl chloride.. 51. (Ed. 45. Assoc. A.M. Ellis Horwood. (Ed. S. 58. T..C. D. Bonicel. Gabert.. 60. Assessment of the protein quality of beefstock bone isolates for use as an ingredient in meat and poultry products. Okogun. 64. pp.R.. 51. 48. Food Chem. Effect of hydrolysis time on the determination of amino acids in samples of soybean products with ion-exchange chromatography or precolumn derivatization with phenyl isothiocyanate. 336–339. García. Determination of amino acids and peptides.G. Agric.. Int.A. 55. J. Wubben.I. 61. 43. Ashworth. J. Off.. 69. Food Chem.E. Anal. J. J. Quantitative gas-liquid chromatography of amino acids in enzymic hydrolysates of food proteins.. 56. Amino acid analysis: Determination of cysteine plus half-cystine in proteins after hydrochloric acid hydrolysis with a disulfide compound as additive. D. F. R.. G.E. S. pp. Bradbury. Acid hydrolysis of proteins for chromatographic analysis of amino acids. Off.H. 1994. J. 637–642. V. Viadel.. 301–306. 2000. Williams. 1112–1119. 1982. et al. J. Zumwalt. Smith. 367–372..D. 1972. Off. Biochem. Food Chem. Zarkadas. 42. Chem. 1992. Morel. Milerski. et al. J. V. J. Anal. J. Knecht. J. Food Chem.W. Electrophoresis 17. 1987b. 2828–2834.. Animal Sci. Rattenbury. M. Anal.F. 1973. Assoc. Absheer.

1984. Benedito de Barber. Anal.. Comparative study of peptidolysis in some semi-hard round-eyed cheese varieties with different fat contents. 1990. Y. 123–129. M. Bëtner. precolumn derivatization with phenylisothiocyanate. J. 241–247. The FMOC-ADAM approach to amino acid analysis. A... .... Dansylation of amino acids for high-performance liquid chromatography analysis. T. 73. Amino acid analysis by reverse-phase high-performance liquid chromatography. Grunau. Simons. 47. J. Dansyl amino-acids behavior on a Radial Pak C-18 column. Y. Ardo. L. H. 539–558. Chemical methods for evaluating proteolysis in cheese maturation (part 2). 7.G. J. Tapuhi. Dairy Res. Chromatogr.Y. 572–577. 1992. Lateolabrax japonicus (common sea perch). Pollack. Liu. Polo. 1634–1638. C. S. 1978. S. 70. D. Physiol. M. Derivatization of grape wine musts. Dejong.. Chem. 87. 1172–1175. Johnson. 12. Reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic determination of biochemical changes in free amino acids during wheat flour mixing and bread baking. 81. 43.E.A. L. Comp.304 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 71. Meredith.J. 337. B-Biochem. B. 84. 85. Drdak. J.. 71. Martín. J. Collar... Pseudosciaena crocea (large yellow croaker). 118. C.. P.. Burton.. J. 1983. Sarwar. R. Schmidt. Homarus gammarus (Crustacea: Decapoda). 91. J. 2006.. Meth. Complete amino acid analysis in hydrolysates of foods and feces by liquid chromatography of precolumn phenylisothiocyanate derivatives. 79. Off. Chem.. 90.Y. Albers. 1989. 24–32. Chromatogr. 53–59. 2733–2760. L. Tarvin T. 140. 93–104.. Assoc. et al. 2886–2891. Anal. T.36. Limin. Efficiency improvements on ninhydrin method for amino acid quantification. 165–171. Reaction of o-phtalaldehyde and thiols with primary amines. Enzymol. 1984. Fürst. Cabezudo. et al.D. 241–249. et al.. Off.C. 74. Jing. J. G. Seriola dumerili (Dumeril’s amberjack) and Hapalogenys nitens (black grunt) from Xiamen Bay of China.K. Buetikofer.S. LC-GC Int. R. S. formation of 1-alkyl(and aryl)thio-2-alkylisoindoles. Biochem.A. J. C. 345–350.. W. Y. Dairy Fed. Tarvin. 83.. H. Vesela. Calado. Rapid analysis of amino acids using pre-column derivatization. Gripon. J... Chromatogr. Biochem. Hughes. J. Andrade. C. Fully automated amino acid analysis using precolumn derivatization. Chem. 76. wines and wine vinegar.M. Braun. Chromatogr.. 410–413.A. Botting.W. J.. 86. et al. J. Y. J.. 1986. Lindner. Food Comp. Amino acids composition difference and nutritive evaluation of the muscle of five species of marine fish.C. J. 88. S. 91. 72. Int. HPLC analysis of free amino acids in biological material—An appraisal of four pre-column derivatization methods. Knecht. S. E. P. Foldi. Lin. 241. 80.. Amino acid analysis: Reduction of ninhydrin by sodium borohydride.G.. 82.A. 6. Bidlingmeyer. X. 12. 1999. Anal. 28. Cohen S. Liq. Weng. Assoc. Stehle. An evaluation of the usefulness of pre-column Dns derivatization. Sun.. Pagrosomus major (red seabream). M. 115. Nutr. 77. 75.. Bull. Sci. 1982.. 1988. Anal. B. 32–34. Org. 594.. 1975.F. 1999. In vivo utilization of cystine-containing synthetic short chain peptides after intravenous bolus injection in the rat. Rosa. 92. Heinrikson. Graser. 336.L. U.C. Anal. New rapid high sensitivity analysis of amino acids in food type samples. et al. 136.. Chang. I. G. Chang. D. 1988. Chrom. S.. 2006. 1987. et al. 30. Amino acid analysis in the picomole range by precolumn derivatization and high-performance liquid chromatography. Chem. Biochem. 89. & Mol. Vanwieringen. J.A. 112–117. Nutr. Anal. 543–547.A. Standara.W. Chromophore labelling of amino acids with 4-dimethyl-aminoazobenzene-4′sulfonyl chloride. 832–840.. Y. Amino acid analysis by high-performance liquid chromatography. 19. Changes in amino acids and lipids during embryogenesis of European lobster.M. Nahrung 43. et al. 1470–1474. Chromatogr. Aq. R.38. Liq.L. Cohen. Swiader. Pollack. C... P. 78. 1988. J. Lab. 41–48. P. 1995. 62. Chromatography of 99 amino acids and other ninhydrin-reactive compounds in the Pickering lithium gradient system. et al.A. J. R.M. Quantitative determination of free amino acids in cheese. 1981. 1984. J. R. Ardo. Bidlingmeyer.. Int. D. 2005. Prieto.L. Peace. Feng. 65–74..

Richards. Tcherkas. Amino acid determination in conophor nut by gas-liquid chromatography. Enzymol. 378–382. Y. 98. R. Euerby. 44–49. Sanuda-Pena. et al. 105. F. 102. 111.. 475–480. and proteins using high-performance liquid chromatography with photolytic electrochemical detection. 270. 223.. 347–354. M. M.. 217–225.G. Seitz. 97. M.A. Godel. B. Jarret.. 107. J. 2006. Oaks. Boulton.. Technol. Fremaut. J. 293–303. Food Chem.C. Krull. M. et al. Sherwood.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 305 93. Kim. 528. A 669.T. 1986. Verhoef.W. 303–308. Measurement of plasma and urine amino acids by high-performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection using phenylisothiocyanate derivatization. et al. 2001. 1988. first applications. Chromatogr. Brüeckner. Gas chromatographic detection of d-amino acids in natural and thermally treated bee honeys and studies on the mechanism of their formation as result of the Maillard reaction. Chem. 1990. peptides. Hernandez.O. 153. Food Chem.. J.. Anal. Mills..H. Wang. R. Cereal Chem. Cerevisia Biotechnol. R. Chromatogr. Chromatogr A 828. Food Agric. L. Effect of differing thiols on the reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic behaviour of o-phthaldialdehyde-thiol-amino acids. 1998.D. 62. I. 1985. 10. 108.. 104.. 103. I.R. 1990. 68. Krasnova. S. 112. D. 101. Titheradge. Food Res. Automated pre-column amino acid analyses by reversed-phase highperformance liquid chromatography. 2000.J. P. Biochem. 398–405. . Micromachined separation chips with a precolumn reactor and end-column electrochemical detector. 5774–5778. Kartsova. 28.J. D. J. Determination of aromatic and sulfur-containing amino acids. 26–37. 2599–2606. Ellis. Stinson.K. 125–137. Liu. 90–101.P.C.. C. 287–298. J. D. 100. Camanas R. Carboxymethylation. J. Analysis of amino acids in human serum by isocratic reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection. H. 95.J. C. 5. 62.. LC-GC Int. B..R. 1987.N. 1997. Anal. A. et al.. de. et al. A. Eur.R. Formation and instability of ortho-phtalaldehyde derivatives of amino acids.C. A 913.. Pripis-Nicolau. Lookhart.E. 1994. Food Comp. H.V. Ogunsua. Harvey-White. Chromatogr.L. Automated HPLC analysis of glutathion and thiol-containing compounds in grape juice and wine using pre-column derivatization with fluorescence detection. Anal.. Chromatogr. 1983.B. Dou. J. Chatrathi. 454. Tian. Simultaneous gas chromatographic analysis of non-protein and protein amino acids as N(O. 97–102. J. Automated HPLC method for the measurement of free amino acids including cysteine in musts and wines.. Anal. 1989. Biochem. Determination of submicromolar concentrations of neurotransmitter amino acids by fluorescence detection using a modification of the 6-aminoquinolyl-N-hydroxysuccinimidyl carbamate method for amino acid analysis.C. 109. 1991. M. Winspear. 383–395. 408. Marchand. Oh. Kim.. Noble.M. 96. Park.. M.. Hydrolysate preparation and comparative amino acid determination by cation-exchange and gas-liquid chromatography in diet ingredients..C. G. et al. Willis. 72. Liu. 1–7.S.S)-isobutyloxycarbonyl tert-butyldimethylsilyl derivatives.A. L. G. Automated pre-column derivatization of amino acids with o-phthalaldehyde by a reagent sandwich technique. et al.. H. 178. 99. R.D. L. 2001.. J. 110.. High-performance liquid chromatography analysis of amino acids at the picomole level. B.. Alvarez-Coque. Gurd. J. Eenaeme. 1972. K. 106. 2000. Anal. Cooksy K. Chem. 16. 731–738. Jones. M..A.M. H. 1988.. van. B. Schrijver.V. A. Automated amino acid analysis using combined OPA and FMOC-Cl precolumn derivatization. Sci.H. 189–198. Glutathione and cyst(e)ine profiles of vegetables using high performance liquid chromatography with dual electrochemical detection.L. Chromatogr. 81. de Revel. 1992. Meth. Chromatogr. M. 25. J. A. Paetzold. 94. S. The separation of ortho-phthalaldehyde derivatives of amino acids by reversed-phase chromatography on octylsilica columns.M.. C. J. 424–438.

acids and amino acids in apricots by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Cavazza. Vindevogel. M. et al. Unters. 119. 1992.. Unters. B. 47. Agric. Schieber. J Chromatogr. J. Soga. Weng. J. 311–315. Chem. K. 109.. Chem.. J. 834–841. 127.. Chem. 128. 1999. Z. Chim. S. 24. Molnar-Perl.. 91–102.. P. 129.. Kleinpeter. M. J. 1985. Lauria. Electrokinetic separations with micellar solutions and open-tubular capillaries. 134. Application of capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) and micellar electrokinetic chromatography (MEKC) in food analysis. Q. H.. M. O. A. S. P. 1998. J. 1995. C. 57. Jorgenson. 1986. Wu. 576–582. 1994. Rapid analysis of essential and branched-chain amino acids in nutraceutical products by micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography. Matsubara. 7–10. Lukacs.D. Ichikawa. K. 133. T. 121. Sass. K. Prosek. E. Chromatographia 39. Lukacs.306 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 113. Simultaneous determination of sugars. Klampfl. 1994. Otsuka. 117. Int.D.P. Electrophoresis 22. J. W. 1236–1241. 1984. F.. D.. Kamm.W. 348–350. Anal. 1999.. Anal. T.. J. Heiger.P. Determination of underivatized amino acids in beverage samples by capillary electrophoresis. Determination of amino acids and peptides by capillary electrophoresis and electrochemical detection at a copper electrode. et al. A.. Amino acid analysis by capillary electrophoresis electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry. Odake. Corradini. et al.. Electrokinetic chromatography with micellar solution and open-tubular capillary. 987–990. T. T. Erbersdobler. I.... Terabe. Chromatographia 41. 266–272. 1998.. Sci. Chromatogr.. Chromatogr.3-dicarboxaldehyde derivatization by capillary zone electrophoresis with electrochemical detection. Kataoka. Skoc ir. Baldwin. Determination of amino acid ratios in natural products by micellar ˆ electrokinetic chromatography.W. Chem. Science 222(4621).J. Distribution and contents of free o-phosphoamino acids in animal-tissues. 1983. Sepaniak. HRC. Anal. J. A. Sakiyama... 130. Agric. H. 72. and quantification of amino acids in L-lysine fermentation potato juices by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Cavazza. 2000. A 847. 132. Anal. Clin.F.E. Food Sci. . Z. 131. 2000.. 115. 114. 1988. 638–644. 186. et al. Chem. J. Free-zone electrophoresis in glass capillaries. A 804.. 2216–2218. 56. Ando. Zs. T. J. Buser. Capillary zone electrophoresis. S. Chem. 509–513. 371. Milchwissenschaft. 47. For. A. M. Jorgenson. 123. N. K. Terabe. 1981. Starke.. Determination of free intracellular amino acids in single mouse peritoneal macrophages after naphthalene-2. Lebensm. 122. Analysis of organic acids and inorganic anions in different types of beer using capillary electrophoresis. Corradini.W. W. Separation. Separation of 23 dansylated amino acids by micellar electrokiˆ netic chromatography at low temperature. Kitamori. 116. Gas chromatographic determination of free amino acids in cheese. K. W. Terabe. M. Anal.. Bertacco. For. Ye.W. 124. Fresen. 126. 1991. Klampfl. 400–409. 2001. 347–351. 2669–2674. A 680. Chromatogr. 63. Burton. 1551–1553.. Ultrasensitive detection for capillary zone electrophoresis using laser-induced capillary vibration. Separation of 24 dansylamino acids by capillary electrophoresis with a non-ionic surfactant. I. 27. E. Food Chem. G. R. 2797–2803. 118. N. J. Jin. Brüeckner. 207. 125.. D. 1998. 2001. G. Skoc ir. 3324–3329. sugar alcohols. 66. identification. C. Katona. Anal. 111–113.. 577–580. Sandra. Otsuka. Lercker.. Erbe. J. C. Lebensm.. Brüeckner. 380–384. Determination of free D-amino acids in Mammalia by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Chiral amino acid analysis of vinegars using gas chromatography-selected ion monitoring mass spectrometry. 48. Maskarinec. 347–355. Food Chem. H.N. H. 10. 135. Boschelle. 299–316. 1994.. 2000. Buchberger. Analysis of B6 vitamers by micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography with laser-excited fluorescence detection. Makita. Biochem.. E. C.. J. Determination of amino acids by gas-liquid chromatography and nitrogen selective detection. 1991. 23. 120. Turner.

139. 638. M.. in biological and food samples by liquid chromatography. 269. (Eds.. 1990. 144. 1989.M. 219–226. S.. In: Handbook of Dairy Foods Analysis. S. F. 151. 34. Evaluation of amino sugar. FL. Castagnola. 9–32. Separation of pre-column ortho-phthalaldehyde-derivatized amino acids by capillary zone electrophoresis with normal and micellar solutions in the presence of organic modifiers. L. 327–333. amino acids and biogenic amines.. Quantitation of organic and inorganic acids. K. M. Matsubara. Essential amino acids. 1457–1462. J. Terabe. Chem. 265.1. Separation and detection of amino acids and their enantiomers by capillary electrophoresis: A review. Chen.Y. Vigne Vin. Jin. T. 2002.... D.3benzoxadiazoles. Issaq. et al. Analysis of underivatized amino acid mixtures using high performance liquid chromatography/dual oscillating nebulizer atmospheric pressure microwave induced plasma ionisation-mass spectrometry. Toldra... Chromatogr. 117–122. 146. Oe. FL. 1997.. Kwon. Rossetti. inorganic cations. N. 1990.. 332.N-dimethylaminosulfonyl)-2. Terabe. ´ Toldra. K. S.C. Determination of d-amino acids labelled with fluorescent chiral reagents. R(−)and S(+)-a-(3-isothiocyanatopyrrolidin-1-yl)-7-(N. 1993. 150. M. F. Izumi. ´ . A quantitative study on the effect of organic modifiers in micellar electrokinetic chromatography. 148.. T.. 3–8. L. M. K. Optimization of phenylthiohydantoinamino acid separation by micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography. S. Boca Raton. Novatchev.. Electrophoresis 16.. L. 12. 385–397. 142. Formation of o-tyrosine by radiation and organic solvents in chicken tissue. 140.V. J. 1999.L. 149. Electrophoresis 16.G.C. 141. Anal. Cobb.. Electrophoresis 11. 137. 982–984. Int.A. D. Recent advances in capillary electrophoresis of proteins. 2009. F. et al. N. Moini. 11581–11585. Soc. ´ 152. Chan. Nagasawa. 735–749. 467–480. New LASER fluorometric detection for ortho-tyrosine in gamma-irradiated phenylalanine solution and pork. Jap. Liu. Spectrom. Nollet. Miyahara. peptides and amino acids. J. 2009. T. Boca Raton. J.R. J. Several applications of capillary electrophoresis for wines analysis. et al. D. CRC Press. Electrophoresis 16. 145.. Biomed. M. Arellano.. Simeon. In: Handbook of Muscle Foods Analysis. J. M. (Eds. ´ Toldra. Biochem..L. et al. 1990.). 1995. 468. Otsuka. Micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Terabe.A. Puig. 1995. 213–218. Ulrike.J. 475–486. K. 124– 132. L. N. Novotny..C. Electrokinetic chromatography with micellar solutions separation of phenylthiohydantoin-amino acids. K. J. Pharm. Nakagawa. Ando. N. Anal. Biol.). J. 28. Effect of methanol and urea on optical resolution of phenylthiohidantoinDL-amino acids by micellar electrokinetic chromatography with sodium N-dodecanoyl-l-valinate.R.. Chen. Cobb. Otsuka.. 143. M. Meth Enzymol.V. Nollet. 2001. Aristoy.. M. T. Toldra. 1996. Terabe. K. Part A.M. T. CRC Press. 138. H. low molecular peptide and amino acid impurities of biotechnologically produced amino acids by means of CE. 31. F. Food Irrad. S. Essential amino acids.. 319–341. Miyahara. Liu.V. Novotny. et al. Cassiano. 1999. N. Mass. 1985. 2100–2103. 147. Aristoy. P. Effect of organic modifier concentrations in micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Am.. Electrophoresis 11.. Chromatogr. 1995. Sci. 270.. 55–65.Essential Amino Acids ◾ 307 136. Terabe. J. Karam. H. Chromatogr. Simic. J.

.

...................318 18..............313 18.......3..................................3 Marine Lipid Oxidation ...............................................317 18...3................................1..1..............313 18..............2..............3 Occurrence of Vitamin E ........................................................1 Oxidation and Its Implications...................3.......317 18.3..................................................3...310 18............................3.................316 18......................................................1 Antioxidant and Other Functions of Carotenoids .........................................................3....................3 Occurrence of Carotenoids ...................310 18...............................................................318 309 .2 Determination of Antioxidants and Antioxidant Capacity in Biological and Food Systems .....311 18............2 Lipid Peroxidation...................................................................................3.........................................................314 18........3........3 Vitamin E .......311 18...........3....................313 18................................1 Antioxidant Enzymes ....................................................................................317 18.......1.............................2 Vitamin E Determination ..1.3......................311 18....316 18......1 Introduction ...314 18................................................4....................................................................314 18. 315 18............4...3..........................................................1.......................3......2..................................................3.....2 Ascorbic Acid ................................................1 Oxidative Stress and Its Implications .....2 Ascorbic Acid Analysis ......1 Vitamin E as an Antioxidant............3............4 Carotenoids .2...1.............................3 Antioxidants in Seafood and Seafood Products .......................1.....4................310 18.......................1.........2 Antioxidants.Chapter 18 Antioxidants Nick Kalogeropoulos and Antonia Chiou Contents 18.........................1 Ascorbic Acid Functions .............3 Occurrence of Ascorbic Acid in Marine Organisms ..................................3.......... 315 18..2 Carotenoid Determination ............................................

..... This is also followed in the marine environment......... are rich in antioxidants such as vitamins C and E......1...................... resulting in an increased antioxidant activity and antioxidants ............ alkoxyl (RO •)................. 320 18............ Although the initial attack causes the neutralization of the free radical..................... as a defense against oxygen toxicity..6 have been reported to cause oxidative stress to fish or bivalves................319 18................5. since oxygen is the final electron acceptor in the electron flow system that produces energy. being exposed to the oxygen they produce....321 18....................4 and environmental stress5............................. such as peroxynitrite (ONOO−)........ Humans and most animals cannot synthesize the majority of these antioxidants and depend on the dietary intake from plant consumption...............................319 18........... another free radical is generated in the process......1 Function of Ubiquinone ......4..... polyphenols...................4..... Until subsequent free radicals are deactivated........ nucleic acids.......1 Introduction Antioxidants evolved together with the emergence of photosynthesis by cyanobacteria................... and the so-called reactive nitrogen species (RNS)... Under conditions of oxidative stress....... •)................6 Other Endogenous Antioxidants .....1..... nitric oxide (NO (OH•) radicals........3..... peroxyl (ROO •)..........2 Determination of Ubiquinone .......... When the electron flow becomes uncoupled (transfer of unpaired single electrons).. generation of free radicals occurs... Aging......... 320 18..................................5..5.......4 Added Antioxidants ...321 References ... which include among others superoxide anion radical (O2−)................... thousands of free radical reactions may occur within a few seconds.......310 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis 18.1..........3 pollution................3 Occurrence of Ubiquinone.......... 320 18....1 Indeed cyanobacteria and the laterevolved green plants.........3............5 Ubiquinone ........ 18......... ROS production in organisms is related to both the basal metabolism and the influence of environmental factors2.1 Oxidation and Its Implications Oxidation is the transfer of electrons from one atom to another and represents an essential part of aerobic life..1 Synthetic Antioxidants .. lipids. electrically charged compounds that seek out and capture electrons from other compounds in order to neutralize themselves... and proteins may be damaged by reactive oxidants. resulting in a chain reaction.......................... if ROS are not immediately intercepted by antioxidants........ where antioxidants are mainly produced by photosynthetic organisms and are consequently transported through the trophic web.........3............... more than 2 billion years ago......................2 Natural Antioxidants ................3........319 18............. and hydroxyl hydrogen peroxide (H2O2)..1 Oxidative Stress and Its Implications Oxidative stress occurs when the prooxidant–antioxidant balance becomes too favorable to the prooxidants............... that is.... and carotenoids.... they may oxidize several cell components.....................319 18.................................................... Common free radicals in biological systems are the so• called reactive oxygen species (ROS)............3...... 18...........................

8 Studies on the pathological significance of dietary lipid oxidation products have indicated that some lipid oxidation products have cytotoxic. and termination. marine lipids are relatively more susceptible to oxidation. For food systems.9 18. Lipid oxidation of omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA)-rich food products results in the development of particularly unpleasant off flavors. initiation.2 Antioxidants Antioxidants are defined as any substance that when present at low concentrations compared with those of an oxidizable substrate. Moreover. are essential for counteracting oxidative stress. etc. in which polyunsaturated fatty acids on lipid molecules are attacked and oxidized. atherogenic. mainly of plant origin.11 and unhealthy compounds that reduce their shelf life and nutritive value. handling. and metal ions. being the major cause of the development of off-flavor compounds and rancidity as well as a number of other reactions that reduce the shelf life and nutritive value of food products. (2) nonenzymatic and nonradical photooxidation. There is increasing evidence that oxidative stress is implicated in the pathogenesis of many inflammatory and degenerative diseases and conditions.10 Lipids deteriorate in seafood products during processing. free radicals. preventive antioxidants.1.9 Preventive antioxidants hinder ROS formation or scavenge spe• cies responsible for oxidation initiation (O2−. protect the cellular components from oxidative damage. and they stall the propagation phase. carcinogenic. including enzymatic systems and nonenzymatic antioxidants. and storage.Antioxidants ◾ 311 loss or oxidation product development. 18. In general.1. because of their high degree of unsaturation. antioxidants are molecules that protect macromolecules from being oxidized. Chain-breaking antioxidants intercept •) or participate in halting radical chain propagation. significantly delays or prevents oxidation of that substrate.7 18. propagation. chain-breaking antioxidants. 1O2.). heat. and (3) enzymatic oxidation.1. This can be especially damaging to lipid-rich cell membranes. The major components of the antioxidant defense system together with their proposed mechanisms of action are presented in Table 18. antioxidants supplied by foods. Nevradical oxidation propagators (LOO ertheless.1.12 In biological systems various biochemical defense mechanisms. Nonradical photooxidation seems to be a minor reaction compared with the 3O2-induced radical chain autoxidation. that is. Autoxidation occurs through a three-phase process.13 Antioxidants counteract oxidation in two different ways: They protect lipids from oxidation initiators. In the first two cases a combination of reactions involving 3O2 and 1O2 occurs. Lipid oxidation is a complex procedure induced by oxygen in the presence of initiators such as light.3 Marine Lipid Oxidation Compared with other food lipids. antioxidants are . The health implications of tissue lipid oxidation are numerous and well documented. antioxidants often act via more than one mechanism that combines different types of antioxidant activity.1. for which the human sensory apparatus has a low threshold.2 Lipid Peroxidation A very damaging effect of oxidant reactive intermediates is lipid peroxidation.3. Three reaction pathways have been proposed: (1) nonenzymatic chain autoxidation.1. mutagenic. and angiotoxic effects.

Zn. regenerate oxidized vitamin E Chain-breaking antioxidant. et al. ROS detoxification (hydroperoxides). sex hormones melatonin. J. Cu) Low Molecular Mass Ascorbic acid (exogenous) Carotenoids (exogenous) Coenzyme Q (endogenous) Urate (endogenous) Phospholipids (endogenous) Polyphosphates. 1O2 quencher Compounds with proven antioxidant activity in vitro. regenerates oxidized vitamin E 1 O2 quenchers. Food Sci. anserine. Crit. lipoic acid.312 ◾ Handbook of Seafood and Seafood Products Analysis Table 18. chain-breaking antioxidants Synergistic to vitamin E Scavenges NO2 Transient metal chelators. 2004. EDTA..1 Major Components of Antioxidant Defense System and Proposed Mechanism of Action Antioxidant Species Mechanism of Action Enzymes Catalase Glutathione peroxidase Superoxide dismutase (SOD) Thioredoxin ROS detoxification (reduction of H2O2 to water) ROS detoxification (reduction of H2O2 to water) ROS detoxification (removal of superoxide radical) ROS detoxification (reduction of peroxides) Metal Ion Sequestration Transferrin Albumin Ceruloplasmin Ferritin Lactalbumin Phytochelatins Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe) Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe. Cu) Transient metal chelators (chelates Cu) Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe) Transient metal chelators (chelates Fe) Transient metal chelators (chelates Cd. but uncertain in vivo Vitamin E (exogenous) Bilirubin. Rev. scavenges peroxyradicals. 275. synergistic to vitamin E Transient metal chelators Transient metal chelators (the ones with o-diphenolic structure). 2-oxo acids..K. chain-breaking antioxidants. citric acid Polyphenols (exogenous) Chain-breaking antioxidant. carnosine. 44. melanins (endogenous) Source: Adapted from Willcox. .

thiols. coenzyme Q. glutathione (GSH). and algae. and in red muscle compared with that in white. the correlation of instrumental and sensory methods with multivariate data analysis should be followed. thin-layer.20 Superoxide dismutases (SOD): SODs are metalloproteins. widely distributed in aerobic cells that help in preventing the accumulation of H2O2 within cells. 18. whereas Fe SOD were purified from red algae.18 In reviewing methods and tests for the assessment of lipid oxidation. Zn. together with traces of phenolic compounds.1 Cu/Zn SOD were purified from marine fish tissues. polarographic.3 Antioxidants in Seafood and Seafood Products In living organisms. 18. bilirubin. The available methods have been reviewed by Rajalakshmi and Narasimhan. with Mn. blue-green algae. Cu.. voltammetric. and heart. The available methods for monitoring the antioxidant capacity in biological and food systems in vitro or in vivo were recently reviewed by MacDonald-Wicks et al.22 whereas in nine Atlantic fish species total SOD values ranged between 157 and 796 U/g fish and Mn-SOD ranged between 45 and 751 U/g.19 concluded that. and uric acid. Catalase activities ranged between 386 and 1523 mmol/ min/g tissue in several Atlantic fish and was higher in liver. and chromatographic methods. Cu/Zn-SOD activities ranged between 1.15 Griffiths et al. At higher levels most of them behave as prooxidants possibly due to their involvement in the initiation reactions.9 The determination of specific waterand fat-soluble antioxidants is discussed in Sections 18.Antioxidants ◾ 313 effective at very low concentration levels.1 Antioxidant Enzymes Catalases are metal-containing enzymes. oxidative damage to macromolecules is controlled by two types of antioxidant systems.3.2 and 18. column chromatography and the more sophisticated gas chromatography (GC). which act as primary preventive inhibitors and catalyze the dismutation of superoxide anion • • (O2−) by reducing one O2− to H2O2 and oxidizing another one to O2. such as ascorbic acid.2 Determination of Antioxidants and Antioxidant Capacity in Biological and Food Systems Analytical techniques developed for some of the common endogenous or exogenous antioxidants range from qualitative detection by color-developing reactions to semiquantitative and quantitative determinations by means of spectroscopic. carotenoids. one represented by enzymes and the second represented by low molecular mass compounds.20 .21 In several species of teleosts. and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) alone or combined with mass spectroscopy. or Fe in their active site.9 and 9. 18.3.7 U/mg of protein.17 and Wood et al. for quality control of fish oil and fish oil-containing foods.3. Kolanowski et al. spleen. kidneys. tocopherols.3. and crustaceans from the Mediterranean sea. cephalopods. These antioxidants act in a concerted way to protect sensitive molecules such as the unsaturated fatty aci